Vision. Mission. Values NOTICE

Transcription

1

2 The complete Calendar consists of: PART 1 PART 2 PART 3 PART 4 PART 5 PART 6 PART 7 General Infmation and Rules (All degrees, diplomas and certificates) Subjects and syllabuses Rules: College of Agriculture and Environmental Sciences Rules: College of Economic and Management Sciences Rules: College of Human Sciences Rules: College of Law Rules: College of Science, Engineering and Technology NOTICE The Calendar is valid f 2009 only. Rules and syllabuses may be changed f The Calendar is obtainable from: The Registrar PO Box 392 Unisa 0003 Hierdie Jaarboek is ook in Afrikaans beskikbaar. ISBN (Set of Calendars) ISBN (Calendar 5) ISSN Printed and published by the University of South Africa Courses delivered on the Internet will initially only be in English. Although covering the same ce content as the print-based study material, the characteristics of the Internet will facilitate different fms of enrichment. Vision Towards the African university in the service of humanity Mission The University of South Africa is a comprehensive, open learning and distance education institution, which, in response to the diverse needs of society: provides quality general academic and career-focused learning opptunities underpinned by principles of lifelong learning, flexibility, and student-centredness; undertakes research and knowledge development guided by integrity, quality and rigour; participates in community development by utilizing its resources and capacities f the upli ment of the disadvantaged; is accessible to all students, specifically those on the African continent, and the marginalised, by way of a barrier-free environment, while responding to the needs of the global market; addresses the needs of a diverse learner profile by offering relevant learner suppt, facilitated by appropriate infmation and communications technology; develops and retains high quality capacities among its staff members to achieve human development, by using the resources at its disposal efficiently and effectively; cultivates and promotes an institutional ethos, intellectual culture and educational experience that is conducive to critical discourse, intellectual curiosity, tolerance, and a diversity of views; contributes to good and responsible society by graduating individuals of sound character and versatile ability; and meets the needs of the global competitive society by nurturing collabative relationships with its stakeholders and other partners. Values The University of South Africa espouses the values in the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa: human dignity, the achievement of equality, and social justice. We also affirm the histic principles of academic freedom. We seek to weave these into the fabric of our institutional life and culture. Elabated, these values and principles consist of the following elements: INTEGRITY Subscribing to truth, honesty, transparency and accountability of conduct in all that we do SOCIAL JUSTICE AND FAIRNESS Promoting equity of access and opptunity so that all may develop their full potential EXCELLENCE Upholding high standards of aspiration in all our practices, with continuous a ention to improvement in quality

3 C o n t e n t s SECTION 1: ADVICE AND INFORMATION A1 Introduction G13 Admission to studies A6 Recognition of pri learning (RPL) SECTION 2: RULES FOR FORMATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL UNDERGRADUATE QUALIFICATIONS Chapter 1 Telephone numbers Administration Chairpersons of Academic Departments Chapter 2 Advice and Infmation I1 How to compile a BA I2 The BA Degree f teachers and prospective teachers Chapter 3 Degrees and Diplomas A1 Degrees A2 Diplomas/Certificate Chapter 4 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts A3 Admission requirements A4 Duration of study and number of study units per year A5 Subjects A6 Maj subjects A7 Composition of the curriculum A8 Module codes and restrictions on the choice of courses A9 Admission to languages A13 Specialisation Degree BA (with specialisation in Court Interpreting)...17 A14 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 5 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (with specialisation in Music) A3m Admission requirements A4m Duration of study and number of study units per year A5m A14m Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 6 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Languages and Literature)..19 (with specialisation in Creative Writing)...19 (with specialisation in Document Design)...21 (with specialisation in Early Wld Civilisations)...21 (with specialisation in Language Learning in a Multilingual Society)...22 (with specialisation in Language Planning and Development) (with specialisation in South African Literary Studies)...24 General degree...24 Chapter 7 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Human and Social Studies)..25 (with specialisation in Community Development)...25 (with specialisation in Development Studies)...26 (with specialisation in Policy Studies)...26 (with specialisation in International Relations and Diplomacy).. 27 (with specialisation in Government, Administration and Development)...28 (with specialisation in Political Leadership and Citizenship)..30 (with specialisation in Philosophy, Politics and Economics)...31 (with specialisation in Population Studies)...32 (with specialisation in Public Administration and Communication Facilitation)...32 (with specialisation in Religions, Wld views and Ethics f Life Orientation)...34 General degree...35 Chapter 8 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Culture and Arts) (with specialisation in African Studies)...36 (with specialisation in Global Studies)...38 (with specialisation in Histical Studies)...39 (with specialisation in Multimedia Studies)...41 Visual Multimedia...41 Audiovisual Multimedia...42 Computer-generated Multimedia...42 Multimedia in Digital Visual Arts...43 (with specialisation in Societal Infmatisation) General degree...44 Chapter 9 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Health Sciences and Social Services) (with specialisation in Psychological Counselling)...45 (with specialisation in Community and Health Psychology)..46 (with specialisation in Applied Psychology f Professional Contexts)...47 (with specialisation in Welfare Science)...49 (with specialisation in Health Services Management)...51 Chapter 10 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Communication Science)...51 Chapter 11 Rules f the Degree of Bachel in Visual Arts A15 Admission requirements A16 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A18 Restrictions A19 A endance at Wkshops A20 Admission to the examination in, and requirements to pass practical modules A21 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 12 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts in Nursing Science A22 Admission requirements A23 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A25 Practica A26 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 13 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Social Wk A31 Admission requirements A32 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A34 Restrictions A35 Practical wk A36 Admission to the examinations; pass and pass with distinction; subminimum; endsement A37 Graduates wishing to qualify as social wkers A38 Marriage Guidance and Counselling Chapter 14 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Infmation Science A39 Admission requirements A40 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A42 Completion of the BInf degree by graduates A45 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 15 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Musicology A46 Admission requirements A47 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A50 Requirement: Licentiate in practical music A51 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 16 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Education (Early Childhood Development: Foundation Phase) General Infmation E3 Admission requirements

4 E4 Duration of study and number of study units per year E E6 Completion of the curriculum E7 4 Modules offered by the College of Science, Engineering and Technology E8 Language endsement and deaf students E9 Maj subjects; pass with distinction Chapter 17 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) General infmation E3 Admission requirements E4 Duration of study and number of study units per year E E6 Completion of the curriculum E7 Modules offered by the College of Science, Engineering and Technology E8 Language endsement and deaf students E9 Maj subjects; pass with distinction Chapter 18 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) General infmation E69 Admission requirements E70 Duration of study and number of study units per year E E72 Completion of the curriculum E75 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 19 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Psychology (Educational Psychology) E76 Admission requirements E77 Duration of study and number of study units per year E E79 Pass and pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 20 The Degree of Bachel of Theology (New as from 2009) Th3n Admission requirements Th4n Duration of study and number of study units per year Th5n Composition of the curriculum Comprehensive BTh in Christian Theology...80 A (BTh with ONE maj)...81 B (BTh with TWO majs)...81 C (BTh with FOUR half-maj subjects)...81 BTh (with specialisation in Pastal Counselling)...81 BTh (Field of specialisation: Urban ministry)...81 Th11n Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 21 The Degree of Bachel of Diaconiology Th12 Admission requirements Th13 Duration of study Th Th15 Restrictions Th16 Supplementary examinations Th17 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 22 The Degree of Bachel of Diaconiology (Social Wk) Th18 Admission Th19 Duration of study Th Th21 Restrictions Th22 Supplementary examinations Th23 Pass, Pass with distinction and endsement, and subminimum...83 Chapter 23 The Degree of Bachel of Social Wk Th18 Admission requirements Th19 Duration of study Th Th21 Restrictions Th22 Supplementary examinations Th23 Pass, pass with distinction and endsement, and subminimum..83 Chapter 24 Rules f the Diploma in Development Studies A52 Admission requirements A53 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A55 Exemption A56 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 25 Rules f the Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies A57 Admission requirements A58 Duration of study and number of study units per year A (a) Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies (Community Health) with specialisation in Occupational Health OR Gerontology OR Clinical Nursing Science, Health Assessment, Treatment (b) and Care...85 Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies (Health Sciences Education and Health Services Management)...86 A60 Practica A61 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 26 Rules f the Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts A62 Admission requirements A63 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A65 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 27 Rules f the Diploma in Infmation Science A74 Admission requirements A75 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A77 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 28 Rules f the Diploma in Infmation Services f Children and Youth A78 Admission requirements A79 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A81 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 29 Rules f the Diploma in Youth Development A82 Admission requirements A83 Duration of study and number of study units per year A A85 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 30 Rules f the Diploma in General Nursing (Bridging course f enrolled nurses) A A99 Practica A100 Pass, pass with distinction Chapter 31 Rules f the Higher Diploma in Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) E53 Admission requirements E54 Duration of study and number of study units per year E E56 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 32 Rules f the Higher Certificate in Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) E90 Admission requirements E91 Duration of study and number of study units per year E Chapter 33 Rules f the Certificate f Education, Training and Development Practitioners E57 Admission requirements E58 Duration of study and number of study units per year... 92

5 E E60 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 34 Rules f the Advanced Certificate f Education, Training and Development Practitioners Chapter 35 Rules f the National Professional Diploma in Education (NPDE) 92 Specialisation directions f the NPDE...93 E86 Admission requirements E87 Duration of study and number of study units per year E88 Composition of the curriculum Foundation Phase Grades R to Intermediate Phase Grades 4 to Seni Phase Grades 7 to E89 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 36 Diploma in Theology Th29(n) Admission requirements Th30(n) Duration of study and number of study units per year Th31(n) Composition of the curriculum Th32(n) Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum Chapter 37 Diploma in Social Development Th44 Admission requirements Th45 Duration of study Th46 and completion of the curriculum Th47 Restrictions Th48 Pass and pass with distinction SECTION 3: RULES FOR FORMATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL POSTGRADUATE QUALIFICATIONS Chapter 1 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Infmation Science 99 PA145 Subjects PA3 Admission requirements PA Archival Science Chapter 2 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Musicology PA31 Admission requirements PA Chapter 3 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts PA5 Subjects PA6 and other requirements African Languages African Politics Afrikaans Ancient Histy Ancient Near Eastern Studies Anthropology Arabic Archaeology Art Histy Biblical Archaeology Biblical Studies Classical Culture Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) Communication Development Studies English French Gender Studies German Greek Histy Infmation Science International Politics Islamic Studies Italian Judaica Latin Linguistics Specialisation area General Linguistics Specialisation area Translation Studies Specialisation area Applied Linguistics Specialisation area Sociolinguistics Mathematics Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in French German Italian Ptuguese Russian Spanish) Modern Hebrew Musicology Philosophy Politics Ptuguese Psychology Religious Studies Romance Languages (French, Italian, Ptuguese, Spanish)..115 Russian Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) Sociology Spanish TESOL Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages.116 They of Literature Chapter 4 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts in Health Studies PA125 Admission requirements PA126 Duration of study PA127 A PA128 Pass and pass with distinction PA129 Admission requirements PA130 B PA131 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 5 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts in Social Science.118 PA7 Subjects PA8 and requirements Chapter 6 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts (Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS) PA117 Admission requirements PA118 Duration of study PA119 General structure of the degree PA Chapter 7 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Administration PA132 Admission requirements PA133 Subjects PA134 Pass with distinction PA135 and other requirements Development Studies Chapter 8 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Science PA152 Admission PA153 Definitions PA154 and examination PA155 Pass, retaining of credit and pass with distinction PA156 List of modules and papers Psychology Chapter 9 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education PE3 Admission requirements PE4 and examination Chapter 10 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in School Guidance and Counselling PE5 Admission requirements PE6 and examination PE7 Endsement Specialisation in School Guidance and Counselling

6 Chapter 11 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Educational Management PE8 Admission requirements PE9 and examination PE10 Endsement Specialisation in Educational Management Chapter 12 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Early Childhood Development PE13 Admission requirements PE14 and examination PE15 Endsement specialisation in Early Childhood Development Chapter 13 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Inclusive Education PE16 Admission requirements PE17 and examination PE18 Endsement specialisation in Inclusive Education Chapter 14 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Adult Basic Education and Training PE19 Admission requirements PE20 and examination PE21 Endsement specialisation in Adult Basic Education and Training Chapter 15 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Environmental Education PE131 Admission requirements PE132 and Examination Chapter 16 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Mathematics Education PE133 Admission requirements PE137 Duration of study PE PE138 Completion of the curriculum PE139 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction Chapter 17 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Natural Science Education PE135 Admission requirements PE136 and Examination Chapter 18 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Theology PTh3 Admission requirements PTh4 Subjects PTh5 and other requirements Christian Spirituality Church Histy Missiology New Testament Old Testament Practical Theology Religious Studies Systematic Theology Theological Ethics Comprehensive Hons BTh Chapter 19 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Diaconiology PTh6 Admission requirements PTh PTh8 Examination and completion of curriculum PTh9 Duration of study PTh10 Pass-mark and distinction Chapter 20 Rules f the Degree of Master of Infmation Science PA144 Subjects PA9 Admission requirements PA Chapter 21 Rules f the Degree of Master of Musicology PA11 Admission requirements PA PA14 Pass-mark and pass with distinction Chapter 22 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Health Studies PA21 Admission requirements PA22 Duration of study PA PA24 Examination of the dissertation PA25 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 23 Rules f the Degree of Master of Public Health PA40 Admission requirements PA41 Duration of study PA PA43 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 24 Rules f the Degree of Master in Visual Arts PA44 Admission requirements PA PA46 Duration of study PA47 Contact with supervis Chapter 25 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Clinical Psychology PA48 Admission requirements PA49 Duration of study PA PA51 Pass-mark and pass with distinction Chapter 26 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Social Science (Mental Health) PA52 Admission requirements PA53 Duration of study PA PA55 Completion of curriculum PA56 Examination PA57 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 27 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts PA58 Admission requirements PA59 Subjects PA60 and other requirements African Languages Afrikaans Ancient Histy Ancient Near Eastern Studies Arabic Art Histy Biblical Archaeology Biblical Studies Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) Classics Communication Development Studies English French German Greek Histy Industrial and Organisational Psychology Infmation Science Islamic Studies Italian Judaica Latin Linguistics Specialisation: Translation Studies Mathematics Mathematics Education Modern Hebrew Musicology...141

7 Philosophy Ptuguese Psychology Religious Studies Romance Languages with specialisation in a combination of two such languages (French, Italian, Ptuguese, Spanish) Russian Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) Sociology Spanish They of literature Chapter 28 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Social Science PA61 Admission requirements PA62 Subjects PA Development Studies Psychology Sociology Chapter 29 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in International Communication Chapter 30 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Ancient Languages and Cultures Chapter 31 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Sociolinguistics PA74 Admission requirements PA PA77 Completion of curriculum Chapter 32 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Applied Linguistics PA80 Admission requirements PA PA83 Completion of curriculum Chapter 33 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages) Old curriculum PA86 Admission requirements PA87 Duration of study PA PA89 Completion of curriculum PA90 Pass and pass with distinction PA91 Intermediate qualification New curriculum Chapter 34 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Organisational Communication Research and Practice Chapter 35 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts (Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/Aids) PA121 Admission requirements PA122 Duration of study PA123 General structure of degree PA Chapter 36 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in ICT Policy and Regulation..148 Chapter 37 Rules f the Degree of Master of Administration PA136 Admission requirements PA137 Subjects PA Development Studies Chapter 38 Rules f the Degree of Master of Science PA141 Admission requirements PA142 Subjects PA Psychology Chapter 39 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education PE22 Admission requirements PE23 Subjects PE Chapter 40 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Education Management PE140 Admission requirements PE PE142 Admission requirements PE143 Duration of study PE PE145 Completion of the curriculum PE146 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction Chapter 41 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Guidance and Counselling PE25 Admission requirements PE26 Duration of study PE PE28 Completion of curriculum PE29 Pass-mark and pass with distinction Chapter 42 Rules of the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Adult Education PE30 Admission requirements PE31 Duration of study PE PE33 Completion of curriculum PE34 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 43 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Comparative Education PE35 Admission requirements PE36 Duration of study PE PE39 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 44 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Studies PE40 Admission requirements PE41 Duration of study PE PE43 Completion of curriculum PE44 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 45 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Early Childhood Development PE49 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 46 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Psychology of Education PE50 Admission requirements PE51 Duration of study PE PE54 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 47 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Histy of Education PE55 Admission requirements PE56 Duration of study PE PE59 Pass and pass with distinction

8 Chapter 48 The Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Open and Distance Learning PE64 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 49 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Philosophy of Education PE65 Admission requirements PE66 Duration of study PE PE69 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 50 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Socio-education PE70 Admission requirements PE71 Duration of study PE PE PE73 Completion of curriculum PE74 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 51 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Inclusive Education PE75 Admission requirements PE76 Duration of study PE PE PE78 Completion of curriculum PE79 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 52 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Natural Science Education PE80 Admission requirements PE81 Duration of study PE PE84 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction Chapter 53 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Environmental Education PE85 Admission requirements PE86 Duration of study PE PE69 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 54 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Mathematics Education PE90 Admission requirements PE91 Duration of study PE PE94 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction Chapter 55 Rules f the Degree of Master of Theology PTh11 Admission requirements PTh12 Subjects PTh13 Language requirement PTh Christian Spirituality Church Histy Missiology New Testament Old Testament Practical Theology Specialisation area Pastal Therapy Systematic Theology Theological Ethics Specialisation area Theological Ethics (GEN) Specialisation area Christian Leadership in Context (CLC) Chapter 56 Rules f the Degree of Master of Diaconiology PTh17 Admission requirements PTh18 Directions PTh Play Therapy PTh20 Duration of study PTh21 Distinction Chapter 57 Rules f the Degree of Master of Social Wk PTh37 Admission requirements PTh PTh39 Duration of study PTh40 Distinction Chapter 58 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Musicology PA97 Admission requirements PA Chapter 59 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Literature and Philosophy PA99 Subjects PA African Languages Afrikaans Ancient Histy Ancient Languages and Cultures Ancient Near Eastern Studies Arabic Art Histy Biblical Archaeology Biblical Studies Classics Communication Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) Development Studies English French German Greek Health Studies Histy Infmation Science Islamic Studies Italian Judaica Latin Linguistics Specialisation: Translation Studies Mathematics Education Modern Hebrew Musicology Philosophy Ptuguese Psychology Religious Studies Russian Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) Sociology Spanish They of Literature Chapter 60 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Philosophy PA101 Subjects PA Development Studies Psychology (DPhil) Psychology (PhD) Sociology Chapter 61 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Administration PA139 Subjects PA Development Studies Chapter 62 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Education

9 PE95 Subjects PE147 Admission requirements PE Chapter 63 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Theology PTh22 Admission requirements PTh23 Subjects PTh PTh25 Language requirement PTh Christian Spirituality Church Histy Missiology Practical Theology Specialisation Area Pastal Therapy Chapter 64 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Diaconiology PTh28 Admission requirements PTh29 Directions PTh PTh31 Duration of study Chapter 65 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Social Wk PTh41 Admission requirements PTh PTh43 Duration of study Chapter 66 Rules f the Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy PA107 Transitional arrangements PA108 Duration of study PA PA111 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction Chapter 67 Rules f the Diploma in Translation Chapter 68 Rules f the Postgraduate Diploma in ICT Policy and Regulation PA149 Admission requirements PA150 Duration of study PA PA152 Completion of curriculum and examination Chapter 69 Rules f the Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Education DTE (Postgraduate) PE108 Admission requirements PE109 Duration of study PE PE111 Completion of the curriculum PE112 Examination, recognition of modules passed and pass with distinction Chapter 70 Rules f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) and Advanced Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) General infmation PE153 Admission requirements PE154 Duration of study and number of study units per year PE with specialisation in the Foundation Phase with specialisation in Early Childhood Development PE156 Language endsement PE157 Completion of the curriculum PE158 Pass with distinction PE PE151 Transitional arrangements PE152 Pass and pass with distinction Chapter 72 Rules f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) PE113 Admission requirements PE114 School subjects PE PE116 Exemption PE117 Completion of the curriculum PE118 Credit f examinations passed PE119 Pass with distinction Chapter 73 Rules f the Advanced Certificate in Education PE120 Admission requirements PE121 Areas of specialisation PE122 Duration of study PE Accounting Education Computer-integrated Education Educational Leadership (Old ) Educational Leadership (New ) English Environmental Education Hospitality Studies Inclusive Education Life Orientation Life Sciences Education Mathematics Education Multicultural Education Natural Science Education (Intermediate and Seni Phases) 185 Technology Education (General Education and Training Band) Tourism Education PE124 Completion of curriculum PE125 Credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction Chapter 74 Advice and Infmation C3 Qualifying examination f admission to studies f the Honours BEd degree SECTION 4: RULES FOR VOCATIONALLY ORIENTED QUALIFICATIONS Chapter National Certificate: Archival Studies National Diploma: Archival Studies Post-Diploma Certificate: Archival Studies National Diploma: Library and Infmation Studies National Diploma: Public Relations Management National Diploma: Language Practice Addendums National Diploma: Public Relations Management Baccalaureus Technologiae: Public Relations Management Access to computer National Diploma: Child And Youth Development Baccalaureus Technologiae: Child And Youth Development Magister Technologiae: Education Chapter 71 Rules f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) and Advanced Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) General Infmation PE148 Admission requirements PE149 Duration of study and number of study units per year

10 10

11 SECTION 1: A1 ADVICE AND INFORMATION Introduction This section of the Calendar contains the rules f the various degrees, diplomas and certificates offered by Unisa. If, a er having carefully read this part of the Calendar you still have problems in deciding on a course of studies doubts as to the interpretation of the rules, you are most welcome to write to the Registrar. You may also discuss the ma er in person with the staff of the Department of Student Admissions and Registrations (Tel ) staff a ached to one of the registration facilities. When reading the composition of the various curricula, you must take into account the modularised semesterised tuition model. See Part 2 of the Calendar to check whether and in which semester a specific module f which you wish to register is being offered. Unless otherwise specified, the admission requirement f studies at Unisa is a certificate of exemption from the matriculation examination. See G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. The following is an abstract of Rule G13. Part 1 of the Calendar contains the General Rules applicable to registered students and is issued to them together with their registration material. G13 Admission to studies Refer to G13 in Part 1 (General infmation and rules) of the Calendar f rules regarding the admission to studies. SECTION 2: RULES FOR FORMATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL UNDERGRADUATE QUALIFICATIONS C h a p t e r 1 Telephone numbers 1 Administration Enquiries in connection with registration, cancellation, curricula and change of courses: UNISA CONTACT CENTRE (UCC) Tel: (nationally) (internationally) Fax: [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] No other address should be used f crespondence regarding administrative ma ers sent to the Department of Student Admissions and Registrations. A6 Recognition of pri learning (RPL) 2 Chairpersons of Academic Departments Recognition of pri learning (RPL) is the recognition by Unisa of pri learning which has occurred in the life of the candidate. The RPL programme at Unisa enables you to gain recognition and credit f what you already know and can do. You receive credit f what you have learned from your experience rather than from the experience itself. F example, if you have wked as a police official f ten years, you will have learned a vast number of skills, such as how to effect an arrest, how to write a statement, how to negotiate. If you have started up and run your own successful business, you will be experienced in budgeting, stocktaking and preparing proposals f clients. If you have done research and wri en research repts, you could request credits in the field of research. RPL may make it possible f you to earn credits towards a Unisa qualification, thereby shtening your study time and decreasing your study fees. Applications enquiries can be directed to rpl@unisa. ac.za African Languages Afrikaans and They of Literature Anthropology and Archaeology Art Histy, Visual Art and Musicology Christian Spirituality, Church Histy and Missiology Classics and Wld Languages Communication Science Development Studies Educational Studies English Studies Further Teacher Education Health Studies Histy Infmation Science Institute f Behavioural Sciences Linguistics New Testament and Early Christian Studies Old Testament and Ancient Near Eastern Studies Philosophy Practical Theology Political Sciences Psychology Religious Studies and Arabic Social Wk Sociology Systematic Theology and Theological Ethics Teacher Education /

12 C h a p t e r 2 I1 Advice and Infmation How to compile a BA (see checklist at the end of this section) 1 The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester registrations and examinations. Some subjects may not be semesterising their study units. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSES I, II AND/ OR III INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES The purpose of this section of the Calendar is to provide background infmation as to how to compile a curriculum f a general BA degree. If, a er having carefully read this part of the Calendar you still have problems in deciding on a course of studies doubts as to the interpretation of the rules, you are most welcome to write to the Registrar, if possible, to come and discuss the ma er in person with the staff of the Department of Student Admissions and Registrations (Tel ) one of the registration facilities. CHOICE OF MAJOR SUBJECTS The BA curriculum comprises 30 modules (10 modules on each of the first, second and third levels) including two maj subjects. At least half of your BA curriculum will be in your two maj subjects. It is therefe most imptant that you should select a combination of maj subjects that will satisfy your personal academic requirements and interests, and also be relevant to your present future career. Each BA curriculum must contain at least TWO MAJOR SUBJECTS (unless otherwise indicated) which fm an approved combination see Rules A6 and A7 f limitations on the choice of subjects from Group B, and a list of maj subjects that may NOT be combined. 2 If you are registering f the FIRST TIME at this University, you are referred to Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 f possible restrictions. TEACHERS and prospective teachers are referred to I2. BEFORE CHOOSING ANY MAJOR OR ANCILLARY SUBJECT, you should refer to the list of subjects concerned under Group A B under A5 (A9 if languages are chosen). You should also refer to the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. If you wish to postpone the choice of your maj subjects until the second year, you are advised to restrict your first registration to a maximum of FOUR modules. EXAMPLE (1) Make sure that you have the necessary qualifications and prerequisites to register f your intended degree. (2) Make sure that your intended maj subjects crespond with your existing intended career, unless you are just studying the subjects f the sake of interest. (3) Refer to the relevant subject chapters and note the prescribed modules you will need on first, second and third level. (4) Now select modules from related subjects until you have filled your curriculum with ten modules on each level taking note of any prerequisites that may be required and should therefe be included in your curriculum. (5) Having now compiled your curriculum with two maj subjects, 30 modules and 10 modules on each level you need to spread your studies over 3, 4 5 years depending on the amount of time you are able to devote to your studies. (6) Wk out a study time table f a week. Calculate how many hours you have available f that week f study purposes. Divide the total by 8 and that indicates f how many modules you can register. If you cannot register f all 10 modules on firstyear level, it is recommended that you start with those subjects that you are going to leave a er the first year. In this way you can keep continuity with your majs and apply it a er graduation. I2 The BA Degree f teachers and prospective teachers NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSES I, II AND/ OR III INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES 1 F purposes of categy recognition and employment, degree studies are nmally recognised by Education Departments only if the student has passed at least 15 modules in approved school subjects (see below). Note that many Education Departments do not grant recognition f degree courses in subjects in which the student specialized during his studies f a Teacher s Diploma. A teacher is therefe STRONGLY ADVISED to submit his/her proposed BA curriculum to his/her Education Department, to ascertain whether not his/her completed degree will be recognised. A prospective teacher who does not hold a Teacher s Diploma can consider completing the BA degree followed by the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (PGCE), but should note that the University can give no assurance with regard to the availability of teaching posts. A teacher prospective teacher who wishes to register f the dinary BA degree, is strongly advised to select his/her two maj subjects from the APPROVED SCHOOL SUBJECTS listed below. If only one of the maj subjects is an approved school subject, he/she should make sure that the curriculum contains sufficient modules in approved school subjects to satisfy the requirements f admission to studies f the PGCE as set out below. APPROVED SCHOOL SUBJECTS Of the maj subjects that can be chosen at this University f the BA degree, those listed below are recognised as school subjects f the purpose of admission to studies f the PGCE. 2 Students who are registering f the FIRST TIME at this University are referred to A4 f possible restrictions. See the subject chapters in Part 2 of the Calendar f other restrictions and codes. See A9 in connection with languages as well as the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) African languages (Nthern Sotho, Southern Sotho, Swati, Tsonga, Tswana, Venda, Xhosa, Zulu) Afrikaans Arabic Biblical Studies Classical Modern Hebrew Economics English French Geography Histy Mathematics Religious Studies The following are also recognised as school subjects f the purpose of admission to studies f the PGCE (subject to 12

13 the provisions which appear in brackets a er the names of the subjects concerned), but see I2 1 in connection with recognition by Education Departments: (i) Art Histy (provided that the student holds specified qualifications in practical art) (ii) Histy of Music (provided that the student holds specified qualifications in Music) (iii) Psychology (provided that Psychology on levels one, two and three are taken as well as the first- and second-level modules in one of the subjects under (a) (k) above are taken) (iv) Modules in ONE of the following subjects will be recognised, but only f purposes of the subject in another approved school subject required in (b) (c) above: Biology Commercial Law I Infmation Systems Sociology I Beginners modules in an African language EXAMPLE The following is only ONE of many possible examples of a BA curriculum f teachers and prospective teachers: Art Histy (ARH111, 112, 211, 213, 311, 312, 313, 314) (Maj subject) Economics (ECS101, 102, 201, 202 and five of ) (Maj subject) plus 6 further first-level modules, eg ENN101, 102 (English), OTS1501, ECH1501 (Biblical Studies), HSY101, 102 (Histy) plus 4 further second-level modules eg 2 of ENN (English), 2 of HSY201, 202, 203 (Histy) 3 Only ONE of Economics, Mathematics Geography may be selected as a maj subject since only ONE maj may be taken from Group B (see A6(3) and A7(2)(c). C h a p t e r 3 A1 Degrees and Diplomas Degrees The following degrees may be awarded in the College: (1) In Clinical Psychology: Master of Arts in Clinical Psychology... MA(Clinical Psychology) (2) Education Bachel of Education (Early Childhood Development: Foundation Phase)... BEd Bachel of Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase)... BEd Bachel of Education (Seni and Further Education and Training Phases)... BEd Bachel of Psychology (Educational Psychology)...BPsych Baccalaureus Technologiae... BTech Magister Technologiae...MTech Master of Education... MEd Doct of Education...DEd (3) In Human and Social Sciences: Bachel of Arts... BA Bachel of Arts (Languages and Literature)... BA (Languages and Literature) Bachel of Arts (Human and Social Studies)...BA (Human and Social Studies) Bachel of Arts (Culture and Arts)...BA (Culture and Arts) Bachel of Arts in Health Sciences and Social Services... BA (Health Sciences and Social Services) Bachel of Arts in Communication Science... BA (Communication Science) Baccalaureus Technologiae... BTech Honours Bachel of Administration... Hons BAdmin Honours Bachel of Arts...Hons BA Master of Administration... MAdmin Master of Arts... MA Doct of Administration... DAdmin Doct of Literature and Philosophy... DLi et Phil (4) In Infmation Science: Bachel of Infmation Science... BInf Baccalaureus Technologiae... BTech Honours Bachel of Infmation Science...Hons BInf Master of Infmation Science...MInf (5) In Musicology: Bachel of Musicology... BMus Honours Bachel of Musicology... Hons BMus Master of Musicology... MMus Doct of Musicology...DMus (6) In Nursing Science: Bachel of Arts in Nursing Science...BA(Cur) Honours Bachel of Arts in Health Studies...Hons BA(Health Studies) Master of Arts in Health Studies... MA(Health Studies) Doct of Literature and Philosophy... DLi et Phil (7) In Psychology: Bachel of Psychology...BPsych (8) In Social Science: Bachel of Arts in Social Science... BSW Honours Bachel of Arts in Social Science...Hons BA(SS) Honours Bachel of Arts (Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS)... BA(HIV/AIDS) Master of Arts in Social Science... MA(SS) Master of Arts in Social Science in Mental Health...MA(SS)(Mental Health) Master of Arts (Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS)...MA(HIV/AIDS) Doct of Philosophy...DPhil (9) In Theology: Bachel of Theology...BTh Honours Bachel of Arts...Hons BA Honours Bachel of Theology... Hons BTh Master of Administration... MAdmin Master of Arts... MA Master of Theology... MTh Doct of Literature and Philosophy... DLi et Phil Doct of Theology...DTh (10) In Visual Arts: Bachel in Visual Arts... BVA Master in Visual Arts... MVA The following degrees may be awarded only to students of Huguenot College, Wellington: Bachel of Diaconiology...BDiac Bachel of Social Wk...BSW Honours Bachel of Diaconiology... Hons BDiac Master of Diaconiology...MDiac Master of Social Wk...MSW Doct of Diaconiology... DDiac Doct of Social Wk... DSW A2 Diplomas/Certificate The following diplomas and certificates may be conferred in the College: Advanced Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) Advanced Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies Certificate f Education, Training and Development Practitioners Diploma in Development Studies Diploma in Theology Diploma in Youth Development Diploma in Infmation Science 13

14 Diploma in Infmation Services f Children and Youth Higher Certificate in Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) Higher Diploma in Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) National Certificate National Diploma National Higher Certificate National Professional Diploma in Education (Foundation, Intermediate and Seni Phases) NPDE (Foundation, Intermediate and Seni Phases) Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development ) PGCE (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) PGCE (Intermediate and Seni Phase) Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) Postgraduate Diploma in Advanced Nursing Science Postgraduate Diploma in Distance Education Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Education DTE (Postgraduate) The following diploma may be issued only to students of Huguenot College, Wellington: Diploma in Social Development C h a p t e r 4 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Degree code: 02038; NQF level 7; 360 credits) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester registrations and examinations. Some subjects may not be semesterising their study units. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Transitional arrangements are made to accommodate students who started their degree studies on the old structure and will be completing their studies on the modular structure. These transitional arrangements will be found in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSES I, II AND/ OR III INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES Students who have completed an dinary BA an equivalent degree such as BA(Law), BPrimEd BSocSc (without Social Wk as a maj subject) may NOT register f the dinary BA degree. They may register f the BA(Cur), BInf, BA(Pol), BSW, BVA BMus degree. GRADUATES wishing to register f the Honours BA degree in a subject in which they have not yet passed the third level, may nmally qualify f admission to studies f the Honours degree by registering f and passing the first-, second- and third-level modules (where applicable) in the subject concerned f non-degree purposes (NDP). In particular cases, passes in modules in one me other BA subjects may also be required. Any restrictions are also applicable to registrations f NDP. See also the exception under General Rule G19 in Part 1 of the Calendar. A3 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f a Bachel s degree (eg BA), students must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. A4 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BA degree cannot be completed in under THREE YEARS. (2) ON FIRST REGISTRATION AND ON RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. A5 Subjects The curriculum f the BA degree comprises THIRTY MODULES in subjects to be selected from the lists under A5, Groups A and B, in accdance with the provisions of A6 and A7. Read the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar f codes, syllabuses and any possible restrictions on registration. GROUP A M Administration of Criminal Justice M African Languages (Nthern Sotho*, Southern Sotho*, Swati, Tsonga*, Tswana*, Venda*, Xhosa*, Zulu*) M African Politics M Afrikaans M Ancient Histy M Ancient Near Eastern Culture M Anthropology Applied Infmation Science M Arabic M Archaeology M Archival Science M Art Histy M Biblical Archaeology M Biblical Studies M Classical Culture Classical Hebrew M Communication Science M Community Ministry** M Congregational Ministry** M Development Studies M English M French* M General Education German* Greek (ancient) M Histy M Histy of Music GROUP B Administrative Law Biology Chemistry M Infmation Science M International Politics M Islamic Studies M Italian* Judaica Latin M Linguistics M Mandarin Chinese* Marriage Guidance and Counselling Modern Hebrew Modern Romance Literatures in English M Music in Wld Cultures Today M New Testament M Old Testament M Philosophy M Politics M Ptuguese* M Psychology M Religious Studies Russian* M Scripture Studies M Sociology Spanish* M Theologies in Context** M They of Literature M Welfare Science M Geography M Industrial and Organisational Psychology Infmation Systems * Beginners modules are available see A9(1). ** This is one of the four tracks of the new modularised theology curriculum. They are running concurrently with the disciplines of the old curriculum. Please consult the section on the Theology degrees in this Calendar and the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of Calendar f full details. 14

15 Commercial Law (first-level modules only) Communication Law Computer Concepts Criminal Law M Criminology Economic Histy M Economics TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENT Introduction to the They of Law M Mathematics M Private Law M Public Administration Public International Law Science f Society M Statistics (as f Economic and Management Sciences) Students who have indicated their maj subjects as one of the above affected subjects, and which may now be in conflict with the new groupings of subjects, should be allowed to complete their maj subjects as selected. A6 Maj subjects (1) The le er M befe the name of a subject under Group A B in A5 indicates that it may be selected as a maj subject. (2) Each maj subject comprises: (a) Courses I, II and III in the case of a three-year maj subject; (b) Courses II and III in certain languages f students who qualify f direct admission to the second level; (c) the prescribed modules f a maj subject combination as specified in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. (3) Each BA curriculum must contain TWO maj subjects which fm an approved combination. Both maj subjects may be selected from Group A but, ONLY ONE MAY BE FROM GROUP B (see (b) below f the exception). See A7(2)(c) and A7 1(i) in connection with subjects from Group B. NOTE THE FOLLOWING: (a) (b) A subject the student has passed as a maj principal subject f a completed degree may not be selected as a maj f this degree. The following maj subject combinations MAY NOT BE SELECTED: Although they are NOT approved f the BA degree, many of these combinations may be taken f another degree. In such cases the relevant degree is given in brackets a er the name of the second maj subject. All combinations of two maj subjects from Group B (see A6 (b)) Development Studies and one of: Economics (BAdmin), Industrial and Organisational Psychology (BAdmin), Statistics (BAdmin) Economics and one of: Development Studies (BAdmin), Public Administration (BAdmin) Industrial and Organisational Psychology and one of: Development Studies (BAdmin), Public Administration (BAdmin), Psychology Mathematics and Psychology (BSc) Nthern Sotho and either Southern Sotho Tswana Psychology and one of: Industrial and Organisational Psychology, Mathematics (BSc), Statistics (BSc) Public Administration and one of: Economics (BAdmin), Industrial and Organisational Psychology (BAdmin), Statistics (BAdmin) Southern Sotho and either Nthern Sotho Tswana Statistics and one of: Development Studies (BAdmin), Psychology (BSc), Public Administration (BAdmin) Swati and either Xhosa Zulu Tswana and either Nthern Sotho Southern Sotho Xhosa and either Swati Zulu Zulu and either Swati Xhosa (c) A7 Not me than TWO maj subjects may be selected from any one of the following groups: (i) Arabic, and Islamic Studies (ii) Nthern Sotho ( Southern Sotho Tswana), Shona, Swati ( Xhosa Zulu), Tsonga, Venda (iii) Ancient Histy, Classical Culture (only ONE maj may be taken from this group) Composition of the curriculum General degree (02038 GE1) (1) Subjects and study units must be selected from the lists under A5 with due a ention to any restrictions. The examination dates f the current year must not clash. (Consult the examination timetable f provisional dates.) (2) Each BA curriculum must consist of: (a) a maximum of THIRTY MODULES (b) an approved combination of TWO MAJOR SUBJECTS, to be selected in accdance with A6 (c) not me than TWELVE MODULES from Group B under A5 (d) TEN modules on each of first, second and third level. Students are not compelled to select a subject from Group B under A5. Only in exceptional cases, and with special approval of the College, may additional study units be selected from Group B. The grouping of subjects was changed in 1989, and the curricula of students who passed at least one course while registered f the BA at this University pri to 1989 must comply with the grouping requirements in the Calendar f either 1988 the current year. Students who passed me than five courses at first-year level while registered f the BA degree at Unisa pri to 1983, may complete the degree under the old rules without a third course at second-year level. Students who passed less than five courses at first-year level courses f the BA pri to 1983 are advised to complete it under the current rules. (e) not me than TWO maj subjects from any one of the following groups: (i) African languages Only ONE maj from African Languages from 2009 f new first-level registrations. Language specific choices are possible within the same maj. (f) (g) (ii) (iii) Arabic, Classical Hebrew ( Modern Hebrew), Islamic Studies, Judaica Anthropology, Archaeology Students who registered pri to 2007 and indicated that they wish to do a maj in TWO subjects from within the group below, must complete their maj subjects under the old codes befe the end of (i) Ancient Histy, Classical Culture Students, whose curriculum, as a result of the transitional arrangements, comprises fewer than thirty modules ( the equivalent), must register f and pass additional modules in der to complete their curriculum. From 2009 the subjects below will no longer be offered as majs. Students who registered f these subjects as majs pri to 2009, may complete their studies in those subjects befe the end of 2011, with a final supplementary opptunity in January of 2012: German, Greek (ancient), Italian, Latin, Russian amd Spanish. 15

16 A8 Module codes and restrictions on the choice of courses NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSES I, II AND/ OR III INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES The BA General degree comprises 30 modules. The curriculum of students who include a Visual Arts module (GAR1116 THF111E TDM101L) as part of their curriculum will consist of only 29 modules. F the BA degree a maximum of THIRTY modules must be selected from the subjects in the lists under A5 and in accdance with the provisions of A7. Restrictions (if any) on registration f a particular study unit, a cross reference to the relevant rule(s), will be found under the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. (d) A pass in the beginner s modules in a language entitles students to proceed to first-level modules in the language concerned. Only in exceptional circumstances may they be permi ed by the Chairperson of the Department to register f secondlevel modules without completing the beginner s first-level modules. Two beginner s modules cater f the following African languages: African Languages Nthern Sotho Southern Sotho Tsonga Tswana Venda Xhosa Zulu Codes AFL1503 and AFL CODES f the different study units in each subject appear under the syllabus of the subjects concerned. Befe making a choice of subjects, students are advised to read the entire subject chapter. First-, second- and third-year courses in a subject are denoted by I, II and III respectively. A9 1. Beginner s modules Admission to languages 1 A student who has completed a beginner s module should have acquired sufficient basic knowledge to read and write the language, but not necessarily to speak it fluently. The study units provide insight into the structure of the language, and this can be used as the foundation f further study. Casse e tapes CDs are nmally provided as a guide to pronunciation. The study of another language is time-consuming, and a part-time student is therefe advised to register f not me than one course two modules in another subject in the same year. With the exception of (h) below, Students who, f degree purposes, first pass the beginner s modules and then the first- and second-level modules in the same language, retain credit f all the modules passed. If they later pass the third-level modules in the same language, they will retain credit f only the first-, second- and third-level modules f degree purposes. (a) (b) (c) Beginner s modules in a language are f beginners and f other students who do not qualify f admission to the first- secondlevel modules in the language concerned. A student who took an African language as FIRST language at matriculation level, may not take the beginner s modules f degree purposes. A beginner s module may NOT be taken f degree purposes by: (i) (ii) (iii) a student who has previously passed ( been exempted from) another degree course in the language concerned. In the case of an African language, this includes another language from the same group; a student who qualifies f admission to the first-level modules in some cases, second-level modules in the language concerned see (2). In the case of an African language, this includes admission to first-level modules in another language from the same group. In the case of Latin, it also applies to a student who qualified f admission to Latin on first level me than five years ago; a student whose home language is the language concerned. 1 See Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject, f offerings in different semesters. Students are advised to complete AFL1503 befe registering f AFL1504. (e) Credit f a degree is NOT granted f: (i) me than one two beginner s modules; (ii) me than the first-, second- and third-level modules in the same language. 2 The University does NOT offer beginner s modules in Afrikaans English. (f) (g) (h) The first-level modules in Afrikaans and English are not beginners modules. Tuition is provided only through the medium of the language concerned, and students without a fairly advanced knowledge of the language at matriculation level will not be able to make any progress in the relevant modules until they have made up the necessary leeway. These modules are post-matriculation degree modules which, owing to their particular nature, do NOT necessarily grant direct admission to second-level modules in the language(s) concerned. Students who passed PEN100 pri to 2000 will be allowed to register second-level modules in English. Credit f a degree is NOT granted f both Practical English and the Practical English (Syllabus B) that was offered pri to 1992 any ENN modules on first level Although all modules 101 offered at level 1 in the following feign languages: French, German, Italian, Mandarin Chinese, Ptuguese, Russian and Spanish are Beginner s modules, they fm part of the maj and carry a credit towards the degree. 2. Admission to first- and second-level modules To register f first- second-level modules in a language, students must have a ained the standard indicated in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. Exceptions A student who obtained at least 40% in the language concerned at matriculation level befe the differentiated system came into fce will qualify f admission to first-level modules in that language, but 60% is required in the case of English as Second Language an African language as Third Language. Any examination in a language f a qualification which is recognised f purposes of exemption by the Matriculation Board, is also recognised f purposes of admission to first-level modules in that language. This includes examinations on O-level and A-level f the General Certificate in Education (GCE). 16

17 Students who have a good knowledge of a feign language but who have passed no fmal examinations in that language, must satisfy the Chair of the Department concerned that their knowledge of the language is adequate f the purpose of admission. If the application is granted, wri en permission from the Department must be submi ed together with the application f registration f the subject concerned. A13 Specialisation Degree BA (with specialisation in Court Interpreting) (02038 CRT) 1 This programme has been rationalised and no new registrations will be accepted f Registered students can continue till the end of 2009 with the programme, but from 2010 they will be transferred with the subjects they have chosen to the general Bachel of Arts Degree (02038). Befe registering f this qualification, students MUST consult the Department of Linguistics (Tel ) in connection with the choice of the language modules. The maj subject is Court Interpreting and comprises the following modules: PIN101, 201, 301, CIN201, 301, CPR301, LIN304, and Translation and editing practice equivalent module. 2 Some of the module codes of the Law modules have changed, but the content remains the same. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 9 modules: PIN101R : Introduction to interpreting 1 (Principles of Interpreting 101) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) plus 3 language modules on first level ILW1036 : Introduction to Law 101 ALP101G : Accounting principles f law practitioners FLS101V : Origins of South African law (Origin and foundation of South African Law 101) CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) plus 1 other first-level module offered by the College of Human Sciences SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules: PIN201U : Liaison and consecutive interpreting (Principles of Interpreting 201) CIN2018 : Court interpreting 2 (Court Interpreting 201) LIN304A : Translation and editing techniques (Linguistics 304) plus 3 language modules on second level CMP2016 : Law of criminal procedure: pre-trial (Criminal Procedure 201) CMP301A : Criminal procedure: trial and post-trial (Law of Criminal Procedure 301) CRW101U : General principles of criminal law (Criminal law 101) plus 1 other second-level module offered by the College of Human Sciences. PIN301X : Simultaneous interpreting (Principles of Interpreting 301) CIN301B : Court interpreting 3 (Court Interpreting 301) Translation and editing practice equivalent module ONE of the following modules must be selected: NSO305K : Nthern Sotho } SSO305L : Southern Sotho STT305G : Swati XTG305P : Tsonga Creative writing and TNA305Y : Tswana translation (African VNA305F : Venda Languages 305) XOH305X : Xhosa ZUU3059 : Zulu TEX8228 : Persuasive texts (Afrikaans 822) FRC3065 : Practical translation from and into French (French 306) MEL8235 : Encounters in cultural spaces (German 823) MEL8246 : Language in Practice 3 language modules EVI301A : Evidence: admissibility of evidence (Module 1) (Evidence 301) CPR3013 : Court practice (Court Practice 301) plus 1 of the following modules not already passed: IND203X : African customary law (Indigenous Law 203) IOS2016 : Interpretation of Statutes (Interpretation of Statutes 201) EVI2016 : Evidence: the presentation and assessment of evidence (Module 2) (Evidence 201) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) CRW201X : Criminal law: specific crimes (Criminal law 201) CIP201G : General principles and jurisdiction (Civil Procedure 201) CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) plus 1 third-level module offered by the College of Human Sciences. A14 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See General Rule G22 in Part I of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction (i) Candidates pass a maj subject with distinction if they pass at least five of the highest level modules prescribed f that subject as a maj subject with an average of at least 75%. Where a maj consists of less than five thirdlevel modules, the required third-level modules will be supplemented by second-level modules in the same subject (new modular structure). (ii) Candidates are awarded the degree with distinction if they pass any ten highest level modules prescribed f the degree with an average of at least 75%. In the case of professional degrees with two disciplines, the total of ten modules will comprise five from each of the two disciplines (new modular structure). (3) Subminimum See General Rule G23 in Part I of the Calendar. THIRD LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules: 17

18 C h a p t e r 5 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (with specialisation in Music) (Degree code: MSC) FIRST SEE I1 1 in CHAPTER 1. This degree is intended f students who wish to follow a career in teaching one in the field of music. A3m Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f this degree, students must have: (a) satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar (an abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1) and (b) provide certified evidence of having passed at least Unisa Grade 5 in Music They Music at matriculation level an equivalent examination (ABRSM Grade 6 TCL Grade 6 Music They) satisfy the Chair of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology that such standard has been a ained (eg by a departmental admission examination) Details of the Unisa Music Certificate Examinations will be found in the Music Examinations Handbook which is obtainable free of charge from the Registrar. Although such examinations are conducted by the University s Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology, the tuition is NOT provided by the University. This must be arranged privately with a qualified music teacher. The examinations mentioned above must NOT be confused with those f the BA (with specialisation in music) the BMus degrees. Tuition in all the degree courses in the curricula f these degrees is provided by the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. A4m Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The degree BA (with specialisation in Music) cannot be completed in under THREE YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 as well as A4(3) and (4). A5m (1) The curriculum comprises THIRTY MODULES as well as a practical requirement (See (2) below) The maj subjects are either Histy of Music Music in Wld Cultures Today and ONE other subject from the lists under Group A under A5 that can be selected as a maj subject f the BA degree. Note that majing in either Histy of Music Music in Wld Cultures Today entails having to choose at least two modules from the other subject as indicated in the lists below. 1 Befe selecting a second maj subject, a student would be well advised to read the respective subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. The curriculum is as follows: 2 A reading knowledge of music notation is essential in der to undertake any of the CTH modules f this degree. The a ention of students is drawn to the specific language requirements f the various postgraduate certificates in Education offered at Unisa, in case they intend proceeding with a diploma in Education at a later stage. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. CTH123D : Basic principles of harmony (Composition They 123) CTH124E : Basic principles of structural analysis in music (Composition They 124) HIM1215 : Introducing music studies (Histy of Music 121) HIM1226 : A survey of Western music (Histy of Music 122) MCT1214 : Expling new wlds: musical literacy f today (Music in Wld Cultures Today 121) MCT1225 : Music in society (Music in Wld Cultures Today 122) MBY121L : Introduction to music bibliography (Music Bibliography 121) First-level modules in a subject subjects selected from the lists under Group A under A5 as a three-year maj f the BA degree (minimum of three modules). At least one of these modules must be a beginner s module (bearing the equivalent of a minimum of 12 credits) in any one of the languages currently offered in the College of Human Sciences which has not already been passed at Grade 12 level. SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. CTH221E : Counterpoint; two-part invention; Bach inventions; fugue (Composition They 221) CTH222F : Secondary dominants and leading-tone chds; variation technique (Composition They 222) CTH223G : Sonata and rondo fms (Composition They 223) CTH224H : Chromatic harmony (Composition They 224) HIM2219 : Music and patronage in the late Renaissance and Boque (Histy of Music 221) HIM222A : Music in Vienna from the late 18th century (Histy of Music 222) HIM223B : All that jazz (Histy of Music 223) MCT2218 : Musical entrepreneurship (Music in Wld Cultures Today 221) MCT2229 : Music in religion (Music in Wld Cultures Today 222) plus any second-level module in Histy of Music Second-level modules in a subject selected from the lists under Group A under A5 as a three-year maj f the BA degree THIRD LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. Either HIM326H : Opera (Histy of Music 326) HIM329L : Music and gender (Histy of Music 329) HIM330D : Music in South Africa (Histy of Music 330) plus any TWO of the following modules from Music in Wld Cultures Today at the third level: 18

19 MCT321B : Democratic rites: music in the mix in postliberation South Africa (Music in Wld Cultures Today 321) MCT325F : The sociology of music (Music in Wld Cultures Today 325) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) MCT329K : Music technology MIDI (Music in Wld Cultures Today 329) MCT321B : Democratic rites: music in the mix in postliberation South Africa (Music in Wld Cultures Today 321) MCT325F : The sociology of music (Music in Wld Cultures Today 325) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) MCT329K : Music technology MIDI (Music in Wld Cultures Today 329) plus any third-level module in Histy of Music Third-level modules in a subject selected from the lists under Group A under A5 as a three-year maj f the BA degree 3 Should the curriculum not comprise thirty modules, as a result of the choice of the second maj subject, then additional modules on second and/ third level may be selected from Histy of Music, Composition They Music in Wld Cultures Today. (2) Requirement: Practical music The degree will not be conferred befe the student has completed the curriculum in Rule A5(m) and has: (a) passed the Unisa Music Certificate Examination of its Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology (see A3(m) ), equivalent examination level from another recognised institution on: (i) Grade 6 level in the student s first instrument and (ii) Grade 4 level in the student s second instrument (if the student elects a second instrument study) and (b) lodged certified copies of the relevant certificate(s) with the Registrar. Acceptance of certificates of other universities and other recognised institutions (eg Trinity College the Royal Schools of Music) may be considered in lieu of that mentioned above. Students who are preparing f a career in teaching must study two instruments. F other students the study of only one instrument is prescribed as a requirement f the degree. Details of the relevant practical examination which the student has passed will be indicated on the degree certificate. Graduates who pass the Unisa Music Certificate Examination in only one instrument f recognition towards the degree and at a later stage pass the required certificate examination in a second instrument may apply f a statement to be issued to this effect. Such a statement will be the equivalent of an endsement. A14m See A14. Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum C h a p t e r 6 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Languages and Literature) (Degree code: 02283) This degree can be obtained in the following areas of specialisation: Creative Writing Document Design Early Wld Civilisations Language Learning in a Multilingual Society Language Planning and Development South African Literary Studies Students must consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine in which semester and as from when a specific study unit is available. The relevant prerequisites and co-requisites must also be taken into account together with the prescribed combination of modules f the maj subject. Admission requirements see A3 Duration of study and number of study units per year see A4 Admission to modules in Visual Arts See A8 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum see A14 (with specialisation in Creative Writing) (02283 CRW) (as from 2006 f new students: CR1) This programme will be offered f the last time in Students who have not completed this programme by the end of 2009, must transfer to the new curriculum f Purpose: to provide students with a foundation in the they and practice of literary study and to help them develop their own creative talents in der to produce literary texts (eg poems, sht sties, novels, plays, etc) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. A Language maj must be included. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2 first-level modules in your Language maj THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) THL802V : Introduction to literary genres (They of Literature 802) THL1016 : Introduction to creative writing: a practical course (They of Literature 101) plus any 5 of the following modules: not me than 2 first-level language modules from languages not chosen as a maj ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) AFK101Q : Afrikaans today (Literature) (Afrikaans 101) CCL101R : Greek society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 101) 19

20 20 CCL102S : Roman society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 102) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) RLE8018 : Modern Romance Literatures in English plays, poems and sht sties (Modern Romance Literatures in English 801) RLE8029 : Modern Romance Literatures in English novels (Modern Romance Literatures in English 802) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: The 2, 3 4 second-level modules prescribed f your Language maj THL201A : They of the sign in literature and culture (They of Literature 201) THL204D : Advanced creative writing: a practical course (They of Literature 204) THL821Y : Advanced narrative they (They of Literature 821) THL8223 : They of drama (They of Literature 822) THL8234 : They of poetry (They of Literature 823) plus any 3, 2 1 of the following modules: 2 second-level language modules from languages not chosen as a maj PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) CLS8216 : Epic transfmations (Classical Culture 821) CLS8228 : Dramatic visions (Classical Culture 822) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Classical Culture 823) CLS824A : Histical encounters (Classical Culture 824) CLS826C : Cultural contexts (Classical Culture 826) ITN801W : Contempary culture in Italy (Italian 801) ITN802X : Visions of the Renaissance (Italian 802) RSN821R : Russian language and culture (preadvanced) (Russian 821) RSN822S : Russian language and culture (advanced) (Russian 822) RSN823T : Russian post revolutionary (Russian 823) RSN824U : Twentienth century Russian literature (Russian 824) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: The 4 5 third-level modules prescribed f your Language maj THL304G : Creative writing wkshop and ptfolio (They of Literature 304) THL305H : Literary they in contexts (They of Literature 305) plus 1 of the following: AFK3043 : Language variation and language politics (Afrikaans 304) Module 305 in African Languages THL8245 : They and practice of South African literary studies (They of Literature 824) TEX8228 : Persuasive texts (Afrikaans 822) plus any 3 2 of the following: CLS8216 : Epic transfmations (Classical Culture 821) CLS8228 : Dramatic visions (Classical Culture 822) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Classical Culture 823) CLS824A : Histical encounters (Classical Culture 824) CLS826C : Cultural contexts (Classical Culture 826) ITN801W : Contempary culture in Italy (Italian 801) ITN802X : Visions of the Renaissance (Italian 802) RSN821R : Russian language and culture (preadvanced) (Russian 821) RSN822S : Russian language and culture (advanced) (Russian 822) RSN823T : Russian post revolutionary (Russian 823) RSN824U : Twentienth century Russian literature (Russian 824) Any third-level modules that will achieve the purpose of the programme, including language modules from languages not chosen f the maj. (with specialisation in Creative Writing) ( from 2010) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. A Language maj must be included. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2 first-level modules in your Language maj THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) THL802V : Introduction to literary genres (They of Literature 802) THL1016 : Introduction to creative writing: a practical course (They of Literature 101) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they plus any 3 of the following modules: Not me than 2 first-level language modules from languages not chosen as a maj ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) AFK101Q : Afrikaans today (Literature) (Afrikaans 101) CCL101R : Greek society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 101) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 3 second-level modules in your Language maj THL201A : They of the sign in literature and culture (They of Literature 201) THL2602 : Structuralist and Semiotic theies of genre (They of Literature 260) THL204D : Advanced creative writing: a practical course (They of Literature 204) plus any 4 of the following modules: 2 second-level modules from languages not chosen as a maj CLS8216 : Epic transfmations (Classical Culture 821) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Classical Culture 823) LIN2046 : Language in a changing wld (Linguistics 204) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 5 third-level modules in your Language maj THL821Y : Advanced narrative they (They of Literature 821) THL8223 : They of Drama (They of Literature 822) THL8234 : They of Poetry (They of Literature 823) THL8245 : They and practice of South African literary studies (They of Literature 824) THL304G : Creative writing wkshop and ptfolio (They of Literature 304)

21 (with specialisation in Document Design) (02283 DOC) This programme has been rationalised and no new registrations will be accepted f Registered students can continue till the end of 2009 with the programme, but will from 2010 be transferred with the subjects they have chosen to the general Bachel of Arts Degree (02038). Purpose: to develop competent beginning document designers who will have acquired the basic knowledge, skills and a itudes to design and write effective printed and electronic documents in the varied and increasingly complex field of wri en and visual communication and infmation transfer. This curriculum comprises modules. At least 1 Language maj must be included. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 9 (if TDM101L is chosen) modules: 2 first-level modules in the Language maj AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) ENN1504 : Practising wkplace English (English 1504) LIN101W : Grammatical pa erns and principles (Linguistics 101) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) plus any 3 (if TDM101L is chosen) 4 of the following modules: Any first-level language modules in a language not chosen as a maj THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) THL802V : Introduction to literary genres (They of Literature 802) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) TDM101L : Two-dimensional imaging (Two-dimensional imaging 101) (equivalent of 2 modules) ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) SECOND LEVEL TDM101L is equivalent to two modules. This level comprises the following 10 9 modules: The 2, 3 4 second-level modules prescribed f the language maj TEX8216 : Writing skills f the communications industry (Afrikaans 821) LIN309F : Text structure and function (Linguistics 309) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus 5, 4 3 of the following modules: Any second-level modules in a language not chosen as a maj Any second-level modules in Linguistics Any second-level modules in They of Literature LIN2058 : Sound and sound structure (Linguistics 205) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) (if not chosen on first level) COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2089 : Infmation and communication technologies f Infmation Science (Infmation Science 208) TDM101L : Two-dimensional imaging (Two-dimensional imaging 101) (if not taken on first level) (equivalent of 2 modules) ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) ARH213M : Art they and criticism 1 (Art Histy 213) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 to 10 modules: The 4 5 third-level modules prescribed f the Language maj TEX8228 : Persuasive texts (Afrikaans 822) LIN304A : Translation and editing techniques (Linguistics 304) (please note language requirement f this module) LIN308E : Language planning and linguistic description (Linguistics 308) LIN307D : Text quality: theies, models and techniques (Linguistics 307) plus of the following modules: Any third-level modules in a language not chosen as a maj Any third-level modules in Linguistics Any third-level modules in They of Literature CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) (if not chosen on first second-level, it must be chosen on third-level) COM3018 : Marketing communication (Communication Science 301) COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) COM306D : Communication research (Communication Science 306) INS3014 : Infmation technology: Computerised infmation stage (Infmation Science 301) INS3025 : Infmation technology: Infmation Systems and infmation transfer (Infmation Science 302) INS3036 : Using infmation: the role of infmation behaviour (Infmation Science 303) INS3702 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 3702) INS3059 : Infmation and knowledge management (Infmation Science 305) ARH313Q : Art they and criticism 2 (Art Histy 313) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) ARH411R : Contempary international art (Art Histy 411) (with specialisation in Early Wld Civilisations) (02283 EWC) This programme has been rationalised and no new registrations will be accepted f Registered students can continue till the end of 2009 with the programme, but will from 2010 be transferred with the subjects they have chosen to the general Bachel of Arts Degree (02038 GE1). 21

22 Purpose: to provide qualifying students with knowledge that combines elements from Classical and Semitic studies, Biblical Studies, and skills in Histical Sciences, Languages and Archaeology. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. At least 1 maj subject must be included. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises of the following 10 modules: AGE1014 : Introduction to archaeology (Archaeology 101) ATC1013 : Introduction to the Ancient Near Eastern Cultures (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 101) CCL101R : Greek society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 101) CCL102S : Roman society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 102) plus any 6 of the following modules: AGE1025 : The prehisty of South Africa (Archaeology 102) OTS1502 : Introduction to Biblical Archaeology (Old Testament 1502) ANH101P : Near East and Greece (Ancient Histy 101) ANH102Q : Roman histy (Ancient Histy 102) ATC1024 : Mythology of the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 102) HSY101D : Precolonial South Africa (Histy 101) ICS102Y : Early histy of Islam: 6th and 9th centuries (Islamic Studies 102) JCA101P : Laws and customs: The festivals of Judaism their igin, development and the inherent notion of time (Judaica 101) RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature (Old Testament 1501) ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: AGE2018 : Archaeological fieldwk techniques and analytical methods (Archaeology 201) AGE203A : African archaeology (Archaeology 203) ATC2016 : Verbal communication in the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 201) ATC2028 : Nonverbal communication in the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 202) ECH3702 : Religion, wship and prayer in the early Christian wld (Biblical Archaeology 3702) ECH3701 : Death, tombs and burials in the early Christian wld (Biblical Archaeology 3701) CLS8228 : Dramatic visions (Classical Culture 822) CLS8216 : Epic transfmations (Classical Culture 821) plus any 2 of the following modules: AGE2029 : Archaeology and fossils: the study of human evolution (Archaeology 202) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Classical Culture 823) CLS824A : Histical encounters (Classical Culture 824) CLS827D : Visual and verbal representations (Classical Culture 827) ATC2039 : Cultural change in the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 203) OTS2602 : From Dan to Beersheba: An archaeological tour through ancient Israel (Old Testament 2602) ECH2602 : Daily life in early Christianity (Biblical Archaeology 2602) ECH2603 : Illness, health and healing in the early Christian wld (Biblical Archaeology 2603) BBA308C : Histical geography of the biblical wld (Biblical Archaeology 308) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: AGE303D : Wld prehisty (Archaeology 303) AGE304E : Prehistic rock art (Archaeology 304) ATC301A : Archaeology of the Ancient Near East I (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 301) OTS3702 : Excavating a biblical city (Old Testament 3702) OTS3703 : The Bible and African cultures (Old Testament 3703) CLS8228 : Dramatic visions (Classical Culture 822) CLS826C : Cultural contexts (Classical Culture 826) plus any 3 of the following modules: AGE301B : The interpretation of archaeological data (Archaeology 301) AGE302C : Applied archaeology: heritage conservation, cultural resource management and archaeotourism (Archaeology 302) ATC303C : Comparative literature of the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 303) ATC304D : Ancient Near East and its outside wld (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 304) ATC305E : Detailed study of one of the maj cultures of the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 305) RST327B : Asian faiths: culture, religion and philosophy (Religious Studies 327) ECH3704 : Construction of bodies, gender and sexuality in early Christianity (Biblical Studies 3704) OTS2603 : Life ientation: Biblical perspectives (Old testament 2603) Any Classical Culture module not taken at the second level Any Biblical Archaeology module not taken at the second level (with specialisation in Language Learning in a Multilingual Society) (02283 LMS) This programme has been rationalised and no new registrations will be accepted f Registered students can continue till the end of 2009 with the programme, but will from 2010 be transferred with the subjects they have chosen to the general Bachel of Arts Degree (02038). Purpose: to provide graduates with the knowledge that will help them gain a clear basic understanding of the various facts that play a role in language learning (and by implication in language teaching), particularly in a multilingual society such as South Africa. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. At least 1 Language maj must be included. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2 first-level modules in the Language maj LIN101W : Grammatical pa erns and principles (Linguistics 101) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) plus any 6 of the following modules: Any first-level modules in a language not chosen as a maj Any first-level modules from They of Literature EDT1602 : Learning and teaching strategies in the adolescent years (Educational Themes 102) (Educational 22

23 Subjects f BEd (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training)) ETH102L : The learning child (Educational Themes 102) (Educational Subjects f BEd (Intermediate and Seni Phase)) GED102U : Teaching and learning 1 (General Education 102) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2, 3 4 second-level modules prescribed f the Language maj LIN309F : Text structure and function (Linguistics 309) LIN2035 : Language acquisition in a natural environment (Linguistics 203) LIN2046 : Language in a changing wld (Linguistics 204) plus any 5, 4 3 of the following modules: Any second-level modules in a language not chosen as a maj Any second-level modules in Linguistics not selected above Any second-level modules in They of Literature EDA201W : Classroom management (Educational Themes 201) (Educational Subjects f BEd (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training)) ETH202P : General teaching methods and classroom management (Educational Themes 202) (BEd (Intermediate and Seni Phase)) GED202X : Teaching and learning 2 (General Education 202) FDEME3L : Computer integration in the classroom PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 4 5 third-level modules prescribed f the Language maj LIN306C : Learning and teaching an additional language (Linguistics 306) LIN308E : Language planning and linguistic description (Linguistics 308) and/ LIN307D : Text quality: theies, models and techniques (Linguistics 307) plus 3, 2 1 of the following modules: 3, 2 1 third-level language modules not chosen as a maj Language subject didactics modules (BEd (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training)): SDENG3J : Subject Didactics: English PRS302A : Reading, writing and spelling First language (Professional Studies 302 (Educational Subjects f BEd) (Early Childhood Development: Foundation Phase)) PRS303B : Reading, writing and spelling Second language (Professional Studies 303 (Educational Subjects f BEd) (Early Childhood Development: Foundation Phase)) GED3024 : Teaching and learning 3 (General Education 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) (with specialisation in Language Planning and Development) (02283 LPD) This programme has been rationalised and no new registrations will be accepted f Registered students can continue till the end of 2009 with the programme, but will from 2010 be transferred with the subjects they have chosen to the general Bachel of Arts Degree (02038). Purpose: to develop students knowledge of the theetical concepts and practical aspects of language planning and development. The programme thus aims to produce infmed and professional language students who are well suited to entering the field of language planning and related professions. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. At least 1 Language maj must be included. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2 first-level modules in the Language maj LIN101W : Grammatical pa erns and principles (Linguistics 101) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) plus 6 of the following modules: PIN101R : Introduction to interpreting 1 (Principles of Interpreting 101) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) Any first-level modules in Histy Any first-level modules in Sociology Any first-level modules in Public Administration Any first-level modules in They of Literature Any first-level modules in a language not chosen as your maj SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2, 3 4 second-level modules prescribed f the Language maj LIN2035 : Language acquisition in a natural environment (Linguistics 203) LIN2046 : Language in a changing wld (Linguistics 204) LIN304A : Translation and editing techniques (Linguistics 304) plus any 5, 4 3 of the following modules: Any second-level modules in a language not chosen as your maj Any second level modules in Linguistics not chosen above Any second level modules in They of Literature Any second level modules in Political Science Any second level modules in Computer Science Any second level modules in Histy Any second level modules in Sociology PIN201U : Liaison and consecutive interpreting (Principles of Interpreting 201) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 4 5 third-level modules prescribed f the Language maj LIN308E : Language planning and linguistic description (Afrikaans 308) 23

24 AFK3043 : Language variation and language politics (Afrikaans 304) LIN306C : Learning and teaching an additional language (Linguistics 306) plus 2 3 of the following modules: Any third-level language module not chosen above Any third-level module in Linguistics not chosen above Any third-level module in They of Literature APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) PIN301X : Simultaneous interpreting (Principles of Interpreting 301) (with specialisation in South African Literary Studies) (02283 SAL) This programme has been rationalised and no new registrations will be accepted f Registered students can continue till the end of 2009 with the programme, but will from 2010 be transferred with the subjects they have chosen to the general Bachel of Arts Degree (02038 GE1). Purpose: to provide students with graduate-level knowledge and skills in the study of South African literatures across languages and disciplines. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. A South African Language must be included as a maj. Modules in the following disciplines may also be included: African Languages and Literatures (including Afrikaans and English), Classical Languages and Literatures, Modern European Languages and Literatures, They of Literature, Linguistics, Semitic Languages, Anthropology, Archaeology, Biblical Studies, Communication Science, Infmation Science, Histy, Histy of Music, Music in Wld Cultures Today, Psychology, Politics, Philosophy, Art Histy, Geography, Religious Studies and Sociology. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2 first-level modules in a Language maj which must be chosen from an official South African Language 2 first-level modules in a language not chosen as the maj 2 first-level modules in one of the disciplines mentioned under above THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) THL802V : Introduction to literary genres (They of Literature 802) plus 4 of the following modules: Any first-level modules in a language not chosen as your maj Any first-level modules in the disciplines under above CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) THL1016 : Introduction to creative writing: a practical course (They of Literature 101) AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 3 4 modules prescribed f the Language maj 2 second-level modules in the language discipline selected at the first-level THL8245 : They and practice of South African literary studies (They of Literature 824) THL201A : They of the sign in literature and culture (They of Literature 201) plus 1 of the following: THL821Y : Advanced narrative they (They of Literature 821) THL8223 : They of drama (They of Literature 822) THL8234 : They of poetry (They of Literature 823) plus any 2 1 of the following modules: Any second-level modules in a language not chosen as your maj Any second level modules in the disciplines mentioned under above LIN2046 : Language in a changing wld (Linguistics 204) THL204D : Advanced creative writing: a practical course (They of Literature 204) TEX8216 : Writing skills f the communications industry (Afrikaans 821) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 4 5 third-level modules prescribed f the Language maj 2 third-level modules in the language discipline chosen at first and second level THL305H : Literary they in contexts (They of Literature 305) plus 2 of the following not yet selected above: THL821Y : Advanced narrative they (They of Literature 821) THL8223 : They of drama (They of Literature 822) THL8234 : They of poetry (They of Literature 823) plus 1 of the following modules (if your third level does not yet comprise 10 modules): 1 third-level module in a language not chosen as the maj 1 third-level module in the disciplines mentioned under above LIN304A : Translation and editing techniques (Linguistics 304) THL303F : They of genre-specific topic interdisciplinary module (They of Literature 303) THL304G : Creative writing wkshop and ptfolio (They of Literature 304) TEX8228 : Persuasive texts (Afrikaans 822) General degree (02283 GEN) This qualification was terminated at the end of Students registered f the qualification need to transfer to the general BA degree. Students who are not interested in one of the abovementioned specialised degrees, may compile their own curriculum taking the following into account: The curriculum comprises 30 modules: 10 modules on each of first, second and third levels. a language as a maj subject. another subject offered by the Departments of African Languages, Afrikaans and They of Literature, Classics and Wld Languages, English Studies, and Linguistics must be taken on at least first and second level (sub-maj). at least 15 compulsy modules (including maj subject(s)) selected from modules offered by the Departments of African Languages, Afrikaans and They of Literature, Classics and Wld Languages, English Studies, and Linguistics any compulsy modules from the Languages and Literature specialised degrees. at least two modules (excluding maj and sub-maj modules) from subjects offered by the Departments of African Languages, Afrikaans and They of Literature, Classics and Wld Languages, English Studies, and Linguistics must be taken on each level. any additional modules from the Languages and Literature specialised degree. 24

25 C h a p t e r 7 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Human and Social Studies) (Degree code: 02291; NQF level 7; 360 credits) This degree can be obtained in the following areas of specialisation: Community Development Development Studies Policy Studies International Relations and Diplomacy Government, Administration and Development Political Leadership and Citizenship Philosophy, Politics and Economics Population Studies Public Administration and Communication Facilitation Religions, Wld views and Ethics of Life Orientation General Students must consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine in which semester and as from when a specific study unit is available. The relevant prerequisites and co-requisites must also be taken into account together with the prescribed combination of modules f the maj subject. Admission requirements see A3 Duration of study and number of study units per year see A4 Admission to modules in Visual Arts See A8 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum see A14 (with specialisation in Community Development) (02291 COD) Purpose: to provide BA graduates with the knowledge, skills and a itudes necessary to become efficient community development wkers who are able to facilitate and manage development projects, development programmes and small, medium and micro enterprises, primarily in the infmal sect. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) plus any 2 of the following modules: ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) ACN101M : Accounting concepts, principles and procedures (Accounting 101) plus any 2 of the following modules: COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care 1 (Community Health 1501) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care 2 (Community Health 1502) 1 2 first-level modules in an African language (AFL1501 AFL1502) SCK101W : Welfare science and policy (Social Wk 101) SCK102X : Introduction to social wk and the helping process (Social Wk 102) Students who wish to continue with SCK201, SCK202 and SCK203 must pass both SCK101 and SCK102. SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) MNG2016 : General management (Business Management 201) MNE202V : Introduction to entrepreneurship and smallbusiness management (Business Management 202) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) APY301L : Qualitative research methodology: the anthropological strategy (Anthropology 301) plus any 5 of the following modules: APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Sociocultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Anthropology 202) APY203K : Anthropology and health care (Anthropology 203) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care 2 (Community Health 1502) CMH2602 : Health in communities (Community Health 2601) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) MNF2023 : Financial management (Business Management 202) MNM202Y : Marketing management (Business Management 202) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) SCK2013 : Facilitative communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 201) SCK2024 : Practical wk: facilitating communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 202) SCK2035 : Welfare policy (Social Wk 203) Students who wish to continue with SCK303 and SCK305 at third level must pass SCK201 and 202. Students must be in a position to a end regular practical sessions at Unisa s provincial centres. THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) DVA3043 : Empowerment and popular initiatives (Development Studies 304) MNE301X : Entrepreneurship and small-business management (Business Management 301) 25

26 APY304P : Themes in anthropology: (1) African material culture (2) Tourism and pilgrimage (Anthropology 304) plus any 3 of the following modules: AGE302C : Applied archaeology: heritage conservation, cultural resource management and archaeotourism (Archaeology 302) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) CMM3701 : Christian action f anti-racism and reconciliation (Community Ministry 3701) ECH3703 : Intercultural Christian communication (Community Ministry 3703) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) SCK3039 : Community wk (Social Wk 303) SCK305B : Practical wk: community wk (Social Wk 305) (with specialisation in Development Studies) (02291 DVS) Purpose: to equip development practitioners and development-iented students with functional and academic knowledge, specific skills, applied competence and the necessary a itudes to engage with the challenges of development and to make them lifelong learners and employable wkers/entrepreneurs. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African Politics 102) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) GGH103S : Our living earth (Geography 103) plus 2 of the following modules: PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) plus any 4 of the following modules: SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) Any 1 2 first-level language modules offered at Unisa Students who wish to continue with the second level of Economics must first pass both ECS101 and ECS102. SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus any 5 of the following modules: APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Sociocultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Anthropology 202) GGH203V : The interpretation of maps, aerial photographs and satellite images (Geography 203) GGH205X : Environmental politics (Geography 205) IPC2015 : International ganisations (International Politics 201) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) ECS201A : Microeconomics (Economics 201) ECS202B : Macroeconomics (Economics 202) ECS204D : Labour economics (Economics 204) ECS207G : Development economics (Economics 207) ECS208H : Environmental economics (Economics 208) Students who wish to enrol f third-level modules in Economics must pass both ECS201 and ECS202. THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3043 : Empowerment and popular initiatives (Development Studies 304) GGH302X : Spatial economic development (Geography 302) IPC303B : Diplomacy (International Politics 303) plus any 4 of the following modules: DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) GGH301W : State of the environment in Southern Africa (Geography 301) GGH3054 : Environmental evaluation and impact assessment (Geography 305) APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) ECS302E : International trade (Economics 302) ECS303F : International finance (Economics 303) ECS305H : Economic policy in South Africa (Economics 305) (with specialisation in Policy Studies) (02291 PSD) Purpose: to provide students with the necessary knowledge and skills to understand the causes and consequences of policy decisions; how public policy is fmulated, implemented and analysed; how inputs into the policy-making process can be made; and how feedback to policy-makers is provided. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. 26

27 FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 8 level 5 modules and 2 level 6 modules: NQF LEVEL 5 MODULES This level comprises the following 8 modules: ECS1016 is compulsy f students who wish to take other level 6 modules in Economics. PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) plus 3 of the following modules: ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) HMA1501 : Health Service Unit management (Health Services Management 1501) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care (Community Health 1502) GGH101Q : Know your wld: introduction to geography (Geography 101) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) STS1113 : Descriptive statistics and probability (Statistics 111) STS1124 : Data analysis and inference (Statistics 112) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) INF1059 : Introduction to Business Infmation Systems (Infmation Systems 105) NQF LEVEL 6 MODULES This level comprises the following 2 modules: ECS1028 is compulsy f students who wish to take other level 6 modules in Economics. PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) plus 1 of the following: DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) ECS1028 : Economics B (Economics 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules offered at level 6: PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) PLC801H : South African politics (Politics 801) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus 3 of the following modules: PUB202C : Protection services (Public Administration 202) PUB203D : Creation of wealth (Public Administration 203) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) PUB205F : Culture and education (Public Administration 205) PUB206G : Environmental affairs (Public Administration 206) plus 3 of the following modules: COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) GGH204W : People and the natural environment: use and impact (Geography 204) ECS201A : Microeconomics } Compulsy f students (Economics 201) who wish to take ECS202B : Macroeconomics third-level modules (Economics 202) in Economics ECS203C : South African economic indicats (Economics 203) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) CSL201M : Constitutional Law (Constitutional Law 201) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) ADL201M : Administrative Law (Administrative Law 201) IOS2016 : Interpretation of Statutes (Interpretation of Statutes 201) DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules offered at level 7: Students who have passed modules PUB303G, PUB306K and/ PUB307L which fmed part of the previous curriculum, will retain credit f it. However, students who have passed the module PUB303G will not be allowed to register f the modules PUB3703 and PUB3705. PLC302Y : Democracy and other fms of regime (Politics 302) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC802J : Contempary issues in politics: capita selecta (Politics 802) PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) PUB3705 : Public financial administration and management (Public Administration 3705) PUB305J : Ethics in public administration and administrative justice (Public Administration 305) plus 4 of the following modules: PLC301X : Political ideas (Politics 301) CMM3703 : Social ethics (Community Ministry 3703) COM3018 : Marketing communication (Communication Science 301) COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) ECS305H : Economic policy in South Africa (Economics 305) GGH301W : State of the environment in Southern Africa (Geography 301) RST328C : Religion and social issues (Religious Studies 328) TIC3706 : Christian mal decision making (Theologies in Context 3706) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who registered pri to 2009 retain credit f the modules they have registered at the level and accding to the options that applied at the time. This may, however, imply that students may exceed the 96 level 5 credits and may fall sht of the 120 level 7 credits. However students who have not yet graduated by the end of 2014 will have to comply with the credits as required by the new HEQF that would be implemented by Students who have passed modules in Public Admininstration pri to 2009, should comply with the transitional arrangements under Public Administration in Part 2 of the Calendar. (with specialisation in International Relations and Diplomacy) (02291 IRD) Purpose: to provide students with an understanding of international acts and relations (political, diplomatic, economic, legal and cultural) and the issues and problems which are changing the global der, thus enabling them to serve as international experts in the many fields linking the private and public sects with the global community. 27

28 This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 8 level 5 modules and 2 level 6 modules: NQF LEVEL 5 MODULES This level comprises the following 8 modules: IPC101Y : Fundamentals of International Politics (International Politics 101) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African Politics 102) ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) plus 1 2 modules offered at level 5 in the following languages: Arabic, French, Ptuguese, Spanish, Mandarin, Russian, German and Italian plus 2 1 of the following modules: PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) ICS101X : An introduction to Islam (Islamic Studies 101) RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) INF1059 : Introduction to Business Infmation Systems (Infmation Systems 105) STS1055 : Basic statistics (Statistics 105) NQF LEVEL 6 MODULES This level comprises 2 of the following modules: ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102). plus 1 of the following PLC801H : South African Politics FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) A level 6 module offered in Arabic, French, Ptuguese, Spanish, Mandarin, Russian, German and Italian SECOND LEVEL Students who passed ECS205E, ECS201 and/ EHY202 retain credit f these modules towards completing the second level. This level comprises the following 10 modules offered at level 6: IPC2015 : International ganisations (International Politics 201) IPC2026 : International political dynamics (International Politics 202) APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) ECS203C : South African economic indicats (Economics 203) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) plus 4 of the following modules: ECS201A : Microeconomics (Economics 201) ECS202B : Macroeconomics (Economics 202) EHY201W : Economic histy of the wld (Economic Histy 201) PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) 1 2 level 6 modules in the languages listed under first level above (excluding English and Afrikaans) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules offered at level 7: IPC3019 : International political they (International Politics 301) IPC302A : International political economy (International Politics 302) IPC303B : Diplomacy (International Politics 303) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC302Y : Democracy and other fms of regime (Politics 302) PRI301T : Principles of International Law 301 plus 4 of the following modules: APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) APC302L : The politics of East Africa (African Politics 302) APC303M : The politics of West and Nth Africa (African Politics 303) COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) ECS302E : International trade (Economics 302) ECS303F : International finance (Economics 303) HSY302L : Themes in 20th century wld histy: towards globalisation (Histy 302) HSY303M : Decolonisation, independence and social change in modern Africa a er 1945 (Histy 303) HSY307R : Globalisation (Histy 307) ICS2036 : Islamic politics and economics (Islamic Studies 203) MNI301J : Global business environment (Business management 301) PLC802J : Contempary issues in politics: capita selecta (Politics 802) Level 7 modules in the languages listed under first level above (excluding English and Afrikaans) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who registered pri to 2009 retain credit f the modules they have registered at the level and accding to the options that applied at the time. This may however imply that students may exceed the 96 level 5 credits and may fall sht of the 120 level 7 credits. However, students who have not yet graduated by the end of 2014 will have to comply with the credits as required by the new HEQF that would be implemented by (with specialisation in Government, Administration and Development) (02291 GAD) Purpose: to provide students with the necessary knowledge and skills, to master and manage the generic functions of the political system namely governance, administration and development. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 8 level 5 modules and 2 level 6 modules: LEVEL 5 MODULES This level comprises the following 8 modules: ECS1016 is compulsy f students who wish to take level 6 modules in Economics. 28

29 PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) plus 3 of the following modules: IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) IOP101M : Psychological processes in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 101) IOP102N : Personality in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) INF1059 : Introduction to Business Infmation Systems (Infmation Systems 105) STS1055 : Basic statistics (Statistics 105) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) LEVEL 6 MODULES This level comprises the following 2 modules on level 6: DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules offered at level 6: 1 ECS1028 is compulsy f students who wish to take other level 6 modules in Economics. DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PUB201B : Foundations of public administration (Public Administration 201) plus 1 2 of the following modules (students who wish to maj in Public Administration should take two modules): 2 Students who have already completed the second level and who wish to maj in Public Administration, but who have not taken two of these modules, are exempted from taking two modules. PUB202C : Protection services (Public Administration 202) PUB203D : Creation of wealth (Public Administration 203) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) PUB205F : Culture and education (Public Administration 205) PUB206G : Environmental affairs (Public Administration 206) plus 1 2 of the following modules: APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) IPC2015 : International ganisations (International Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) PLC801H : South African politics (Politics 801) plus 2 to 4 of the following modules (total should be 10): COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) ECS202B : Macroeconomics (Economics 202) ECS203C : South African economic indicats (Economics 203) ECS204D : Labour economics (Economics 204) ECS207G : Development economics (Economics 207) ECS209J : The South African financial system (Economics 209) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) IOP202R : Organisational psychology (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 202) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules offered on level 7: 5 modules each from 2 of the following subjects as maj subjects: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Students who have passed modules PUB302F, PUB303G, PUB306K and/ PUB307L, which fmed part of the previous curriculum, will retain credit f it. However, students who have passed the module PUB302F will not be allowed to register f the modules PUB3702 and PUB3704 while students who have passed the module PUB303G will not be allowed to register f the modules PUB3703 and PUB3705. PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) PUB3705 : Public financial administration and management (Public Administration 3705) PUB305J : Ethics in public administration and administrative justice (Public Administration 305) and 2 of the following modules: PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) PUB3702 : Public human resource management (Public Administration 3702) PUB3704 : Organisational studies in the public sect (Public Administration 3704) PUB304H : Reflective public administration (Public Administration 304) DEVELOPMENT STUDIES DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) DVA3043 : Empowerment and popular initiatives (Development Studies 304) POLITICAL SCIENCE 5 of the following modules: PLC802J : Contempary issues in politics: capita selecta (Politics 802) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC301X : Political ideas (Politics 301) PLC302Y : Democracy and other fms of regime (Politics 302) PLC3033 : Political development and political economy (Politics 303) APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) IPC302A : International political economy (International Politics 302) 29

30 TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who registered pri to 2009 retain credit f the modules they have registered f at the level and accding to the options that applied at the time. This may, however, imply that students may exceed the 96 level 5 credits and may fall sht of the 120 level 7 credits. However, students who have not yet graduated by the end of 2014 will have to comply with the credits as required by the new HEQF that would be implemented by Students, who have passed modules in Public Administration pri to 2009, should comply with the transitional arrangements under Public Administration in Part 2 of the calendar. (with specialisation in Political Leadership and Citizenship) (02291 PLC) Purpose: to provide students with the necessary knowledge, skills and values (eg democracy, tolerance, appreciation of diversity) of political life in der to take up positions of political leadership on the national, regional, local and communal levels of political institutions, in der to participate in the development and reconstruction of South Africa and the African continent. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 8 level 5 modules and 2 level 6 modules: NQF LEVEL 5 MODULES This level comprises the following 8 modules: ECS1016 is compulsy f students who wish to take level 6 modules in Economics. PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) plus 1 level 5 module in an official South African language Feign students may select any modern language module. plus 1 of the following modules: ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) plus 2 of the following modules: PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African Politics 102) CMM1501 : Ethics and life (Community Ministry 1501) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) INF1059 : Introduction to Business Infmation Systems (Infmation Systems 105) STS1055 : Basic statistics (Statistics 105) NQF LEVEL 6 MODULES This level comprises 2 of the following modules: If ECS1016 was selected ECS1028 is compulsy f students who wish to take other level 6 modules in economics. ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules offered at level 6: PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) PLC801H : South African politics (Politics 801) APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) IPC2015 : International ganisations (International Politics 201) plus 5 of the following modules: APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) IPC2026 : International political dynamics (International Politics 202) COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) ECS201A : Microeconomics } Compulsy f students (Economics 201) who wish to take ECS202B : Macroeconomics level 7 modules (Economics 202) in Economics ECS203C : South African economic indicats (Economics 203) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) CSL201M : Constitutional Law (Constitutional Law 201) ADL201M : Administrative Law (Administrative Law 201) IOS2016 : Interpretation of Statutes (Interpretation of Statutes 201) PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules oferred at level 7: PLC302Y : Democracy and other fms of regime (Politics 302) PLC3033 : Political development and political economy (Politics 303) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) plus 5 of the following modules: PLC802J : Contempary issues in politics: capita selecta (Politics 802) PLC301X : Political ideas (Politics 301) IPC302A : International political economy (International Politics 302) IPC303B : Diplomacy (International Politics 303) APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) APC302L : The politics of East Africa (African Politics 302) APC303M : The politics of West and Nth Africa (African Politics 303) plus 2 of the following modules: COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) ECS305H : Economic policy in South Africa (Economics 305) PRI301T : Principles of International Law

31 GGH302X : Spatial economic development (Geography 302) ICS2036 : Islamic politics and economics (Islamic Studies 203) PLC822N : Knowledge and politics (Politics 822) PLS305C : Contempary African political philosophy (Philosophy 305) PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) RST222Y : Africa s religious heritage (Religious Studies 222) RST328C : Religion and social issues (Religious Studies 328) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) TIC3706 : Christian mal decision making (Theologies in Context 3706 TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who registered pri to 2009 retain credit f the modules they have registered f at the level and accding to the options that applied at the time. This may, however, imply that students may exceed the 96 level 5 credits and may fall sht of the 120 level 7 credits. However, students who have not yet graduated by the end of 2014 will have to comply with the credits as required by the new HEQF that would be implemented by (with specialisation in Philosophy, Politics and Economics) (02291 PPE) Purpose: to equip students with an appropriate range of analytical, empirical and conceptual skills in comprehending society s maj political and economic fces and the philosophical ideas that shape them. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. Any two of Philosophy, Politics and Economics must be selected as maj subjects. The maj subjects must comprise 10 modules each and the third subject 7 modules. There are 3 additional modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PHILOSOPHY 2 of the following modules must be selected: PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) LGC1014 : Fmal logic I (Philosophy 101) (must be selected if COS261C is selected at second level) POLITICS the following 2 modules must be selected: PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) ECONOMICS the following 2 modules must be selected: ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) plus the following 3 modules: M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) ENN1504 : Practising wkplace English (English 1504) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) HSY102E : The making of early colonial South Africa: transfmation and resistance (Histy 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PHILOSOPHY 3 of the following modules must be selected: PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) PLS207B : Philosophy of science (Philosophy 207) PLS2105 : African philosophy (Philosophy 210) COS261C : Fmal logic II (Philosophy 261) (must be selected if COS361F is selected at third level) POLITICS the following 4 modules must be selected: PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) ECONOMICS 3 of the following modules must be selected: ECS201A : Microeconomics (Economics 201) ECS202B : Macroeconomics (Economics 202) ECS203C : South African economic indicats (Economics 203) ECS204D : Labour economics (Economics 204) ECS207G : Development economics (Economics 207) ECS208H : Environmental economics (Economics 208) ECS209J : The South African financial system (Economics 209) EHY201W : Economic histy of the wld (Economic Histy 201) EHY202X : Economic histy of South Africa (Economic Histy 202) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PHILOSOPHY the 5 of the following modules f this subject as a maj, but 1 module if it is not selected as a maj: PLS2116 : Theetical and applied ethics (Philosophy 211) PLS305C : Contempary African political philosophy (Philosophy 305) PLS307E : African philosophy and modernity (Philosophy 307) PLS308F : Advanced African philosophy (Philosophy 308) PLS309G : Advanced Western philosophy (Philosophy 309) COS361F : Fmal Logic III (Philosophy 361) POLITICS 4 of the following modules f this subject as a maj, but 1 module if it is not selected as a maj: PLC301X : Political ideas (Politics 301) PLC302Y : Democracy and other fms of regime (Politics 302) PLC3033 : Political development and political economy (Politics 303) PLC801H : South African politics (Politics 801) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC822N : Knowledge and politics (Politics 822) ECONOMICS 5 of the following modules f this subject as a maj, but 2 modules if it is not selected as a maj: ECS301D : Monetary economics (Economics 301) ECS302E : International trade (Economics 302) ECS303F : International finance (Economics 303) ECS304G : Public economics (Economics 304) ECS305H : Economic policy in South Africa (Economics 305) ECS306J : Histy of economic thought (Economics 306) ECS307K : Econometric techniques (Economics 307) 31

32 (with specialisation in Population Studies) (02291 PST) No new registrations are allowed f this programme from Current students have until the end of 2011 to complete the programme. Purpose: to equip students with specific skills to understand population processes and engage in debates on these processes which are an essential component of planning all over the wld and specifically in South Africa. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC103X : Introducty demography (Sociology 103) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) STS1055 : Basic statistics (Statistics 105) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) plus any 5 of the following modules: SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) The 2 beginners modules in African Languages (i.e. AFL1503 and AFL1504) See Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject, f offerings in different semesters. Students are advised to complete AFL1503 befe registering f AFL1504. FRC101Q : French language and culture f beginners (French 101) and FRC102R : French language and culture: lower intermediate (French 102) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) F those students interested in the sub-area of health demography, the following modules are recommended: CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care 1 (Community Health 1501) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care 2 (Community Health 1502) HMA1501 : Planning and ganising in health services management (Health Services Management 1501) HMA1502 : Leading and control in health services management (Health Services Management 1502) F those students interested in the sub-area of economic demography, the following modules are prerequisites f second level Economic modules: ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) GGH201T : The African challenge: people and environment (Geography 201) plus 1 2 of: APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) plus any 4 3 of the following modules: F those students interested in the sub-area of health demography, the following modules are recommended: CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care 2 (Community Health 1502) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) F those students interested in the sub-area of economic demography, the first 3 modules are recommended: ECS203C : South African economic indicats (Economics 203) ECS204D : Labour economics (Economics 204) ECS207G : Development economics (Economics 207) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: SOC3015 : Thinking sociologically: research methodology (Sociology 301) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) GGH301W : State of the environment in Southern Africa (Geography 301) APY301L : Qualitative research methodology: the anthropological strategy (Anthropology 301) plus any 5 of the following modules: F those students interested in the sub-area of health demography, the first 2 modules are recommended: CMH227E : Gerontology they (Community Health 227) CMH305B : Perspectives of public health (Community Health 305) (phasing out in 2009) GGH302X : Spatial economic development (Geography 302) GGH303Y : Introduction to geographical infmation systems (Geography 303) DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) HSY310L : Modern South Africa: from Soweto to democracy (Histy 310) SOC3049 : Industrial sociology (Sociology 304) SOC305A : Sociology of education (Sociology 305) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) (with specialisation in Public Administration and Communication Facilitation) (02291 PAF) Purpose: to enable both potential and existing public officials to optimally utilise public sect specific managerial and communication competencies in der to facilitate democratic governance and efficient and effective service delivery. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. 32

33 FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) ENN1504 : Practising wkplace English (English 1504) ENN106J : English communication f law (English 106) plus any 3 of the following modules: AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care 1 (Community Health 1501) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care 2 (Community Health 1502) CML101H : Communication law (Communication Law 101) CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) CSL201M : Constitutional Law (Constitutional Law 201) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) GED101T : Human development and education (General Education 101) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) HMA1501 : Planning and ganising in health services management (Health Services Management 1501) HMA1502 : Leading and control in health services management (Health Services Management 1502) IOP101M : Psychological processes in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 101) IPC101Y : Fundamentals of International Politics (International Politics 101) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) CJS101W : Introduction to the Criminal Justice system (Administration of Criminal Justice 101) SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) SCK102X : Introduction to social wk and the helping process (Social Wk 102) First-level modules in African Languages, i.e. AFL1501, AFL1502 SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PUB201B : Foundations of public administration (Public Administration 201) plus 3 of the following modules: PUB202C : Protection services (Public Administration 202) PUB203D : Creation of wealth (Public Administration 203) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) PUB205F : Culture and education (Public Administration 205) PUB206G : Environmental affairs (Public Administration 206) plus the following 3 modules COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) plus any 1 module in an official South African language. If the selected module is English, it must be a second-level module plus any 2 second-level modules from any of the following subjects: Health Studies (Community Health, Health Services Management, Health Sciences Education) Business Management Development Studies Economics Geography Industrial and Organisational Psychology Infmation Science International Politics Philosophy Criminology Administration of Criminal Justice Political Science Psychology Social Wk Sociology 1 both of the following modules: ADL201M : Administrative Law (Administrative Law 201) CSL201M : Constitutional Law (Constitutional Law 201) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 5 modules each from the following subjects as maj subjects: PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION Students who have passed modules PUB302F, PUB303G, PUB306K and/ PUB307L, which fmed part of the previous curriculum, will retain credit f it. However, students who have passed the module PUB302F will not be allowed to register f the modules PUB3702 and PUB3704 while students who have passed the module PUB303G will not be allowed to register f the modules PUB3703 and PUB3705. PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) PUB3702 : Public human resource management (Public Administration 3702) PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) PUB3704 : Organisational studies in the public sect (Public Administration 3704) PUB3705 : Public financial administration and management (Public Administration 3705) PUB304H : Reflective public administration (Public Administration 304) PUB305J : Ethics in public administration and administrative justice (Public Administration 305) COMMUNICATION SCIENCE COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) COM311A : Political and government communication and media ethics (Communication Science 311) COM3708 : Advertising and public relations (Communication Science 3708) 33

34 (with specialisation in Religions, Wld views and Ethics f Life Orientation) (02291 RWE) No new registrations will be accepted f this degree from Students who have been registered f this degree and have not yet completed it, are advised to register f either the general BA (02038 GE1), the BA (Culture and Arts) (02305 GEN) the BA (Culture and Arts with specialisation in African Studies) (02305 AST) degrees. Students who prefer to continue with the programme have until the end of 2010 to complete the programme a er which they will automatically be transferred to the BA degree (02038 GE1). Purpose: to provide in the national need f educats competent to teach about religions, Wld views and ethics. This includes teaching at primary, secondary and tertiary institutions, as well as other professional and personal situations of contact and influence where sensitivity to cultural and religious plurality is required. It also aims to provide in the need f personal development. (1) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. (2) 10 modules must be selected on each of the first, second and third level (codes 1XX, 2XX and 3XX respectively). (3) THL801U is considered a first-level module f this curriculum. (4) A minimum of nine modules in Religious Studies (RST) must be selected. If a sufficient number of modules in another subject is selected, any such subject may be considered as a second maj, with a maximum of 9 modules. Refer to Part 2 of the Calendar f the modules prescribed f each maj. (5) The 6 modules marked with * are compulsy f completion of the degree. (6) At least 5 modules from Group 1 (Comparative Studies) in Section A must be selected at second and third-level. (7) Modules from at least 4 groups from Groups 2 to 10 in Section A are required at second and third level. (8) At least 5 modules in any one of the subjects in Group 11 (Life Orientation Themes) are required. INS101U in Section B is included in this group. (9) At least 15 modules from the list under Section A below must be included in the curriculum. (10) The 2 modules in Section B are compulsy. (11) Not me than 13 modules from Section C may be included in your curriculum. SECTION A (At least 15 modules must be selected from this section. Modules marked with * are compulsy.) GROUP 1: COMPARATIVE STUDIES MCT2229 : Music in religion (Music in Wld Cultures Today 222) *RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) *RST122V : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the they of religion (Religious Studies 122) *RST2244 : Ultimacy, divinity and nature of religious histy (Religious Studies 224) RST2233 : Judaism, Christianity and Islam: a comparative study (Religious Studies 223) RST3248 : Mediation and mysticism (Religious Studies 324) *RST3259 : Postmodern philosophy of religion (Religious Studies 325) RST328C : Religion and social issues (Religious Studies 328) GROUP 2: AFRICAN RELIGIONS APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) RST222Y : Africa s religious heritage (Religious Studies 222) APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) PLS309G : Advanced Western philosophy (Philosophy 309) AGE304E : Prehistic rock art (Archaeology 304) GROUP 3: ASIAN STUDIES RST327B : Asian faiths: culture, religion and philosophy (Religious Studies 327) GROUP 4: ANCIENT NEAR EASTERN RELIGIONS ATC1024 : Mythology of the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 102) GROUP 5: JEWISH STUDIES JCA101P : Laws and customs: The festivals of Judaism their igin, development and the inherent notion of time (Judaica 101) JCA102Q : Liturgy: The igin and legal basis of aspects of Jewish wship (Judaica 102) JCA201S : The emergence of the maj source documents within Judaism (Judaica 201) JCA202T : The development of the Halachah (Judaica 202) JCA203U : Israelites, Judaeans and Jews: varieties of religious faith (Judaica 203) JCA204V : The synagogue: its igin, significance, function and design (Judaica 204) GROUP 6: CHRISTIAN STUDIES OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature (Old Testament 1501) ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology TIC1501 : Reflections on faith (Theologies in Context 1501) HRV1601 : Human Rights, values and societal transfmation (Human Rights, Values and Social Transfmation 1601) OTS3705 : Understanding the Old Testament through archaeology (Old Testament 3705) BBS303M : The ethics of Bible reading (Biblical Studies 303) OTS3703 : The Bible and African cultures (Old Testament 3703) OTS2603 : Life ientation: Biblical perspectives (Old testament 2603) CMM3705 : Christian mal decision making (Community Ministry 3705) CGM3701 : Sexual ethics (Congregational Ministry 3701) CGM3702 : From text to sermon: reading and creating religious texts (Congregational Ministry 3702) CMM3704 : The dynamics of inter-religious encounter (Community Ministry 3704) TIC2602 : Christianity and a changing South Africa (Theologies in Context 2602) GROUP 7: ISLAMIC STUDIES ICS101X : An introduction to Islam (Islamic Studies 101) ICS102Y : Early histy of Islam: 6th and 9th centuries (Islamic Studies 102) ICS2014 : Foundation sources of Islam (Islamic Studies 201) ICS2025 : Sociocultural life, ethics and education in Islam (Islamic Studies 202) ICS2036 : Islamic politics and economics (Islamic Studies 203) ICS3018 : Islamic philosophy, theology and mysticism (Islamic Studies 301) ICS303A : Islamic law and jurisprudence (Islamic Studies 303) GROUP 8: EUROPEAN STUDIES CCL101R : Greek society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 101) CCL102S : Roman society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 102) PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Classical Culture 823) PLS309G : Advanced Western philosophy (Philosophy 309) 34

35 PLS2116 : Theetical and applied ethics (Philosophy 211) HSY201G : Themes in 19th century histy: power and the Western wld (Histy 201) CLS8216 : Epic transfmations (Ancient Histy 821) PLS305C : Contempary African political philosophy (Philosophy 305) PLS307E : African philosophy and modernity (Philosophy 307) GROUP 9: NEW RELIGIOUS MOVEMENTS RST2255 : New religious movements: cults, New Age and related phenomena (Religious Studies 225) GROUP 10: LIFE ORIENTATION THEMES INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) PYC2026 : Child and adolescent development (Psychology 202) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) SOC305A : Sociology of education (Sociology 305) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) INS3036 : Using infmation: the role of infmation behaviour (Infmation Science 303) INS3702 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 3702) INS3059 : Infmation and knowledge management (Infmation Science 305) SECTION B (both modules in this section are compulsy) *1 first-level module in a Unisa language of instruction (eg ENN101D) *INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) SECTION C (optional modules) 1 additional language module on first level in any language THL201A : They of the sign in literature and culture (They of Literature 201) THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) HSY101D : Precolonial South Africa (Histy 101) HSY201G : Themes in 19th century histy: power and the Western wld (Histy 201) HSY203J : Transfmation in southern Africa in the 19th century: colonisation, migration, mining and war (Histy 203) HSY303M : Decolonisation, independence and social change in modern Africa a er 1945 (Histy 303) HSY309T : Modern South Africa: Afrikaner power, the politics of race and resistance, 1902 to the 1970s (Histy 309) HSY310L : Modern South Africa: from Soweto to democracy (Histy 310) GED101T : Human development and education (General Education 101) GED201W : The adolescent: an educational perspective (General Education 201) GED203Y : Life crises in childhood and adolescence (General Education 203) OTS2601 : The Bible, creation and pecology (Old Testament 2601) OTS3701 : Politics, power and prophecy in ancient Israel (Old Testament 3701) ECH3704 : Construction of bodies, gender and sexuality in early Christianity (Biblical Studies 3704) OTS2603 : Life ientation: Biblical perspectives (Old testament 2603) EHY202X : Economic histy of South Africa (Economic Histy 202) APY303N : Themes in anthropology: (1) The relevance of ritual (2) Orality and al tradition (Anthropology 303) PLC301X : Political ideas (Politics 301) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) General degree (02291 GEN) Students who are not interested in one of the abovementioned specialised degrees, may compile their own curriculum from the undermentioned subjects and in accdance with the following specific requirements: SUBJECTS African Politics Anthropology Archaeology Communication Science Development Studies Economics Histy International Politics Geography Philosophy Politics Psychology Public Administration Sociology SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS The curriculum comprises 30 modules: 10 modules on each of first, second and third levels. at least 2 first-level modules in at least 2 of the abovementioned subjects. 1 2 maj subjects from the abovementioned list must be taken (in subject(s) up to and including third level). Research in the Social Sciences (RSC201) is a compulsy module. 15 compulsy modules (including the maj subjects) selected from those prescribed f any of the Human and Social Studies specialisation degrees. the outstanding modules on each level may be taken from the abovementioned subjects from any of the Human and Social Studies specialisation degrees. C h a p t e r 8 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Culture and Arts) (Degree code: 02305) (NQF level: 7; Credits: 360) This degree can be obtained in the following areas of specialisation: African Studies Global Studies Histical Studies Multimedia Studies Visual multimedia Audiovisual multimedia 35

36 Computer-generated multimedia Multimedia in digital art Societal Infmatisation General Students must consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine in which semester and as from when a specific study unit is available. The relevant prerequisites and co-requisites must also be taken into account together with the prescribed combination of modules f the maj subject. Admission requirements see A3 Duration of study and number of study units per year see A4 Admission to modules in Visual Arts See A8 Pass, Pass with distinction and Subminimum see A14 (with specialisation in African Studies) (02305 AST) No new registrations are allowed f this qualification from Current students have until the end of 2012 to complete the qualification. Purpose: to provide those who qualify with graduate-level knowledge and specific skills relating to African Studies, particularly in understanding the constructions of Africa and the African diaspa, various representations of African identities, cultures, landscapes, histies and politics in various academic disciplines and in popular media. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. 1 2 of the following must be selected as maj subjects: Histy (with an African focus) African Languages African Politics FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HAP101Y : Introduction to African studies (Histy 101) plus 2 modules each from 1 2 of the following subjects selected as a maj: HISTORY HSY101D : Precolonial South Africa (Histy 101) HSY102E : The making of early colonial South Africa: transfmation and resistance (Histy 102) AFRICAN LANGUAGES The 2 first-level modules in African Languages (beginners modules excluded) i.e. AFL1501 and AFL1502. AFRICAN POLITICS APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African Politics 102) plus 2 first-level modules with an African focus in 1 of the following subjects: ANTHROPOLOGY APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) ARCHAEOLOGY AGE1014 : Introduction to archaeology (Archaeology 101) AGE1025 : The prehisty of South Africa (Archaeology 102) ART HISTORY ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) ENGLISH ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) (if not already taken) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) GEOGRAPHY GGH101Q : Know your wld: introduction to geography (Geography 101) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) ISLAMIC STUDIES ICS101X : An introduction to Islam (Islamic Studies 101) ICS102Y : Early histy of Islam: 6th and 9th centuries (Islamic Studies 102) SOCIOLOGY SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) PHILOSOPHY PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) RELIGIOUS STUDIES RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) RST122V : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the they of religion (Religious Studies 122) Histy African Languages African Politics } If not chosen above as a maj subject plus 2 first-level modules in the language of instruction. Students who obtained an A B symbol in Higher Standard grade Afrikaans English in the Seni Certificate/Grade 12 examination may choose 2 of the following modules as an alternative. plus 1 3 modules in the following subjects (reflecting specialist interest in and application of African Studies): first-level modules in subjects not chosen above (excluding Afrikaans and English) any modules from a modern language literature relevant to African Studies, They of Literature, Linguistics, Communication Science any modules from Economics, Business Management, General Education, Law, Infmation Science, Criminology any modules from Classics, Histy of Music, Music in Wld Cultures Today, Theology SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus 2 3 second-level modules prescribed f the 1 2 maj subjects selected: HISTORY HSY201G : Themes in 19th century histy: power and the Western wld (Histy 201) HSY203J : Transfmation in southern Africa in the 19th century: colonisation, migration, mining and war (Histy 203) 36

37 AFRICAN LANGUAGES 2 second-level modules in the same African Language selected on first level. AFRICAN POLITICS APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) plus 2 second-level modules with an African focus in 1 of the following subjects: ANTHROPOLOGY APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Sociocultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Anthropology 202) APY203K : Anthropology and health care (Anthropology 203) ARCHAEOLOGY AGE2029 : Archaeology and fossils: the study of human evolution (Archaeology 202) AGE203A : African archaeology (Archaeology 203) ART HISTORY ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) ARH212L : Art and transcendence (Art Histy 212) ARH214N : Art and patronage (Art Histy 214) ENGLISH ENN204K : African encounters (English 204) ENN207N : Expling Shakespeare (English 207) GEOGRAPHY GGH201T : The African challenge: people and environment (Geography 201) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) GGH205X : Environmental politics (Geography 205) ISLAMIC STUDIES ICS2025 : Sociocultural life, ethics and education in Islam (Islamic Studies 202) ICS2036 : Islamic politics and economics (Islamic Studies 203) PHILOSOPHY PLS2116 : Theetical and applied ethics (Philosophy 211) PLS309G : Advanced Western philosophy (Philosophy 309) RELIGIOUS STUDIES RST222Y : Africa s religious heritage (Religious Studies 222) RST2244 : Ultimacy, divinity and nature of religious histy (Religious Studies 224) RST2255 : New religious movements: cults, New Age and related phenomena (Religious Studies 225) SOCIOLOGY SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) Histy African Languages African Politics } If not chosen above as a maj subject. plus the number of modules required to make up 10 modules f the second level, chosen from the following subjects (reflecting specialist interest in and application of African Studies): any second-level modules in subjects not chosen above any modules from a modern language literature relevant to African Studies, They of Literature, Linguistics, Communication Science any modules from Economics, Business Management, General Education, Law, Infmation Science, Criminology any modules from Classics, Histy of Music, Music in Wld Cultures Today, Theology THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: ENN311M : Expling South African writing (English 311) Should the maj subjects comprise 10 third-level modules, then this module must be taken in place of 1of the third-level modules. plus the 4 5 third-level modules prescribed f each of the 1 2 maj subjects selected: HISTORY HSY302L : Themes in 20th century wld histy: towards globalisation (Histy 302) HSY303M : Decolonisation, independence and social change in modern Africa a er 1945 (Histy 303) HSY307R : Globalisation (Histy 307) HSY309T : Modern South Africa: Afrikaner power, the politics of race and resistance, 1902 to the 1970s (Histy 309) HSY310L : Modern South Africa: from Soweto to democracy (Histy 310) AFRICAN LANGUAGES The 4 third-level modules prescribed f the maj subject AFRICAN POLITICS APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) APC302L : The politics of East Africa (African Politics 302) APC303M : The politics of West and Nth Africa (African Politics 303) plus 2 of the following modules: PLC801H : South African politics (Politics 801) PLC802J : Contempary issues in politics: capita selecta (Politics 802) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC822N : Knowledge and politics (Politics 822) plus 2 to 4 third-level modules in any of the following subjects (if you only chose 1 maj subject): ANTHROPOLOGY APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) APY303N : Themes in anthropology: (1) The relevance of ritual (2) Orality and al tradition (Anthropology 303) APY304P : Themes in anthropology: (1) African material culture (2) Tourism and pilgrimage (Anthropology 304) ARCHAEOLOGY AGE302C : Applied archaeology: heritage conservation, cultural resource management and archaeotourism (Archaeology 302) AGE303D : Wld prehisty (Archaeology 303) AGE304E : Prehistic rock art (Archaeology 304) ART HISTORY ARH311N : Art and ideology 2 (Art Histy 311) ARH312P : Art, cra and design (Art Histy 312) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) GEOGRAPHY GGH301W : State of the environment in Southern Africa (Geography 301) GGH302X : Spatial economic development (Geography 302) PHILOSOPHY PLS305C : Contempary African political philosophy (Philosophy 305) RELIGIOUS STUDIES RST328C : Religion and social issues (Religious Studies 328) 37

38 SOCIOLOGY SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) plus any second third-level modules in the following subjects reflecting specialist interest in and application of African Studies (to make up 10 modules if your third level does not yet comprise 10 modules): third-level modules in subjects not chosen above any modules from a modern language literature relevant to African Studies, They of Literature, Linguistics any modules from Sociology, Economics, Business Management, General Education, Law any modules from Classics, Histy of Music, Music in Wld Cultures Today, Theology (with specialisation in Global Studies) (02305 GST) No new registrations are allowed f this qualification from Current students have until the end of 2012 to complete the qualification. Purpose: to provide students with knowledge and skills relating to international political, economic, social and cultural relations in the context of globalisation. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. Please note that you must include the compulsy modules f 1 2 maj subjects. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 2 modules each from 3 of the following groups: GEOGRAPHY GGH101Q : Know your wld: introduction to geography (Geography 101) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) HISTORY HSY101D : Precolonial South Africa (Histy 101) HSY102E : The making of early colonial South Africa: transfmation and resistance (Histy 102) INTERNATIONAL POLITICS IPC101Y : Fundamentals of International Politics (International Politics 101) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) SOCIOLOGY SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) plus any first-level module in the language of instruction (if not selected under Modern Languages below): Students who have obtained an A B symbol (Higher Standard Grade) in English Afrikaans as first second language in the Seni Certificate/Grade 12 examination may select 1 of the first-level modules below as an alternative. plus any 3 of the following modules: ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) INM1013 : Introduction to the economic and management environment 1A (Introduction to the Economic and Management Environment 101) INM1024 : Introduction to the economic and management environment 1B (Introduction to the Economic and Management Environment 102) CCL101R : Greek society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 101) CCL102S : Roman society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 102) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) ICS101X : An introduction to Islam (Islamic Studies 101) ICS102Y : Early histy of Islam: 6th and 9th centuries (Islamic Studies 102) ADL201M : Administrative Law (Administrative Law 201) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) MCT1225 : Music in society (Music in Wld Cultures Today 122) HIM1215 : Introducing music studies (Histy of Music 121) HIM1226 : A survey of Western music (Histy of Music 122) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) RST122V : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the they of religion (Religious Studies 122) THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) THL802V : Introduction to literary genres (They of Literature 802) First-level modules in Modern Languages, eg Arabic, French, English, Ptuguese, Spanish SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus 6 second-level modules from 2 3 of the following groups: GEOGRAPHY GGH201T : The African challenge: people and environment (Geography 201) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) GGH204W : People and the natural environment: use and impact (Geography 204) HISTORY HSY201G : Themes in 19th century histy: power and the Western wld (Histy 201) HSY202H : Early state fmation, slavery and colonial conquest in Africa (Histy 202) HSY203J : Transfmation in southern Africa in the 19th century: colonisation, migration, mining and war (Histy 203) INTERNATIONAL POLITICS IPC2015 : International ganisations (International Politics 201) IPC2026 : International political dynamics (International Politics 202) SOCIOLOGY SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) plus 3 of the following modules: ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Classical Culture 823) 38

39 COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) COS2213 : Computer ganisation (Computer Science 221) ECS201A : Microeconomics (Economics 201) ECS202B : Macroeconomics (Economics 202) INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) ICS2025 : Sociocultural life, ethics and education in Islam (Islamic Studies 202) ICS2036 : Islamic politics and economics (Islamic Studies 203) ICS2048 : Histical overview of Islam in Africa, the Middle East and Asia: 9th to 19th centuries (Islamic Studies 204) MCT321B : Democratic rites: music in the mix in postliberation South Africa (Music in Wld Cultures Today 321) PLS2116 : Theetical and applied ethics (Philosophy 211) RST222Y : Africa s religious heritage (Religious Studies 222) RST2233 : Judaism, Christianity and Islam: a comparative study (Religious Studies 223) RST2255 : New religious movements: cults, New Age and related phenomena (Religious Studies 225) THL201A : They of the sign in literature and culture (They of Literature 201) Any second-level modules in Modern Languages, eg Arabic, French, English, Ptuguese, Spanish THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HSY307R : Globalisation (Histy 307) plus 5 modules from 1 of the following groups and 4 modules from another group: GEOGRAPHY GGH301W : State of the environment in Southern Africa (Geography 301) GGH302X : Spatial economic development (Geography 302) GGH303Y : Introduction to geographical infmation systems (Geography 303) GGH3043 : Development of urban space (Geography 304) GGH3054 : Environmental evaluation and impact assessment (Geography 305) HISTORY HSY302L : Themes in 20th century wld histy: towards globalisation (Histy 302) HSY303M : Decolonisation, independence and social change in modern Africa a er 1945 (Histy 303) HSY309T : Modern South Africa: Afrikaner power, the politics of race and resistance, 1902 to the 1970s (Histy 309) HSY310L : Modern South Africa: from Soweto to democracy (Histy 310) INTERNATIONAL POLITICS IPC3019 : International political they (International Politics 301) IPC302A : International political economy (International Politics 302) IPC303B : Diplomacy (International Politics 303) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC822N : Knowledge and politics (Politics 822) SOCIOLOGY SOC3015 : Thinking sociologically: research methodology (Sociology 301) SOC3049 : Industrial sociology (Sociology 304) SOC305A : Sociology of education (Sociology 305) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) (with specialisation in Histical Studies) (02305 HSS) No new registrations are allowed f this qualification from Current students have until the end of 2012 to complete the qualification. Purpose: to provide qualifiers with graduate level knowledge and specific skills in the histical sciences by combining histies in der to provide them with a though understanding of many aspects of the past. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 6 modules from the list below, selected from a maximum of 3 of the following ce disciplines: HISTORY HSY101D : Precolonial South Africa (Histy 101) HSY102E : The making of early colonial South Africa: transfmation and resistance (Histy 102) ARCHAEOLOGY AGE1014 : Introduction to archaeology (Archaeology 101) AGE1025 : The prehisty of South Africa (Archaeology 102) ANCIENT HISTORY ANH101P : Near East and Greece (Ancient Histy 101) ANH102Q : Roman histy (Ancient Histy 102) ART HISTORY ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) HISTORY OF MUSIC HIM1215 : Introducing music studies (Histy of Music 121) HIM1226 : A survey of Western music (Histy of Music 122) RELIGIOUS STUDIES RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) RST122V : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the they of religion (Religious Studies 122) CHURCH HISTORY OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature (Old Testament 1501) ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology TIC1502 : Introduction to the study of church histy (Theologies in Context 1502) BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY OTS1502 : Introduction to Biblical Archaeology (Old Testament 1502) plus 2 of the following modules: HSY104G : General histical skills (Histy 104) ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) Students who have obtained an A B symbol (Higher Standard Grade) in English as first second language in the Seni Certificate/ Grade 12 examination may select an additional first-level module from the list of subjects below as an alternative. plus 2 of the modules listed below from any of the following non-ce disciplines, to be selected with reference to the ce disciplines chosen above 39

40 to be continued at second and third level ( 2 modules from 1 of the ce disciplines not selected above): AFRICAN POLITICS APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African Politics 102) ANCIENT NEAR EASTERN CULTURE ATC1013 : Introduction to the Ancient Near Eastern Cultures (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 101) ATC1024 : Mythology of the Ancient Near East (Ancient Near Eastern Culture 102) ANTHROPOLOGY APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) CLASSICAL CULTURE CCL101R : Greek society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 101) CCL102S : Roman society, myths and literature (Classical Culture 102) ENGLISH ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) (if not already taken) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) INFORMATION SCIENCE INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) INTERNATIONAL POLITICS IPC101Y : Fundamentals of International Politics (International Politics 101) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) ISLAMIC STUDIES ICS101X : An introduction to Islam (Islamic Studies 101) ICS102Y : Early histy of Islam: 6th and 9th centuries (Islamic Studies 102) JUDAICA JCA101P : Laws and customs: The festivals of Judaism their igin, development and the inherent notion of time (Judaica 101) JCA102Q : Liturgy: The igin and legal basis of aspects of Jewish wship (Judaica 102) PHILOSOPHY PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) POLITICS PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) SOCIOLOGY SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) THEORY OF LITERATURE THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 6 modules from the list below, selected from 2 3 of the ce disciplines in which first-level modules were selected above (2 majs 1 maj and 2 subjects up to second level): HISTORY HSY201G : Themes in 19th century histy: power and the Western wld (Histy 201) HSY202H : Early state fmation, slavery and colonial conquest in Africa (Histy 202) HSY203J : Transfmation in southern Africa in the 19th century: colonisation, migration, mining and war (Histy 203) ARCHAEOLOGY AGE2018 : Archaeological fieldwk techniques and analytical methods (Archaeology 201) AGE2029 : Archaeology and fossils: the study of human evolution (Archaeology 202) AGE203A : African archaeology (Archaeology 203) ANCIENT HISTORY CLS827D : Visual and verbal representations (Ancient Histy 827) CLS826C : Cultural contexts (Ancient Histy 826) ART HISTORY ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) ARH212L : Art and transcendence (Art Histy 212) ARH214N : Art and patronage (Art Histy 214) HISTORY OF MUSIC See third level RELIGIOUS STUDIES RST222Y : Africa s religious heritage (Religious Studies 222) RST2244 : Ultimacy, divinity and nature of religious histy (Religious Studies 224) RST2255 : New religious movements: cults, New Age and related phenomena (Religious Studies 225) CHURCH HISTORY See third level BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY See third level plus 4 ce modules not selected under second level above. INS2066 (Infmation Science 206) may be selected in the place of 1 of these modules. THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules selected from 2 to 3 of the ce disciplines in which second-level modules were selected (2 majs 1 maj and 2 subjects up to second level): HISTORY HSY302L : Themes in 20th century wld histy: towards globalisation (Histy 302) HSY303M : Decolonisation, independence and social change in modern Africa a er 1945 (Histy 303) HSY307R : Globalisation (Histy 307) HSY309T : Modern South Africa: Afrikaner power, the politics of race and resistance, 1902 to the 1970s (Histy 309) HSY310L : Modern South Africa: from Soweto to democracy (Histy 310) ARCHAEOLOGY AGE301B : The interpretation of archaeological data (Archaeology 301) AGE302C : Applied archaeology: heritage conservation, cultural resource management and archaeotourism (Archaeology 302) AGE303D : Wld prehisty (Archaeology 303) AGE304E : Prehistic rock art (Archaeology 304) 40

41 ANCIENT HISTORY CLS8216 : Epic transfmations (Ancient Histy 821) CLS8228 : Dramatic visions (Ancient Histy 822) CLS8239 : Ancient thought and practice (Ancient Histy 823) CLS824A : Histical encounters (Ancient Histy 824) CLS825B : Power and empowerment (Ancient Histy 825) ART HISTORY ARH311N : Art and ideology 2 (Art Histy 311) ARH312P : Art, cra and design (Art Histy 312) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) ARH411R : Contempary international art (Art Histy 411) HISTORY OF MUSIC HIM2219 : Music and patronage in the late Renaissance and Baroque (Histy of Music 221) HIM222A : Music in Vienna from the late 18th century (Histy of Music 222) HIM223B : All that jazz (Histy of Music 223) HIM326H : Opera (Histy of Music 326) HIM329L : Music and gender (Histy of Music 329) HIM330D : Music in South Africa (Histy of Music 330) RELIGIOUS STUDIES RST3701 : Religious clusters: Semitic Asian (Religious Studies 3701) CHURCH HISTORY TIC3705 : Christian foundations: the early centuries (Theologies in Context 3705) TIC3704 : Christianity in Africa (Theologies in Context 3704) TIC2602 : Christianity and a changing South Africa (Theologies in Context 2602) ECH3704 : Construction of bodies, gender and sexuality in early Christianity (Biblical Studies 3704) OTS2603 : Life ientation: Biblical perspectives (Old testament 2603) BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY OTS2602 : From Dan to Beersheba: An archaeological tour through ancient Israel (Old Testament 2602) ECH3702 : Religion, wship and prayer in the early Christian wld (Biblical Archaeology 3702) ECH2602 : Daily life in early Christianity (Biblical Archaeology 2602) OTS3702 : Excavating a biblical city (Old Testament 3702) OTS3703 : The Bible and African cultures (Old Testament 3703) ECH3701 : Death, tombs and burials in the early Christian wld (Biblical Archaeology 3701) ECH2603 : Illness, health and healing in the early Christian wld (Biblical Archaeology 2603) BBA308C : Histical geography of the biblical wld (Biblical Archaeology 308) (with specialisation in Multimedia Studies) Purpose: to provide students with interdisciplinary learning through the medium of the computer in the field of digital Multimedia production. This curriculum consists of the following 4 streams of which you must choose 1: Visual multimedia Audiovisual multimedia Computer-generated multimedia Multimedia in digital visual arts Prospective students must obtain pri permission from the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology befe registering f the degree. Prospective students must, in advance, obtain wri en permission f admission to the degree from the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. Prospective students are required to submit a ptfolio of artwks consisting of 4 drawings and 4 paintings photographic/digital documentation thereof together with a completed questionnaire and recd of personal details. The fm may be downloaded from the Departmental website obtained from the Departmental secretary (Tel: ). The permission fm must be submi ed together with the student s FIRST application f registration. Students registered f any of the BA Multimedia degree streams (MMV, MMA, MMC, MMD Old curriculum, MV1, MA1, MC1 New curriculum) Students are strongly advised to a end all wkshops presented f their particular modules as these are imptant modes of tuition. are required to submit all projects/assignments f EACH of the modules f which they are registered: this is compulsy. Please consult your tutial ma er with regard to submission of these compulsy assignments; and In addition to the nmal study fees, a studio fee is payable f each practical module. Students will sit a non-venue bound examination. They must further meet ALL the examination requirements which include submi ing the examination wk accompanied by a swn affidavit at one of the Unisa centres (Pretia, Cape Town, Durban) f evaluation. The department reserves the right to retain the student s artwks from any assignment f study material, teaching purposes f exhibitions. WORKSHOP ATTENDANCE Students are strongly advised to a end the two wkshops at one of the approved centres of the university. Wkshops are nmally conducted at least twice a year, f a period of approximately 3 5 days each, in the following cities: Cape Town Pretia Durban Further details are sent to the students concerned early in the year. Students and prospective students who will NOT be able to a end the wkshops at one of the centres listed above, must consult the Department Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology (Tel: ) in connection with possible alternative arrangements BEFORE they apply f registration f any practical module. Overseas students must take note of all the compulsy requirements above. POSTGRADUATE OPPORTUNITIES Students who have completed the degree of Bachel of Arts with specialisation in Multimedia Studies and wish to further their studies on postgraduate level, must first obtain the equivalent of the BVA degree. This can be acquired by completing one of the following options: DFA100W (Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts, Option A) and ARH411R (Art Histy); ARH411R, ARH412S (Art Histy), VAR411K and VAR412L (Visual Arts). Visual Multimedia (02305 MMV) (as from 2006 f new students: MV1) The curriculum comprises 24 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: TDM101L : Two-dimensional imaging (Two-dimensional Imaging 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) FRM1015 : Fm and motion (Fm and Motion 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) 41

42 COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COS113W : Computer systems: fundamental concepts (Computer Science 113) plus one of the following modules: ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: VAR211D : Visual arts 1 (Visual Arts 211) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) VAR212E : Visual arts 2 (Visual Arts 212) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) INF205C : Introduction to programming (Infmation Systems 205) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) plus 1 of the following: MNE202V : Introduction to entrepreneurship and smallbusiness management (Business Management 202) INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: VAR311G : Visual arts 3 (Visual Arts 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) PMP311Y : Professional multimedia practice (Professional Multimedia Practice 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) ARH213M : Art they and criticism 1 (Art Histy 213) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) TEX8216 : Writing skills f the communications industry (Afrikaans 821) plus 1 of the following modules: ARH411R : Contempary international art (Art Histy 411) INS3025 : Infmation technology: Infmation Systems and infmation transfer (Infmation Science 302) INS3702 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 3702) INS3059 : Infmation and knowledge management (Infmation Science 305) Audiovisual Multimedia (02305 MMA) (as from 2006 f new students: MA1) This curriculum comprises 23 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 9 modules: TDM101L : Two-dimensional imaging (Two-dimensional imaging 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) FRM1015 : Fm and motion (Fm and Motion 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) MCT1225 : Music in society (Music in Wld Culture Today 122) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COS113W : Computer systems: fundamental concepts (Computer Science 113) plus 1 of the following modules: ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 7 modules: VAR211D : Visual arts 1 (Visual Arts 211) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) VAR212E : Visual arts 2 (Visual Arts 212) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) MCT325F : The sociology of music (Music in Wld Cultures Today 325) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) INF205C : Introduction to programming (Infmation Systems 205) TEX8216 : Writing skills f the communications industry (Afrikaans 821) Students who have passed HIM307 may complete the second level without MCT325. THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 7 modules: VAR311G : Visual arts 3 (Visual Arts 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) PMP311Y : Professional multimedia practice (Professional Multimedia Practice 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) MCT321B : Democratic rites: music in the mix in postliberation South Africa (Music in Wld Cultures Today 321) MCT2218 : Musical entrepreneurship (Music in Wld Cultures Today 221) MCT329K : Music technology MIDI (Music in Wld Cultures Today 329) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) plus 1 of the following modules: COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) INS3025 : Infmation technology: Infmation Systems and infmation transfer (Infmation Science 302) INS3702 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 3702) Computer-generated Multimedia (02305 MMC) (as from 2006 f new students: MC1) This curriculum comprises 26 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 9 modules: 42

43 CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COS111U : Introduction to programming 1 (Computer Science 111) INF1511 : Introduction to visual programming (Infmation Systems 1511) INF1208 : Human-computer interaction I (Infmation Systems 120) COS113W : Computer systems: fundamental concepts (Computer Science 113) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) TDM101L : Two-dimensional imaging (Two-dimensional imaging 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) FRM1015 : Fm and motion (Fm and Motion 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) plus 1 of the following modules: ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) MCT1225 : Music in society (Music in Wld Cultures Today 122) COS112V : Introduction to programming 2 (Computer Science 112) ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 9 modules: INF206D : Systems analysis and design methods (Infmation Systems 206) INF207E : Object-iented concepts (Infmation Systems 207) COS2144 : Programming: contempary concepts (Computer Science 214) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) VAR211D : Visual arts 1 (Visual Arts 211) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) MCT329K : Music technology MIDI (Music in Wld Cultures Today 329) TEX8216 : Writing skills f the communications industry (Afrikaans 821) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: INF303D : Principles of databases (Infmation Systems 303) INF305F : Advanced systems development (Infmation Systems 305) INF320E : Human-computer interaction II (Infmation Systems 320) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) VAR311G : Visual arts 3 (Visual Arts 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) PMP311Y : Professional multimedia practice (Professional Multimedia Practice 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) Multimedia in Digital Visual Arts (02305 MMD) This curriculum comprises 23 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) FRM1015 : Fm and motion (Fm and Motion 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) TDM101L : Two-dimensional imaging (Two-dimensional Imaging 101) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 7 modules: ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) ARH213M : Art they and criticism 1 (Art Histy 213) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) GAR211A : Graphic processes (Graphic processes 211) MNE202V : Introduction to entrepreneurship and smallbusiness management (Business Management 202) VAR211D : Visual arts 1 (Visual Arts 211) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) VAR212E : Visual arts 2 (Visual Arts 212) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: ARH313Q : Art they and criticism 2 (Art Histy 313) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) ARH411R : Contempary international art (Art Histy 411) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) PMP311Y : Professional multimedia practice (Professional Multimedia Practice 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) VAR311G : Visual Arts 3 (Visual Arts 311) (practical) (equivalent of 2 modules) (with specialisation in Societal Infmatisation) (02305 SIF) No registrations are allowed f this qualification from Purpose: to deliver graduates, able and competent to wk as knowledge configures in all possible fields contexts related to knowledge application and infmatisation in der to extensively promote knowledge usage in local and international communities in all sects of society, with a view to the comprehensive development and growth of all our people. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) AIS101D : Introducing Applied Infmation Science (Applied Infmation Science 101) 43

44 AIS103F : Introducing infmation recds and sources (Applied Infmation Science 103) AIS104G : Applying ICT in reference wk (Applied Infmation Science 104) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) ENN1504 : Practising wkplace English (English 1504) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) INS2078 : Introdusing infmation management (Infmation Science 207) INS2089 : Infmation and communication technologies f Infmation Science (Infmation Science 208) AIS202H : Bibliographic control, basic descriptive cataloguing and classification (Applied Infmation Science 202) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2048 : Intercultural development and health communication (Communication Science 204) plus any 2 of the following modules: DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: INS3014 : Infmation technology: computerised infmation stage (Infmation Science 301) INS3025 : Infmation technology: Infmation Systems and infmation transfer (Infmation Science 302) INS3036 : Using infmation: the role of infmation behaviour (Infmation Science 303) INS3702 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 3702) INS3059 : Infmation and knowledge management (Infmation Science 305) AIS305P : Collection management and development (Applied Infmation Science 305) INS306A : Research infmation skills (Infmation Science 306) COM3018 : Marketing communication (Communication Science 301) DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) General degree (02305 GEN) No new registrations are allowed f this qualification from Current students have until the end of 2012 to complete the qualification. Students who are not interested in one of the abovementioned specialisation degrees, may compile their own curriculum from the undermentioned subjects and in accdance with specific requirements. SUBJECTS List A Histy Archaeology Ancient Histy Religious Studies Biblical Archaeology Church Histy Art Histy Histy of Music List B SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS The curriculum comprises 30 modules: FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules as follows: African Politics Ancient Near Eastern Culture Anthropology Classical Culture Computer Science Geography Origin and Foundations of South African Law Infmation Science International Politics Islamic Studies Judaica Philosophy Politics Sociology They of Literature 2 modules in each of 3 subjects in List A General Histy Skills (HSY104) English Studies 103 (ENN103) Students who obtained an A B symbol (Higher Standard Grade) in the Seni Certificate (Grade 12) examination in English as first second language may select an optional module in place of ENN103. plus a maximum of 2 modules from subjects in List B SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules as follows: 6 modules from 2 3 of the subjects from List A taken on first level. Histy 3 modules from subjects in List A not already taken. THIRD LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules from 2 3 of the subjects from List A taken on second level. C h a p t e r 9 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Health Sciences and Social Services) (Degree code: 02313) This degree can be obtained in the following areas of specialisation: Psychological Counselling Community and Health Psychology Applied Psychology f Professional Contexts Welfare Science Health Services Management 44

45 Students must consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine in which semester and as from when a specific study unit is available. The relevant prerequisites and co-requisites must also be taken into account together with the prescribed combination of modules f the maj subject. Admission requirements see A3 Duration of study and number of study units per year see A4 Admission to modules in Visual Arts See A8 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum see A14 (with specialisation in Psychological Counselling) (02313 COU) Purpose: to equip students with the necessary psychological and social knowledge, a itudes, skills and applied competence to be trained as counsells on postgraduate level in various contexts. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. 1 Students interested in BPsych (Educational Psychology) must include the modules in Group 5 in their curriculum. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) AFL1501 : Understanding language usage: an African cultural perspective (African Languages 1501) plus 2 of the following modules: ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) AFK101Q : Afrikaans today (Literature) (Afrikaans 101) AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) AFK105U : Contempary Afrikaans: Language studies and wri en communication (Afrikaans 105) The 2 beginners modules in African Languages (i.e. AFL1503 and AFL1504) 2 See Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject, f offerings in different semesters. Students are advised to complete AFL1503 befe registering f AFL1504. Feign students may select 2 alternative modules from Groups 1 to 5 below in place of the 2 beginners modules in African Languages. plus any 3 of the following modules (students are advised to choose as many as possible from the same group): GROUP 1: SOCIAL WELFARE CONTEXT SCK101W : Welfare science and policy (Social Wk 101) SCK102X : Introduction to social wk and the helping process (Social Wk 102) GROUP 2: FORENSICS CONTEXT CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) GROUP 3: PUBLIC SERVICES CONTEXT PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) GROUP 4: PASTORAL CONTEXT CGM1501 : Invitation to theology (Congregational Ministry 1501) CGM1502 : First steps in practical theology (Congregational Ministry 1502) RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) CMM1501 : Ethics and life (Community Ministry 1501) GROUP 5: EDUCATIONAL CONTEXT GED101T : Human development and education (General Education 101) GED102U : Teaching and learning 1 (General Education 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) PYC2026 : Child and adolescent development (Psychology 202) PYC2038 : Adulthood and maturity (Psychology 203) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) PYC205A : Community psychology: re-imagining community (Psychology 205) PYC207C : Basic measurement and questionnaire design in Psychology (Psychology 207) MGG201W : Marriage guidance and counselling (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 201) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus 2 of the following modules (students are advised to choose both modules from the same group): GROUP 1: SOCIAL WELFARE CONTEXT SCK2013 : Facilitative communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 201) SCK2035 : Welfare policy (Social Wk 203) SCK2046 : Life tasks, obstacles, developmental resources and competency development (Social Wk 204) MGG202X : Marriage guidance and counselling: sexual trauma (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 202) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) GROUP 2: FORENSICS CONTEXT CMY201E : Crime risk perspectives (Criminology 201) CMY202F : Principles of crime prevention and control (Criminology 202) GROUP 3: PUBLIC SERVICES CONTEXT PUB201B : Foundations of public administration (Public Administration 201) PUB202C : Protection services (Public Administration 202) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) PUB205F : Culture and education (Public Administration 205) GROUP 4: PASTORAL CONTEXT RST2244 : Ultimacy, divinity and nature of religious histy (Religious Studies 224) RST3259 : Postmodern philosophy of religion (Religious Studies 325) CGM3701 : Sexual ethics (Congregational Ministry 3701) CGM2601 : Ethics and spirituality (Congregational Ministry 2601) CMM2603 : Intercultural Christian communication (Congregational Ministry 2603) 45

46 CMM3704 : The dynamics of interreligious encounter (Community Ministry 3704) GROUP 5: EDUCATIONAL CONTEXT GED201W : The adolescent: an educational perspective (General Education 201) GED202X : Teaching and learning 2 (General Education 202) GED203Y : Life crises in childhood and adolescence (General Education 203) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC302A : Abnmal behaviour and mental health (Psychology 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC304C : Psychological research (Psychology 304) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) PYC306E : Community psychology: intervention strategies (Psychology 306) plus 4 of the following modules (students are advised to choose as many modules as possible from the same group.): GROUP 1: SOCIAL WELFARE CONTEXT SCK3016 : Social case wk (Social Wk 301) SCK3028 : Social group wk (Social Wk 302) SCK3039 : Community wk (Social Wk 303) GROUP 2: FORENSICS CONTEXT CMY301H : Crimes of violence (Criminology 301) CMY303K : Contempary crime issues: priity crimes in South Africa (Criminology 303) GROUP 3: PUBLIC SERVICES CONTEXT PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) PUB3702 : Public human resource management and ganising (Public Administration 3702) PUB3704 : Organising in the public sect (Public Administration 3704) PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) PUB3705 : Public finance (Public Administration 3705) PUB305J : Ethics in public administration and administrative justice (Public Administration 305) GROUP 4: PASTORAL CONTEXT CGM3703 : Caring f all: expling the field of pastal wk (Congregational Ministry 3703) TIC3706 : Christian mal decision making (Theologies in Context 3706) TIC3702 : Faith, philosophy and science (Theologies in Context 3702) RST2255 : New religious movements: cults, New Age and related phenomena (Religious Studies 225) RST3248 : Mediation and mysticism (Religious Studies 324) CMM3703 : Social ethics (Community Ministry 3703) GROUP 5: EDUCATIONAL CONTEXT GED3013 : The adult: an educational perspective (General Education 301) GED3024 : Teaching and learning 3 (General Education 302) (with specialisation in Community and Health Psychology) (02313 CHP) Purpose: to equip students with the necessary psychological and social knowledge, a itudes, skills and applied competence to critically analyse community structures and processes to be able to participate in community-based interventions and to be trained as counsells on postgraduate level. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) AFL1501 : Understanding language usage: an African cultural perspective (African Languages 1501) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) plus 2 of the following language modules: ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) AFK101Q : Afrikaans today (Literature) (Afrikaans 101) AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) AFK105U : Contempary Afrikaans: Language studies and wri en communication (Afrikaans 105) The 2 beginners modules in African Languages (i.e. AFL1503 and AFL1504) See Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject, f offerings in different semesters. Students are advised to complete AFL1503 befe registering f AFL1504. Feign students may select 2 alternative modules from Groups 1 to 5 below in place of the 2 beginners modules in African Languages. plus 2 of the following modules (students are advised to choose the 2 modules from the same group): GROUP 1: PUBLIC HEALTH CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care I (Community Health 1501) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care II (Community Health 1502) GROUP 2: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) GROUP 3: SOCIAL DYNAMICS CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) 46

47 GROUP 4: GEOGRAPHY GGH101Q : Know your wld: introduction to geography (Geography 101) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) GROUP 5: PHILOSOPHY PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) PYC2026 : Child and adolescent development (Psychology 202) PYC2038 : Adulthood and maturity (Psychology 203) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) PYC205A : Community psychology: re-imagining community (Psychology 205) PYC207C : Basic measurement and questionnaire design in Psychology (Psychology 207) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) SCK2013 : Facilitative communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 201) plus 2 of the following modules (students are advised to choose both modules from the same group): GROUP 1: PUBLIC HEALTH CMH2602 : Health in communities (Community Health 2601) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) GROUP 2: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) GROUP 3: SOCIAL DYNAMICS CMY201E : Crime risk perspectives (Criminology 201) CMY202F : Principles of crime prevention, reduction and control (Criminology 202) SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Sociocultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Anthropology 202) PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) GROUP 4: GEOGRAPHY GGH201T : The African challenge: people and environment (Geography 201) GGH202U : The geography of basic services provision (Geography 202) GROUP 5: PHILOSOPHY PLS207B : Philosophy of science (Philosophy 207) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC302A : Abnmal behaviour and mental health (Psychology 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC304C : Psychological research (Psychology 304) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) PYC306E : Community psychology: intervention strategies (Psychology 306) SCK3039 : Community wk (Social Wk 303) plus 3 of the following modules (students are advised to choose all 3 modules from the same group): GROUP 1: PUBLIC HEALTH CMH3028 : Gerontology they (Community Health 302) (phasing out in 2009) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) GROUP 2: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3043 : Empowerment and popular initiatives (Development Studies 304) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) PUB3702 : Public human resource management and ganising (Public Administration 3702) PUB3704 : Organising in the public sect (Public Administration 3704) PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) PUB3705 : Public finance (Public Administration 3705) GROUP 3: SOCIAL DYNAMICS CMY301H : Crimes of violence (Criminology 301) CMY302J : Theies of crime and crime prevention: traditional to postmodern approaches (Criminology 302) CMY303K : Contempary crime issues: priity crimes in South Africa (Criminology 303) CMY304L : Reaction to crime: sentencing, children and crime victims in the criminal justice system (Criminology 304) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) APY301L : Qualitative research methodology: the anthropological strategy (Anthropology 301) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) APY303N : Themes in anthropology: (1) The relevance of ritual (2) Orality and al tradition (Anthropology 303) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) PLC822N : Knowledge and politics (Politics 822) GROUP 4: PHILOSOPHY PLS305C : Contempary African political philosophy (Philosophy 305) (with specialisation in Applied Psychology f Professional Contexts) (02313 APP) Purpose: to equip students with the necessary psychological and social knowledge, a itudes, skills and applied competence to operate successfully in large human resource systems (commercial, industrial, legal and civil service) and to be trained as counsells on postgraduate level. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. 47

48 FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) AFL1501 : Understanding language usage: an African cultural perspective (African Languages 1501) plus 2 of the following modules: ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) ENN106J : English communication f law (English 106) AFK101Q : Afrikaans today (Literature) (Afrikaans 101) AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) AFK105U : Contempary Afrikaans: Language studies and wri en communication (Afrikaans 105) The 2 beginners modules in African Languages (i.e. AFL1503 and AFL1504) See Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject, f offerings in different semesters. Students are advised to complete AFL1503 befe registering f AFL1504. Feign students may select 2 alternative modules from Groups 1 to 4 below in place of the 2 beginners modules in African Languages. plus 3 of the following modules (students are advised to select all 3 from the same group): GROUP 1: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE IOP101M : Psychological processes in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 101) IOP102N : Personality in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 102) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) GROUP 2: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY AND THE LAW CRW101U : General principles of criminal law (Criminal law 101) ILW1036 : Introduction to Law 101 ALP101G : Accounting principles f law practitioners PVL101Q : Law of Persons (Private Law 101) SCW101L : Social welfare law (Social Welfare Law 101) SCW102M : Social welfare law (Social Welfare Law 102) GROUP 3: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) GROUP 4: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE CORPORATE CONTEXT COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) INF1059 : Introduction to Business Infmation Systems (Infmation Systems 105) SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) PYC2038 : Adulthood and maturity (Psychology 203) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) PYC205A : Community psychology: re-imagining community (Psychology 205) PYC207C : Basic measurement and questionnaire design in Psychology (Psychology 207) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) plus 4 of the following modules (students are advised to select all 4 from the same group): GROUP 1: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE IOP201Q : Industrial psychological research (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 201) IOP202R : Organisational psychology (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 202) IOP208X : Psychological adjustment in the wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 208) IOP209Y : Wkfce diversity (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 209) MND204T : Consumer behaviour (Business Management 204) MNH202C : Human resources management (Business Management 202) GROUP 2: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY AND THE LAW CMP2016 : Law of criminal procedure: pre-trial (Criminal Procedure 201) CRW201X : Criminal law: specific crimes (Criminal law 201) IND203X : African customary law (Indigenous Law 203) LLW201S : Individual Labour Law (Labour Law 201) LLW202T : Collective Labour Law (Labour Law 202) PVL202U : Law of Succession (Private Law 202) PVL203V : Family Law (Private Law 203) GROUP 3: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR PUB201B : Foundations of public administration (Public Administration 201) PUB202C : Protection services (Public Administration 202) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) PUB205F : Culture and education (Public Administration 205) PUB206G : Environmental affairs (Public Administration 206) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) GROUP 4: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE CORPORATE CONTEXT COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC302A : Abnmal behaviour and mental health (Psychology 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC304C : Psychological research (Psychology 304) 48

49 PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) PYC306E : Community psychology: intervention strategies (Psychology 306) plus 4 of the following modules (students are advised to select all 4 from the same group): GROUP 1: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE IOP301T : Industrial psychological testing and assessment (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 301) IOP304W : Labour conflict and negotiations (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 304) IOP3073 : Human capacity development (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 307) IOP3095 : Wk group dynamics and diversity (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 309) SOC3049 : Industrial sociology (Sociology 304) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) GROUP 2: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY AND THE LAW CIP301K : Civil Procedure (Module 2) CMP301A : Criminal procedure: trial and post-trial (Law of Criminal Procedure 301) EVI301A : Evidence: admissibility of evidence (Module 1) (Evidence 301) EVI2016 : Evidence: the presentation and assessment of evidence (Module 2) (Evidence 201) GROUP 3: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) PUB3702 : Public human resource management and ganising (Public Administration 3702) PUB3704 : Organising in the public sect (Public Administration 3704) PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) PUB3705 : Public finance (Public Administration 3705) PUB305J : Ethics in public administration and administrative justice (Public Administration 305) PUB307L : Public administration dynamics (Public Administration 307) GROUP 4: APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY IN THE CORPORATE CONTEXT COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who completed the following modules on first, second and third level in Group 2 (Applied Psychology and the Law) befe 2007, will retain credit f these mdoules. FIRST LEVEL CRW101U : General principles of criminal law (Criminal law 101) CRW102V : Criminal Law (Criminal Law 102) CMP1013 : Criminal Procedure (Criminal Procedure 101) CMP1024 : Criminal Procedure (Criminal Procedure 102) PVL101Q : Law of Persons (Private Law 101) PVL201R : Family Law (Private Law 102) EVI1013 : Evidence (Evidence 101) EVI1024 : Evidence (Evidence 102) IND101S : Introduction to Indigenous Private Law (Indiginous Law 101) SECOND LEVEL LLW201S : Individual Labour Law (Labour Law 201) LLW202T : Collective Labour Law (Labour Law 202) THIRD LEVEL LCR402S : Advanced Criminal Law (LLB modules: Criminal and Procedural Law 402) LCR404U : Medical Law (LLB modules: Criminal and Procedural Law 404) LCR407E : Advanced Family Law (LLB modules: Criminal and Procedural Law 407) (with specialisation in Welfare Science) (02313 WFS) Purpose: to deliver human service wkers who have knowledge, skills and values to effectively and efficiently wk in various se ings and diverse contexts in positions where basic social welfare and interactional competencies are required. Specialisation in Welfare Science does not qualify you as a social wker. Should you wish to qualify as a social wker you must either convert this degree into the 4 year BSW degree in Social Wk comply with Rule A37 in Calendar Part 2. Welfare Science students who register f level 2 Social Wk modules, must register with the South African Council f Social Service Professions. Refer to Rule A34 f details. All modules in Social Wk are year modules. The Department cannot accommodate Namibian Zimbabwean students. Students should take the second maj up to third year. The majs are Welfare Science and one of Anthropology, Psychology, Criminology, Development Studies, Communication Science Sociology. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: SCK101W : Welfare science and policy (Social Wk 101) SCK102X : Introduction to social wk and the helping process (Social Wk 102) SCK103Y : Practical wk (Social Wk 103) SCW101L : Social welfare law (Social Welfare Law 101) SCW102M : Social welfare law (Social Welfare Law 102) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) plus 1 of the following groups of 2 modules: APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) and APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) and PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) and CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) and DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) and 49

50 50 COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) 2 of the following modules: SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) SOC103X : Introducty demography (Sociology 103) 2 modules from the following electives: CEM101A is strongly recommended f students with li le previous knowledge of computers. ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems 101) RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) SCK2013 : Facilitative communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 201) SCK2024 : Practical wk: facilitating communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 202) SCK2035 : Welfare policy (Social Wk 203) SCK2046 : Life tasks, obstacles, developmental resources and competency development (Social Wk 204) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) MGG201W : Marriage guidance and counselling (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 201) MGG202X : Marriage guidance and counselling: sexual trauma (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 202) plus 1 of the following groups comprising 2 3 modules each: APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Socio-cultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Antropology 202) APY203K : Anthropology and health care (Anthropology 203) PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) PYC2026 : Child and adolescent development (Psychology 202) PYC2038 : Adulthood and maturity (Psychology 203) any three of: CMY201E : Crime risk perspectives (Criminology 201) CMY202F : Principles of crime prevention, reduction and control (Criminology 202) CMY203G : Child and youth misbehaviour (Criminology 203) CMY204H : Dealing with young offenders (Criminology 204) DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) and DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) any 3 of: COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural development and health communication (Communication Science 204) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) any 3 of: SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) plus the following module, any 1 of the abovementioned second-level modules not yet chosen, if you have not already selected 10 modules f this level: PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules on NQF level 7: WFS301L : Social case wk (Welfare Science 301) WFS302M : Social group wk (Welfare Science 302) WFS303N : Community wk (Welfare Science 303) WFS304P : Practical wk in social case and group wk (Welfare Science 304) WFS305Q : Practical wk: community wk (Welfare Science 305) plus 1 of the following groups (second maj) comprising 5 modules each: APY301L : Qualitative research methodology: the anthropological strategy (Anthropology 301) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) APY303N : Themes in anthropology: (1) The relevance of ritual (2) Orality and al tradition (Anthropology 303) APY304P : Themes in anthropology: tourism and pilgrimage (Anthropology 304) plus 1 other third-level module PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC302A : Abnmal behaviour and mental health (Psychology 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC304C : Psychological research (Psychology 304) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) CMY301H : Crimes of violence (Criminology 301) CMY302J : Theies of crime and crime prevention: traditional to postmodern approaches (Criminology 302) CMY303K : Contempary crime issues: priity crimes in South Africa (Criminology 303) CMY304L : Reaction to crime: sentencing, children and crime victims in the criminal justice system (Criminology 304) CMY305M : Research methodology (Criminology 305) DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3043 : Empowerment and popular initiatives (Development Studies 304)

51 DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) four of: COM3018 : Marketing communication (Communication Science 301) COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) COM306D : Communication research (Communication Science 306) plus 1 of the following modules: COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) COM3708 : Public relations (Communication Science 3708) COM311A : Political and government communication and media ethics (Communication Science 311) SOC3015 : Thinking sociologically: research methodology (Sociology 301) SOC3049 : Industrial sociology (Sociology 304) SOC305A : Sociology of education (Sociology 305) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) (with specialisation in Health Services Management) (02313 HSM) Only students who have already obtained a qualification in a healthrelated field may register f this qualification. All modules in the programme have a credit value of 12 credits. All modules except the practical modules, RSC201H and PYC305D are offered as semester modules with examinations wri en in May/June October/November of a specific academic year. The practica modules are offered over a year period. The final assessment f the practica modules takes the fm of submi ing a ptfolio file f assessment. Students already registered f this degree, retain credit f the modules passed and must continue with the new curriculum accding to the transitional arrangements published in Part 2 of the Calendar. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA1501 : Planning and ganising in health services management (Health Services Management 1501) (NQF level 5) HMA1502 : Leading and control in health services management (Health Services Management 1502) (NQF level 5) PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) (NQF level 5) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) (NQF level 5) CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care I (Community Health 1501) (NQF level 5) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care II (Community Health 1502) (NQF level 5) IOP101M : Psychological processes in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 101) (NQF level 5) IOP102N : Personality in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 102) (NQF level 5) NUD2119 : Nursing dynamics 211 (NQF level 6) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) (NQF level 6) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA2601 : Human resources management in health services (Health Services Management 2601) (NQF level 6) HMA2602 : Labour relations in health services (Health Services Management 2602) (NQF level 6) HMA2603 : Health services management practica (Health Services Management 2603) (NQF level 6) PUB201B : Foundations of public administration (Public Administration 201) (NQF level 6) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) (NQF level 6) IOP209Y : Wkfce diversity (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 209) (NQF level 6) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) (NQF level 6) COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) (NQF level 6) COM2048 : Intercultural development and health communication (Communication Science 204) (NQF level 6) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) (NQF level 7) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) (NQF level 7) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) (NQF level 7) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) (NQF level 7) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) (NQF level 7) PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) (NQF level 7) PUB3702 : Public human resource management and ganising (Public Administration 3702) (NQF level 7) PUB3703 : Public policy (Public Administration 3703) (NQF level 7) PUB305J : Ethics in public administration and administrative justice (Public Administration 305) (NQF level 7) PUB307L : Public administration dynamics (Public Administration 307) (NQF level 7) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) (NQF level 7) C h a p t e r 10 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts (Communication Science) (Degree code: 0233X) Students must consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine as from when a specific module is available. The relevant prerequisites and co-requisites must also be taken into account together with the prescribed combination of modules f the maj subject. 51

52 Admission requirements see A3 Duration of study and number of study units per year see A4 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum see A14 Purpose: to provide students with the knowledge, skills, and a itudes necessary f competent beginning professionals to practise a career in the communications industry: public and private communication consultancy, government communications, public relations, advertising, marketing, journalism, print media, broadcasting, community media, telecommunications, ganisational and management communication; a fundamental theetical and research ientated education in communication science; interpersonal, group, and intercultural communication skills necessary to function as responsible and sensitive citizens in a multicultural society. This curriculum comprises 30 modules. The maj subject is Communication Science. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems 101) plus 2 of the following modules, preferably in the medium of instruction: ENN1504 : Practising wkplace English (English 1504) ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) Students who obtained an A B symbol in English Afrikaans (Higher Standard Grade) as first second language in the Seni Certificate/ Grade 12 examination are exempted from this requirement and may select as an alternative 2 first-level modules from the list below. plus 5 of the following modules, preferably from the same group: CULTURAL SCIENCES APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) PLS1033 : Introduction to Western philosophy (Philosophy 103) PLS1044 : Introduction to African philosophy (Philosophy 104) HSY102E : The making of early colonial South Africa: transfmation and resistance (Histy 102) ART ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) POLITICAL SCIENCES PLC101R : Politics as social activity (Politics 101) PLC102S : Understanding the State (Politics 102) PLC801H : South African politics (Politics 801) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution (Politics 821) IPC101Y : Fundamentals of International Politics (International Politics 101) IPC1023 : South Africa in International Politics (International Politics 102) APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African- Politics 102) SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) SOC103X : Introducty demography (Sociology 103) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) GGH101Q : Know your wld: introduction to geography (Geography 101) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Geography 102) DEVELOPMENT STUDIES, PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND CRIMINOLOGY DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) LANGUAGES AFK101Q : Afrikaans today (Literature) (Afrikaans 101) ENN101D : English Studies: Approaching literature and writing (English 101) ENN102E : English Studies: Explations in reading and meaning (English 102) EED101F : English in perspective (English f Education 101) LIN103Y : Multilingualism: the role of language in the South African context (Linguistics 103) THL801U : Introduction to they of literature (They of Literature 801) THL802V : Introduction to literary genres (They of Literature 802) Beginner s module AFL1503 in African Languages INFORMATION AND COMPUTER SCIENCES INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) INF1208 : Human-computer interaction I (Infmation Systems 120) COS111U : Introduction to programming 1 (Computer Science 111) INF1511 : Introduction to visual programming (Infmation Systems 1511) COS112V : Introduction to programming 2 (Computer Science 112) COS113W : Computer systems: fundamental concepts (Computer Science 113) ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) M102E : Business management 1B (Business Management 102) IOP101M : Psychological processes in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 101) IOP102N : Personality in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 102) ECS1016 : Economics 1A (Economics 101) ECS1028 : Economics 1B (Economics 102) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: 52

53 COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) CML101H : Communication law (Communication Law 101) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) TEX8216 : Writing skills f the communications industry (Afrikaans 821) plus 3 of the following modules, preferably from the same group and from the same group selected on the first level: CULTURAL SCIENCES PLS2116 : Theetical and applied ethics (Philosophy 211) APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Sociocultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Anthropology 202) HSY201G : Themes in 19th century histy: power and the Western wld (Histy 201) ART ARH213M : Art they and criticism 1 (Art Histy 213) POLITICAL SCIENCES PLC201U : Understanding political behaviour and participation (Politics 201) PLC202V : Politics and public policy (Politics 202) IPC2015 : International ganisations (International Politics 201) IPC2026 : International political dynamics (International Politics 202) APC201G : Political change in contempary Africa (African Politics 201) APC202H : Political economy of Africa (African Politics 202) SOCIOLOGY, PSYCHOLOGY, ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) GGH201T : The African challenge: people and environment (Geography 201) DEVELOPMENT STUDIES AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) PUB201B : Foundations of public administration (Public Administration 201) PUB203D : Creation of wealth (Public Administration 203) LANGUAGES AFK201T : Communicative scenario s (Afrikaans 201) AFK202U : Genre and theme (Afrikaans 202) AFK203V : Afrikaans grammar (Afrikaans 203) EED201J : English language studies (English f Education) LIN2046 : Language in a changing wld (Linguistics 204) LIN309F : Text structure and function (Linguistics 309) Any second-level module in English Any second-level module in They of Literature Any second-level module in African Languages eg, ZUU201X INFORMATION SCIENCE INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) INS2078 : Introducing infmation management (Infmation Science 207) INS2089 : Infmation and communication technologies f Infmation Science (Infmation Science 208) ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES IOP202R : Organisational psychology (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 202) MND204T : Consumer behaviour (Business Management 204) MNM202Y : Marketing management (Business Management 202) MNH202C : Human resources management (Business Management 202) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 9 modules: COM3018 : Marketing communication (Communication Science 301) COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) COM306D : Communication research (Communication Science 306) COM3708 : Advertising and public relations (Communication Science 3708) COM311A : Political and government communication and media ethics (Communication Science 311) TEX8228 : Persuasive texts (Afrikaans 822) Students who passed either COM307E COM308F befe 2007 and still need to complete one elective, must complete COM3708. Students who passed either COM309G COM3109 befe 2008 and still need to complete one elective, are advised to select COM311A. plus 1 of the following third-level modules, preferably from the same group selected on first and second levels: CULTURAL SCIENCES PLS305C : Contempary African political philosophy (Philosophy 305) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) APY303N : Themes in anthropology: (1) The relevance of ritual (2) Orality and al tradition (Anthropology 303) HSY303M : Decolonisation, independence and social change in modern Africa a er 1945 (Histy 303) ART ARH313Q : Art they and criticism 2 (Art Histy 313) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) POLITICAL SCIENCES APC301K : The politics of Southern Africa (African Politics 301) PLC301X : Political ideas (Politics 301) PLC302Y : Democracy and other fms of regime (Politics 302) SOCIOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY SOC3049 : Industrial sociology (Sociology 304) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308) PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) DEVELOPMENT STUDIES AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) PUB301E : Public management skills (Public Administration 301) 53

54 PUB3702 : Public human resource management and ganising (Public Administration 3702) PUB3704 : Organising in the public sect (Public Administration 3704) LANGUAGES AFK301W : Comparatism: intertextual dialogues (Afrikaans 301) AFK3043 : Language variation and language politics (Afrikaans 304) AFK823N : Afrikaans beyond boundaries: an interdisciplinary perspective (Afrikaans 823) LIN304A : Translation and editing techniques (Linguistics 304) Any third-level module from an African Language eg ZUU3014 Any third-level module in English Any third-level module in They of Literature INFORMATION SCIENCE INS3014 : Infmation technology: Computerised infmation stage (Infmation Science 301) INS3025 : Infmation technology: Infmation systems and infmation transfer (Infmation Science 302) INS3702 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 3702) ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES MNM202Y : Marketing management (Business Management 202) MNM3025 : Marketing research (Business Management 302) MNM3048 : Promotion management (Business Management 304) C h a p t e r 11 Rules f the Degree of Bachel in Visual Arts (Degree code: 02224) Purpose: to provide students with professional training in the visual arts in der to practice as professional artists in art-related professions. Please note that the closing date f registration f the degree is 31 January. Prospective students must obtain pri permission from the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology befe registering f the degree. The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester and year registrations and examinations. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Students who were registered f this qualification pri to 2000 may complete their degree accding to the rules applicable at that time provided that they register f the relevant modules which replace the previous course structure. In addition to the nmal study fees, a studio fee is payable f each module in Drawing, Painting, Sculpture and Visual Arts. The Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology gives guidance to students in Art Histy and Visual Arts. The teaching of the practical subjects is done through projects that are executed by the student at home and submi ed to the Department f evaluation and guidance. Specialized fields of study such as commercial art and industrial design are NOT included in the course of studies. Students who have completed the BVA degree may apply f admission to studies f the Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts and MVA degree (which is an extension of the BVA degree) the Honours BA degree in Art Histy. Details of the postgraduate qualifications mentioned above, will be found in Section 3 of this Calendar and Part 1 of the Calendar. A15 Admission requirements To be registered as candidates f the BVA degree, students (a) must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar (an abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1); (b) IN ADVANCE, obtain wri en permission f admi ance to the degree from the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. Prospective students are required to submit a ptfolio of artwks photographic/digital documentation thereof together with a completed questionnaire and recd of personal details. The fm may be downloaded from the Departmental website obtained from the Departmental secretary. The permission fm must be submi ed together with the student s FIRST application f registration. (i) (ii) (iii) Discontinuation in registration: students who wish to resume their studies a er a five-year period of absence may be required to repeat certain modules. Please contact the Department in this regard. Overseas students must take note of the compulsy requirements above. All specialised Visual Arts modules including GAR1116, TWF111X, THF111E, PAT301F and PAT401J may only be taken by students registered f the BVA degree except f students registered f the BEd degree with specialisation in Art. Permission must still be requested from the Department. A16 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BVA degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 as well as A4(3). (3) When students are registered f Visual Arts and/ Art Histy on fourth level they may enrol f a maximum of seven modules, provided they are not restricted by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. A17 NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSES I, II, III AND/ OR IV INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES. The curriculum f the BVA degree comprises TWENTY-NINE modules, to be selected and taken as follows: TWELVE year modules in Visual Arts and TWELVE year modules in Art Histy are the maj subjects. In addition students must take TWO (12 credit bearing) modules on first level: at least one of these modules must be a beginner s modules (bearing the equivalent of a minimum of 12 credits) in any one of the languages currently offered in the College of Human Sciences which has not already been passed at Grade 12 level, as well as THREE (12 credit bearing) modules on any other level from the undermentioned list of subjects. All the study units in the curriculum below are practical in nature, with the exception of those in Art Histy and the BA subject under (e) of the first year see A19 and A20 in connection with practical wk. The CODES appear under the syllabus f the relevant subject. Students are strongly advised to follow the advice given in the various modules. 54

55 All Visual Arts modules have been converted to year modules All Visual Arts modules bear 24 credits each, except f PAT401J and all Art Histy modules, which bear 12 credits each, giving a total of 480 credits f the degree as a whole. The curriculum is as follows: FIRST LEVEL GAR1116 : Drawing 1 (Drawing 111) TWF111X : Painting (Painting 111) THF111E : Sculpture (Sculpture 111) ARH111G : Visual literacy (Art Histy 111) ARH112H : Art today (Art Histy 112) SECOND LEVEL GAR211A : Graphic processes (Graphic processes 211) VAR211D : Visual arts 1 (Visual Arts 211) VAR212E : Visual arts 2 (Visual Arts 212) ARH211K : Art and ideology 1 (Art Histy 211) ARH212L : Art and transcendence (Art Histy 212) ARH213M : Art they and criticism 1 (Art Histy 213) ARH214N : Art and patronage (Art Histy 214) THIRD LEVEL PAT301F : Professional art practice (Professional Art Practice 301) VAR311G : Visual Arts 3 (Visual Arts 311) VAR312H : Visual Arts 4 (Visual Arts 312) ARH311N : Art and ideology 2 (Art Histy 311) ARH312P : Art, cra and design (Art Histy 312) ARH313Q : Art they and criticism 2 (Art Histy 313) ARH314R : Popular visual culture (Art Histy 314) FOURTH LEVEL PAT401J : Professional art practice (Professional Art Practice 401) VAR411K : Visual Arts 5 (Visual Arts 411) VAR412L : Visual Arts 6 (Visual Arts 412) ARH411R : Contempary international art (Art Histy 411) ARH412S : Contempary South African art (Art Histy 411) Students, whose curriculum, as a result of the transitional arrangements, comprises fewer than 29 modules ( the equivalent), must register f and pass additional modules from the undermentioned list of subjects in der to complete their curriculum. Administration of Criminal Justice African Languages (Nthern Sotho*, Southern Sotho*, Swati, Tsonga*, Tswana*, Venda*, Xhosa*, Zulu*) African Politics Afrikaans Ancient Histy Ancient Near Eastern Culture Anthropology Applied Infmation Science Archaeology Biblical Archaeology Biblical Studies Classical Culture Communication Science Computer Science Development Studies English French General Education * Beginner s modules are available See A9(1). German Greek (ancient) Histy Histy of Music Infmation Science International Politics Islamic Studies Italian Latin Linguistics Music in Wld Cultures Today Philosophy Politics Ptuguese Psychology Religious Studies Russian Sociology Spanish They of Literature A18 Restrictions (1) Students may register f a PRACTICAL module on the second, third fourth level only if they have passed been exempted from the preceding modules in that subject. (2) Students who register f Drawing 2 a er having passed only ONE of Painting Sculpture, should note that their choice of a special field of study within the field of Visual Arts will be restricted. (3) Subject to A18(1) students may register f Visual Arts 5 AFTER they have passed Visual Arts 1 4, all first-level modules, Art Histy (first and second-level modules) and Graphic Processes (GAR211). A19 Attendance at Wkshops Students are strongly advised to a end both wkshops one offered in each semester at one of the approved centres of the University. Wkshops are nmally conducted at least twice a year, f a period of approximately 3 5 days each, in the following cities: Cape Town Durban Pretia Further details are sent to the students concerned early in the year. Students are strongly advised to a end all wkshops presented f their particular modules as these are imptant modes of tuition see A17 and A19 f details. Please note: these practical subjects demand much of a student s time and the equipment and materials required are expensive. The University will not be responsible f any loss of ( damage to) student wk. The Department reserves the right to retain the student s answer to any assignment f study material, teaching purposes f exhibitions. A20 Admission to the examination in, and requirements to pass practical modules (1) To be admi ed to the examination in any practical module, the student must have completed a prescribed number of assignments to the satisfaction of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. (2) In each practical module fmal examinations are conducted at home. (3) The examination in all modules in Visual Arts takes the fm of an assignment set towards the end of the academic year. The candidate s examination wk, with an accompanying affidavit, must be submi ed to the Provincial Centres in Pretia, Cape Town Durban f evaluation three weeks later. (4) Students are required to submit all project/assignment f EACH of the modules f which they are registered: this is compulsy. Please consult your tutial ma er with regard to submission of these compulsy assignments. (5) Examinations in the practical art modules are non-venue bound. Students must meet ALL the examination requirements which include submi ing the exam wk accompanied by a swn affidavit at the Unisa centres in Pretia, Cape Town Durban f evaluation. (6) Examination wk and wk that is submi ed as part of an assignment, is regarded as student wk and NOT as an independent wk of art. It is regarded as an essential part of the student s studies. Examination wk and wk that is submi ed as part of an assignment is regarded as student wk, and NOT as an independent wk of art. It is regarded as an essential part of the student s studies. 55

56 The University will not be responsible f any loss of ( damage to) student wk. The Department reserves the right to retain the student s answer/art wk to any assignment f teaching purposes, f exhibition. A21 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction (i) Candidates shall pass a maj subject with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in either the fourth-level modules in Art Histy Visual Arts (VAR411K and VAR412L) and PAT401J. (ii) Candidates shall be awarded the degree with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in each of the maj subjects as defined under A21(2)(i). (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 12 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Arts in Nursing Science (Degree code: 0216X) The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester and year registrations and examinations. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Students who were registered f this qualification pri to 2000 may complete their degree accding to the rules applicable at that time provided that they register f the relevant modules which replace the previous course structure. Transitional arrangements are made to accommodate students who started their degree studies on the old structure and will be completing their studies on the modular structure. These transitional arrangements will be found in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. Students who have already passed one of NUR201, NUR301 and NRD201 are exempted from the requirement to include RSC201 in their curriculum. The Department of Health Studies is in the process of redesigning the degree and diploma courses currently offered to nursing students, with the objective of making the courses me relevant to the changing needs of the health care system of South Africa. These changes also take into account the needs and requirements of Feign students. (b) (c) (d) (e) ANNUALLY (together with their application f registration) submit proof of their current registration with the relevant professional registering body (e.g. the South African Nursing Council) as a professional registered nurse. Those who select Health Sciences Education (HSE) as a maj subject and wish to do the didactics of midwifery, psychiatric nursing community health must submit proof of current registration in the selected discipline. An enrolled nurse may NOT register f the BA(Cur) degree. Except with the special permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Health Studies, ALL STUDENTS IN A FOREIGN COUNTRY must annually submit proof of their current registration as a nurse with the Registration authity of the country concerned, irrespective of the curriculum f which they wish to register. Students who register f modules in the Nursing Sciences f non-degree purposes must provide proof of their current registration with the relevant professional registering body. A23 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BA(Cur) degree cannot be completed in under THREE YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION AND ON RE-ENROLMENT at this University, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 as well as A4(3). A24 Old No new registrations are allowed f the Old. Students who registered f any curriculum of the BA(Cur) degree pri to 2006, will be allowed to complete the respective curriculum until the end of When modules are offered f the last time (first-year modules in 2006, second-year modules in 2007 and third-year modules in 2008) students may, regardless of their examination mark, automatically be offered a last opptunity during January of the following year to write a supplementary examination. If they fail that examination, they will have to transfer to the new curriculum f completion of the degree. Three different curricula (A-C) have been approved f the BA(Cur) degree, and ONE of these must be selected by the student. NOTE THAT students may no longer complete the BA(Cur) degree with a curriculum from the Calendar f any year pri to 1989 unless they: (i) (ii) passed one me of the prescribed courses while they were registered f the BA(Cur) degree at this University in the year concerned; and have already passed ( been exempted from) Course I in each of the prescribed nursing subjects in the curriculum f the degree as set out in the Calendar f the year in which they first passed a course f the degree at this University under A24(i) above. All other students must complete the degree with one of the curricula (A C) set out below. A22 Admission requirements Students, whose curriculum, as a result of the transitional arrangements, comprises less than thirty modules ( the equivalent thereof), must register f and pass additional modules in der to complete their curriculum. To be registered as candidates f the BA(Cur) degree, students must: (a) have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar (an abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1) and The curricula are as follows: 56

57 A (with Community Health and Health Services Management as maj subjects) (CHM) FIRST LEVEL The first level phased out in SECOND LEVEL The second level phased out in THIRD LEVEL CMH3016 : Occupational health practica (Community Health 301) (phasing out in 2009) and CMH313B : Occupational health: practica (Community Health 313) (phasing out in 2009) CMH3028 : Gerontology they (Community Health 302) (phasing out in 2009) and CMH314C : Gerontology: practica (Community Health 314) (phasing out in 2009) CMH305B : Perspectives of public health (Community Health 305) (phasing out in 2009) CMH306C : Public health care systems (Community Health 306) (phasing out in 2009) HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) HMA302A : Labour relations in health services (Health Services Management 302) (phasing out in 2009) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) B (with Community Health and Health Sciences Education as maj subjects) (CHE) FIRST LEVEL The first level phased out in SECOND LEVEL The second level phased out in THIRD LEVEL GED3024 : Teaching and learning 3 (General Education 302) GED3069 : Education and technology (General Education 306) CMH3016 : Occupational health practica (Community Health 301) (phasing out in 2009) and CMH313B : Occupational health: practica (Community Health 313) (phasing out in 2009) CMH3028 : Gerontology they (Community Health 302) (phasing out in 2009) and CMH314C : Gerontology: practica (Community Health 314) (phasing out in 2009) CMH305B : Perspectives of public health (Community Health 305) (phasing out in 2009) CMH306C : Public health care systems (Community Health 306) (phasing out in 2009) HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences(health Sciences Education 3701) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) HSE3703 : Developing health science curriculum: Foundations (Health Sciences Education 3703) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) C (with Health Services Management and Health Sciences Education as maj subjects) (HME) FIRST LEVEL The first level phased out in SECOND LEVEL The second level phased out in THIRD LEVEL GED3024 : Teaching and learning 3 (General Education 302) GED3069 : Education and technology (General Education 306) HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences(health Sciences Education 3701) HSE3703 : Developing health science curriculum: Foundations (Health Sciences Education 3703) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) 2006 Two different curricula (A and B) have been approved f the BA(Cur) degree and only ONE can be selected. No new registrations are allowed f the curriculums of Students have until the end of 2009 to complete the qualification. All modules are offered as year modules. RSC201C (Research in Social Sciences) and CMH3701 (Basic Epidemiology in health care) should be done in the same year of study. As from 2006 new students must complete the degree with one of the curricula (A B) set out below: Students must have completed the modules with an asterisk (*) to be able to register with the SANC as a Nurse Educat and those with two asterisks (**) to register with the SANC as a Nurse Manager. All the Community Health related modules will have to be completed f registration with the SA Nursing Council as a community health nurse. A (Health Services Management and Health Sciences Education including Community Health f registration with the South African Nursing Council) (0216X HMC) FIRST LEVEL The first level phased out in SECOND LEVEL The second level phased out in

58 THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 8 modules: HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences(health Sciences Education 3701) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) HSE3703 : Developing health science curriculum: Foundations (Health Sciences Education 3703) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) B (Health Services Management and Health Sciences Education (0216X HMS) FIRST LEVEL The first level phased out in SECOND LEVEL The second level phased out in THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 9 modules: PYC206B : HIV/Aids care and counselling (Psychology 206) HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences(health Sciences Education 3701) HSE3703 : Developing health science curriculum: Foundations (Health Sciences Education 3703) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) New (from 2007) Two different curricula (A and B) have been approved f the BA(Cur) degree and only ONE can be selected. All modules except the practical modules, are offered as semester modules with exams wri en in May/June October/November of a specific academic year. All modules in the programme have a credit value of 12 credits. The practica modules are offered over a year period. The final assessment f the practica module takes the fm of submi ing a ptfolio file f assessment. This mark will be used as the final examination mark. Students already registered f this degree, retain credit f the modules passed and must continue with the new curriculum accding to the transitional arrangements published in Part 2 of the Calendar. As from 2007 new students must complete the degree with one of the curricula (A B) set out below: Students must have completed the modules with an asterisk (*) to be able to register with the SANC as a Nurse Educat and those with two asterisks (**) to register with the SANC as a Nurse Manager. All the Community Health related modules will have to be completed f registration with the SA Nursing Council as a community health nurse. A (Health Services Management and Health Sciences Education including Community Health f registration with the South African Nursing Council) (0216X HSM) (360 credits) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA1501** : Planning and ganising in health services management (Health Services Management 1501) (NQF level 5) HMA1502** : Leading and control in health services management (Health Services Management 1502) (NQF level 5) HSE1501* : Contextualisation of health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 1501) (NQF level 5) HSE1502* : Principles of health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 1502) (NQF level 5) CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care I (Community Health 1501) (NQF level 5) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care II (Community Health 1502) (NQF level 5) CMH1503 : Health and the environment (Community Health 1503) (NQF level 5) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) (NQF level 5) COM2048 : Intercultural development and health communication (Communication Science 204) (NQF level 6) NUD2119*/** : Nursing dynamics 211 (NQF level 6) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA2601** : Human resources management in health services (Health Services Management 2601) (NQF level 6) HMA2602** : Labour relations in health services (Health Services Management 2602) (NQF level 6) HMA2603** : Health services management practica (Health Services Management 2603) (NQF level 6) HSE2601* : Education management in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 2601) (NQF level 6) HSE2602* : Teaching and assessment in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 2602) (NQF level 6) HSE2603* : Health sciences education practica (Health Sciences Education 2603) (NQF level 6) RSC201H*/** : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) (NQF level 6) CMH2601 : Community health practica (Community Health 2601) (NQF level 6) CMH2602 : Family health in communities (Community Health 2602) (NQF level 6) PUB204E : Welfare and social services (Public Administration 204) (NQF level 6) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) (NQF level 7) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) (NQF level 7) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) (NQF level 7) 58

59 HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) (NQF level 7) HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences(health Sciences Education 3701) (NQF level 7) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) (NQF level 7) HSE3703 : Developing health sciences curricula: foundation (Health Sciences Education 3703) (NQF level 7) HSE3704 : Developing health sciences curricula: principles and processes (Health Sciences Education 3704) (NQF level 7) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) (NQF level 7) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) (NQF level 7) B (Health Services Management and Health Sciences Education (0216X HHS) (360 credits) This curriculum comprises 30 modules: FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules (120 credits): HMA1501** : Planning and ganising in health services management (Health Services Management 1501) (NQF level 5) HMA1502** : Leading and control in health services management (Health Services Management 1502) (NQF level 5) HSE1501* : Contextualisation of health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 1501) (NQF level 5) HSE1502* : Principles of health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 1502) (NQF level 5) M101D** : and M102E** : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) (NQF level 5) Business management 1B (Business Management 102) (NQF level 5) PUB1018** : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) (NQF level 5) and PUB1029** : The structuring and functioning of public service (Public Administration 102) (NQF level 5) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) (NQF level 5) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) (NQF level 5) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) (NQF level 5) PLS102Y : Critical reasoning (Philosophy 102) (NQF level 5) COM2048 : Intercultural development and health communication (Communication Science 204) (NQF level 6) NUD2119*/** : Nursing dynamics 211 (NQF level 6) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA2601** : HMA2602** : HMA2603** : Human resources management in health services (Health Services Management 2601) (NQF level 6) Labour relations in health services (Health Services Management 2602) (NQF level 6) Health services management practica (Health Services Management 2603) (NQF level 6) HSE2601* : Education management in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 2601) (NQF level 6) HSE2602* : Teaching and assessment in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 2602) (NQF level 6) HSE2603* : Health sciences education practica (Health Sciences Education 2603) (NQF level 6) RSC201H*/** : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) (NQF level 6) APY203K : Anthropology and health care (Anthropology 203) (NQF level 6) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) (NQF level 6) COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) (NQF level 6) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) (NQF level 7) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) (NQF level 7) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) (NQF level 7) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) (NQF level 7) HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 3701) (NQF level 7) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) (NQF level 7) HSE3703 : Developing health sciences curricula: foundation (Health Sciences Education 3703) (NQF level 7) HSE3704 : Developing health sciences curricula: principles and processes (Health Sciences Education 3704) (NQF level 7) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 3705) (NQF level 7) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) (NQF level 7) A25 Practica (1) To comply with the requirements f registration with the South African Nursing Council, practica wk is required f: Community Health Health Services Management Health Sciences Education (2) The practica component is offered as a separate year module, namely Community Health Practica (CMH2601) Health services management: labaty wk (HMA2603) Health sciences education: practica (HSE2603) (3) The practica module must be completed simultaneously with a er the cresponding second year theetical modules in Health Services Management and Health Sciences Education (4) In Community Health, first-time registration f module CMH2601 should be done simultaneously with a er the other second-level modules (5) Students will not be allowed to register f third-level modules befe the practical module(s) of the second level has/have been completed. (6) Students who provide proof of registration with the Nursing Council, an equivalent nursing registration authity in another country, f a relevant qualification (Community Health Nursing, Health Services Management Health Sciences Education) will be exempted from the cresponding practica module. Exemption in respect of registration with a feign nursing registration authity will be granted at the discretion of the Chairperson. (7) Exemption from specific areas of the required practica, will be considered on condition that the student submits acceptable proof of relevant practical experience in that particular field. 59

60 (8) Students who have previously been registered f courses in the Department of Health Studies and who have not yet completed all aspects of the required practica, (also known as labaty wk), will have to register f the relevant practica modules. (9) Students living and/ wking in countries outside of South Africa, are required to, on an individual basis, negotiate arrangements f the required practica with the Chairperson of the Department. A26 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction (i) Candidates pass a maj subject with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in the final course of the subject concerned (old course structure). (ii) Candidates pass a maj subject with distinction if they pass at least five of the highest level modules prescribed f that subject as a maj subject with an average of at least 75%. Where a maj consists of less than five thirdlevel modules, the required third-level modules will be supplemented by second-level modules in the same subject (new modular structure). Candidates are awarded the degree with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in the final course of each of at least TWO maj subjects (old course structure). Candidates are awarded the degree with distinction if they pass any ten highest level modules prescribed f the degree with an average of at least 75%. In the case of professional degrees with two disciplines, the total of ten modules will comprise five from each of the two disciplines (new modular structure). (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 13 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Social Wk (Degree code: 02054) The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester and year registrations and examinations. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. All Social Wk modules are offered as year modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Students who were registered f this qualification pri to 2000 may complete their degree accding to the rules applicable at that time provided that they register f the relevant modules which replace the previous course structure. Transitional arrangements are made to accommodate students who started their degree studies on the old structure and will be completing their studies on the modular structure. These transitional arrangements will be found in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. Students who have passed Welfare Science must first comply with the practical wk requirements specified f Social Wk I befe they can be admi ed to Social Wk II Students who have completed a four-year BSW degree may apply f admission to studies f the MA(SS) degree without first completing an Honours degree. Students must read the outline of the curriculum in conjunction with the brochure Training in the Department of Social Wk which is issued on registration is available from the Department of Social Wk. A31 Admission requirements (1) To be registered as a candidate f the BSW degree, a student must: (a) have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar (an abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1) and (b) in EACH YEAR in which Social Wk is taken, be able to a end wkshops and practice sessions at an approved Unisa Centre in CAPE TOWN, DURBAN, PRETORIA, POLOKWANE and JOHANNESBURG and in addition, on the fourth level undertaking practical wk at a Welfare Organisation. Students in other geographic areas such as Nelspruit, Pietermaritzburg, Pt Elizabeth, Kimberley, Bloemfontein elsewhere where arrangements f practical wk can be made, will probably be able to do most of the practical wk locally, but they will nevertheless be required to a end the wkshops and practice sessions in either Cape Town, Durban, Pretia Johannesburg. The Department of Social Wk cannot accommodate Namibian Zimbabwean students. Students who will NOT be able to do practical wk regularly at one of the centres mentioned above, will not be allowed to register f the BSW degree. Note that considerable changes took place regarding the nature of the practical wk as from Applications f practical wk placements f fourth-level students must be received by and confirmed with the Department by 30 November. Students have the responsibility of ensuring that their application fms are completed and received by the Department not later than 30 November. No applications placements will be considered a er 30 November. (c) Details regarding practical wk will be found in A35, the brochure Training in the Department of Social Wk and in the curricula f Social Wk in the subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. Students whose last registration f a course in Social Wk was at another university and who wish to proceed with the BSW degree at this University, may be considered f registration at Unisa only on the recommendation of the Chairperson of the Department of Social Wk at the university concerned and must obtain confirmation from the Unisa Department of Social Wk (Tel ) that suitable arrangements f practical wk can be made f them. Students who transfer from other universities will be required to repeat modules that are not equivalent to Unisa modules. A32 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BSW degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. (2) ON FIRST REGISTRATION AND ON RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 as well as A4(3) and (4). (3) Students must have passed all thirty modules on first to third level befe registering f fourth-level modules. (4) (a) Students who obtain an average of 60% and me in each of the third-level modules in Social Wk may complete the fourth year over a period of one year. 60

61 (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) A33 Students who obtain less than an average of 60% in any one of the third-level modules in Social Wk must complete the fourth year over a period of two years. All students who failed need to supplement one module in courses other than social wk must complete the fourth year over a period of two years. Students who spread the fourth level over two years must register f five modules per year: Modules should be selected and grouped as follows: Group A: Any two four modules of any of the three methods. (Very imptant: The they and practical wk modules of a method must be registered simultaneously.) Casewk: SCK401A (They) and SCK402B (Practical wk) Groupwk: SCK403C (They) and SCK404D (Practical wk) Community wk: SCK405E (They) and SCK406F (Practical wk) Group B: Any one three of the following modules: SCK407G, SCK408H, SCK410B, SCK411C (The number of modules will depend on the selection you made from group A.) Example: 1st year: SCK401A and 402B (Casewk) and SCK405E and SCK406F (Community wk), and SCK410B (Research) 2nd year: SCK403C and SCK404D, (Groupwk), SCK407G and SCK408H, SCK411C It is strongly recommended that fourth-year students register f SCK410B (Research) during the first year of study. Applications f practical wk placements must be received by and confirmed with the Department by 30 November. Students have the responsibility of ensuring that their applications fms are completed and received by the Department not later than 30 November. No applications placements will be considered a er 30 November. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: (Students who register f Social Wk must be able to a end practice sessions at an approved centre at Unisa.) SCK101W : Welfare science and policy (Social Wk 101) SCK102X : Introduction to social wk and the helping process (Social Wk 102) SCK103Y : Practical wk (Social Wk 103) SCW101L : Social welfare law (Social Welfare Law 101) SCW102M : Social welfare law (Social Welfare Law 102) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) plus one of the following groups of 2 modules: APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) and APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) and PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) CMY101B : Introduction to criminology: crime, criminals and criminal behaviour (Criminology 101) and CMY102C : Introduction to criminology: victims and reduction of crime (Criminology 102) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) and DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSE I, II, III OR IV INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES (1) The curriculum comprises FORTY MODULES and practical social wk. (2) The maj subject is Social Wk and ONE of Anthropology, Psychology, Criminology, Development Studies, Communication Sociology. Students who, pri to 2000, selected another maj subject as specified in the 1999 Calendar, will be allowed to complete that maj subject. (3) The second maj should be taken up to thrid level. Social Wk on levels I IV should, where possible, be taken in consecutive years. The CODES appear under the syllabus f the relevant subject in Part 2 of the Calendar. See A35 in connection with practical wk. New curriculum Purpose: Social Wk focuses on understanding the interaction between persons and their environment and the problems arising fm this person-in-context interaction. The purpose of the BSW degree is to train competent professional Social Wkers who will contribute to upholding welfare rights, facilitate the meeting of basic social needs, empower people, groups and communities to develop resources and their own capacities, address and change Social Welfare Policy. The facilitation of effective professional practices based on a foundation of scientific knowledge, skill and development and Social Wk Values. COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) and COM102Y : Communication contexts and applications (Communication Science 102) 2 of the following modules: SOC101V : Introduction to Sociology: Societal structures and processes (Sociology 101) SOC102W : Societal structures and processes in the South African context (Sociology 102) SOC103X : Introducty demography (Sociology 103) 2 modules from the abovementioned groups not already taken, from the following: ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation systems 101) RST121U : Comparative religious studies: introduction to the religions of the wld (Religious Studies 121) SECOND LEVEL Students who have passed Psychology II (PSY200) will be exempted from PYC201 and PYC202 as optional modules but MUST include PYC204 in their curriculum. This level comprises the following 10 modules: This curriculum comprises 40 modules. 61

62 62 RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) SCK2013 : Facilitative communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 201) SCK2024 : Practical wk: facilitating communication in groups and communities (Social Wk 202) SCK2035 : Welfare policy (Social Wk 203) SCK2046 : Life tasks, obstacles, developmental resources and competency development (Social Wk 204) PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) MGG201W : Marriage guidance and counselling (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 201) MGG202X : Marriage guidance and counselling: sexual trauma (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 202) plus 1 of the following groups (second maj) comprising 2 3 modules each: APY201H : Anthropological they in practice (Anthropology 201) APY202J : Sociocultural solutions to problems of human adaptation (Anthropology 202) APY203K : Anthropology and health care (Anthropology 203) PYC2015 : Personality theies (Psychology 201) and PYC2026 : Child and adolescent development (Psychology 202) any three of: CMY201E : Crime risk perspectives (Criminology 201) CMY202F : Principles of crime prevention, reduction and control (Criminology 202) CMY203G : Child and youth misbehaviour (Criminology 203) CMY204H : Dealing with young offenders (Criminology 204) DVA201T : Development theies (Development Studies 201) and DVA202U : Rural and urban development (Development Studies 202) any 3 of: COM2025 : Organisational communication (Communication Science 202) COM2036 : Integrated ganisational communication (Communication Science 203) COM2048 : Intercultural development and health communication (Communication Science 204) COM2059 : Media studies: mass communication and media they (Communication Science 205) any 3 of: SOC201Y : Theies of social change (Sociology 201) SOC2023 : Globalisation and social change in South Africa (Sociology 202) SOC2045 : Sociology of population (Sociology 204) SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) plus the following module, any 1 of the abovementioned second-level modules not yet chosen, if you have not already selected 10 modules f this level: PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: SCK3016 : Social case wk (Social Wk 301) SCK3028 : Social group wk (Social Wk 302) SCK3039 : Community wk (Social Wk 303) SCK304A : Practical wk in social case and group wk (Social Wk 304) SCK305B : Practical wk: community wk (Social Wk 305) plus 1 of the following groups comprising 5 modules each: APY301L : Qualitative research methodology: the anthropological strategy (Anthropology 301) APY302M : Applied anthropology: contempary human issues and the practice of anthropology (Anthropology 302) APY303N : Themes in anthropology: (1) The relevance of ritual (2) Orality and al tradition (Anthropology 303) APY304P : Themes in anthropology: tourism and pilgrimage (Anthropology 304) plus 1 other third-level module PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC302A : Abnmal behaviour and mental health (Psychology 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC304C : Psychological research (Psychology 304) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) CMY301H : Crimes of violence (Criminology 301) CMY302J : Theies of crime and crime prevention: traditional to postmodern approaches (Criminology 302) CMY303K : Contempary crime issues: priity crimes in South Africa (Criminology 303) CMY304L : Reaction to crime: sentencing, children and crime victims in the criminal justice system (Criminology 304) CMY305M : Research methodology (Criminology 305) DVA301W : Development policy and strategies (Development Studies 301) DVA302X : Development planning (Development Studies 302) DVA303Y : Projects and programmes as instruments of development (Development Studies 303) DVA3043 : Empowerment and popular initiatives (Development Studies 304) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) any four of: COM3018 : Marketing communication (Communication Science 301) COM3029 : Media studies: institutions, theies and issues (Communication Science 302) COM303A : Media studies: content, audiences and production (Communication Science 303) COM304B : New media technology (Communication Science 304) COM306D : Communication research (Communication Science 306) plus 1 of the following modules: COM305C : International communication (Communication Science 305) COM3708 : Public relations (Communication Science 3708) COM311A : Political and government communication and media ethics (Communication Science 311) SOC3015 : Thinking sociologically: research methodology (Sociology 301) SOC3049 : Industrial sociology (Sociology 304) SOC305A : Sociology of education (Sociology 305) SOC306B : Group dynamics (Sociology 306) SOC308D : Social they (Sociology 308)

63 FOURTH LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules. Each module contains a practical component. SCK401A : Social casewk: wking with individuals integrated they and practice (Social Wk 401) SCK402B : Social casewk: wking with couples and families integrated they and practice (Social Wk 402) SCK403C : Social group wk with children and youth integrated they and practice (Social Wk 403) SCK404D : Social group wk with adults integrated they and practice (Social Wk 404) SCK405E : Community wk: planning and integrated practice (Social Wk 405) SCK406F : Community wk: execution of a project (Social Wk 406) SCK407G : Social wk management: the social wk ganisation integrated they and practice (Social Wk 407) SCK408H : Social wk management: the social wker as employee and manager (Social Wk 408) SCK410B : Research project: planning and execution (Social Wk 410) SCK411C : Statuty wk, ethics and supervision (Social Wk 411) A34 Restrictions A student who registers f Social Wk on second level must also register with the South African Council f Social Service Professions as a Student Social Wker befe 31 March of the year concerned. Such registration at the Council is also valid f Social Wk III and IV. Students from other universities who enrol f Social Wk II III at Unisa, must also register with the Council if they have not been previously registered. Application fms together with registration procedures will be sent to all level 2 Social Wk students by the South African Council f Social Service Professions (SACSSP). Failing to do so will prevent students from continuing with their Social Wk studies. Registration with the SACSSP is a requirement in terms of the Social Service Professions Act (Act 110 of 1978). A35 Practical wk All practical wk is accommodated in separate modules. All practical wk as specified and scheduled to be offered at specific Unisa venues is compulsy. All practical wk must be supervised by a lecturer from the Department of Social Wk a supervis appointed by the Department of Social Wk. All practical wk must be done in accdance with the requirements specified f the various methods (casewk, group wk, community wk, administration and research). All practical wk on level 4 must be undertaken at an ganisation facility approved by the Department of Social Wk. Students who cannot proceed with their practical wk must immediately infm the lecturer, the supervis and the relevant ganisation so that the placement can be cancelled. All students doing practical wk are subject to the Social Service Professions Act with its rules and regulations, as is the case f all qualified social wkers and auxiliary social wkers. Further particulars of practical wk appear in the syllabuses f the courses in Social Wk. A36 Admission to the examinations; pass and pass with distinction; subminimum; endsement (1) To qualify f admission to the examination in the modules in the first column listed below, students must have obtained 100 examination admission credits. In addition, students registered f Social Wk IV (course structure) must complete all the practical wk prescribed f the module in the second column befe 30 September, and obtain at least 50% f it. Study unit They Practical Social Wk (first level): SCK101W SCK102X SCK103Y (second level): SCK2013 SCK2024 SCK2035 SCK2046 (third level): SCK3016 SCK304A SCK3028 SCK304A SCK3039 SCK305B (fourth level): SCK401A SCK402B SCK403C SCK404D SCK405E SCK406F SCK407G SCK408H SCK410B SCK410B SCK411C In the case of the other modules of Social Wk III and IV where no practical wk is required students are required to obtain 100 examination admission credits by virtue of their answers to assignments. (2) Pass To pass Social Wk I, II, III IV, a student must obtain at least 50% in each of the modules concerned (practical included). See also General Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (3) Pass with distinction To pass with distinction in Social Wk IV, a student must obtain an average of at least 75% in all 10 modules. (4) Candidates shall pass with distinction in a maj subject if they pass Social Wk IV with distinction obtain at least 75% in Course III of the second maj subject pass at least five of the highest level modules prescribed f that subject as a maj subject with an average of at least 75%. (5) Candidates shall be awarded the degree with distinction if they pass both maj subjects with distinction. (6) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar in connection with subminimum. (7) Endsement The degree certificate of each candidate who has complied with the requirements f the BSW degree will be endsed Qualified as a Social Wker. A37 Graduates wishing to qualify as social wkers Any graduate who can satisfy the provisions of A31(1), may qualify as a social wker by passing the undermentioned study units f nondegree purposes (NDP) provided that they completed their Bachels degree at a South African university and majed in one of Philosophy, Communication Science, Criminology, Development Studies, Psychology and Sociology: Social Wk (First fourth levels) Social Welfare Law (101 and 102) Marriage Guidance and Counselling and Sexual Trauma (201 and 202) As a result of the nature and scope of the practical wk, students, in the subject Social Wk are only permi ed to register simultaneously f modules on first and second level of the same year but not f modules on second and third level modules on third and fourth level. 63

64 Befe students are allowed to register f the fourth level, all modules in Social Wk on first, second and third level, as well as all other modules as specified in Rule A37 must have been completed. If a graduate registers f the BSW degree f a course in Social Wk f nondegree purposes (NDP), and has completed a degree at another university, an iginal transcript of his/her complete academic recd, an iginal statement of all courses passed, issued by the Registrar of the university concerned, must be submi ed together with his/her FIRST application f registration. A certified copy of his/her qualification at matriculation level is also required. A38 Marriage Guidance and Counselling Marriage Guidance and Counselling is compulsy f the BSW degree but may also be taken f the BA degree. C h a p t e r 14 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Infmation Science (Degree code: 97969) The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester and year registrations and examinations. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Students who were registered f this qualification pri to 2007 may complete their degree accding to the rules applicable at that time provided that they register f the relevant modules which replace the previous course structure. Transitional arrangements are made to accommodate students who started their degree studies on the old structure and will be completing their studies on the modular structure. These transitional arrangements will be found in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. A39 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the BInf degree, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. A40 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BInf degree has been conflated from a four year to a threeyear degree from Students registered pri to 2007 should follow the old curriculum (four-year degree). (2) The BInf-degree cannot be completed in under THREE YEARS (two years in the case of specified candidates who have completed another degree see A42). (3) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 and A40(4). (4) As from 2008 students may not complete me than 40 modules towards the old curriculum f BInf. This implies that the subject (selected as a maj from another discipline) taken up to third level, may not necessarily comprise all the modules required f that maj. A41 NOTE THAT ANY REFERENCE TO COURSES I, II AND III INCLUDES THE EQUIVALENT IN MODULES. The curriculum f the BInf degree comprises THIRTY MODULES (FOURTY modules f the four-year degree). The maj subjects are Infmation Science and Applied Infmation Science. Students who are restricted to only two modules in their first year of registration are advised to begin with Applied Infmation Science (AIS101D, AIS103F). Other students are advised to register f both Infmation Science (INS101U, INS102V) and Applied Infmation Science (AIS101D, AIS103F, AIS104G). The study unit CODES appear UNDER THE SYLLABUS FOR THE RELEVANT SUBJECT in Part 2 of the Calendar. Except in the case of graduates (see A42) and as indicated under Transitional arrangements, students may NOT nmally register simultaneously f modules on different levels in the same subject. Old curriculum (Degree code: 02232) Students who register f BInf f the first time a er 2007 should take note that the curriculum will change from a four-year to a threeyear degree from The following first-level modules from other disciplines will be compulsy: ENN103 AFK102; CEM101; COM101; M101 and a beginner s module 101 in an African language offered by Unisa f South African students, any language module offered by Unisa f feign students. Students are advised to take these modules in place of any other first-level optional modules. BInf students who have completed the first and second level of the old curriculum by 2008 may transfer to the three-year BIinf degree and will receive credit f the modules AIS101, AIS103, INS101, INS102. They will need to do ENN103 AFK102, CEM101, COM101, M101 and a beginner s module 101 in an African language (f South African students) any language modules offered by Unisa f feign students. The old BInf degree (four-year curriculum) will be phased out in The old second year phased out in The old third year will be phased out in The old four-year BInf degree will discontinue a er Students who have not yet completed the old BInf curriculum by 2010 will be transfered to the new curriculum with the relevant credits. The new curriculum is a set curriculum consisting of 30 modules (360 credits): 10 on first-year level; 10 on second-year level and 10 on thirdyear level. The curriculum is as follows: FIRST LEVEL The first level of the old curriculum has been phased out. SECOND LEVEL The second level of the old curriculum has been phased out. 64

65 THIRD LEVEL INS3014 : Infmation technology: Computerised infmation stage (Infmation Science 301) INS3025 : Infmation technology: Infmation Systems and infmation transfer (Infmation Science 302) INS3036 : Infmation users (Infmation Science 303) INS3048 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 304) INS3059 : Infmation and knowledge management (Infmation Science 305) AIS301K : Descriptive cataloguing (Applied Infmation Science 301) AIS302L : Subject ganisation (Applied Infmation Science 302) AIS303M : Advanced verbal methods of infmation ganisation (Applied Infmation Science 303) AIS304N : Management of infmation enterprises (Applied Infmation Science 304) AIS305P : Collection management and development (Applied Infmation Science 305) Prescribed modules on third level in a subject offered by the Colleges of Human Sciences, Science, Engineering and Technology Economic and Management Sciences (eg Communication Science). Students are advised to select the subject based on its relationship with the two maj subjects (Infmation Science and Applied Infmation Science) and in accdance with the examination timetable and the rules of the College concerned. FOURTH LEVEL AIS401N : Strategic infmation management (Applied Infmation Science 401) AIS402P : Basic research methodology f infmation services (Applied Infmation Science 402) AIS403Q : Field wk component (Applied Infmation Science 403) AIS404R : User guidance (Applied Infmation Science 404) AIS405S : Advanced infmation ganisation and retrieval (Applied Infmation Science 405) Students whose curriculum, as a result of the transitional arrangements, comprises fewer than fty modules ( the equivalent), must register f and pass additional modules in der to complete their curriculum. The study units in the subject selected above do not necessarily grant automatic admission to postgraduate studies in that subject. The subject concerned is NOT regarded as a maj subject f the BInf degree. Students are advised to distribute the curriculum over FOUR FIVE YEARS provided they are NOT restricted by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Credits to all INK and TIN courses of the old BBibl degree will be ffeited as from Students who have obtained credit f modules of the old curriculum and who wish to transfer to the new curriculum, will receive credits as indicated in the table below. Also see the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. Modules of the old curriculum passed pri to 2008 AIS201G AIS203J INS201X INS202Y INS2033 INS2044 Equivalent modules of the new 3-year curriculum AIS206M AIS207N INS2055 INS2078 INS2066 INS307B* Students who have passed INS2044 will be given exemption from INS3707, but will need to complete an additional second level INS module from the new curriculum in its place. Students who are registered f the old curriculum who still need to complete their second level should take the following modules: AIS202H AIS204K AIS206M in place of AIS201G AIS207N in place of AIS203J INS2055 in place of INS201X INS2066 in place of INS2033 INS2078 in place of INS202Y INS2089 in place of INS2044 Students who have not completed the respective level accding to the transitional arrangements by the end of 2011, will ffeit credit f the old curriculum passed and complete the curriculum accding to the new structure. A42 Completion of the BInf degree by graduates Graduates who are exempted from one me modules in the subjects under A41, may, depending on the number of exemptions granted, complete the degree in two years. Such graduates may register simultaneously f any two succeeding levels in Infmation Science and Applied Infmation Science. Students who are registered f the 4-year BInf degree and who qualify f exemption from at least the five courses ( the equivalent in modules) under (i) (k) and (l) (m) under A41 (Calendar Part 5; 2005) are advised to distribute the curriculum over TWO THREE YEARS provided they are not restricted by Number study units per year in Calendar Part 1. The curriculum is as follows: FIRST LEVEL New (Degree code: 97969) AIS101D : Introducing Applied Infmation Science (Applied Infmation Science 101) AIS103F : Introducing infmation recds and sources (Applied Infmation Science 103) AIS104G : Using the Internet as a reference tool (Applied Infmation Science 104) INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) M101D : Business management 1A (Business Management 101) ENN103F : English f academic purposes (English 103) AFK102R : Basic text skills (Afrikaans 102) COM101X : Fundamentals of communication (Communication Science 101) CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation systems 101) A Beginner s module in an African language (f South African students) any language module f feign students SECOND LEVEL AIS202H : Bibliographic control, basic descriptive cataloguing and classification (Applied Infmation Science 202) AIS204K : Learning how to provide reference services (Applied Infmation Science 204) 65

66 AIS206M : Describing library user groups and meeting their needs (Applied Infmation Science 206) AIS207N : Utilising electronic library systems and services (Applied Infmation Science 207) AIS208P : Developing and managing infmation collections (Applied Infmation Science 208) INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) INS2078 : Introducing infmation management (Infmation Science 207) INS2089 : Infmation and communication technologies f infmation science (Infmation Science 208) RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) THIRD LEVEL AIS301K : Descriptive cataloguing (Applied Infmation Science 301) AIS302L : Subject ganisation (Applied Infmation Science 302) AIS3703 : Serving the user in library and infmation practice (Applied Infmation Science 3703) AIS3704 : Applying research methodology in infmation science (Applied Infmation Science 3704) AIS3705 : Practical ptfolio (Applied Infmation Science 3705) AIS3706 : Infmation science entrepreneurship (Applied Infmation Science 3706) INS3036 : Infmation retrieval and personal infmation ganisation (Infmation Science 303) INS3048 : Political economy of infmation (Infmation Science 304) INS3059 : Infmation and knowledge management (Infmation Science 305) INS3707 : Expling infmation skills (Infmation Science 3707) A45 See A14. Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum C h a p t e r 15 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Musicology (Degree code: NO3) The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester and year registrations and examinations. All Musicology modules are offered as year modules. However, students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/ module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Students who were registered f this qualification pri to 2000 may complete their degree accding to the rules applicable at that time provided that they register f the relevant modules which replace the previous course structure. Transitional arrangements are made to accommodate students who started their degree studies on the old structure and will be completing their studies on the modular structure. These transitional arrangements will be found in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. A46 Admission requirements (1) To be registered as a candidate f the BMus degree, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. 1 A certified copy of the relevant document required by Rule G13 must accompany the student s FIRST application f registration. A sound knowledge of the rudiments of music, equivalent to that required f Unisa Grade 5 Music They Music at matriculation level an equivalent examination (eg ABRSM Grade 6 TCL Grade 6 Music They), is required befe a student may register f the degree. Students who have not passed the Grade 5 they examination, subject Music f matric (higher lower grade), an equivalent examination, but who feel their standard is equivalent ( higher) will have to satisfy the Chair of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology that such a standard has been a ained (eg by a departmental admission examination). The telephone number f enquiries in this connection is (2) F the purposes of the Licentiate Requirement (see A50) it is desirable that, befe enrolling f the degree, a student shall have reached a standard in practical music equivalent to that of Grade 7 of the Unisa Music Certificate Examinations, that required f Music at matriculation an equivalent level. 2 Details of the Unisa Music Certificate Examinations, including those f Licentiates (see A50), will be found in the Music Examinations Handbook which is obtainable free of charge from the Registrar. Although such examinations are conducted by the University s Directate: Music, the tuition is NOT provided by the University. This must be arranged privately with a qualified music teacher. The examinations mentioned above must NOT be confused with those f the BMus degree. Tuition in all the degree courses in the curriculum is provided by the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. A47 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BMus degree cannot be completed in less than THREE YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 and A4(3). A48 The curriculum f the BMus degree comprises THIRTY MODULES. An approved Licentiate in practical music (see A50) must also be completed. All students must register f Music in Wld Cultures Today (MCT1214 and MCT1225) in their first year of registration. The study unit CODES appear under the syllabus f the relevant subject in Part 2 of the Calendar. The curriculum is as follows: FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 compulsy modules: 66

67 MCT1214 and MCT1225 must be taken in the students FIRST YEAR of registration. A50 Requirement: Licentiate in practical music MCT1214 : Expling new wlds: musical literacy f today (Music in Wld Cultures Today 121) MCT1225 : Music in society (Music in Wld Cultures Today 122) CTH123D : Basic principles of harmony (Composition They 123) CTH124E : Basic principles of structural analysis in music (Composition They 124) HIM1215 : Introducing music studies (Histy of Music 121) HIM1226 : A survey of Western music (Histy of Music 122) MBY121L : Introduction to music bibliography (Music Bibliography 121) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) plus any TWO modules offered by the College of Human Sciences. At least one of these modules must be a beginner s module (bearing the equivalent of a minimum of 12 credits) any one of the languages currently offered in the College of Human Sciences which has not already been passed at Grade 12 level. SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: CTH221E : Counterpoint; two-part invention; Bach inventions; fugue (Composition They 221) CTH222F : Secondary dominants and leading-tone chds; variation technique (Composition They 222) CTH223G : Sonata and rondo fms (Composition They 223) CTH224H : Chromatic harmony (Composition They 224) HIM2219 : Music and patronage in the late Renaissance and Baroque (Histy of Music 221) HIM222A : Music in Vienna from the late 18th century (Histy of Music 222) HIM223B : All that jazz (Histy of Music 223) MCT2218 : Musical entrepreneurship (Music in Wld Cultures Today 221) MCT2229 : Music in religion (Music in Wld Cultures Today 222) plus any module in Music in Wld Cultures Today at third level THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: CTH321H : Compositional resources of 19th-century music (Composition They 321) CTH322J : Compositional resources of 20th-century tonal music (Composition They 321) CTH323K : Compositional resources of serialism (Composition They 323) CTH325M : Introduction to perfming practice (Composition They 325) HIM326H : Opera (Histy of Music 326) HIM329L : Music and gender (Histy of Music 329) HIM330D : Music in South Africa (Histy of Music 330) MCT325F : The sociology of music (Music in Wld Cultures Today 325) plus any 2 of the following modules from Music in Wld Cultures Today not already offered at the second level: MCT321B : Democratic rites: music in the mix in postliberation South Africa (Music in Wld Cultures Today 321) MCT328J : Music technology digital audio (Music in Wld Cultures Today 328) MCT329K : Music technology MIDI (Music in Wld Cultures Today 329) The degree shall not be conferred befe the student has completed the curriculum in Rule A48 and has obtained a Licentiate at the practical music examinations of the University (see A46 2). Acceptance of certificates of other universities and other recognised institutions (eg Trinity College the Royal Schools of Music) may be considered in lieu of that mentioned above. Students wishing to follow a career in teaching may obtain a special teaching endsement to their degree certificate provided that: (a) they have obtained a recognised Teacher s Licentiate; (b) having obtained another (that is non-teaching) Licentiate, they pass a test conducted by the University in the Teaching Methods of an instrument singing. Graduates who obtained the degree without endsement and who a erwards pass the test in Teaching Methods, will receive a statement to this effect. Such a statement will be the equivalent of the endsement. The Licentiate may be completed at any time, ie befe together with the degree studies, even a er the degree curriculum has been completed. A certified copy of the relevant Licentiate Diploma must be submi ed to the Registrar befe 25 January of the year in which the BMus degree is to be conferred, but preferably as soon as the Licentiate has been obtained. A51 Students who have already completed a Licentiate are requested to submit a certified copy of it together with their FIRST application f registration. Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction (i) Candidates pass Composition They with distinction if they pass at least four of the third-level modules with an average of at least 75%. To pass Histy of Music with distinction, students must obtain an average of at least 75% in any five third-level modules (new modular structure). (ii) Candidates are awarded the degree with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in each of Composition They and Histy of Music as stated under A51(2)(i) above (new modular structure). (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. 67

68 C h a p t e r 16 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Education (Early Childhood Development: Foundation Phase) (Degree code: 02593) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. (i) (ii) 1 General Infmation (iii) E3 A student who has successfully completed this qualification will be able to teach from birth to grade 3. Please avail yourself pri to registration of the practical teaching requirements. Students studying outside South Africa must apply to the Department of Teacher Education befe registering, since there is a compulsy teaching practice component in this programme that must be conducted accding to specific criteria. Students studying outside South Africa will only be allowed to register a er successful consultations with the Department of Teacher Education. Send your application to: The Codinat: Teaching Practice Department of Teacher Education PO Box 392 UNISA 0003 Admission requirements (1) To be registered as a candidate f this degree, students must have satisfied the provisions of G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. (2) A student who intends to seek employment with the Department of Education one of the Provincial Education Departments in the Republic of South Africa, must have satisfied the provisions of (1) above and, inter alia, have passed the following at matriculation level: (a) two of the official languages, with at least 40% in at least one of them as First Language Higher Grade. (An immigrant who has not satisfied these requirements, will be required to do so during his/her period of training f the degree); and (b) have obtained at least 40% on Higher Grade in another subject (languages excluded). A student who obtained a matriculation, seni school leaving certificate pri to the introduction of the differentiated system will satisfy the provisions of (2)(a) and (b) above. Appointments to teaching posts and the recognition of qualifications are prerogatives of the relevant Education Departments and can therefe not be guaranteed by the University. With a view to the in-service education and training of teachers (INSET), applications will be dealt with on an ad hoc basis. These admission requirements, together with the Nms and standards and governance structures f teacher education, will serve as a basis f determining credits with a view to adjusting the hizontal and vertical mobility of students managing applications of feign students. E4 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This BEd degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. E5 A student is not required to register simultaneously f all the modules that are prescribed f a particular year see E4. Students registering f semester modules must refer to the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations. The degree consists of 40 (fty) modules. The degree comprises FOUR maj components: 3 approved school subjects (it includes the two official languages) 10 modules in Educational Themes (maj subject) 15 modules in Professional Studies (maj subject) Additional modules to complete the required number of 40 modules The modules are as follows: A SCHOOL SUBJECTS Choice of school subjects (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Students are advised to take THREE of the approved school subjects f this phase at a (second year, second year, first year) level a (third year, first year, first year) level. The number of modules is determined by the choice of subjects. Should the three school subjects comprise less than 15 modules, the remaining modules must be chosen as additional modules. Students have to take the modules of a subject on a specific level as prescribed f a maj subject combination. Please refer to the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. The list of approved school subjects appear in Rule E71. (Please refer to the BEd (Seni Phase and Further Education and Teaching)). The subjects are grouped under the eight LEARNING AREA DIDACTICS. Only the subjects marked with an asterisk (*) are offered at Unisa and can be found in Part 2 of the Calendar under the relevant subject name. Students who register f subjects chosen from the list below, are referred to Rule E73 f special arrangements with regard to the College of Science, Engineering and Technology, and the College of Economic and Management Sciences: Accounting Biology Botany Business Management Chemistry Economics Zoology Physics It is the responsibility of feign students to enquire regarding recognised school subjects in their country of residence. FIRST AND SECOND SCHOOL SUBJECT As part of the BEd degree students are compelled to take TWO official languages. Students are referred to Rule E8 regarding the language endsement tests. Official languages (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) isizulu English Sepedi Sign language 68

69 (v) Sesotho (vi) siswati (vii) Xitsonga (viii) Setswana (ix) Tshivenda (x) isixhosa (xi) Afrikaans One of the languages may be taken at a proficiency level (Practical Beginner s level). See the relevant language in Part 2 of the Calendar f the modules that may be taken. Sign Language is intended f deaf students students with South African Sign Language as first language who wish to prepare themselves to educate deaf learners. Sign Language is not offered at Unisa. Students can take it at any other University and a er completion apply f recognition. Feign students: The requirement of a second language does not apply and can be replaced with a language from the country of igin of the student an approved subject under E5: School subjects, any other module offered by the College of Human Sciences. THIRD SCHOOL SUBJECT In addition to the two official languages, the third school subject, as listed under E71, must be chosen. B EDUCATIONAL THEMES (10 year modules) This maj subject, Educational Themes, f which three years of study is recommended, is COMPULSORY. These modules may be chosen in any sequence. Educational themes (first level) EDT101G : Child development EDT102H : Guidance, counselling and life skills development Educational themes (second level) EDT201K : The young child and learning EDT202L : Environmental education EDT203M : Inclusive education A Educational themes (third level) Students who failed EDT301N EDT302P pri to 2007, must register f ETH306W EDC1015 in C ETH306W : Inclusive education B EDC1015 : Theetical framewks in education EDT303Q : Religion education EDT304R : Social education EDT305S : Management of early childhood development institutions PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (15 year modules) The maj subject Professional Studies is also COMPULSORY. Refer to Part 2 of the Calendar. Professional studies (first level) PRS101Y : Early childhood teaching PRS1023 : Health in early childhood education A PRS1034 : Art and handwk PRS1045 : Teaching practice 1 (5 weeks) Professional studies (second level) PRS2015 : Music and movement activities PRS2026 : Children s literature PRS2038 : The reception year PRS2049 : Teaching practice 2 (5 weeks) Professional studies (third level) HEC101V : Health education PRS302A : Reading, writing and spelling First language PRS303B : Reading, writing and spelling Second language PRS304C : Teaching practice 3 (5 weeks) Professional studies (fourth level) PRS401C : Mathematics teaching PRS402D : Science and technology PRS403E : Teaching practice 4 (5 weeks) TEACHING PRACTICE In the event of a student failing the teaching practice, he/she will retain credit f the Professional Studies modules passed and will be allowed to repeat the teaching practice with the follow-up modules. Should this repeated teaching practice again be failed, the student must contact the Department of Teacher Education, as future registration f any study units will be refused until the relevant teaching practice has been passed. Teaching practice (5 weeks per module) and the ganisation thereof remains the responsibility of the student. D ADDITIONAL MODULES Students are advised to take the following additional modules to complete the required number of 40 modules f the degree: FDEM3L (Computer integration in the classroom) An African language (f students who did not take an African language as an approved school subject) Any other modules offered by the College of Human Sciences. E6 Completion of the curriculum In addition to the modules that are prescribed f the degree, a student may register f a maximum of four other modules f non-degree purposes (NDP). E7 Modules offered by the College of Science, Engineering and Technology Students are referred to Rule E73 and the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar f the compulsy modules which must be taken. E8 LANGUAGE ENDORSEMENT Language endsement and deaf students A further requirement of the Department of Education in South Africa is that students have to undergo a language endsement test f both the chosen official languages. This endsement comprises a wri en and al section. The wri en section is derived from the language taken f degree purposes, while the al section has to be completed during the fourth-year practical teaching period. Students are automatically registered f this language endsement and need not pay any registration fees. Feign students do not have to complete the tests if they do not intend teaching in South Africa. However, it is up to students to find out from the education department where they intend teaching what their requirements are concerning language tests f the teaching of a language in that specific country. Students who have undergone and acquired the necessary language endsement at a previous educational institution do not have to undergo 69

70 these tests, however the onus rests upon the student to send the necessary documentation to Student Admission and Registrations f verification. DEAF STUDENTS Deaf students only have to complete the language test in Sign Language. Students without a hearing impediment registered f Sign Language, must also complete a language test in another language as well as one in Sign Language. E9 Maj subjects; pass with distinction (1) The TEN modules in Educational Themes and TEN modules of Professional Studies shall be regarded as maj subjects. (2) A candidate shall pass a maj subject with distinction if he/ she obtains an average of at least 75% in the ten modules of Educational Themes an average of at least 75% in the TEN best modules of Professional Studies as indicated in E9(1). (3) A candidate shall be awarded the degree with distinction if he/ she obtains 75% in each of his/her TWO maj subjects. C h a p t e r 17 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) (Degree code: 02607) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. (i) (ii) 1 General infmation (iii) E3 A student who has successfully passed the Degree of Bachel Education BEd (Intermediate and Seni Phase) will be able to teach Grades 4 to 9). Please avail yourself pri to registration of the practical teaching requirements. Students studying outside South Africa must apply to the Department of Teacher Education befe registering, since there is a compulsy teaching practice component in this programme that must be conducted accding to specific criteria. Students studying outside South Africa will only be allowed to register a er successful consultations with the Department of Teacher Education. Send your application to: The Codinat: Teaching Practice Department of Teacher Education PO Box 392 UNISA 0003 Admission requirements (1) To be registered as a candidate f this degree, students must have satisfied the provisions of G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. (2) A student who intends to seek employment with the Department of Education one of the Provincial Education Departments in the Republic of South Africa, must have satisfied the provisions of (1) above and, inter alia, have passed the following at matriculation level: (a) two of the official languages, with at least 40% in at least one of them as First Language Higher Grade. (An immigrant who has not satisfied these requirements, will be required to do so during his/her period of training f the degree); and (b) have obtained at least 40% on Higher Grade in another subject (languages excluded). A student who obtained a matriculation, seni school leaving certificate pri to the introduction of the differentiated system will satisfy the provisions of (2)(a) and (b) above. Appointments to teaching posts and the recognition of qualifications are prerogatives of the relevant Education Departments and can therefe not be guaranteed by the University. With a view to the in-service education and training of teachers (INSET), applications will be dealt with on an ad hoc basis. These admission requirements, together with the Nms and standards and governance structures f teacher education, will serve as a basis f determining credits with a view to adjusting the hizontal and vertical mobility of students managing applications of feign students. E4 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This BEd degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. E5 A student is not required to register simultaneously f all the modules that are prescribed f a particular year see E4. Students registering f semester modules must refer to the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations. The degree consists of 40 (fty) modules. The degree comprises FOUR maj components: 3 approved school subjects (it includes the two official languages) 10 modules in Educational Themes (maj subject) 15 modules in Professional Studies (maj subject) Additional modules to complete the required number of 40 modules The subjects are as follows: A SCHOOL SUBJECTS Choice of school subjects (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Students are advised to take THREE of the approved school subjects f this phase at a (second year, second year, first year) level a (third year, first year, first year) level. The number of modules is determined by the choice of subjects. Should the three school subjects comprise less than 15 modules, the remaining modules must be chosen as additional modules. Students have to take the modules of a subject on a specific level as prescribed f a maj subject combination. Please refer to the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. The list of approved school subjects appear in Rule E71. (Please refer to the BEd (Seni Phase and Further Education and Teaching)). The subjects are grouped under the eight LEARNING AREA DIDACTICS. 70

71 (v) (vi) Only the subjects marked with an asterisk (*) are offered at Unisa and can be found in Part 2 of the Calendar under the relevant subject name. Students who register f subjects chosen from the list below, are referred to Rule E73 f special arrangements with regard to the College of Science, Engineering and Technology and the College of Economic and Management Sciences: Accounting Biology Botany Business Management Chemistry Economics Zoology Physics It is the responsibility of feign students to enquire regarding recognised school subjects in their country of residence. FIRST AND SECOND SCHOOL SUBJECT As part of the BEd degree students are compelled to take TWO official languages. Students are referred to Rule E8 regarding the language endsement tests. Official languages (i) isizulu (ii) English (iii) Sepedi (iv) Sign language (v) Sesotho (vi) siswati (vii) Xitsonga (viii) Setswana (ix) Tshivenda (x) isixhosa (xi) Afrikaans One of the languages may be taken at a proficiency level (Practical Beginner s level). See the relevant language in Part 2 of the Calendar f the modules that may be taken. Sign Language is intended f deaf students students with South African Sign Language as first language who wish to prepare themselves to educate deaf learners. Sign Language is not offered at Unisa. Students can take it at any other University and a er completion apply f recognition. Feign students: The requirement of a second language does not apply and can be replaced with a language from the country of igin of the student an approved subject under E5: School subjects, any other module offered by the College of Human Sciences. THIRD SCHOOL SUBJECT In addition to the two official languages, the third school subject, as listed under E71, must be chosen. B EDUCATIONAL THEMES (10 year modules) This maj subject, Educational Themes, f which three years of study is recommended, is COMPULSORY. These modules may be chosen in any sequence. Educational themes (first level) EDT1601 : Child development ETH102L : The learning child Educational themes (second level) EDC1015 : Theetical framewks in education ETH202P : General teaching methods and classroom management ETH203Q : Guidance, counselling and life skills development Educational themes (third level) EDT303Q : Religion education ETH302S : Inclusive education A ETH303T : The education system and school management EDA3058 : Education law and professional ethics ETH305V : Multicultural education ETH306W : Inclusive education B C Feign students may choose School and Public Library Studies (SLS101 and SLS102) on first level instead of modules ETH303 and EDA305. Such degree will not be in accdance with the requirements of the South African Department of Education. PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (15 year modules) The maj subject Professional Studies is also COMPULSORY. Specific prerequisites and/ co-requisites are prescribed f certain modules. Professional studies (first level) PST103E : Teaching social sciences PST104F : Teaching practice 1 (5 weeks) EDT202L : Environmental Education PST131J : Language teaching Professional studies (second level) PST201F : Mathematics teaching (Intermediate and Seni Phase) PST202G : Teaching natural sciences PST204J : Teaching practice 2 (5 weeks) PST210G : Arts and culture Students who failed Art Education (PST205), Class Music (PST206) Speech and Drama (PST208) must register f the combined module Arts and Culture (PST210) as they will be given the opptunity within the combined module to repeat it. Students who failed PST207 PST209 must register f the combined module Physical Education and Spts Coaching (PST312) as they will be given the opptunity within the combined module to repeat it. Professional studies (third level) PST304M : Teaching practice 3 (5 weeks) FDETE2B : Technology education I PST311L : Economic literacy and entrepreneurship PST312M : Physical education and spts coaching Students who passed PST303 may not register f PST310 PST311. Arts and culture (PST210) must be taken by students who have already passed PST207 (Physical Education) PST209 (Spts coaching). It is not available f those students who have passed any one of PST205, PST206, PST208.) Students who failed PST307 PST309 must register f the combined module Physical Education and Spts Coaching (PST312) as they will be given the opptunity within the combined module to repeat it. Professional studies (fourth level) PST402N : Teaching practice 4 (5 weeks) HEC101V : Health education TEACHING PRACTICE Teaching practice is a compulsy 5 week period each year. It is the responsibility of the student to arrange with a principal f this period. The wkbooks and principal s repts provided f this module are compulsy and serve as the final examination mark. In the event of a student failing the teaching practice examination, he/she will retain credit f the Professional Studies modules passed and will be allowed to repeat the teaching practice with the follow-up modules. Should this repeated teaching practice again be failed, the student must contact the Department of Teacher Education as future registration f any study units will be refused until the relevant teaching practice has been passed. D ADDITIONAL MODULES Students are advised to take the following additional modules to complete the required number of 40 modules f the degree: 71

72 FDEM3L (Computer integration in the classroom) An African language (f students who did not take an African language as an approved school subject) Any other modules offered by the College of Human Sciences. E6 Completion of the curriculum In addition to the modules that are prescribed f the degree, a student may register f a maximum of four other modules f non-degree purposes (NDP). E7 Modules offered by the College of Science, Engineering and Technology Students are referred to Rule E73 and the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar f the compulsy modules which must be taken. E8 LANGUAGE ENDORSEMENT Language endsement and deaf students A further requirement of the Department of Education in South Africa is that students have to undergo a language endsement test f both the chosen official languages. This endsement comprises a wri en and al section. The wri en section is derived from the language taken f degree purposes, while the al section has to be completed during the fourth-year practical teaching periods. Students are automatically registered f this language endsement and need not pay any registration fees. Feign students do not have to complete the tests if they do not intend teaching in South Africa. However, it is up to students to find our from the education department where they intend teaching what their requirements are concerning language tests f the teaching of a language in that specific country. Students who have undergone and acquired the necessary language endsement at a previous educational institution do not have to undergo these tests, however the onus rests upon the student to send the necessary documentation to Student Admissions and Registrations f verification. DEAF STUDENTS Deaf students only have to complete the language test in sign language. Students without a hearing impediment registered f sign language, must also complete a language test in another language as well as one in Sign language. E9 Maj subjects; pass with distinction (1) The TEN modules in Educational Themes and TEN modules of Professional Studies (consisting of the four Teaching Practice modules and six of the student s best modules in Professional Studies) shall be regarded as maj subjects. (2) A candidate shall pass a maj subject with distinction if he/ she obtains an average of at least 75% in the ten modules of Educational Themes an average of at least 75% in the TEN best modules of Professional Studies as indicated in E9(1). (3) A candidate shall be awarded the degree with distinction if he/ she obtains 75% in each of his/her TWO maj subjects. C h a p t e r 18 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) (Degree code: 02615) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. 1 General infmation Please avail yourself pri to registration of the practical teaching requirements. E69 Admission requirements (1) To be registered as a candidate f this degree, students must have satisfied the provisions of G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. (2) A student who intends to seek employment with the Department of Education one of the provincial education departments in the Republic of South Africa, must have satisfied the provisions of G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar and, inter alia, have passed the following at matriculation level: (a) two of the official languages with 40% (minimum) in at least one of them as First Language Higher Grade. (An immigrant who has not satisfied all these requirements, will be required to do so during his her period of training f the degree); and (b) another subject (languages excluded), having obtained at least 40% on Higher Grade. A student who obtained a matriculation, seni school-leaving certificate pri to the introduction of the differentiated system will satisfy the above-mentioned provisions. Appointments to teaching posts and the recognition of qualifications are prerogatives of the relevant education departments and cannot therefe be guaranteed by the University. E70 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This BEd degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. E71 A student is not required to register simultaneously f all the modules/ courses that are prescribed f a particular year. Students are advised to complete the curriculum as follows: School subjects are taken first Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics are taken a er completion of school subjects on second-year level. 72

73 Teaching Practice I and Teaching Practice II are usually taken in the third and fourth year of study together with the Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics modules. Educational subjects are fi ed in throughout, but usually closer to the beginning of the curriculum. The curriculum f this BEd degree comprises FORTY MODULES, and must be selected from the following subjects: A SCHOOL SUBJECTS (maximum of 15 modules) Students have to take THREE of the approved academic subjects at a (second-year second-year first-year) level. The number of modules is determined by the subject combination. LIST OF APPROPRIATE SUBJECTS/FIELDS OF STUDY FOR TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMMES Students must limit their choice of appropriate school subjects to subjects/field of study associated with the eight Learning Areas of the General Education and Training Band and subjects/fields of study associated with subjects in the Further Education and Training Band (refer to Section C, PROFESSIONAL STUDIES). B EDUCATIONAL SUBJECTS (15 year modules) COMPULSORY SUBJECTS The following modules in Educational Themes (first, second and third level), Educational Studies and Educational Foundations are compulsy. They do not have any specified prerequisites and may be done in any der from the first year of study. EDUCATIONAL THEMES Educational Themes (first level) EDT1601 : Child development EDT1602 : Learning and teaching strategies in the adolescent years Educational Themes (second level) EDA201W : Classroom management ETH306W : Inclusive education B FDEME3L : Computer integration in the classroom EDAHOD5 : The educat as assess All students who have not completed LPENGPN ( one of the other practical languages) at the end of 2006 must do EDAHOD5 as part of the 40 modules to complete the qualification. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENT Students who failed EDA202X in 2006 have to enrol f FDEME3L in Educational Themes (third level) EDA3013 : Guidance, counselling and life skills education f the subject teacher ETH305V : Multicultural education EDT303Q : Religion education EDA3046 : Environmental education EDA3058 : Education law and professional ethics EDUCATIONAL STUDIES EDB101X : Outcomes-based education ETH303T : The education system and school management EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS EDC1015 : Theetical framewks in education FDETE2B : Technology education I C PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (10 year modules) SUBJECT DIDACTICS AND LEARNING AREA DIDACTICS Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics are offered in the fm of one module each. FOUR modules have to be chosen of which at least one must be a Subject Didactics and one a Learning Area Didactics. Students can choose which Subject Didactics and which Learning Area Didactics they want to do, but their choice is determined by the academic subjects passed (except in the case of the Learning Area Technology, which can be chosen by any student). Note that students who have passed Geography as an academic subject can choose either Learning Area Didactics: Human and Social Sciences Learning Area Didactics: Natural Sciences both. The following are a few examples of combinations that may be taken: (i) Subject Didactics, (ii) Learning Area Didactics, (iii) Subject Didactics, (iv) Learning Area Didactics (i) Subject Didactics, (ii) Learning Area Didactics, (iii) Learning Area Didactics, (iv) Learning Area Didactics (i) Subject Didactics, (ii) Subject Didactics, (iii) Subject Didactics, (iv) Learning Area Didactics (i) English Subject Didactics, (ii) Learning Area Didactics, (iii) Subject Didactics (iv) Learning Area Didactics (i) Geography Subject Didactics, (ii) Learning Area Didactics: Human and Social Sciences, (iii) Learning Area Didactics: Natural Sciences, (iv) Subject Didactics Learning Area Didactics Students who did not include Mathematics Natural Science (Chemistry/ Physics) in their studies have to choose the Learning Area Didactics: Technology as one of their four Didactics modules. Learning areas are now taught from grades one to nine, instead of the school subjects, taught befe. Some learning areas are very similar to the old subjects, but some are quite different and require special skills from teachers. They differ from subjects in terms of learning and teaching strategies, content, assessment, et cetera. Learning Area Didactics prepare students to be able to teach the learning areas up to grade nine. As subjects are still taught in grades ten to twelve, students also have to be prepared to do subject teaching and that is why they have to take both Learning Area Didactics and Subject Didactics. SUBJECT DIDACTICS The following is a list of academic subjects and/ fields of study that relate to the different Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics and their associated school subjects: A er completion of a school subject on first-year level, students may register f the cresponding Learning Area Didactics of the school subject. Students may only register f a Subject Didactics a er completion of the relevant school subject on second level. Students must register f practical teaching en language skill modules in the same year/s as their Learning Area Didactics and Subject Didactics, since these modules are integrated and requires school-based activities. Only the subjects marked with an asterisk (*) are offered at Unisa and can be found in Part 2 of the Calendar under the relevant subject name. Accounting (SDACT0M) Accounting* Business Studies (SDBEC0S) Business Management*, Business Economics, Business Administration Computer Applications Technology (SDCAT0P) Infmation Systems* Infmatics Computer Typing 73

74 Consumer Studies (SDHEC0M) Clothing Needlewk and Dressmaking Home Management Health Education Food Science Nutrition/Food and Nutrition Cookery Economics (SDECO0N) Economics* Entrepreneurship Economic Education Geography (SDGEOGM) Geography* Environmental and Geographical Science Environmental Science Environmental Studies Histy (SDHISTV) Histy* Hospitality Studies (SDHOS0R) Hospitality Studies Hotelkeeping and Catering Hotel and Tourism Management Infmation Technology (SDCOS04) Computer Science* Infmation Systems* Infmatics Languages (home, first additional, second additional language) (SDLANGT) All official languages* (excluding English) plus Arabic*, French*, German*, Hebrew*, Latin* F English (SDENG3J) English* Students who have passed either DEN303U DEN304V both modules, may not register f SDENG3J. Students who have passed only ONE of the two modules, have time until the end of 2008 to pass the outstanding module. Life Sciences (Biology) (SDBIOLJ) Botany* and Zoology* (one at least at second year level) Microbiology* Biology* Biological Science Life Orientation (SDSGC0D) Psychology* Applied Psychology Guidance and Counselling Spt Psychology Pastal Care (plus Psychology) Theology (plus Psychology) Infmation Science* and Applied Infmation Science* Mathematical Literacy (SDMATLK) Mathematics* Mathematics (SDMAT04) Mathematics* Physical Science (SDPSC08) Chemistry* and Physics* (one at least at second year level) Religion Studies (SDRELSD) Religion Studies Biblical Studies* Hindu Studies Islamic Studies* Jewish Studies (Judiaca*) Comparative Religion Science of Religion Technology Subjects (Civil, Electrical and Mechanical) (SDTECSY) Technika Civil Building and Construction Strength of Material and Structures Technika Electrical Digital Electronics Industrial Electronics Technika Mechanical Mechanotechnics Power Machines TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS (Subject Didactics) SDART08 : Art Subjects SDTOURA : Tourism SDMUS04 : Music SDTECDH : Enguineering Graphics and Design These subject didactics (Seni and FET) are being phased out. No new enrolments will be accepted. Only students enrolled f the BEd in 2006 earlier will be allowed to enrol f these subject didactics to finalise their studies. This opptunity will expire a er 2009 and no students will be allowed to enrol f these subject didactics from 2010 onwards. Art Subjects (Design, Dramatic Arts, Visual Arts) (SDART08) Art/Art Education Art and Handiwk Arts and Cra s Art Practical Painting*/Graphic Art (Drawing*) Sculpture Industrial Design Communication Design Jewelry Puppetry Industrial Art Speech and Drama Dramatic Art Handicra s Basic Techniques Handwk Engineering Graphics and Design (SDTECDH) Engineering Science Technika Machine Design Technical Drawing* Mechanical Drawing and Design Music (SDMUS04) Music Licentiate in Practical Music Musical Instrument Grade 6 Tourism (SDTOURA) Travel and Tourism (Tourism Management*) Tourism Development LEARNING AREA DIDACTICS Arts and Culture (LADACUH) Art Subjects: Drawing*, Painting*, Sculpture* Speech and Drama Subjects Music Subjects Handicra Design Subjects Handwk Subjects Economic and Management Sciences (LADEMSJ) Accounting* Business Economics Business Administration Business Management* 74

75 Economics Subjects* Mercantile Law* Commerce subjects Entrepreneurship Languages (LADLANA) All official languages* plus Arabic*, French*, German*, Hebrew*, Latin* Life Orientation (LADLORD) Psychology Subjects* Guidance and Counselling School Guidance School Library Science* Infmation Science* Applied Infmation Science* Spt Education Human Movement Studies Religion Subjects: Biblical Studies*, Islamic Studies*, Judaica* Hospitality Studies Home Economics Consumer Studies Mathematics (LADMMM6) Mathematics* Natural Sciences (LADNSCC) Biology* Physiology* Botany* Zoology* Natural Sciences Physical Sciences Chemistry* Physics* Agricultural Subjects Physical Geography (Geography*) Environmental Studies Social Sciences (LADHSSA) Histy Subjects* Human Geography (Geography*) Citizenship Technology Education II (FDETE5E) Science Subjects Technology Subjects/Technika Subjects Mathematical Subjects* Technical Drawing* Computer Science* Infmation Technology Infmation Systems* Infmatica LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY Language proficiency consists of one theetical and one practical module. Students are advised to register f the practical module in the same year as that in which they register f Teaching Practice I. Theetical modules are offered in the languages of instruction at SECONDARY schools. Students must select one theetical module. Available modules in English and Afrikaans are given below. The practical module may be selected from one of the official languages, excluding the language which was selected in the theetical module: Language Theetical module TAR201U : Afrikaans LPENGTS : English Students should select the language in which they will teach as their theetical module. Feign students may choose English f their theetical and practical modules. Practical module LPENGPN : Additional language endsement Students may choose this module in any official South African language of their choice as long as it is different from the theetical language module they chose. Students do not pay f this module and it carries no weight but they have to enrol f it to make sure they meet all the requirements f the qualification. It comprises an al examination during the teaching practice periods. Students who wish to do the practical in a language other than the South African official languages must contact the Department of Teacher Education befe their first registration. Students who successfully completed a first-level course in any of the South African languages may apply f exemption from the practical additional language endsement requirement. All students who have not completed LPENGPN one of the other practical language modules by the end of 2006 will have to enrol f EDAHOD5 as one of their 40 modules to complete the qualification. LPENGPN will in effect become the 41st module (without any weight). DEAF STUDENTS Deaf students only have to complete the language test in Sign Language. Students without a hearing impediment registered f Sign Language, must also complete a language test in another language as well as one in sign language. TEACHING PRACTICE TPR100C : Teaching Practice I (5 weeks) TPR200F : Teaching Practice II (5 weeks) Teaching Practice I and II are offered in the fm of courses, and are equivalent to two modules each. Students must register f, and pay the fees f a course. These courses consist of TWO compulsy periods of five weeks each. Students must enrol f Teaching Practice I in the same year as they enrol f a Subject Didactics module and must enrol f Teaching Practice II in the same year as they enrol f a Learning Area Didactics module as one period of five weeks teaching practice must be done in a subject (didactics) and one period of five weeks in a Learning Area (Didactics). Students are free to choose with which Subject Didactics and which Learning Area Didactics they want to combine their teaching practice. Students who submit evidence of at least ten weeks satisfacty teaching experience in the last three years in the seni phase (grades 7 9) and Further Education and Training (grades 10 12), can be considered f exemption from Teaching Practice I and II. In der to be exempted the following must be submi ed: A condensed ptfolio that includes amongst others: a le er from the principal and the subject teachers indicating your ability to teach and the time spent at the school. all relevant infmation pertaining to your teaching experience and your level of perfmance. evidence that you have been teaching f at least 10 weeks full time in the past three years in the relevant learning area and subject. If the ptfolio is accepted you can be exempted from Teaching Practice I and possibly II. Exemption from the theetical modules Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics are not given on grounds of the practical teaching experience. Lecturers at FET Colleges can complete their whole ten weeks of teaching practice at such a College and may be exempted on the same basis as above. Send your ptfolio to: The Codinat: Teaching Practice Department of Teacher Education PO Box

76 D Unisa 0003 ADDITIONAL MODULES Depending on the course compilation f the degree, students who require any additional modules can select modules from any of the appropriate school subjects related fields of study f teacher education mentioned above. How to compile the curriculum: Students choose their own combinations of school subjects from the Colleges of Human Sciences, Science, Engineering and Technology, and Economic and Management Sciences. The following are examples of possible combinations: Combination A (College of Science, Engineering and Technology only) First Year Two Science subjects on first level Educational Themes (first level) Second Year Science subject second level Educational Themes (second level) Educational Foundations (In this combination one of the modules in Mathematics will be f non-degree purposes) Third Year Science subject second level Educational Themes (third level) Teaching Practice I Fourth Year Subject and Learning Area Didactics Module in language proficiency (Communication) Educational Studies Teaching Practice II Combination B (Combination: College of Science, Engineering and Technology, and College of Human Sciences) First Year Science subject first level Human Sciences subject first level Educational Studies (one module) Educational Themes (first level) Additional module Second Year Science subject second level Human Sciences subject second level Educational Studies (one module) Educational Themes (second level) Third Year Human Sciences subject first level Educational Themes (third level) Educational Foundations Teaching Practice I Fourth Year Subject and Learning Area Didactics Teaching Practice II Course in language proficiency (Communication) Additional module Combination C (Combination: College of Science, Engineering and Technology, and College of Economic and Management Sciences) First Year Science subject first level Economic and Management Sciences first level Educational Themes (first level) Educational Studies Second Year Science subject second level Economic and Management Sciences second level Educational Themes (second level) Educational Foundations Additional module Third Year Economic and Management Sciences first level Educational Themes (third level) Teaching Practice I Additional module Fourth Year Subject and Learning Area Didactics Teaching Practice II Course in language proficiency (Communication) Additional module Combination D (College of Human Sciences only) First Year Three Human Sciences subjects on first level Educational Themes (first level) Educational Studies Second Year Two Human Sciences subjects on second level Educational Themes (second level) Educational Foundations Third Year Educational Themes (third level) Teaching Practice I Course in language proficiency (Communication) Additional module Fourth Year Subject and Learning Area Didactics Teaching Practice II Additional module Combination E (College of Economic and Management Sciences only) First Year Three subjects fm Economic and Management Sciences on first level Educational Themes (first level) Educational Studies Second Year Two subjects from Economic and Management Sciences on second level Educational Themes (second level) Educational Foundations Additional module Third Year Educational Themes (third level) Teaching Practice I Course in language proficiency (Communication) Additional module Fourth Year Subject and Learning Area Didactics Teaching Practice II Additional module 76

77 In all cases the additional modules may include additional school subjects equivalent to the number of additional modules required. Should students select a combination of school subjects from the College of Human Sciences and College of Economic and Management Sciences, additional modules will also be required. Please note from the above examples: School subjects are taken first. Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics are taken a er completion of school subjects on second-year level. Teaching Practice I and Teaching Practice II are usually taken in the third and fourth year of study together with the Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics modules. Educational subjects are fi ed in throughout, but usually closer to the beginning of the curriculum. E72 Completion of the curriculum (1) Students may register f modules on second third level only a er the relevant prerequisite has been passed. (2) In addition to the modules that are prescribed f the degree, a student may register f a maximum of four modules f nondegree purposes (NDP). E73 Modules offered by the College of Science, Engineering and Technology, and Economic and Management Sciences Each of the subjects listed below consists of the prescribed modules that appear opposite it. The prescribed modules f any subject may be offered separately, in consideration of the prerequisites and co-requisites as indicated under the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar, but a student shall not obtain credit f the subject concerned befe he/she has passed ALL the prescribed modules with at least 50% per module. COLLEGE OF SCIENCE, ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY Students registering f Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Physics Zoology are referred to Section 6 in connection with registration, practical wk, practical examinations, etc. Note that the practical wk and practical examinations can be done only at particular centres on specified dates. Students who passed MAT211R pri to 2008 do not have to take MAT212S. Biology... BLG111H, BLG112J, BLG113K and BLG114L Botany I...BOT131W, BOT132X, BOT133Y and BOT1343 Botany II...BOT2313, BOT2632, BOT2335 and BOT2346 Chemistry I...CHE101N ( CHE111Q), CHE102P ( CHE112R), CHE103Q and CHE104R Chemistry II... CHE211T, CHE221V, CHE213V, CHE223X, CHE214W, CHE224Y Mathematics I... MAT110M, MAT111N, MAT112P, MAT113Q and MAT103N Mathematics II...MAT212S, MSE2183 and STS1055 Physics I...PHY1038, PHY1049, PHY105A and PHY106B Physics II...PHY2019, PHY202A, and PHY206E Zoology I... ZOL121Q, ZOL122R, ZOL123S and ZOL124T Zoology II...ZOL221T, ZOL222U, ZOL223V and ZOL224W COLLEGE OF ECONOMIC AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES Students must consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations. Accounting I... ACN101M and ACN102N Accounting II...ACN201Q and ACN202R Business Management I... M101D and M102E Business Management II... MNG2016 and MNE202V Economics I...ECS1016 and ECS1028 Economics II... ECS201A and ONE of ECS202B and ECS203C E75 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass To pass a course at first-year and second-year level, see Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. To pass a module on any level, students must obtain a mark of 50%. (2) Pass with distinction Candidates shall pass Educational Themes Professional Studies with distinction if they obtain an average of 75% in all the modules of the same subject on third-year level. (3) Candidates shall be awarded the degree with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in both Educational Themes on third level and Professional Studies on third level. (4) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 19 Rules f the Degree of Bachel of Psychology (Educational Psychology) (Degree code: 02534) As from 2008 no new registrations will be accepted f this qualification. Students will be allowed until the end of 2009 to complete the qualification. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. E76 Admission requirements Students may register f this qualification only a er having completed the first and second year of the BA (Health Sciences and Social Services) with specialisation in Psychological Counselling and a er their application f admission has been approved by the Department of Psychology. E77 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BPsych degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. E78 Purpose: to equip students with the necessary educational psychological and social knowledge, a itudes, specific skills and applied competence to provide educational psychological counselling in different contexts. 77

78 This curriculum comprises 40 modules. FIRST LEVEL (already completed) SECOND LEVEL (already completed) THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: PYC3019 : Social psychology (Psychology 301) PYC302A : Abnmal behaviour and mental health (Psychology 302) PYC303B : Cognition: thinking, memy and problem solving (Psychology 303) PYC304C : Psychological research (Psychology 304) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) PYC306E : Community psychology: intervention strategies (Psychology 306) GED3013 : The adult: an educational perspective (General Education 301) GED3024 : Teaching and learning 3 (General Education 302) plus 2 of the following modules: GROUP 1: SOCIAL WELFARE CONTEXT SCK3016 : Social case wk (Social Wk 301) SCK3028 : Social group wk (Social Wk 302) SCK3039 : Community wk (Social Wk 303) GROUP 2: FORENSICS CONTEXT CMY301H : Crimes of violence (Criminology 301) CMY303K : Contempary crime issues: priity crimes in South Africa (Criminology 303) CMY202F : Principles of crime prevention, reduction and control (Criminology 202) FOURTH LEVEL This level comprises the following 6 modules: OSV411R : School guidance: Introducty ientation OSV412S : School guidance: Testing OSV413T : School guidance: Interviewing and group wk OSV414U : School guidance: Psychometrics C h a p t e r 20 The Degree of Bachel of Theology (New as from 2009) (Degree code: 02135) (Various churches recognize the Unisa BTh degree as part of the academic fmation of their ministers. Students who wish to prepare themselves f church ministry are advised to consult their church authities regarding the recognition of the Unisa BTh degree f that purpose). These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. Students MUST also, BEFORE registration, consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations. Th3n Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the BTh (new curriculum) degree, students must have satisfied the provisions of G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Th4n Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The BTh degree cannot be completed in under THREE YEARS. (2) ON FIRST REGISTRATION AND ON RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (3) Refer to Section D3 Number of study units per year in Part 1 of the Calendar f number of study units a student may take per year. OSV415V : Parent guidance OSV416W : Learning suppt OSV417X : Education f all Th5n Composition of the curriculum OSV418Y : Internship E79 Pass and pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See General Rule G22 in Part I of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction Candidates pass a maj subject with distinction if they pass at least five of the highest level modules prescribed f that subject as a maj subject with an average of at least 75%. Candidates are awarded the degree with distinction if they pass all the prescribed fourth level modules with an average of at least 75%. (3) Subminimum See General Rule G23 in Part I of the Calendar. MODULES OFFERED IN THE BTH DEGREE A revised BTh curriculum comes into effect on 1 January This new curriculum offers four majs ( tracks ), namely Scripture Studies (SCR), Theologies in Context (TIC), Congregational Ministry (CGM) and Community Ministry (CMM). Some modules offered in the old curriculum have been moved to other tracks and others are no longer offered (See Table 2 below). All the modules available f the new BTh curriculum are listed in Table 1 below. A semester fmat f BTh modules will be phased in as from January Please study each module s details in the four track entries in this calendar befe enrolling f it. Make sure whether a particular module is offered in a semester a year fmat. The volume of wk in a module remains the same (120 notional hours), whether it is concentrated into a semester stretched over a year. 78

79 TABLE 1: MODULES OFFERED AS PART OF THE BTH Scripture Studies Theologies in Context (TIC) BTH3720: Integrated theological praxis (compulsy capstone module) ECH3705 (BBS302K): Early Christian spirituality ECH3704 (BBS308S): Construction of bodies, gender and sexuality in early Christianity ECH3703 (CMM310U): The Bible and human development in postcolonial Africa ECH3702 (BBA3025): Religion, wship and prayer in the early Christian wld ECH3701 (BBA306A): Death, tombs and burials in the early Christian wld OTS3705: Understanding the OT through archaeology (2010) OTS3704 The Bible and sexuality (from 2010) OTS3703 (BBA3059): The Bible and African cultures OTS3702 (BBA3048) Excavating a biblical city OTS3701 (BBS307R): Politics, power and prophecy in ancient Israel ECH2603 (BBA307B): Illness, health and healing in the early Christian wld ECH2602 (BBA3036): Daily life in early Christianity ECH2601 (SCR112Y): Text interpretation, they and method OTS2604: The Bible and the eradication of poverty OTS2603: (BBS309T) Life ientation: Biblical perspectives OTS2602 (BBA3024): From Dan to Beersheba OTS2601 (BBS305P): The Bible, creation and ecology ECH1501 (BBS104G): Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology OTS1501 (BBS103F): Introduction to ancient Israelite literature TIC3705 (SCR306B): Christian foundations: The early centuries TIC3704 (CMM306Y): Christianity in Africa TIC3703 (TIC311D): Church and society across the ages TIC3702 (TIC310C): Faith, philosophy and science TIC3701 (TIC309K): Faith, the Spirit and the future TIC2604 (TIC308J): Wld Christianity and ecumenism TIC2603 (TIC307H): Faith, Jesus and social change TIC2602 (TIC306G): Christianity and a changing South Africa TIC2601 (TIC304E): Faith, church and culture TIC1502 (TIC1128): Introduction to the study of church histy TIC1501 (TIC1116): Reflections on faith Congregational Ministry (CGM) Community Ministry (CMM) CGM3705 (CGM3083): Christian CMM3705 (TIC302T): Christian leadership and church management mal decision-making CGM3704 (CMM305X): The research challenge: Doing empirical research in theology CGM3703 (CGM3094): Caring f all: Expling the field of pastal wk CGM3702 (CGM303U): From text to sermon: Reading and creating religious texts CMM3704 (CMM3073): The dynamics of interreligious encounter CMM3703 (CMM303V): Christian social ethics CMM3702 (CMM302U): God, creation and environment CGM3701 (CGM302T): Sexual ethics CMM3701 (CMM301T): Christian action f antiracism and reconciliation CGM2603 (CGM307Y):Expling celebration and wship CGM2602 (CGM305W): Preaching in a context of poverty CGM2601 (CGM304V): Ethics and spirituality CGM1502 (CGM112P): First steps in Practical Theology CGM1501 (CGM111N): Invitation to theology CMM2603 (CGM310T): Intercultural Christian communication CMM2602: Youth ministry in communities (from 2010) CMM2601 (TIC301B): Women in society and church CMM1502 (CMM112Q): The dynamics of mission CMM1501 (CMM111P): Ethics and life (1) Consult the subject chapters with the headings Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context, Congregational Ministry, Community Ministry in Part 2 of the Calendar f the syllabus and other details of each BTh module. (2) In the new curriculum the BTh modules are pegged at three levels: NQF level 5 ( first year ), NQF level 6 ( second year ) and NQF level 7 ( third year ). The code given to a module conveys all this infmation. F example, the code CMM2603 implies that the module is in the CMM track, is a second year module, which is pegged at NQF level 6 and is the third (03) module at that level in the track. (3) The code given in brackets in each cell of the diagram represents the equivalent module in the old BTh curriculum. (4) The BTh degree comprises 30 modules. In the new curriculum only 8 modules may be taken at NQF level 5. These 8 modules at level 5 are all ce (compulsy) modules. At levels 6 and 7 of the NQF a student must take a minimum of 10 and a maximum of 12 modules per level. (5) Three BTh programmes were offered until 2007, but as from 2008 no new registrations were accepted in the two specialised programmes: The BTh with specialisation in Pastal Counselling, and the BTh with specialisation in Urban Ministry. Students who are presently enrolled f these specialised programmes have until 2010 to complete the qualification. If they have not completed the programme by the end of 2010, they will be transferred to the generic BTh programme at the beginning of (6) The only programme f which a new student may enrol is the Bachel of Theology (as a generic qualification). (7) In addition to the four theology tracks, the old curriculum contained a fi h ( other ) track, which allowed students to include modules from other disciplines in their BTh curriculum. The new curriculum does not have this other track, so students who commence their BTh studies as from 2009 may not include modules from other disciplines in their curriculum. However, students in the pipeline who started off under the old curriculum will be allowed to complete their BTh degree under those rules. No me than 9 modules may be taken by pipeline students in the other track: 2 at level 5 and 7 at levels 6 and 7. (8) Students must pass all 8 ce modules at NQF level 5 befe registering f modules at NQF level 6. Alternatively, they may 79

80 register f level 6 modules together with all the outstanding level 5 modules. (9) Students must pass at least 10 modules at NQF level 6 befe registering f modules at NQF level 7. Alternatively, they may register f level 7 modules together with all the outstanding level 6 modules. (10) The module Invitation to theology (CGM1501, fmerly CGM111N) is foundational to the BTh degree and must be taken in a student s first year of registration f the BTh. (11) The module Integrated theological praxis (BTH3720, fmerly BTH320A) is a ce (compulsy) module at level 7. It must be taken in the last year of registration f the BTh, when there is a realistic possibility that the student can complete the degree in that year. (12) A student who intends to do an Honours BTh degree in a particular discipline a er the BTh is strongly encouraged to enrol f all the undergraduate modules in that discipline (see the entries in Part 2 of the Calendar under the headings Church Histy, Missiology, New Testament, Old Testament, Practical Theology, Systematic Theology, Theological Ethics). TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students retain credits f all modules passed under the old BTh curriculum. Consult the transitional arrangements to the new BTh curriculum that are included under the entries of Scripture Studies (SCR), Theologies in Context (TIC), Congregational Ministry (CGM) and Community Ministry (CMM) in Part 2 of the Calendar. The modules listed in Table 2 have either been moved from one track to another discontinued. Students will retain credit f all these modules in the new curriculum. A student has the option to retain credit f such a module in its fmer track to transfer it to the new track. TABLE 2: MODULES FROM THE OLD BTH THAT HAVE BEEN EITHER MOVED TO ANOTHER TRACK OR DISCONTINUED. New students and students who have at the end of 2008 completed eight (8) less of the following modules (SCR111X, SCR112Y, TIC1116, TIC1128, CGM111N, CGM112P, CMM111P, CMM112Q) will automatically switch to the new curriculum in 2009 (see Table 1). F students who have completed nine (9) me modules in the old curriculum of the comprehensive BTh by the end of 2008, see the transitional arrangements in the entries of the four tracks Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context, Congregational Ministry, Community Ministry in Part 2 of the Calendar. In their case the following basic arrangement will apply: In der to obtain the BTh degree, a student will be required to pass 10 first level (level 5) modules and a total of 20 modules at level 6 and 7 (fmerly called advanced level modules). These 20 modules need to be placed in the four BTh tracks but may also be in the fi h ( other ) track (containing modules from non-theological subjects), provided that: (a) no less than 2 modules are taken in each BTh track; (b) no me than 7 advanced level modules are taken in any one track; (c) the capstone module (BTH3720) is counted as one of the seven advanced level modules of a maj in a particular track. F students who have completed nine (9) me modules in the old curriculum of the BTh in Pastal Counselling the BTh in Urban Ministry by the end of 2008, see the transitional arrangements below. Comprehensive BTh in Christian Theology (GEN) This curriculum makes provision f three combinations as specified under A, B C below. FIRST LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 5) This level comprises 8 ce modules, all of them compulsy: Fmer code SCR111X SCR112Y SCR3015 SCR3026 SCR3038 SCR3049 SCR305A SCR306B SCR307C SCR308J SCR309E TIC301B TIC302T TIC303D TIC305F TIC308J CGM301S CGM306X CGM310T CMM304W CMM305X CMM306Y CMM3084 CMM3095 CMM310U 80 discontinued ECH2601 discontinued discontinued discontinued discontinued discontinued TIC3705 discontinued discontinued New code absbed into ECH3704 CMM2601 CMM3705 Merged to become TIC3703 (fmerly TIC311D) CMM2602 discontinued discontinued CMM2603 discontinued CGM3704 TIC3704 discontinued discontinued ECH3703 OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology TIC1501 : Reflections on faith (Theologies in Context 1501) TIC1502 : Introduction to the study of church histy (Theologies in Context 1502) CGM1501 : Invitation to theology (Congregational Ministry 1501) (compulsy in first year of registration) CGM1502 : First steps in practical theology (Congregational Ministry 1502) CMM1501 : Ethics and life (Community Ministry 1501) CMM1502 : The dynamic of mission (Community Ministry 1502) SECOND LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 6) At this level a student must do either 10, modules. A minimum of 2 modules must be taken from each track and no me than 3 modules may be taken from a track f degree purposes. See the relevant subject chapters (Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context, Congregational Ministry, Community Ministry) f the modules offered in each track at this level. THIRD LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 7) At this level a student must do either 10, modules. No me than 4 modules may be taken per track f degree purposes. See the relevant subject chapters (Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context, Congregational Ministry, Community Ministry) f the modules offered in each track at this level. MAJORS This programme allows three options: ONE maj ( A), TWO majs ( B) FOUR half-majs ( C) see details below.

81 A maj in a track consists of 9 modules: 2 at NQF level 5, 3 at NQF level 6, and 4 at NQF level 7. In the last year of registration f the BTh programme, when there is a realistic possibility of completing the programme, the student MUST enrol f the capstone module, Integrated Theological Praxis (BTH3720), in one of the four tracks. The capstone module is one of the 4 modules at NQF level 7 that constitutes the maj. See the relevant subject chapters (Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context, Congregational Ministry, Community Ministry) f details of the capstone module. A (BTh with ONE maj) FIRST LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 5) (8 modules) As prescribed above. SECOND LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 6) (10/11/12 modules) A minimum of 2 (and a maximum of 3) level 6 modules from each BTh track. THIRD LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 7) (10/11/12 modules) Four modules at this level in one track (including the capstone module (BTH3720) constitute a maj. The other 6/7/8 modules at this level are selected from the other three tracks. B (BTh with TWO majs) FIRST LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 5) (8 modules) As prescribed above. SECOND LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 6) (10/11/12 modules) 3 modules per track need to be taken from the two tracks that are selected as majs. The remaining 4/5/6 modules at this level are selected from the other two tracks. A minimum of 2 and a maximum of 3 modules may be taken per track. THIRD LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 7) (10/11/12 modules) 4 modules per track need to be taken from the two tracks selected as majs. The capstone module (BTH3720) must be one the 4 modules in one these two tracks. The other 2/3/4 modules at this level are selected from the other two tracks. C (BTh with FOUR half-maj subjects) FIRST LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 5) (8 modules) As prescribed above. SECOND LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 6) (12 modules) 3 modules must be taken from each track. THIRD LEVEL (NQF LEVEL 7) (10 modules) A minimum of 2 and a maximum of 3 modules must be taken from each track. The compulsy capstone module (BTH3720) may be placed in any track. BTh (with specialisation in Pastal Counselling) (PCM) No new registrations have been accepted in this programme since Students who enrolled f it befe 2007 have until 2010 to complete the programme. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 compulsy modules: OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature (Old Testament 1501) ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology (Scripture Studies 1501) TIC1501 : Reflections on faith (Theologies in Context 1501) TIC1502 : Introduction to the study of church histy (Theologies in Context 1502) CGM1501 : Invitation to theology (Congregational Ministry 1501) CGM1502 : First steps in practical theology (Congregational Ministry 1502) CMM1501 : Ethics and life (Community Ministry 1501) CMM1502 : The dynamics of mission (Community Ministry 1502) PYC101Y : Basic psychology (Psychology 101) PYC1023 : Psychology in society (Psychology 102) SECOND AND THIRD LEVEL This level comprises 20 modules the following 13 of which are compulsy: PYC2049 : Counselling skills (Psychology 204) MGG201W : Marriage guidance and counselling (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 201) MGG202X : Marriage guidance and counselling: sexual trauma (Marriage Guidance and Counselling 202) Students who passed MGC200 pri to 2001 need not register f the modules MGG201 and MGG202) PYC305D : Interpersonal skills in diverse contexts (Psychology 305) ECH2601 : Text interpretation, they and method (Scripture Studies 2601) CMM3705 : Christian mal decision-making (Community Ministry 3705) CGM3703 : Caring f all: expling the field of pastal wk (Congregational Ministry 3703) CGM3704 : The research challenge: doing empirical research in theology (Congregational Ministry 305) PCM301S : Engaging in pastal care and counselling discourse (Pastal Counselling 301) PCM302T : Expling pastal care and counselling praxis (Pastal Counselling 302) PCM303U : Supervised pastal care and counselling with individuals, couples and families (Pastal Counselling 303) PCM304V : Supervised pastal care and counselling with groups and communities (Pastal Counselling 304) BTH3720 : Integrated theological praxis plus 7 second- and third-level (advanced) modules: at least 2 modules in Congregational Ministry, and at least one module in each of Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context and Community Ministry. A maximum of 2 second and third-level modules may be taken from programmes offered by other schools colleges. BTh (Field of specialisation: Urban ministry) (UBM) No new registrations have been accepted in this programme since Students who enrolled f it befe 2007 have until 2010 to complete the programme. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 compulsy modules: 81

82 OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature (Old Testament 1501) ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology TIC1501 : Reflections on faith (Theologies in Context 1501) TIC1502 : Introduction to the study of church histy (Theologies in Context 1502) CGM1501 : Invitation to theology (Congregational Ministry 1501) CGM1502 : First steps in practical theology (Congregational Ministry 1502) CMM1501 : Ethics and life (Community Ministry 1501) CMM1502 : The dynamics of mission (Community Ministry 1502) HRV1601 : Human rights, values and social transfmation (Human Rights, Values and Social Transfmation 1601) UMM111F : Doing theology in the city (repeaters only) SECOND AND THIRD LEVEL This level comprises 20 modules, the following 13 of which are compulsy: GGH201T : The African challenge: people and environment (Geography 201) PLC821M : Political conflict and conflict resolution CMM2601 : Women in society and church (Community Ministry 2601) TIC2602 : Christianity and a changing South Africa (Theologies in Context 2602) CMM2603 : Intercultural Christian communication (Community Ministry 2603) CMM3701 : Christian action f antiracism and reconciliation (Community Ministry 3701) CMM3703 : Christian social ethics (Community Ministry 3703) CGM3704 : The research challenge: doing empirical research in theology (Congregational Ministry 3704) CMM3704 : The dynamics of interreligious encounter (Community Ministry 3704) ECH3703 : The Bible and human development in post-colonial Africa (Scripture Studies 3703) UMM301K : Understanding urban contexts (Urban Ministry 301) UMM302L : Developing urban ministries (Urban Ministry 302) BTH3720 : Integrated theological praxis plus 7 second and third-level (advanced) modules: only 1 additional module in Community Ministry, and at least 2 modules in Scripture Studies, and at least 1 module in Congregational Ministry. A maximum of 2 additional second and third-level modules may be taken in Theologies in Context. A maximum of 2 second and third-level modules may also be taken from programmes offered by other schools colleges. Th11n Pass and pass with distinction (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Past 1 of the Calendar (2) Pass with distinction (i) Candidates shall pass a track with distinction if they obtain an average of at least 75% in five of the seven modules taken on second and/ third level. (ii) To be awarded the degree with distinction candidates must pass nine modules in one track with an average of at least 75% in five of the seven modules on second and/ third level as well as an average of 75% in the second maj subject an average of 75% in three second- and/ third-level modules in each of the four tracks. C h a p t e r 21 The Degree of Bachel of Diaconiology (Degree code: 02151) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is posted to registered students. Registration f this degree is restricted to students registered at Huguenot College in Wellington. (Applications f registration must first be approved by the College, and students must not submit them direct to the University.) Th12 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the BDiac degree, a student must have satisfied the provisions of G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Th13 Duration of study The BDiac degree cannot be completed in under THREE YEARS. The maximum is five years; however, note that: (a) permission to re-enrol may be refused by the University in the case of a student who, in the opinion of the Senate, has not made satisfacty academic progress; (b) permission to exceed the maximum period of five years, subject to certain conditions, may be granted by the Senate in the case of a student who has to pass not me than three courses to complete the degree. Th14 See the Calendar f Huguenot College Th15 See the Calendar f Huguenot College Th16 See the Calendar f Huguenot College Th17 See the Calendar f Huguenot College Restrictions Supplementary examinations Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum 82

83 C h a p t e r 22 The Degree of Bachel of Diaconiology (Social Wk) (Degree code: 02194) No new registrations are allowed f this degree. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is posted to registered students. Registration f this degree is restricted to students registered at Huguenot College in Wellington. (Applications f registration must first be approved by the College, and students must not submit them direct to the University.) Th18 Admission To be registered as a candidate f the BDiac(SW) degree, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Th19 Duration of study The BDiac(SW) degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. The maximum is seven years; however, note that: (a) permission to re-enrol may be refused by the University in the case of a student who, in the opinion of the Senate, has not made satisfacty academic progress; (b) permission to exceed the maximum period of seven years, subject to certain conditions, may be granted by the Senate in the case of a student who has to pass not me than one course to complete the degree. Th20 C h a p t e r 23 The Degree of Bachel of Social Wk (Degree code: 02985) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is posted to registered students. Registration f this degree is restricted to students registered at Huguenot College in Wellington. (Applications f registration must first be approved by the College, and students must not submit them direct to the University.) No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Th18 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the BSW degree, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Th19 Duration of study The BSW degree cannot be completed in under FOUR YEARS. The maximum is seven years; however, note that: (a) permission to re-enrol may be refused by the University in the case of a student who, in the opinion of the Senate, has not made satisfacty academic progress; (b) permission to exceed the maximum period of seven years, subject to certain conditions, may be granted by the Senate in the case of a student who has to pass not me than one course to complete the degree. Th20 See the Calendar f Huguenot College See the Calendar f Huguenot College Th21 Restrictions Th21 Restrictions See the Calendar f Huguenot College See the Calendar f Huguenot College Th22 Supplementary examinations Th22 See the Calendar f Huguenot College Supplementary examinations See the Calendar f Huguenot College Th23 Pass, Pass with distinction and endsement, and subminimum Th23 Pass, pass with distinction and endsement, and subminimum See the Calendar f Huguenot College See the Calendar f Huguenot College 83

84 C h a p t e r 24 Rules f the Diploma in Development Studies (Diploma code: 01015) No new registrations will be accepted f the Diploma from the 2009 academic year. Students already registered f the Diploma must complete the qualification by the end of Students who have not completed the qualification by then, may retain credit f modules passed towards another approved Unisa qualification provided they meet the requirements. The College of Human Sciences operates the modular system together with semester and year registrations and examinations. Students MUST consult the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar to determine whether the subject is being offered as a one year course/module as semester modules. Students MUST consult the Registration Infmation Brochure in connection with semester registrations BEFORE registration. Students who were registered f this qualification pri to 2000 may complete their diploma accding to the rules applicable at that time provided that they register f the relevant modules which replace the previous course structure. Transitional arrangements are made to accommodate students who started their diploma studies on the old structure and will be completing their studies on the modular structure. These transitional arrangements will be found in the relevant subject chapter in Part 2 of the Calendar. A52 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Diploma in Development Studies, students must: (a) hold at least a seni school leaving certificate with at least five subjects on Higher and/ Standard Grade (b) qualify f an exemption certificate conditional exemption certificate issued by the Matriculation Board of the Commi ee of University Principals see G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1.) A certified copy of the student s seni school leaving certificate must accompany his/her FIRST application f registration. Students who do not hold a seni school leaving certificate must submit evidence that they hold one of the certificates under G13(d) and (e) in Part 1 of the Calendar qualify f one of those under G13(e) together with their FIRST application f registration. A53 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The diploma cannot be completed in under TWO YEARS. (2) The number of study units f which students may enrol in their FIRST YEAR of registration at this University and on RE- ENROLMENT is subject to Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 and where applicable, (a) (b) below: (a) On first registration a student who has only a seni school leaving certificate without matriculation exemption, matriculation university admission endsement may register f only TWO modules; (b) On first registration a student who qualifies only f conditional exemption on grounds of age (+23) may register f only TWO modules. A54 The curriculum comprises 20 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) APY101E : The anthropological study of culture in a multicultural context (Anthropology 101) PUB1018 : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) APC101D : Political evolution of the African State (African Politics 101) plus at least 3 of the following: DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) APY102F : Culture as human resource in the African context (Anthropology 102) PUB1029 : The structuring and functioning of public services (Public Administration 102) APC102E : The politics of contempary Africa (African Politics 102) plus 3 2 first-level modules in the following subjects: Accounting Commercial Law Communication Science Economics Geography Indigenous Law Introduction to the They of Law Private Law Sociology Any African Language (first-level beginners modules) not me than 2 of the following modules: ADL201M : Administrative Law (Administrative Law 201) CSL201M : Constitutional Law (Constitutional Law 201) FUR201F : Fundamental Rights (Fundamental Rights 201) IOS2016 : Interpretation of Statutes (Interpretation of Statutes 201) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. 3 second- and/ third-level modules in 2 3 of the following subjects: African Politics Anthropology Development Studies Public Administration (PUB201 is compulsy if this subject is chosen) plus 1 of the following modules: RSC201H : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) APY301L : Qualitative research methodology: the anthropological strategy (Anthropology 301) PUB304H : Reflective public administration (Public Administration 304) plus remaining second- third-level modules from the following subjects: Accounting African Politics Anthropology Development Studies Private Law Public Administration Sociology A55 Exemption Students may be exempted from a maximum of FOUR courses ( the equivalent in modules) by virtue of cresponding degree courses in which they have already passed, but they may not repeat any courses f which they have received credit towards a degree another diploma. 84

85 A56 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction (i) Candidates shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if they obtain an average of at least 75% in the prescribed second- and/ third-level modules in each of two of the undermentioned four subjects (new curriculum). (ii) Candidates shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if they obtain at least 75% in each of TWO of the following subjects (old curriculum): (a) Development Studies II (b) Anthropology II ( Socio-cultural Anthropology II pri to 1997) (c) Public Administration II (d) African Politics II ( African Politics I pri to 1984) (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 25 A57 Rules f the Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies Admission requirements To be registered f the Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies, students must: (a) hold at least a seni school leaving certificate with at least five subjects on Higher and/ Standard Grade qualify f an exemption certificate conditional exemption certificate issued by the Matriculation Board of the Commi ee of University Principals see G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar and (b) Registered nurses must annually submit proof of their current registration with a Nursing Council. A certified copy of the student s seni school leaving certificate must accompany his/her FIRST application f registration. Students who do not hold a seni school leaving certificate must submit evidence that they hold one of the certificates under G13(d), and (e) in Part 1 of the Calendar qualify f one of those under G13(e) together with their FIRST application f registration. See A14: Admission to study in Part 1 of the Calendar in connection with applications f a certificate of exemption, conditional exemption exemption by virtue of qualifications obtained in feign countries. A58 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The diploma cannot be completed in under TWO YEARS except in the case of graduates who may complete the diploma in one year see A58 1. (2) The number of study units f which students may enrol in their FIRST YEAR of registration at this University and on RE- ENROLMENT is subject to Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar and where applicable, (a) (b) below: (a) On first registration a student who has only a seni school leaving certificate without a matriculation exemption, matriculation university admission endsement may register f only TWO modules; (b) On first registration a student who qualifies only f conditional exemption on grounds of age (+23) may register f only TWO modules. (3) Including repeat courses and those that are taken f nondiploma purposes (NDP), students may register f a maximum of ten modules in a particular academic year, unless they are restricted by A58(2). A59 New (from 2007) (a) Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies (Community Health) with specialisation in Occupational Health (specialisation code: OCC) OR Gerontology (specialisation code: GER) OR Clinical Nursing Science, Health Assessment, Treatment and Care (specialisation code: CNS) (03387) This Advanced Diploma will be discontinued. The last new registrations were in Students have until the end of 2010 to complete the Advanced Diploma. This Diploma is only accessible to professional nurses registered with a professional registering body such as the South African Nursing Council. Completion of the diploma will enable nurses to register (an) additional qualification(s) with the South African Nursing Council as a community health nurse and/ a gerontological nurse and/ an occupational health nurse and/ a clinical nurse. Students must have completed the modules marked with an asterisk (*) to be able to register as community health nurse with the SA Nursing Council. The curriculum comprises 20 modules. Students who have completed 7 modules marked with an asterisk (*) and any 2 of the other modules will be able to register a qualification in Community Health (not Heath Services Management/Nursing Administration) with the South African Nursing Council. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: CMH1501 : Comprehensive primary health care 1 (Community Health 1501) CMH1502 : Comprehensive primary health care 2 (Community Health 1502) CMH2601* : Community health practica (Community Health 2601) (12 credits) CMH1503* : Health and the environment (Community Health 1503) (12 credits) DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) (12 credits) IOP101M : Psychological processes in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 101)(Compulsy f students who choose to specialise in Occupational Health) (12 credits) 85

86 86 SOC2068 : Sociology of families and social problems (Sociology 206) (12 credits) IOP102N : Personality in wk context (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 102) (Compulsy f students who choose to specialise in Occupational Health) (12 credits) CMH1504 : Pharmacological principles (Community Health 1504) (12 credits) CMH1076 : Clinical management: Adult Patient (They) (Community Health 107) (12 credits) CMH1088 : Clinical management: Adult Patient (Practica) (Community Health 108) (12 credits) DVA3054 : Community development and the basic needs approach (Development Studies 305) (12 credits) SECOND LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: CMH218D : Pharmacology f health wkers (Community Health 218) (12 credits) CMH219E : Pharmacology: management of drugs (Community Health 219) (12 credits) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) RSC201H* : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) (12 credits) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) NUD2119* : Nursing dynamics 211 (12 credits) plus 4 modules in ONE of the fields of specialisation: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IOP206V : Ergonomics (Industrial and Organisational Psychology 206) HMA2601 : Human resource management in health services (Health Services Management 2601) CMH2603 : Occupational health they (Community Health 2603) (12 credits) CMH226D : Occupational health: practica (Community Health 226) (12 credits) GERONTOLOGY HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) (12 credits) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) (12 credits) COM2048 : Intercultural, development and health communication (Communication Science 204) (12 credits) CMH3028 : Gerontology they (Community Health 302) (12 credits) (phasing out in 2009) CMH314B : Gerontology: practica (Community Health 314) (12 credits) (phasing out in 2009) CLINICAL NURSING SCIENCE, HEALTH ASSESSMENT, TREATMENT AND CARE CMH2206 : Clinical management: female patient (They) (Community Health 220) (12 credits) CMH2218 : Clinical management: female patient (Practica) (Community Health 221) (12 credits) CMH2229 : Clinical management: paediatric patient (They) (Community Health 222) (12 credits) CMH223A : Clinical management: paediatric patient (Practica) (Community Health 220) (12 credits) (b) Advanced University Diploma in Health Studies (Health Sciences Education and Health Services Management) (03395) (Specialisation code: NEW) This Advanced Diploma will be discontinued. The last new registrations were in Students have until the end of 2010 to complete the Advanced Diploma. This Diploma is only accessible to professional nurses registered with a professional registering body such as the South African Nursing Council. Completion of the diploma will enable nurses to register (an) additional qualification(s) with the South African Nursing Council as a Health Services Manager and/ a Nurse Educat. Purpose: to develop individuals to provide quality education and training within the health field. to enable students as independent practitioners to apply managment and leadership principles and to demonstrate the necessary skills in the various health care services where they can function as health services managers. Students must have completed the modules with an (*) to be able to register with the SANC as a Nurse Educat and those with two asterisks (**) to register with the SANC as a Nurse Manager. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 10 modules: NUD2119*/** : Nursing dynamics 211 (12 credits) PYC206B*/** : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) (12 credits) GED3013* : The adult: an educational perspective (General Education 301) (12 credits) GED3069* : Education and technology (General Education 306) (12 credits) HSE1501* : Contextualisation of health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 1501) (12 credits) HSE1502* : Principles of health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 1502) (12 credits) HMA1501** : Planning and ganising in health services management (Health Services Management 1501) (12 credits) HMA1502** : Leading and control in health services management (Health Services Management 1502) (12 credits) PUB1018** : The nature, content and scope of public administration (Public Administration 101) (12 credits) and PUB1029** : The structuring and functioning of the public service (Public Administration 102) (12 credits) M101D** : and M102E** : SECOND LEVEL Business management 1A (Business Management 101) (12 credits) Business management 1B (Business Management 102) (12 credits) This level comprises the following 10 modules: RSC201H*/** : Research in the social sciences (Research in the Social Sciences 201) (12 credits) HSE2601* : Education management in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 2601) (12 credits)

87 HSE2602* : Teaching and assessment in health sciences (Health Sciences Education 2602) (12 credits) HSE2603* : Health sciences education: practica (Health Sciences Education 2603) (12 credits) HMA2601* : Human resources management in health services (Health Services Management 2601) (12 credits) HMA2602* : Labour relations in health services (Health Services Management 2602) (12 credits) HMA2603** : Health services management practica (Health Services Management 2603) (12 credits) CMH3701 : Basic epidemiology in health care (Community Health 3701) (12 credits) plus 12 credits of the following modules f Health Sciences Education HSE3701 : Cultural diverse education in health sciences(health Sciences Education 3701) (12 credits) HSE3702 : Contempary trends in health sciences education (Health Sciences Education 3702) (12 credits) HSE3703 : Developing health sciences curricula: foundation (Health Sciences Education 3703) (12 credits) HSE3704 : Developing health sciences curricula: principles and processes (Health Sciences Education 3704) (12 credits) HSE3705 : The caring ethic in health care (Health Sciences Education 307) (12 credits) plus 12 credits of the following modules f Health Services Management HMA3701 : Financial management in health services (Health Services Management 3701) (12 credits) HMA3702 : Quality in health services management (Health Services Management 3702) (12 credits) HMA3703 : Leadership in health services management (Health Services Management 3703) (12 credits) HMA3704 : Contempary issues in health services management (Health Services Management 3704) (12 credits) A60 Practica (1) To comply with the requirements f registration with the South African Nursing Council, practica wk is required f: Community Health Occupational Health Nursing Gerontological Nursing Health Services Management Health Sciences Education Clinical Nursing Science, Health Assessment, Treatment and Care (2) A practica component is required f registration with the SA Nursing Council and is offered as a year module, namely: Community Health Practica Clinical management: Adult Patient (Practica) Clinical management: paediatric and female patient Pharmacology: Management of drugs Clinical management: paediatric patient (Practica) Occupational health: practica Gerontology: practica Health services management: labaty wk Health sciences education: practica (3) The practica modules should be completed simultaneously with a er the cresponding modules of the previous academic level. (4) Students will not be allowed to register f the third-year course, befe the relevant practica has been completed (5) Exemption from the required practica, will be considered on condition that the student submit acceptable proof of relevant and recent practical experience in that particular field. (6) Students who have previously been registered f courses in the Department of Health Studies and who have not yet completed all aspects of the required practica, (previously known as labaty wk), will have to register f the relevant practica modules. (7) Students living and/ wking in countries outside of South Africa, are required to, on an individual basis, negotiate arrangements f the required practica with the Chair of the Department. A61 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction Candidates shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if they obtain at least 75% average in Courses I and II ( the equivalent in modules) in the maj subject f the Diploma. The maj subjects are Community Health (CMH), Health Services Management (HMA) Health Sciences Education (HSE). (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 26 Rules f the Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts (Diploma code: 02860) The Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts offers students with a three-year qualification a fourth-year qualification. Candidates who do not complete their MVA, f any reason whatsoever, may retain credits and convert their studies to the Advanced University Diploma. Candidates who obtained the four-year BA(FA) BVA degree and would like to further their studies at postgraduate level, but who have not studied f several years, who studied at institutions where the curriculum differs from that of UNISA, should benefit from first enrolling f the Advanced University Diploma. This diploma offers two options: Option A: An Advanced Diploma in Visual Arts f practising artists; Option B: An Advanced Diploma in Visual Arts f Art educats. A62 Admission requirements To be registered f the Advanced University Diploma in Visual Arts, students must: (a) hold at least a Grade 12, seni school leaving certificate with at least five subjects on Higher and/ Standard Grade qualify f an exemption certificate conditional exemption certificate issued by the Matriculation Board of the Commi ee of University Principals see G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar (an abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1) and (b) have a Fine Arts Visual Arts training and submit a representative body of their practical wk befe their admission can be considered hold a three-year education degree diploma f admission to Option B. (c) hold an advanced diploma any other appropriate qualification that the Senate of the university deems at least equivalent to a university diploma. A certified copy of the student s seni school leaving certificate must accompany his/her FIRST application f registration. Students who do not hold a seni school leaving certificate must submit evidence that they hold one of the certificates under G13(d) and (e) in Part 1 of the Calendar (an abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1) qualify f one of those under G13(e) together with their FIRST application f registration. 87

88 A63 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The diploma cannot be completed in under ONE YEAR. Art educats may wish to do the course over a period of TWO years. (2) The number of study units f which students may enrol in their FIRST YEAR of registration at this University and on RE- ENROLMENT is subject to Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. (3) Art educats will register f DFA100W in which Option B comprises four units. At least TWO units must be completed in the first year of registration. A64 The curriculum comprises ONE COURSE which consists of practical and theetical research components. The Advanced University Diploma course offers a professional training programme aimed at training the professional artist in the field of art practice and should, therefe, be to the advantage of both the candidate and the profession. The course is specifically designed to accommodate an option f Art educats. The practical components f Art educats (Option B) comprise the following units: Graphic design principles and techniques (linked to ptfolio design) Two-dimensional design (linked to process skills) Three-dimensional design, materials and techniques Art in context (South African and International Art) The course is as follows: DFA100W : Art Practice (Art Practice 100) Students must meet with their superviss at least twice per year in Pretia, at a venue as determined by the Chair of the Department, to discuss their studies. A65 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction Candidates shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if they obtain an average of 75% in the practical and theetical components f the Diploma. (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 27 Rules f the Diploma in Infmation Science (Diploma code: 02526) Purpose: The primary purpose of this qualification is to provide students with foundational and practical competence in Infmation Science with a view to the delivery of library and infmation services to the community. It also provides opptunities f personal intellectual growth and gainful employment and prepares students to meet the requirements to register as professional members of a relevant professional body. A74 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f this qualification, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Students in possession of a Grade 12 (St 10) certificate must first pass an access programme befe registering f this Diploma. A75 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This qualification cannot be completed in under TWO YEARS (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 as well as A4(3). A76 The curriculum comprises the following 20 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 8 modules. INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) APPLIED INFORMATION SCIENCE AIS101D : Introduction to library and infmation services (Applied Infmation Science 101) AIS103F : Introducing infmation recds and sources (Applied Infmation Science 103) AIS104G : Using the Internet as a reference tool (Applied Infmation Science 104) CEM101A : End user computing plus 2 modules in the same subject SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 12 modules. INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) INS2078 : Introducing infmation management (Infmation Science 207) INS2089 : Infmation and communication technologies f Infmation Science (Infmation Science 208) APPLIED INFORMATION SCIENCE AIS202H : Bibliographic control, basic descriptive cataloguing and classification (Applied Infmation Science 202) AIS204K : Learning how to provide reference services (Applied Infmation Science 204) AIS206M : Describing library user groups and meeting their needs (Applied Infmation Science 206) AIS207N : Utilising electronic library systems and services (Applied Infmation Science 207) AIS208P : Developing and managing infmation collections (Applied Infmation Science 208) plus 3 modules from the same subject chosen on first level 88

89 A77 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar (2) Pass with distinction Candidates shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if they obtain an average of at least 75% in all the prescribed modules in Infmation Science, Applied Infmation Science and Archival Science. (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 28 Rules f the Diploma in Infmation Services f Children and Youth (Diploma code: 02453) Purpose: The primary purpose of this qualification is to provide students with foundational and practical competence in Infmation Science with a view to the delivery of library and infmation services to children and youth. It also provides opptunities f personal intellectual growth and gainful employment and prepares students to meet the requirements to register as professional members of a relevant professional body. A78 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f this qualification, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Students in possession of a Grade 12 (St 10) certificate must first pass an access programme befe registering f this Diploma. A79 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This qualification cannot be completed in under TWO YEARS (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at this University, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1 as well as A4(3). A80 The curriculum comprises the following 20 modules: FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. INS101U : Introduction to Infmation Science (Infmation Science 101) INS102V : Developing infmations skills f lifelong learning (Infmation Science 102) AIS101D : Introducing Applied Infmation Science (Applied Infmation Science 101) AIS103F : Introducing infmation recds and sources (Applied Infmation Science 103) AIS104G : Using the Internet as a reference tool (Applied Infmation Science 104) MST101P : Media and user studies: media and infmation f children and youth (Media and User Studies 101) MST102Q : Media and user studies: children and youth as readers and users (Media and User Studies 102) SLS101L : Management of infmation services f children and youth: introducty ientation (School and Public Library Studies 101) SLS102M : Collection management in infmation services f children and youth: introducty ientation (School and Public Library Studies 102) CEM101A : End user computing SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules. INS2055 : Expling infmation user studies (Infmation Science 205) INS2066 : Investigating infmation ethics in the infmation era (Infmation Science 206) INS2078 : Introducing infmation management (Infmation Science 207) INS2089 : Infmation and communication technologies f infmation science (Infmation Science 208) AIS202H : Bibliographic control, basic descriptive cataloguing and classification (Applied Infmation Science 202) AIS204K : Learning how to provide reference services (Applied Infmation Science 204) AIS206M : Describing library user groups and meeting their needs (Applied Infmation Science 206) AIS207N : Utilising electronic library systems and services (Applied Infmation Science 207) AIS208P : Developing and managing infmation collections (Applied Infmation Science 208) SLS201P : Infmation literacy education (School and Public Library Studies 201) A81 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar (2) Pass with distinction Candidates shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if they obtain an average of at least 75% in all the prescribed modules in both Infmation Science and Applied Infmation Science. (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 29 Rules f the Diploma in Youth Development (Diploma code: 02461) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. A82 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Diploma in Youth Development, students must 89

90 (a) (b) hold at least a seni school leaving certificate with at least five subjects on Higher and/ Standard Grade qualify f an exemption certificate conditional exemption certificate issued by the Matriculation Board of the Commi ee of University Principals see G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1.) A83 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The diploma cannot be completed in under TWO YEARS. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT f this qualification, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year incalendar Part 1. A84 The curriculum comprises 15 modules. FIRST LEVEL DYD111Q : Commonwealth values in youth in development DYD112R : Young people and society DYD113S : Principles and practice of youth in development wk DYD114T : Wking with young people in their communities DYD115U : Gender and development DYD116V : Learning processes DYD117W : Management skills DYD118X : Youth and health SECOND LEVEL DYD211T : Project planning, moniting and evaluation DYD212U : Policy, planning and implementation DYD213V : Conflict resolution strategies and skills DYD214W : Promoting enterprise and economic development DYD215X : Sustainable development and environment issues and TWO of the following modules: DVA101Q : Introduction to development studies (Development Studies 101) DVA102R : Development problems and institutions (Development Studies 102) DYD2184 : Psychosocial suppt of phans and vulnerable children DYD2195 : Orphans and vulnerable children (OVC) programme management and policy development PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Psychology 206) A85 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 30 Rules f the Diploma in General Nursing (Bridging course f enrolled nurses) (Diploma code: 02984) An individual may not register f this programme. Only if a candidate is employed by institutions that have signed an official agreement with Unisa and if the candidate has been selected by the Institution to register f this programme, may they do so. Registrations are usually co-dinated by the specific employer. Fmative and summative theetical and practical assignments are conducted by appointed ments and superviss from the clinical field in accredited clinical facilities in collabation with the Department of Health Studies. Completion of the programme will lead to registration with the South African Nursing Council as a registered nurse. Students will not be allowed to register f any second-level modules unless all first-level modules have been completed. GEN1501 and GEN1502 are offered as semester modules with exminations wri en in May and November All other modules will be offered as year modules in 2009 with exminations in November A98 FIRST STUDY YEAR GEN1501 : Social sciences and ethics 1 (12 credits) GEN1502 : Social sciences and ethics 2 (12 credits) GEN102A : Basic general nursing science 1(a) (24 credits) GEN103B : Basic general nursing science 1(b) (24 credits) GEN104C : General nursing science practica 1(a) (24 credits) GEN105D : General nursing science practica 1(b) (24 credits) SECOND STUDY YEAR GEN201C : Applied social sciences (24 credits) GEN202D : Basic general nursing science 2(a) (24 credits) GEN203E : Basic general nursing science 2(b) (24 credits) GEN204F : General nursing science practica 2(a) (24 credits) GEN205G : General nursing science practica 2(b) (24 credits) 90

91 A99 Practica E55 To comply with the practica requirements f registration with the SA Nursing Council, students have to conduct pre-required clinical practica sessions in the approved clinical facilities. The practica modules must be completed simultaneously with the cresponding theetical modules. Clinical assessment is conducted in the accredited clinical facilities during periods determined by the Department of Health Studies, in consultation with the Clinical Facilitat in the clinical facility. A100 Pass, pass with distinction (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 31 Rules f the Higher Diploma in Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) (Diploma code: 02488) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. All four first-level modules are prerequisites f second-level modules. All three ( at least two) of the three second-level modules are prerequisites f third-level modules. Students who have passed only two of the three required modules on second level, will not be allowed to register f any of the third-level modules, unless they also register f the outstanding second-level module. The modules ABT302J and ABT303K are interlinked and must be offered together. The curriculum comprises 10 modules. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises the following 4 compulsy modules: ABT101B : Contextual studies ABT102C : Adult learning ABT103D : Managing projects ABT104E : Specialisation areas SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 3 modules, of which the following 2 are compulsy: ABT201E : Adult teaching and learning ABT202F : Teaching practice and 1 of the following: ABT204H : Business economics ABT205J : English ABT206K : Literacy ABT207L : Environment ABT208M : Educare ABT209N : Applied science ABT210F : Trade they ABT211G : Water and waste water treatment ABT212H : Mathematics THIRD LEVEL This level comprises the following 3 compulsy modules: E53 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Higher Diploma in Adult Basic Education and Training a student must hold: (a) at least a seni school leaving certificate with at least five subjects on Higher and/ Standard Grade (b) qualify f an exemption certificate conditional exemption certificate issued by the Matriculation Board of the Commi ee of University Principals see G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (An abstract of this Rule appears in Section1.) ABT301H : Development studies ABT302J : Research methods ABT303K : Research rept E56 Pass and pass with distinction (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction A candidate obtains the Higher Diploma if he/she obtains at least 75% in each of the modules on third level. E54 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This Higher Diploma cannot be completed in under THREE years. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT f this qualification, the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. 91

92 C h a p t e r 32 Rules f the Higher Certificate in Adult Basic Education and Training (ABET) (Certificate code: 97942) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. E90 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Higher Certificate in Adult Basic Education and Training a student must hold a National Seni Certificate. E91 Duration of study and number of study units per year The Higher Certificate cannot be completed in under ONE year. E92 The curriculum comprises 4 modules offered as year modules. ABT1502 : Contextual studies ABT1503 : Adult learning ABT1505 : Managing projects ABT1510 : Specialisation areas C h a p t e r 33 Rules f the Certificate f Education, Training and Development Practitioners (Certificate code: 02496) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. From 2007 no new registrations will be accepted f the qualification. Students already registered have until the end of 2008 to complete the qualification. E57 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Certificate f Education, Training and Development Practitioners a student must hold at least a seni school leaving certificate (Grade 12 Standard 10). E58 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) This Certificate cannot be completed in under ONE year. (2) On FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT f this qualification, students may register f a maximum of six modules per year. E59 The curriculum consists of the following 6 compulsy modules: FIRST LEVEL CEP101N : Introduction to training practice CEP102P : The adult learner CEP103Q : Instructional technique CEP104R : Technology in instruction CEP105S : Evaluation CEP106T : Training practice E60 Pass and pass with distinction (1) Pass Students must obtain at least 50% in a module to pass that module. (2) Pass with distinction A student will be awarded the Certificate with distinction if he/ she obtains at least 75% in each of the prescribed modules. C h a p t e r 34 Rules f the Advanced Certificate f Education, Training and Development Practitioners (Certificate code: 0250X) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. A er 2008 no students will be allowed to register f the qualification. C h a p t e r 35 Rules f the National Professional Diploma in Education (NPDE) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. 92

93 This qualification will not be offered from January No new registrations will be accepted in Only pipeline students may register until the end of Note the different diploma and speciality codes indicated against the various diplomas. These codes must be indicated on your registration fm. Specialisation directions f the NPDE This diploma can be obtained in the following areas of specialisation: Foundation phase Grades R to 3 (diploma code 02542) Intermediate phase Grades 4 to 6 (diploma code 02550) Human and social sciences in the classroom (spec code HSS) Natural sciences in the classroom (spec code NSC) Seni phase Grades 7 to 9 (diploma code 02569) Natural Sciences (spec code 001) Mathematics and Technology (spec code 002) Mathematics and Social sciences Geography (spec code 003) Mathematics and Social sciences Histy (spec code 004) Mathematics and Life ientation (spec code 005) Technology and Social sciences Geography (spec code 006) Technology and Social sciences Histy (spec code 007) Technology and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code 008) Technology and Natural sciences Biology (spec code 009) Life ientation and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code 010) Life ientation and Natural sciences Biology (spec code 011) Mathematics and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code 012) Mathematics and Natural sciences Biology (spec code 013) Social sciences Geography and Natural sciences Biology (spec code 014) Social sciences Geography and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code 015) Social sciences Histy and Natural sciences Biology (spec code 016) Social sciences Histy and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code 017) Languages and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code 018) Languages and Natural sciences Biology (spec code 019) Languages and Mathematics (spec code 020) Languages and Technology (spec code 021) Mathematics and Economic and management sciences (spec code 022) Mathematics and Arts and culture (spec code 023) Natural sciences Physical Science and Economic and management sciences (spec code 024) Natural sciences Biology and Economic and management sciences (spec code 025) Natural sciences Physical Science and Arts and culture (spec code 026) Natural sciences Biology and Arts and culture (spec code 027) Technology and Economic and management sciences (spec code 028) Technology and Arts and culture (spec code 029) (c) and be in possession of an NQF Level 4 qualificatin (eg. ABET, ECD, technical qualification) and have been teaching f at least five years be in possession of a Primary Teachers Certificate (PTC) a Secondary Teacher s Certificate (STC) a le er from the Department of Education certifying that their academic recd f the first year of a three-year teaching diploma meets the entry requirements of the NPDE. Primary Teacher s Certificates obtained outside the bder of South Africa, are not recognised f professional employment in South Africa. E87 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The minimum duration of study f the Diploma (revised 360- credit curriculum) is as follows: (i) In-service educats classified as REQV10: minimum 3 years (ii) In-service educats classified as REQV11 12: minimum 2 years (2) ON FIRST REGISTRATION AND ON RE-ENROLMENT at this University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Calendar Part 1. (3) The qualification allows f Recognition of Pri Learning (RPL) f up to 120 credits (= 10 modules): In-service educats classified as REQV10, may be credited with a maximum of 120 credit points through assessment f recognition of pri learning. In-service educats classified as REQV11 (eg. Grade 10 + PTC) will automatically be credited with 120 credits on the basis of their previous professional qualification (i.e. exempted from the first-year modules), and may be credited with a further 120 credit points through assessment of recognition of pri learning in the fm of a ptfolio (NPDEP2-4). In-service educats classified as REQV12 (eg. Grade 12 + PTC) will automatically be credited with 240 credits on the basis of their previous personal qualification (i.e. exempted from the first-year modules and the RPL ptfolio, NPDEP2-4) and will need to complete only 120 credits of new learning. Entrants from other sub-fields (f example ABET, ECD) may be credited with a maximum of 120 credit points through assessment f recognition of pri learning in the fm of a ptfolio NPDEP2-4). 1. No student can complete fewer than 10 modules. 2. No student can complete the NPDE in less than 2 years. 3. All student must pass an integrated assessment ptfolio, NPDEP Students who were registered pri to 2006 f the Diploma (240- credit curriculum) must complete the qualification by following the curriculum as prescribed f the second and third year. The relevant diploma codes are retained: NPDE (Foundation Phase) NPDE (Intermediate Phase) NPDE (Seni Phase) E86 Admission requirements To be registered f this qualification students must: (a) be a practising teacher in the relevant phase and be able to provide evidence of ability to meet the practical component and (b) be in possession of at least a Grade 10 (Std 8 Juni Certificate) school certificate Students must pass 5 of the 10 first-year modules in der to register f any second-year modules in addition to the modules being repeated. Students must pass 3 of the 5 secondyear modules in der to register f any third-year modules in addition to the modules being repeated. 93

94 94 E88 Composition of the curriculum Purpose: to offer classroom-based educats an opptunity to gain qualified teacher status (currently REQV13). Foundation Phase Grades R to 3 (Two year-diploma code: 02542) (Three year-diploma code: 03352) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. COMPULSORY FIRST-YEAR MODULES: NPD062J : Ptfolio development NPD068Q : Thinking skills and numeracy NPD065M : Introduction to being a teacher 1: education they NPD066N : Introduction to being a teacher 2: classroom practice NPD067P : Introduction to being a teacher 3: tools and strategies NPD063K : Using media in the classroom 1 NPD064L : Using media in the classroom 2 NPD061H : English communication NPD069R : Introduction to Environmental Education NPD070J : HIV/AIDS education f educats COMPULSORY SECOND-YEAR MODULES: NPD0014 : Language and learning skills NPD043F : The teacher in the classroom NPD047K : Continuous assessment NPD048L : Understanding OBE NPD052G : School and profession COMPULSORY THIRD-YEAR MODULES: NPD0048 : Numeracy 1 NPD006A : Introduction to the languages learning area NPD007B : Teaching and learning languages in the foundation phase NPD009D : Life skills 1 NPD0116 : Reception year MODULES FROM WHICH EXEMPTION MAY BE GRANTED: NPD0025 : Thinking skills and numeracy NPD0036 : Additional language NPD0059 : Numeracy 2 NPD008C : Language and literature NPD0105 : Life skills 2 NPD044G : Teaching and learning in the Foundation/ Intermediate Phase NPD046J : Classroom management NPD049M : English communication f education NPD050E : Inclusive education NPD051F : Educational media Intermediate Phase Grades 4 to 6 (Two year-diploma code: 02550) (Three year-diploma code: 03360) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. COMPULSORY FIRST-YEAR MODULES: NPD062J : Ptfolio development NPD068Q : Thinking skills and numeracy NPD065M : Introduction to being a teacher 1: education they NPD066N : Introduction to being a teacher 2: classroom practice NPD067P : Introduction to being a teacher 3: tools and strategies NPD063K : Using media in the classroom 1 NPD064L : Using media in the classroom 2 NPD061H : English communication NPD069R : Introduction to Environmental Education NPD070J : HIV/AIDS education f educats COMPULSORY SECOND-YEAR MODULES NPD0014 : Language and learning skills NPD043F : The teacher in the classroom NPD047K : Continuous assessment NPD048L : Understanding OBE NPD052G : School and profession COMPULSORY THIRD-YEAR MODULES NPD006A : Introduction to the languages learning area NPD0128 : Numeracy 1 NPD014A : Principles of learning and language teaching NPD015B : Life skills 1 NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom (spec code: NS) MODULES FROM WHICH EXEMPTION MAY BE GRANTED NPD0025 : Thinking skills and numeracy NPD0036 : Additional language NPD008C : Language and literature NPD0139 : Numeracy 2 NPD016C : Life skills 2 NPD044G : Teaching and learning in the Foundation/ Intermediate Phase NPD046J : Classroom management NPD049M : English communication f education NPD050E : Inclusive education NPD051F : Educational media Seni Phase Grades 7 to 9 (Two year-diploma code: 02569) (Three year-diploma code: 03379) This curriculum comprises 30 modules. COMPULSORY FIRST-YEAR MODULES: NPD062J : Ptfolio development NPD068Q : Thinking skills and numeracy NPD065M : Introduction to being a teacher 1: education they NPD066N : Introduction to being a teacher 2: classroom practice NPD067P : Introduction to being a teacher 3: tools and strategies NPD063K : Using media in the classroom 1 NPD064L : Using media in the classroom 2 NPD061H : English communication NPD069R : Introduction to Environmental Education NPD070J : HIV/AIDS education f educats COMPULSORY SECOND-YEAR MODULES NPD0014 : Language and learning skills NPD043F : The teacher in the classroom NPD047K : Continuous assessment NPD048L : Understanding OBE NPD052G : School and profession COMPULSORY THIRD-YEAR MODULES Students must take five modules in each learning area. See the specialist options outlined below. MODULES FROM WHICH EXEMPTION MAY BE GRANTED NPD0025 : Thinking skills and numeracy NPD0036 : Additional language NPD045H : Teaching and learning in the Seni Phase NPD046J : Classroom management NPD049M : English communication f education NPD050E : Inclusive education NPD051F : Educational media plus 3 of the specialist modules not selected in the third year

95 SENIOR PHASE SPECIALIST OPTIONS FOR YEAR THREE Natural Sciences (spec code: 001) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD0219 : Biochemistry and physiology NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD026E : Earth and beyond Mathematics and Technology (spec code: 002) Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability Mathematics and Social sciences Geography (spec code: 003) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD041D : Geography 1 NPD042E : Geography 2 Mathematics and Social sciences Histy (spec code: 004) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD040C : Histy 2 NPD041D : Geography 1 Mathematics and Life ientation (spec code: 005) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD035F : Teaching and learning life ientation NPD036G : Religious aspects NPD037H : Health and human movement NPD038J : Career guidance and learning skills Technology and Social sciences Geography (spec code: 006) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD041D : Geography 1 NPD042E : Geography 2 Technology and Social sciences Histy (spec code: 007) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD040C : Histy 2 NPD041D : Geography 1 Technology and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code: 008) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability Technology and Natural sciences Biology (spec code: 009) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability Life ientation and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code: 010) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD035F : Teaching and learning life ientation NPD036G : Religious aspects 95

96 NPD037H : Health and human movement NPD038J : Career guidance and learning skills Life ientation and Natural sciences Biology (spec code: 011) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD035F : Teaching and learning life ientation NPD036G : Religious aspects NPD037H : Health and human movement NPD038J : Career guidance and learning skills Mathematics and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code: 012) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra Mathematics and Natural sciences Biology (spec code: 013) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra Social sciences Geography and Natural sciences Biology (spec code: 014) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD041D : Geography 1 NPD042E : Geography 2 Social sciences Geography and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code: 015) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD041D : Geography 1 NPD042E : Geography 2 Social sciences Histy and Natural sciences Biology (spec code: 016) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD040C : Histy 2 NPD041D : Geography 1 Social sciences Histy and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code: 017) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD018E : Natural sciences in the classroom NPD039K : Histy 1 NPD040C : Histy 2 NPD041D : Geography 1 Languages and Natural sciences Physical Science (spec code: 018) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD006A : Introduction to the Languages learning area NPD014A : Principles of learning and language teaching NPD008C : Language and literature NPD0036 : Additional language (not the same as in component 1: see *) Languages and Natural sciences Biology (spec code: 019) Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD006A : Introduction to the Languages learning area NPD014A : Principles of learning and language teaching NPD008C : Language and literature NPD0036 : Additional language (not the same as in component 1: see *) Languages and Mathematics (spec code: 020) Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD006A : Introduction to the Languages learning area NPD014A : Principles of learning and language teaching NPD008C : Language and literature NPD0036 : Additional language (not the same as in component 1: see *) Languages and Technology (spec code: 021) Any 5 of: NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control 96

97 NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability NPD006A : Introduction to the Languages learning area NPD014A : Principles of learning and language teaching NPD008C : Language and literature NPD0036 : Additional language (not the same as in component 1: see *) * Students registering f NPD0036: Additional Language must indicate one of the following options: LPENGTS English LPAFRT8 Afrikaans AFL1503, AFL1504 AFL1501, AFL1502 African Languages AFL1504 will be offered in S2 in 2009, but in both semesters from You are also referred to Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject. Mathematics and Economic and Management Sciences (spec code: 022) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD053H : Introducing economic and management sciences NPD054J : Introducing economic sciences NPD055K : Introducing management sciences NPD056L : Learning and teaching economic and management sciences Mathematics and Arts and Culture (spec code: 023) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD027F : Teaching and learning mathematics NPD028G : Number development, measurement, statistics and probability NPD029H : Geometry NPD030A : Basic algebra NPD057M : Introducing arts and culture NPD058N : Learning and teaching arts and culture NPD059P : Expling arts and culture through educational drama NPD060G : Introduction to the arts and cultures of Southern and South Africa Natural sciences Physical Science and Economic and Management Sciences (spec code: 024) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD053H : Introducing economic and management sciences NPD054J : Introducing economic sciences NPD055K : Introducing management sciences NPD056L : Learning and teaching economic and management sciences Natural sciences Biology and Economic and Management Sciences (spec code: 025) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD053H : Introducing economic and management sciences NPD054J : Introducing economic sciences NPD055K : Introducing management sciences NPD056L : Learning and teaching economic and management sciences Natural sciences Physical Science and Arts and Culture (spec code: 026) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD024C : Ma er and materials NPD025D : Energy and change NPD057M : Introducing arts and culture NPD058N : Learning and teaching arts and culture NPD059P : Expling arts and culture through educational drama NPD060G : Introduction to the arts and cultures of Southern and South Africa Natural sciences Biology and Arts and Culture (spec code: 027) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD019F : Teaching and learning natural sciences NPD0208 : Practical wk NPD022A : Plant studies NPD023B : Animal studies NPD057M : Introducing arts and culture NPD058N : Learning and teaching arts and culture NPD059P : Expling arts and culture through educational drama NPD060G : Introduction to the arts and cultures of Southern and South Africa Technology and Economic and Management Sciences (spec code: 028) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability NPD053H : Introducing economic and management sciences NPD054J : Introducing economic sciences NPD055K : Introducing management sciences NPD056L : Learning and teaching economic and management sciences 97

98 Technology and Arts and Culture (spec code: 029) No new registrations are allowed f this learning area. Any 5 of: NPD031B : Teaching and learning technology NPD032C : Technological knowledge and understanding part 1: Systems and control NPD033D : Technological knowledge and understanding part 2: Structure and processing NPD034E : Technology, society and technological capability NPD057M : Introducing arts and culture NPD058N : Learning and teaching arts and culture NPD059P : Expling arts and culture through educational drama NPD060G : Introduction to the arts and cultures of Southern and South Africa E89 Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See General Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction In der to pass the diploma with distinction students must obtain a minimum of 75% in all modules. (3) Subminimum See General Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 36 Diploma in Theology (Diploma code: 01066) No new registrations are allowed from Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the qualification. Purpose: to produce students who have the required competence to serve as dained leaders in Christian communities as leaders in NGOs and community ganisations, which o en make use of volunteer part-time wkers in various capacities of leadership. A secondary purpose of this qualification is to produce life-long theological students who are equipped to raise their own questions and find their own answers by developing contextually meaningful theologies that interact at a fundamental level with languages, cultures, religions, wld views and ideologies. Th29(n) Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Diploma in Theology, a student must have satisfied the provisions of Rule G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. Th30(n) Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The diploma cannot be completed in under TWO YEARS. (2) The number of study units f which a student may enrol in his/ her FIRST YEAR of registration at this University is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (3) On RE-ENROLMENT the number of study units f which a student may register will be restricted accding to Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. Th31(n) Composition of the curriculum The curriculum comprises twenty modules of which a maximum of four modules may be in non-theological subjects. FIRST LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules of which the following 8 are compulsy: OTS1501 : Introduction to ancient Israelite literature (Old Testament 1501) ECH1501 : Introduction to early Christian literature, theology, histy and archaeology TIC1501 : Reflections on faith (Theologies in Context 1501) TIC1502 : Introduction to the study of church histy (Theologies in Context 1502) CGM1501 : Invitation to theology (Congregational Ministry 1501) CGM1502 : First steps in practical theology (Congregational Ministry 1502) CMM1501 : Ethics and life (Community Ministry 1501) CMM1502 : The dynamics of mission (Community Ministry 1502) plus any 2 first-level modules offered by the University. SECOND LEVEL This level comprises 10 modules: 2 4 second and third-level modules in each of Scripture Studies, Theologies in Context, Congregational Ministry Community Ministry. a maximum of 2 modules offered by the University Th32(n) Pass, pass with distinction and subminimum (1) Pass See Rule G22 in Part 1 of the Calendar. (2) Pass with distinction A candidate shall be awarded the diploma with distinction if he/ she obtains an average of at least 75% in at least EIGHT of the second and third-level modules. (3) Subminimum See Rule G23 in Part 1 of the Calendar. C h a p t e r 37 Diploma in Social Development (Diploma code: 02518) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. 98

99 No new registrations will be allowed f this diploma from Registration f this diploma is restricted to students registered at Huguenot College in Wellington. (Applications f registration must first be approved by the College, and students must not submit them direct to the University.) SECTION 3: RULES FOR FORMATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL POSTGRADUATE QUALIFICATIONS Th44 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Diploma in Social Development, a student must: (a) hold at least a seni school leaving certificate with at least five subjects on Higher and/ Standard Grade (b) qualify f an exemption conditional exemption certificate issued by the Matriculation Board of the Commi ee of University Principals see G13 in Part 1 of the Calendar. An abstract of this Rule appears in Section 1. A certified copy of the student s seni school leaving certificate ( the equivalent) must accompany his/her FIRST application f registration. If the student does not hold a seni school leaving certificate, he/she must apply to the University f an exemption conditional exemption certificate. Original evidence that he/she holds qualifies f such a certificate must accompany his/her FIRST application f registration. See G13: Admission to study in Part 1 of the Calendar in connection with applications f exemption, conditional exemption exemption by virtue of qualifications obtained in feign countries. M and D degrees can also be obtained in African Renaissance Studies. Students interested in this field should contact the Centre f African Renaissance Studies (Tel ). C h a p t e r 1 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Infmation Science (Degree code: 05827) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. Th45 Duration of study See General Rules PG2 to PG8 regarding duration of study, reregistration, etc. The diploma cannot be completed in less than two years. Th46 and completion of the curriculum See the Calendar f Huguenot College. Th47 Restrictions A student can register f the second level only a er he/she has passed all modules on first level. A student who registers f the second level must register with the SA Council f Social Service Professions as Student Auxiliary Social Wker must produce proof of previous related wk experience. A student may take module DSD210 by crespondence only if he/she has passed two of the following modules: DSD202; DSD203; DSD204; DSD205 Th48 Pass and pass with distinction To pass in a module, a student must obtain at least 50%. A student obtains the diploma with distinction if he/she obtains an average of 75% f all the second-level modules. PA145 Subjects This degree may be conferred with specialisation in Archival Science. PA3 Admission requirements A student must hold: (a) a three-year four-year Bachel s degree in Infmation Science and/ Library Science (including BTech: Infmation Studies); (b) another Bachel s degree postgraduate diploma in Infmation Science and/ Library Science an equivalent qualification recognised by Senate; (c) a three-year Bachel s degree with Infmation Science as a maj subject and have passed Applied Infmation Science I to IV. (d) Students who have completed their National Diploma may apply to be admi ed to the BInf (Honours) programme a er satisfying departmental requirements (which will include the completion of a number of undergraduate modules offered in the Department of Infmation Science f non-degree purposes). Please contact the COD: Department of Infmation Science f further infmation ( ). Students who registered f Part 1 of the Masters in Infmation Science (MInf) in 2005 and still need to complete remaining papers of Part 1 should register f the Honours Bachel of Infmation Science. PA4 HINKMEL : Research methodology and 3 papers selected from Section A B (one can be the research article) 99

100 SECTION A HINKISS : Social impact of Infmation Technology HINKBSC : Infmation management (Knowledge management) HINKNAJ : Research article SECTION B HTINREG : Foundations, recd studies and knowledge production/creation HTINHER : Infmation ganisation and retrieval studies HTINGEP : User studies, including reading, reading they, literacy and collections management HTIED : Advanced management of infmation enterprises HINKNAJ : Research article Archival Science (Degree code: 0555X) A student must hold (a) a BTech: Archival Studies (b) a three-year Bachel s degree and a Post Diploma Certificate: Archival Studies (c) a three-year degree and another tertiary qualification in Archival Science Recd Studies (d) a three-year degree and at least ten years full-time experience as an archivist recds manager, provided that the Chair of the Department may prescribe an assignment an al a wri en examination as an additional requirement f admission. HINKMEL : Research methodology and 3 papers from the following: HTINREG : Foundations, recd studies and knowledge production/creation HTINHER : Infmation ganisation and retrieval studies HTINGEP : User studies, including reading, reading they, literacy and collections management HTIED : Advanced management of infmation enterprises HINKBSC : Infmation management (Knowledge management) HINKNAJ : Research article C h a p t e r 2 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Musicology (Degree code: 04456) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG2 to PG8 regarding duration of study, reregistration, etc. PA31 Admission requirements A student must hold a recognised BMus degree. If the degree was obtained me than five years ago, the student may be required by the Chair of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology to take one me papers from the undergraduate BMus curriculum befe being admi ed to the degree. PA32 Students may choose from one of two thematic options, one histical and the other relating to music they. The curriculum comprises three three-hour wri en papers from the list below in addition to a substantial research paper. HISTORICAL HMPHIL9 : The philosophies and research methodologies of music HIMPHEM : Playing with histy: the early music movement and its impact on recent perfming trends SAMUSES : Southern African encounters in music plus MUSART9 : A research article of approximately printed pages in one-and-a-half spacing ( wds). The topic must be chosen in consultation with the Chair of the Department and should preferably reflect current musicological themes, and especially those relating to South Africa. The article (MUSART9) must be passed with at least 65% in der f a student to be admi ed to the MMus degree. THEORETICAL CTHMUSU : Theies of musical analysis HMPHIL9 : The philosophies and research methodologies of music SAMUSES : Southern African encounters in music plus MUSART9 : A research article of approximately printed pages in one-and-a-half spacing ( wds). The topic must be chosen in consultation with the Chair of the Department and should preferably reflect current musicological themes, and especially those relating to South Africa. The article (MUSART9) must be passed with at least 65% in der to be admi ed to the MMus degree. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have already completed HIM332F as part of their BMus degree must choose a substitute paper from one of the following papers offered f Art Histy Honours in the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology a paper from another discipline, subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department: HONAPHV : HONACTF : HONAMIQ : HONAMR3 : The practice of art histy Contempary art histy Memy and identity Revising modernism C h a p t e r 3 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG1 to PG8 regarding duration of study, reregistration, etc. 100

101 PA5 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: African Languages African Politics Afrikaans (Language and Literature) Ancient Near Eastern Studies Anthropology Arabic Archaeology Art Histy Biblical Studies Biblical Archaeology Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) Communication Criminology See Part 6 of the Calendar Development Studies Economics See Part 4 of the Calendar English (Language and Literature) Environmental Management See Part 3 of the Calendar French (Language and Literature) Gender Studies Geography See Part 3 of the Calendar German (Language and Literature) Histy Industrial and Organisational Psychology See Part 4 of the Calendar Infmation Science International Politics Islamic Studies Italian (Language and Literature) Judaica Linguistics (including Applied Linguistics, Sociolinguistics and Translation Studies) Mathematics Modern European Languages and Literatures Modern Hebrew Musicology Penology Philosophy Police Science See Part 6 of the Calendar Politics Ptuguese Psychology Public Administration See Part 4 of the Calendar Religious Studies Romance Languages Russian Semitic Languages (follows on Classical Hebrew III) Sociology Spanish Statistics See Part 7 of the Calendar TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages) They of Literature PA6 and other requirements The approved papers, curricula and, where applicable, the combination of papers and particular admission and/ language requirements, appear below. In the College of Human Sciences, students may replace one of the papers of their Honours degree by an Honours paper in another subject if the departmental heads concerned are of the opinion that the students have sufficient background knowledge to be able to offer that paper and it is in the best interest of such students. In the College of Agriculture and Environmental Sciences, and subject to the approval of the heads of department concerned, students may replace one of the papers of their Honours Bachel of Arts degree by an Honours paper in another subject if the departmental heads concerned are of the opinion that the students have sufficient background knowledge to be able to offer that paper and it is in the best interest of such students. African Languages (Degree code: 04138) The Honours degree in African languages can be taken in one me of the following languages offered by this Department, but it does not necessarily exclude the study of other African languages, e.g. Zimbabwean Ndebele: Nthern Sotho Shona Southern Sotho Swati Tsonga Tswana Venda Xhosa Zulu To be admi ed, a student must have a good command of English and have passed the third course in an African Language with at least 60%. This degree comprises the following five papers: HALSSSN : Sounds and sound systems HALLSMQ : Language, structure and meaning HALTRA4 : Traditional literature HALMOLJ : Modern literature The fi h paper comprises two modules: MSLFNDL : Foundations in sociolinguistics MSLPLPV : Language planning and the professions (includes the status of African languages and onomastics) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS A student who has passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum (see List A below) must choose the remaining paper(s) from the new curriculum (List B). However, the following restrictions apply: If a student has passed only one paper in any of the groups listed under A below, he/she must register f the paper opposite to it under List B. If however, a student has passed two ( me) papers of a particular group listed under A, he/she may NOT register f the paper opposite to it under List B. List A List B Group 1: PHONETH Group 1: HALSSSN PHONOLV Group 2: MORPHOQ Group 2: HALLSMQ SYNTAXE SEMAN0T Group 3a: TRAPR0G Group 3: HALTRA4 TRAPOEH Group 3b: HALPRO6 Group 3: HALTRA4 HALDRAF HALPOEL Group 4a: MPROSE9 Group 4: HALMOLJ MDRAMA6 POETRYY Group 4b: HALPRO6 Group 4: HALMOLJ HALDRAF HALPOEL Students who passed papers under an old curriculum (List A above as well as ARTICLU and SOCIOLK) will retain credit f their modules. A student who has passed SOCIOLK may not register f the MSLFNDL module, but needs to take one of the following modules together with MSLPLPV: MSLVART : Language variation (includes kinship terms, initiation language and the language of traditional docts) 101

102 MSLCONP : Language contact and change (includes multilingualism and language maintenance and shi ) MSLGENF : Language and gender (includes hlonipha) African Politics (Degree code: 05142) A degree with African Politics III (African Politics II passed pri to 1984) an equivalent course passed at another university. Students must pass at least one course in Politics befe they will be allowed to write the examination in any Honours paper. The curriculum comprises either five papers four papers and an article which carries the same weight as an examination paper. Students who intend to continue with Master s studies are strongly advised to include the article (PAPARDF) in their Honours curriculum. Students who choose the article must offer POLRESN, befe concurrently with the article. The papers are as follows: POLRESN : The political sciences: approaches and methods HAPOLDS : Africa political thought HAPONTH : Development politics in Africa HAPROBA : Problems of political change in Africa APP4801 : Comparative politics: Africa and beyond PAPARDF : Honours research article f African Politics, Poltics. An article of approximately 50 pages (typed in double spacing) on a topic, chosen by the student and approved by the Chair of the Department, that must be submi ed f examination by 10 December f the immediate following January/ February examination. : An Honours paper from another subject in which the student has sufficient background knowledge and which meets with the approval of the Chair of the Departments concerned. PSC4803 : Conflict, peace and security studies AIP4801 : Integration and disintegration: Africa and international institutions TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum retain credit f the paper(s) passed and choose the remaining paper(s) from those listed above, in consultation with the Chair of the Department. Students who have passed HAPNAVK will retain credit and may not register f POLRESN. Students who have passed HAPARTC will retain credit and may not register f PAPARDF. Students who have passed HAPDERN will retain credit and may not register f APP4801. Students who have passed GEVNVBM and/ STUSTOS will retain credit and may not register f PSC4803. Students who have passed HNINP48 will retain credit and may not register f AIP4801. Afrikaans (Degree code: 05118) The curriculum comprises five modules. Students can specialise in either Language Studies Literature, but must select at least one module from Language Studies and one from Literature. Students who specialise in Language Studies must, a er consultation with the Chair of the Department, choose two modules from the Department of Linguistics. LANGUAGE HASOSLX : Sociolinguistics SB70073 : Behaviour change communication and HIV/AIDS SB70073 is offered in both Afrikaans and English. Student enrolled f the Honours inafrikaans must do the Afrikaans version of the paper. LITERATURE HASALES : Afrikaans prose HASPSP9 : Afrikaans drama HAAFPOG : Afrikaans poetry HANEPRA : Dutch literature Not all modules thematic options within modules are necessarily presented each year. Students must contact the Chair of the Department befe registration to determine which modules thematic options will be offered in the year of study. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who passed a module under the old curriculum retain credit f the module passed and must choose the remaining module(s) from those listed above in consultation with the Chair of the Department. Ancient Histy No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the Honours in Classical Studies f me infmation. Ancient Near Eastern Studies (Degree code: 05541) To be admi ed, a student must hold a Bachel s degree an equivalent qualification, and have passed the third-level course in one of the following subjects: Ancient Near Eastern Culture, Biblical Studies, Biblical Archaeology, Ancient Studies, any other related human science discipline approved by the Chair of the Department. Students from a related human science discipline who did not pass the third-level course in Ancient Near Eastern Culture may be allowed to register f the Hons BA (Ancient Near Eastern Studies) by simultaneously registering f ATC1013 and ATC1024 f NDP (nondegree purposes). DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. The curriculum consists of five compulsy papers: ANERECU : The Ancient Near East in modern society ANEREL8 : Religious wld of the Ancient Near East Option 1: Religions of the Ancient Near East Option 2: Mythology of the Ancient Near East ANESOCN : Society of the Ancient Near East Option 1: Social and kinship relations in the Ancient Near East 102

103 Option 2: The Ancient Near East and Gender Studies Option 3: Politics in the Ancient Near East Option 4: Recreation in the Ancient Near East ANEMATN : Material culture of the Ancient Near East Option 1: Art and archaeology of the Ancient Near East Option 2: Trade and economics in the Ancient Near East Option 3: Ancient archives and libraries of the Ancient Near East Option 4: Fictional writings in the Ancient Near East Option 5: Ancient Near Eastern literature of one people group of peoples ANERESF : Research article/essay: applied to Ancient Near Eastern Studies A student is required to submit a research article a wri en essay of not me than 20 pages including the necessary bibliography, befe 30 November. A student may choose any relevant theme topic in the field of the Ancient Near Eastern Studies. The student is strongly advised to (whatever your choice might be) please consult the lecturer in advance in der to discuss the scope and the sources available f the article. No examination will be wri en. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Those students who have already enrolled f the MA degree with specialisation in Ancient Languages and Cultures (degree code: 07846) have until the end of 2009 to complete the degree. Those students who wish to convert their existing postgraduate studies into the new restructured curriculum (BA Honours in Ancient Near Eastern Studies as well as the MA in Ancient Near Eastern Studies) will be permi ed to do so with certain transitional arrangements. It is, however, recommended that existing students who are still following the old curriculum convert their studies to the new restructured curriculum. Courses passed MLCRECQ MLCTOP4 Courses not to be taken ANERECU ANERESF Students who have passed any three of the following modules, MLCPOLJ, MLCCULL, MLCSOCJ, MLCTEXN, MLCEPID, MLCTHOK, MLCCONA, MLCDRA5 and MLCSOU6 will receive full credit f the following three required papers in the new curriculum: ANEREL8, ANESOCN and ANEMATN. Students who have passed ANELIT5 in the new BA Honours in Ancient Near Eastern Studies during 2006 will receive full credit f one of the following papers: ANEREL8, ANESOCN ANEMATN, but not f ANERECU ANERESF. Students who started their Honours Master s degree in Ancient Near Eastern Studies in 2007 will not be permi ed to register f the old curriculum of MA in Ancient Languages and Cultures (degree code: 07846). PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION (1) To pass the degree a student should obtain a mark of at least 50% f each paper separately. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate should obtain an average mark of at least 75% f all the papers together. Anthropology (Degree code: 0507X) Anthropology III an equivalent course (i.e. Socio-cultural Anthropology III Social Anthropology III). The curriculum comprises four wri en papers and a research project. A student may not register f any of HANTALK, HANTAEC HANTAPP, f the research project (HANTREH) unless HANTNA4 is also offered has already been passed. The research project may not be submi ed f examination befe admission to the examination in HANTNA4 has been obtained. At least 50% must be obtained f the research project which carries the same weight as an examination paper. The papers are as follows: HANTNA4 : Anthropological research and writing HANTALK : General Anthropology: theetical perspectives HANTAEC : African ethnography HANTAPP : Applied Anthropology and HANTREH : a research project A research project, in the fm of a research article a research rept a research design of wds, preferably typed in double spacing, on a topic approved by the Chair of the Department, must be submi ed f examination. Students also have the option of critically evaluating an anthropological theme approved by the Department if the student is not interested in furthering his/her postgraduate studies in Anthropology. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS A student who has passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum retains credit f the paper(s) passed and chooses the remaining paper(s) from those listed above; provided that a student who has passed a paper under List A below may not register f the paper opposite to it under List B: List A HANT00U RAN000N SAE000M AFREL0A ANPUB0C SARCHHX INHREG4 ARTANT4 List B HANTALK HANTNA4 HANTAEC HANTAEC HANTAPP HANTAPP HANTAPP HANTREH Arabic (Degree code: 04650) To be admi ed to the degree, a student must: hold a Bachel s degree an equivalent qualification, and have passed a third-level course in Arabic. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. The curriculum consists of 5 papers: ARBLITE : Arabic grammar and philology ARBQTC4 : Qur anic translation and commentary ARBCMC6 : Specialist Arabic literary texts HRS415U : Research methodology in religion One me module from the Islamic Studies honours courses must be taken to complete the honours in Arabic. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION To pass the degree a student should obtain a mark of at least 50% f all papers. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate should obtain a mark of at least an average of 75% f all the papers together. 103

104 Archaeology (Degree code: 05630) Students may not enrol f HARCH6K during their first year of registration and only a er completion of HARCH1E and one elective paper. HARCH5J will not be offered in The curriculum comprises 5 papers. The following 2 papers are compulsy: HARCH1E : They and interpretation in archaeology HARCH6K : Archaeology in practice Choose 3 of the following papers: HARCH2F : Hunter-gatherers and herders in Africa HARCH3G : Early African farming communities and complex societies HARCH4H : Histical archaeology HARCH5J : Managing archaeological heritage Art Histy (Degree code: 05274) BA degree equivalent, with Art Histy as a maj with an average mark of at least 65% at third level. The curriculum comprises 4 papers with wri en examinations and a research article. All components carry equal weight, namely 24 credits. Papers: HONAPHV : HONACTF : HONAMIQ : HONAMR3 : Research article: HONAAR9 : The practice of art histy Contempary art they Memy and identity Revising modernism Research article TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students retain all credits earned under the old curriculum. Outstanding credits are earned by passing papers from the new curriculum. It is a departmental requirement that papers from the new curriculum be chosen in consultation with, and be endsed by, the Art Histy Honours Codinat. Biblical Archaeology (Degree code: 05452) Categy A: applicants have to pass any five papers, excluding the introducty paper HBA401F. Categy B: applicants have to pass any four papers plus the introducty paper HBA401F. HBA401F : An ientation to biblical archaeology (introducty paper) HBA402G : Biblical archaeology of the Late Bronze Age, Iron Age and the Babylonian and Persian periods HBA403H : Biblical archaeology of the Hellenistic and Roman periods HBA404J : Biblical archaeology and religion HBA405K : Applied biblical archaeology HBA406L : Contextualising biblical archaeology HBA407M : Biblical archaeology and the histical Jesus HBA408N : Biblical archaeology and every day life in the biblical wld TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have completed papers f BA (Honours) Biblical Studies with the Biblical Archaeology option, will be credited. RECOMMENDATION Students interested in archaeological fieldwk are advised to include in their study programme courses in Archaeology offered by the Department of Anthropology and Archaeology Biblical Studies (Degree code: 04146) The curriculum comprises five papers and, at the discretion of the Chair of the Department, examinations may be taken ally. The degree can be taken in one of three directions, namely: main direction Old Testament, main direction New Testament, and the direction which comprises equal components from the Old and New Testaments. Students must indicate clearly on the registration fm f which direction they wish to register. Maj Direction New Testament (NEW) The curriculum comprises five papers. HNT4015 : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible HNT4049 : Exegesis of the New Testament and two of the following: HNT4026 : New Testament introduction* HNT4038 : Background to the New Testament HNT405A : New Testament Theology and one of the following: HOT402C : Old Testament Introduction Science* HOT403D : Old Testament Histiography* HOT405F : Old Testament Theology* Two different categies of students may obtain admission to the Honours degree in Biblical Archaeology: Categy A: Applicants with a Bachel s degree with Biblical Archaeology ( equivalent subject) as a maj. Categy B: Applicants with any Bachel s degree. Special requirement: The introducty paper (HBA401F) is compulsy f students in Categy B Applicants from both categies A and B must complete five papers from the list of papers (see below) f a total of 120 credits (5 X 24 = 120 credits). * This paper comprises an article and a three-hour examination paper. The article, the topic of which must be approved by the lecturer concerned, must be approximately twenty typed pages (double spacing) in length, completed under the supervision of the lecturer concerned and submi ed befe 31 October in its final fm f examination. In the calculation of the final mark, the weight of the article shall be 40% and that of the examination paper 60%. A subminimum of 40% must be obtained in both the article and the examination paper. The paper must be passed as a whole in the same academic year: Credit cannot, therefe, be retained f the article the examination paper separately. 104

105 Maj Direction Old Testament (OLD) The curriculum comprises five papers. HOT401B : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible HOT404E : Exegesis of the Old Testament and two of the following: HOT402C : Old Testament Introduction Science* HOT403D : Old Testament Histiography* HOT405F : Old Testament Theology* and one of the following: HNT4026 : New Testament introduction* HNT4038 : Background to the New Testament HNT405A : New Testament Theology Direction Comprising Equal Components from the Old and New Testaments (GEN) The curriculum comprises five papers. HOT401B/HNT4015 : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible and two of the following: HOT402C : Old Testament Introduction Science* HOT403D : Old Testament Histiography* HOT404E : Exegesis of the Old Testament HOT405F : Old Testament Theology* and two of the following: HNT4026 : New Testament introduction* HNT4038 : Background to the New Testament HNT4049 : Exegesis of the New Testament HNT405A : New Testament Theology TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students that failed HBS4086 will have to register f either HOT404E HNT4049. A student that has successfully completed the papers in List A in BA Honours in Biblical Studies will not be allowed to register f the papers in List B, since they have the same course contents: List A HBS401V HBS402W HBS404Y HBS4064 HBS4098 HBS403X HBS4053 HBS4075 HBS410W List B HOT401B HNT4015 HOT402C HOT403D HOT404E HOT405F HNT4026 HNT4038 HNT4049 HNT405A Classical Culture No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the Honours in Classical Studies f me infmation. Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) (Degree code: 05703) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Study unit passed Study unit which may Outstanding modules not be taken AHSMETT CLSRECU CLSSOCN, CLSTHOP, CLSTEXS, CLSTOP9 AHSGRKS CLSSOCN CLSRECU, CLSTHOP, MLCSOCJ CLSTEXS, CLSTOP9 AHSROMS CLSTHOP CLSRECU, CLSSOCN, MLCTHOK CLSTEXS, CLSTOP9 AHSSTDW CLSTEXS CLSRECU, CLSSOCN, MLCTEXN CLSTHOP, CLSTOP9 AHSARTH CLSTOP9 CLSRECU, CLSSOCN, CLSTHOP, CLSTEXS Classical Culture III Ancient Histy III Greek III Latin III ( the final course in a comparable subject) It is strongly recommended that students do at least two language modules, one in Latin (LAN101K) and one in Greek (GRE1019) befe they complete their Honour s degree. Students are also strongly advised to acquire a reading knowledge of at least one of the following modern languages, since they will find this to be an advantage with regard to the modern literature which has to be studied f the Honour s course: German, French Italian. Students who choose Stream A (Ancient Histy) must have completed 9 undergraduate modules in Ancient Histy. Likewise, students who choose Stream B (Classical Culture, Greek and Latin) must have completed 9 undergraduate modules in those disciplines (8 in the case of Latin). The syllabus appears in the Departmental brochure on postgraduate studies which is available free of charge, on request, from the Registrar. Detailed curricula will be fwarded to interested students by the Department. While the department will try to accommodate the particular interests of individual students, the expertise of the available teaching staff will have to be taken into consideration in the exercise of options. A year mark of 35% will apply to each of the five papers in the course. The examination f these modules will count f 65% of the total mark. The extended essay in CLSTOP9 will replace the fmal examination at the end of the year f this module. STREAM A (ANCIENT HISTORY) * This paper comprises an article and a three-hour examination paper. The article, the topic of which must be approved by the lecturer concerned, must be approximately twenty typed pages (double spacing) in length, completed under the supervision of the lecturer concerned and submi ed befe 31 October in its final fm f examination. In the calculation of the final mark, the weight of the article shall be 40% and that of the examination paper 60%. A subminimum of 40% must be obtained in both the article and the examination paper. The paper must be passed as a whole in the same academic year: Credit cannot, therefe, be retained f the article the examination paper separately. A student who chooses Ancient Histy (Stream A) cannot register f CLSTOP9 unless CLSRECU, CLSSOCN, CLSTHOP and CLSTEXS 9 (in that der) have already been passed are taken concurrently. STREAM A Ancient Histy CLSRECU: Histical methodology This paper examines the methodological uses and abuses of epigraphic, numismatic and archaeological evidence in the study of Greco-Roman histy. 105

106 STREAM A Ancient Histy CLSSOCN: Greek histy In this paper students may study either the socio-political histy of Archaic Greece (the First Olympiad to 500 BC) OR the rise of Philip II and Alexander in the fourth century BC. CLSTHOP: Roman histy This paper offers an examination of the Augustan principate and its political and constitutional significance. CLSTEXS: Histical sources In this paper students engage in detailed analysis of the literary, epigraphic and numismatic source material f the periods studied in CLSSOCN and CLSTHOP. CLSTOP9: Research topic and research methodology The purpose of this paper is to guide students in acquiring the necessary skills to embark on a maj research project. Students will engage with research methodologies in the field of Ancient Histy and will write an extended essay on a topic selected in consultation with the relevant lecturer. The research essay will replace the fmal examination in this paper. An imptant outcome will be the fmulation of a preliminary research proposal f students who intend to proceed to MA level. STREAM B (CLASSICAL CULTURE, GREEK OR LATIN) A student who chooses Classical Culture, Greek Latin (Stream B) must first pass take concurently CLSSOCN, CLSTHOP and CLSTEXS (in any der) to be followed by CLSRECU and CLSTOP9 (in that der). STREAM B Classical Culture, Greek Latin CLSTEXS: Literary texts In Part I of this paper students will study surveys of Greek Latin literature, while in Part II the students will engage in close analysis of the tragedies of Euripides and/ Seneca, specifically the myth of Hippolytus and Phaedra. CLSSOCN: Classical society In this paper students focus on the diverse facets of Greco-Roman society in general in Part I, and examine issues of strong contempary relevance relating, f instance, to religion in the Roman wld gender in Graeco-Roman society in Part II. CLSTHOP: Classical thought Part I of this paper offers a survey of Greek thought and philosophy as an area of intellectual histy, where Part II focuses on themes within Classical thought, eg the best-known fi h century sophists and their legacy. CLSRECU: Reception The paper examines, through close analysis of mainly literary sources, the impact of Graeco-Roman culture on me recent times. Part I offers a survey of the histy of Classical scholarship and of the field within Classics known as Reception Studies. Part II focuses on the reception of Greek tragedy and continues from the first paper by studying the myth of Phaedra in post-classical literature and art. CLSTOP9: Research topic and research methodology The purpose of this paper is to guide students in acquiring the necessary skills to embark on a maj research project. Students will engage with research methodologies in the field of Classics, Greek and Latin and will write an extended essay on a topic selected in consultation with the relevant lecturer. The research essay will replace the fmal examination in this paper. An imptant outcome of the module will be the fmulation of a preliminary research proposal f students who intend to proceed to MA level. CONTACT WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATION SCIENCE Communication (Degree code: 04235) The course leader f Honours studies is your contact person. Please direct telephonic enquiries and crespondence to him/her: Course Leader: Honours Studies Department of Communication Science University of South Africa PO Box 392 UNISA 0003 Please contact the Department either by telephone at , by fax at by [email protected]. In addition to the general rules f Honours Bachel s degrees which appear in Part 1 of the Calendar (PG1 tot PG9), the following also apply in the Department of Communication Science. To be admi ed, students must hold a Bachel s degree and have passed at least five Communication Science modules (60 credits) on the third level with an average of 60%. (1) F the specialisation areas Media Studies and Organisational Communication, students need to have completed at least five modules in Communication Science at the third level (with at least two modules on third level relevant f the specialisation area). Students from other institutions and/ qualifications must have completed the equivalent of the modules prescribed f the BA with Communication Science as a maj see Calendar Part 2 on the third level. (2) Students from other institutions ( who completed another Unisa degree) must also have completed a module in research methodology on the third level. If they qualify f the honours in Communication Science but have not completed a relevant research methodology module on the third level, the Chair of the department may require these students to register f the module COM306D f non-degree purposes concurrently with not me than two modules of the honours programme. These students may not register f HCMMERJ, HCMOCRL HCMRMTN the advanced research project. Students have to pass the COM306D module befe they can proceed with their honours studies in a following year. Students from other institutions qualifications must contact the Department of Communication Science at least four weeks pri to the final registration deadline to determine whether they qualifiy f admission to the honours programme. Further note that the following also applies: Students who passed Communication III six me years ago may apply f admission to the Honours degree in Communication, subject to approval by the Chair of the Department. Students who qualified f admission six me years ago, may not register f me than two modules in the first year of registration. Admission requirement 2 is also applicable to these students. Students may spread their study over a period of at least two years with a maximum study period of six years. Students are advised to register f not me than three modules during the first year of study. (3) F the specialisation area Telecommunications and Infmation policy students have to hold any Bachels degree to be admi ed to the programme. The third-level modules of the Bachels degree must be passed with an average of 60% to qualify f admission. 106

107 The degree BA Honours in Communication consists of three specialisation areas: Media Studies, Organisational Communication and Telecommunications and Infmation Policy. Students need to select a specialisation area and have to complete all five modules prescribed f the specialisation area. The curricula f the three specialisation areas are as follows: Specialisation area Media studies (MES) The papers are as follows: HCMMCTG : Mass communication they HCMMERJ : Media research HCMMPRB : Media management, policy and regulation HCMICPV : International communication and political communication HCMRES4 : Advanced research project TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS A If you have passed one me of the following modules in Column A from the old curriculum: B If you have passed one me of the modules listed in Column A you may not register f the following module: C Register f one me of the following modules from the new curriculum depending on how many modules you have outstanding: HKMTHEE HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMMPRB HCIMCPV HCMRES4 HKMNAVU HCMMERJ HCMMCTG HCMMPRB HCMICPV HCMRES4 HKMINFP HCMMPRB HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMICPV HCMRES4 HKMVIS6 HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMMPRB HCMICPV HCMRES4 HKMBEML HCMMPRB HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMICPV HCMRES4 HKMORGM HCMICPV HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMMPRB HCMRES4 HKMONTS HCMRES4 HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMMPRB HCMICPV HKMPOLP HCMICPV HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMMPRB HCMRES4 HKMMEDF HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMMPRB HCMICPV HCMRES4 HKMPROY HCMRES4 HCMMCTG HCMMERJ HCMPRB HCMICPV Specialisation area Organisational communication (ORK) HCMICOU : Integrated communication and the ganisation HCMOCRL : Organisational communication research HCMOCTN : Organisational communication they HCMMOAM : Marketing communication, advertising and public relations HCMRES4 : Advanced research project TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Modules from the old curriculum (Colomn A) HKMTHEE HKMNAVU HKMINFP HKMVIS6 HKMBEML HKMORGM HKMONTS HKMPOLP HKMMEDF HKMPROY Modules passed Any one of the modules in Column A Any two of the modules in Column A Any three of the modules in Column A Any four of the modules in Column A Modules to be taken Any four of: HCMICOU HCMOCRL HCMOCTN HCMMOAM HCMRES4 HCMICOU And any two of: HCMOCRL HCMOCTN HCMMOAM HCMRES4 Any two of: HCMOCTN HCMMOAM HCMRES4 Any one of: HCMOCTN HCMMOAM HCMRES4 ` Specialisation area Telecommunications and Infmation Policy (TEL) HCMTIPG : The application of theies of infmation and telecommunications policy to real life situations HCMRMTN : Research methodology f telecommunications and infmation policy studies HCMICT3 : The analysis of infmation communication technology (ICT) trends in developing countries HCMITR6 : Assessing infmation and telecommunications regulations and trends HCMRES4 : Advanced research project The Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy is no longer offered. Students who registered f this qualification befe 2009 will be allowed to complete their studies accding to the transitional arrangements provided below. Prospective students are advised to register f the BA Honours in Communication with specialisation in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy. 107

108 TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Current NDTEL modules which were not completed NDTEL1V NDTEL2W NDTEL3X NDTEL4Y Equivalent module from the BA Honours in Communication with specialisation in Telecommunication and Infmation Policy f which students must register HCMTIPG HCMICT3 HCMITR6 HCMRMTN Development Studies (Degree code: 05150) To be admi ed, students must hold a Bachel s degree and have passed the final-level modules with an average of at least 60%. The curriculum comprises five papers. DVADEBT is compulsy. Students must choose four papers from DVAGOVJ, DVASECF, DVASUS4, GENDEVY and PSY471S. A student who wishes to continue with a master s degree in Development Studies, must choose the research methodology paper (PSY471S), which is offered by the Department of Psychology. The papers are as follows: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVAGOVJ : Governance and development DVASECF : Human security and development DVASUS4 : Sustainable development: policy, practice and environment GENDEVY : Gender and development PSY471S : Research methodology TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students retain credits f all papers completed under the old curriculum. As from 2008 DVADEBT is compulsy f all students. Students who completed OADMETG may not register f PSY471S. Students who completed OASUSTC may not register f DVASUS4. English (Degree code: 04170) The curriculum comprises the following four papers plus one other honours paper offered by the College of Human Sciences: CHSHAK6 : Chaucer and/ Shakespeare (A student who has passed either SHACK0X MEDIEVE may register f this paper at the discretion of the Chair of the Department.) AMELITW : American Literature (A student who has passed AMERICX may not register f this paper.) NCSTUDW : Nineteenth Century Studies (A student who has passed VICLITC may not register f this paper.) SALITEH : South African Literature in English (A student who has passed either ISSUES8 HETOALK may register f this paper at the discretion of the Chair of the Department.) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who passed a paper(s) under a previous curriculum retain credit f the paper(s) passed and choose the outstanding paper(s) from those listed above. French No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in French) Gender Studies (Degree code: 05266) To be admi ed, students must hold a Bachel s degree and have passed the final course of a maj subject in one of the contributing departments (see curriculum below) with at least 60%. The admission of students who obtained less than 60% who hold a Bachel s degree with a maj subject from another department will be at the discretion of the Chair of the Department concerned and the Direct of the Institute f Gender Studies. The curriculum comprises five papers. GENMETU and GENARTJ are compulsy. 1 All the papers will not necessarily be offered every year. The papers are as follows: GENMETU : Feminist they and methodology (compulsy) GENARTJ : A research article a research rept on a topic approved by the Direct of the Institute in consultation with the Chair of the Department offering the maj subject by virtue of which the student was admi ed. plus any three of the following: GENCONC : Contempary women s writing (contributing Department: English) GENDEVY : Gender and development (contributing Department: Development Studies) GENREL5 : Women, religion and spirituality (contributing Department: Christian Spirituality, Church Histy and Missiology) : An Honours paper in another subject in which the student has passed the final course, with the approval of the Chair of the Department concerned and the Codinat of the Institute f Gender Studies. HCMMCTG : Feminist media studies (contributing Department: Communication Science) 2 No master s Doct s degree is currently offered in Gender Studies. A student who obtains the Hons BA degree in Gender Studies will, however, be considered f admission to the studies f a master s degree in the subject in which he/she majed f the Bachel s degree and by virtue of which he/she was admi ed to the studies f the Hons BA degree. German No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in German). Greek No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the Honours in Classical Studies f me infmation. 108

109 Histy (Degree code: 04197) Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department and with due regard to the General Rules f the Degree, admission is restricted to students who have a Bachel s degree with Histy as a maj subject, who have passed a course(s) which is/are equivalent to Histy as a maj subject. The curriculum comprises five papers. HHYPRAN must be taken in the first year of study. HHYPRAN : The practice of histy HHYSSA3 : Fging southern African identities HHYTMSD : Themes from modern South African histy HHYTAH6 : Themes from the histy of Africa HHYTGHK : Themes from global histy One of HHYSSA3, HHYTMSD, HHYTAH6 HHYTGHK may, with the approval of the Chairs of the Departments concerned, be replaced with an Honours paper in another subject in which the student has sufficient background knowledge. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum retain credit f the paper(s) passed and must choose the outstanding paper(s) from those listed above, provided that a student who has passed a paper appearing in List A below may not register f the paper opposite it in List B: List A MTFG00Q STRHIS9 AFSO00G HHYSETQ HHYUNI8 HHISSAT HHYMSAF HHYAFRU HHYUSAA List B HHYPRAN HHYPRAN HHYSSA3 HHYSSA3 HHYTMSD HHYTMSD HHYTMSD HHYTAH6 HHYTGHK Infmation Science (Degree code: 05258) Students who registered f Part 1 of the Masters in Infmation Science (MA Infmation Science) in 2005 and still need to complete remaining papers of Part 1 should register f Honours Bachels of Arts in the subject Infmation Science as from A Bachel s degree with Infmation Science Archival Science as maj. HINKMEL (Research methodology) AND at least two papers from Section A, as well as a fourth paper selected from Section A B (one paper can be the research article). SECTION A HINKISS : Social impact of Infmation Technology HINKBSC : Infmation management (Knowledge management) HINKNAJ : Research article SECTION B HTINREG : Foundations, recd studies and knowledge production/creation HTINHER : Infmation ganisation and retrieval studies HTINGEP : User studies, including reading, reading they, literacy and collections management HTIED : Advanced management of infmation enterprises HINKNAJ : Research article International Politics (Degree code: 04715) Unless otherwise decided by Senate, a student must have passed: (1) A degree with International Politics II International Politics III; (2) a course(s) at another university which, in the opinion of the Chair of the Department, is equivalent to (1) above. The curriculum comprises five papers. One of the papers may be substituted with an Honours paper in a related subject in which the student has sufficient background knowledge, with the approval of the Heads of Departments concerned. Any five papers may be taken in any sequence. HNINP14 : South Africa in the international political economy HNINP25 : International political they POLRESN : The political sciences: approaches and methods PSC4803 : Conflict, peace and security studies AIP4801 : Integration and disintegration: African and international institutions HNINP59 : Feign policy TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum retain credit f the paper(s) passed: Students who have passed HNINP36 will retain credit f it and may not register f POLRESN. Students who have passed STUST0S and GEVNVBM will retain credit, but may not receive credit f either both of STUST0S and GEVNVBM, as well as PSC4803. Students who have passed HNINP48 will retain credit f it and may not register f AIP4801. Islamic Studies (Degree code: 05177) To be admi ed to the degree, a student must; hold a Bachel s degree an equivalent qualification and have passed a third-level course in Islamic Studies, in a related human science discipline approved by the Chair of the Department. Students from a related human science discipline that did not pass a third-level course in Islamic Studies may be allowed to register f the Hons BA in Islamic Studies by first completing simultaneously registering f relevant undergraduate modules in Arabic Islamic Studies (f nondegree purposes) required by the Chair of the Department. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. 109

110 The curriculum comprises 5 papers: ICSQTCH : Qur anic Sciences ICSHCTX : Hadith literature and criticism HRS415U : Research methodology in religion ICSCSPF : Contempary Islam One me module from the Religious Studies honours courses must be taken to complete the honours in Islamic Studies PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION (1) To pass the degree a student should obtain a mark of at least 50% f all papers. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate should obtain a mark of at least an average of 75% f all the papers together. Italian No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in Italian). Judaica (Degree code: 04855) A BA degree with Modern Hebrew-Judaica III, Judaica III ( Judaica II old syllabus) an equivalent degree is required f admission. The curriculum comprises five wri en three-hour papers and one al wri en examination As soon as possible a er registration, the student must negotiate with the Hebrew Studies and Judaica Section of the Department of Old Testament and Ancient Near Eastern Studies regarding the selection of the topics to be studied. The papers are as follows: JEWHISG : A survey of Jewish histy JEWLITV : A survey of Jewish literature JEWPE0B : A detailed study of the histy of the Jews during one of the following periods: (a) Biblical (b) Post-Biblical 1000 AD (c) 1000 AD 1500 AD (d) 1500 AD 1900 AD (e) Contempary period JAPHWRQ : A detailed study of the life and wks of one maj Jewish artist, philosopher writer A detailed study of ONE of the following topics (RELMOVM, JEWDEMK, JELUT0C and YIDWRIG): RELMOVM : Religious movements during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries AD JEWDEMK : Jewish demography in modern times JELUT0C : The development of the Jewish liturgy YIDWRIG : The life and wks of one Yiddish writer MHLJUDL : General survey of Modern Hebrew Literature (Oral, 45 minutes; wri en, 3 hours) Latin No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the Honours in Classical Studies f me infmation. Linguistics Specialisation area General Linguistics (Degree code: 04278) A degree with Linguistics as a maj with an average mark of at least 60% at third level. The curriculum comprises the following: Two compulsy papers: HDRLNGJ : Directions in Linguistics (ptfolio examination) HCCINFW : Language competence, cognition and infmation (ptfolio examination) Three compulsy (ce) modules: MAPP06X : Text and discourse analysis MSLVART : Language variation MSLCONP : Language contact and change Two elective modules: Any two of the following modules: Any ce modules from the Hons BA with specialisation in Sociolinguistics not already taken Any ce modules from the Hons BA with specialisation in Applied Linguistics not already taken In place of the two elective modules students may also take a paper from the BA Honours with specialisation in Translation Studies in consultation with the Course Codinat. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS A student who has passed a paper(s) in List A under the Old retain credit f the paper(s) passed and may not register f the module(s) opposite to it under List B. List A HLUTGS4 HLDVARH List B MSLGENF MAPP06X MSLVART MSLCONP Specialisation area Translation Studies (Degree code: 05053) 1. The minimum admission requirement f this qualification is a recognised Bachel s degree ( equivalent) with 60% in one maj. 2. Students Should have a high degree of proficiency in the two languages chosen in accdance with 3 below. Students who do not have a language maj may be required to pass a translation aptitude test befe their registration can be accepted. In this regard, students should contact the Department. 3. F the purposes of the course, students must choose TWO languages from the list below Afrikaans Nthern Sotho Tsonga English Ptuguese Tswana French Russian Venda German Southern Sotho Xhosa Italian Spanish Zulu Mandarin Chinese Swati 110

111 Students should indicate on the registration fm from which language (the source language) and into which language (the target language) they intend to translate. The University will not necessarily provide translation tuition in respect of all the languages mentioned under (3) every year. Students who do not include Afrikaans English in their language combination, who wish to offer a language not listed above, must contact the Department befehand. The curriculum comprises four papers, which must be taken in the following der: LINPERT : Translation method and function LEKPERQ : Translation f specific purposes VERPERR : Perspectives on translation and interpreting studies METECNR : Translation research and professional practice TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have already passed LINPERT can register f LEKPERQ, VERPERR and METECNR. Students who have already passed LINPERT and LEKPERQ can register f VERPERR and METECNR. Specialisation area Applied Linguistics (Degree code: 05134) The minimum admission requirement f this qualification is a Bachel s degree ( equivalent) with 60% in a language Linguistics maj. The curriculum comprises 10 modules, as follows: MAPP01S : Issues in applied linguistics MAPP02T : Individual facts in language learning MSLFNDL : Foundations of sociolinguistics MAPP04V : Language learning and teaching MAPP05W : Language assessment MAPP06X : Text and discourse analysis plus two all three of the following: MAPP083 : Reading in an additional language MAPP094 : Writing in an additional language MAPP12V : Language planning in education The one two modules remaining may be chosen from the following provided that students meet the requirements f admission to such modules: Honours BA modules papers (papers are equivalent to two modules) from language and linguistics departments, including those offered in the BA Hons with specialisation in TESOL and the ce modules in the BA Honours with specialisation in Sociolinguistics. DURATION OF STUDY Students are advised to spread their studies f this degree over at least two years. Specialisation area Sociolinguistics (Degree code: 05843) This degree is administered by the Department of Linguistics, but the following departments also contribute ce modules and dissertation supervision: African Languages, Afrikaans, Communication Science and Sociology A student must: (a) hold a Bachel s degree ( an equivalent qualification); (b) have a maj in a language Linguistics; (c) have passed the maj with at least 60% A student who does not comply with (b) above but who has passed the final course of a maj subject in one of the other contributing departments (see elective modules under curriculum below) may be admi ed at the discretion of the Chair of the Department concerned and the interdepartmental co-dinat. The curriculum comprises six compulsy ce modules and four elective modules, as follows: Ce modules MSLFNDL : Foundations of sociolinguistics MSLVART : Language variation MSLCONP : Language contact and change MSLGENF : Language and gender MSLPLPV : Language planning and the professions MSLIDC8 : Language, culture and ideology Elective modules All papers modules prescribed f Honours degrees in languages, Linguistics, Applied Linguistics and TESOL (papers have the weight of two modules), as well as the following papers from the participating departments (given in brackets): HAPONTH : Development politics in Africa contributing Department: Political Sciences HAPROBA : Problems of political change in Africa contributing Department: Political Sciences HAPDERN : Africa in comparative Third Wld perspective contributing Department: Political Sciences HCMICPV : International communication and political communication HCMMPRB : Media management, policy and regulation HCMMCTG : Mass communication they HCMRES4 : Advanced research project TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS A student who has passed a paper/module in List A under the old curriculum retains credit f the paper/module passed and may not register f the module opposite to it under List B. List A MSLPLAE, MSLPROB, MSLONOV MSLCUL3, MSLIDEA SOCIOLK List B MSLPLPV MSLIDC8 MSLFNDL, MSLVART Mathematics (Degree code: 04375) In der to be admi ed, a student must have passed Mathematics III four third-level modules in Mathematics three third-level modules in Mathematics and two third-level modules in Applied Mathematics. The curriculum comprises 10 modules on approved topics, particulars of which appear in the Departmental brochure on postgraduate studies which is available free of charge, on request, from the Registrar. 111

112 Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in French German Italian Ptuguese Russian Spanish) (Degree code: 05711) This degree replaces the individual degrees in the listed languages. Students who choose a particular language option within the Honours structure must have completed 9 ( 10 in the case of French) undergraduate modules in that language. Students who complete the maj in French German Italian Ptuguese Russian Spanish with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Honours in Modern European Languages. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. Students who wish to register f HMELRAD, which consists of the research article, are required to get wri en permission from the Chair of the Department befe registration. The curriculum comprises five modules (120 credits in total). Students are advised to take the modules in the der presented below. HMELRLQ : Re-reading the literary canon The choice of a discipline-related module in accdance with the selected field specialisation is compulsy. A choice of ONE of the following topics: Literary studies in French Imagining freedom in the wake of the German enlightenment Dante and the great Italian poetry tradition of the Renaissance Literature of the Ptuguese-speaking wld Selected Russian 19th and 20th century literary wks Literature of the Golden Age of Spain HMELTCK : Texts in context The choice of a discipline-related module in accdance with the selected field specialisation is compulsy. A choice of ONE of the following topics: Histy of the French language Topics in Modern German literature (19th and 20th century) Contempary Italian writers (offered by Wits) Histy of the Ptuguese language Russian literature befe the 19th century Latin American narrative of the 20th century HMELLSK : Language studies and translation practice The choice of a discipline-related module in accdance with the selected field specialisation is compulsy. A choice of ONE of the following topics: Translation into-from French-English Textual-cultural interfaces: transpositions and translation in German Translation into-from Italian-English Translation into-from Ptuguese-English Advanced Russian language studies Translation into-from Spanish-English HMELCEG : Cultural encounters A choice of ONE of the following topics: From page screen: Modern French, Italian, Ptuguese and Spanish literature and cinema Feminist writers in French, Italian, Ptuguese and Spanish Literature in global contexts and postcolonial intertexts Another interdisciplinary module to be approved by the Chair of the Department (a) (b) HMELRAD : Research article/project A research article of approximately 30 pages (± wds) a ptfolio on an approved auth field of study to be submi ed by 30 November. Permission from the Chair of the Department is required pri to registration f this paper and in language specialisations where an al exam fms a part of this module, such an examination will be based on the candidates research article. The al examination will be of approximately 45 minutes duration, preceded by 45 minutes preparation. In such cases, sections (a) and (b) carry equal weight. In languages where there is no al examination, the article alone will carry the full weight. Where an al examination fms part of this module, candidates resident in Southern Africa must take the al examination in Pretia, unless permission f alternative arrangements is obtained (by wri en request) from the Chair of the Department. Candidates residing outside Southern Africa may do the al examination on audio casse e under official supervision. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION (a) (b) To pass a student shall obtain at least 50% in each module. To pass with distinction, a student must obtain an average of at least 75% in the five modules combined. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have registered f the current Honours degrees in French (degree code: 04189), German (degree code: 04154), Italian (degree code: 04219), Ptuguese (degree code: 05223), Romance Languages (degree code: 05231), Russian Spanish may complete their degree in the new proposed Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in the discipline of choice). Credits obtained f modules offered f the current degree in each language will be retained. Students who begin their postgraduate studies from the academic year 2007 will have to register f the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in French German Italian Ptuguese Russian Spanish). FRENCH Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules FRLINO4 HMELTCK HMELLSK,HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD FRTRADF HMELLSK HMELTCK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD FRLS00Y HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD FRORALY HMELRAD HMELTCK,HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG 112

113 GERMAN Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules MOGERLN HMELTCK HMELLSK,HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD LTHGERX HMELLSK HMELTCK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD GOEGERN HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD GERART4 HMELRAD HMELTCK,HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG ITALIAN Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules ITLIT2J HMELTCK HMELLSK,HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD ITALTOA HMELLSK HMELTCK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD ITLIT1H HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD ITORALX HMELRAD HMELTCK,,HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG PORTUGUESE Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules HPORHLK HMELTCK HMELLSK,HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HPORTLE HMELLSK HMELTCK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HPORLPX HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HPORAL4 HMELRAD HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG ROMANCE LANGUAGES Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules ROMCINR HMELCEG HMELLSK,HMELRLQ, HMELTCK, HMELRAD ROMFEMR HMELCEG HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELTCK, HMELRAD FRLS00Y HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD FRORALY HMELRAD HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG RUSSIAN Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules HRUSERT HMELTCK HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HRUSLN8 HMELLSK HMELTCK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HRUSNTJ HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HRUSORJ HMELRAD HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG SPANISH Study unit passed Study unit which may not be taken Outstanding modules HSPAMLS HMELTCK HMELLSK,HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HSPTLUY HMELLSK HMELTCK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HSPLITW HMELRLQ HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELCEG, HMELRAD HSPARTF HMELRAD HMELTCK, HMELLSK, HMELRLQ, HMELCEG Modern Hebrew (Degree code: 04677) A BA degree with Modern Hebrew-Judaica III Modern Hebrew III an equivalent degree is required f admission. The curriculum comprises five wri en three-hour papers and one al wri en examination. Two courses of study have been instituted f the Honours degree. Students may take either of these courses, depending on their particular fields of interest. As soon as possible a er registration, the student must negotiate with the Hebrew Studies and Judaica Section of the Department of Old Testament and Ancient Near Eastern Studies regarding the selection of the texts to be studied. Modern Hebrew literature as the main field of study (MHL) HNSMH1S : Selected wks of Yehuda Halevy Ibn-Gabirol, Y.L. Gdon, Achad Haam, Peretz and Shalom Aleichem HNSMH2T : Selected wks of Mendele, Bialik, Tschernichovsky, Shimoni and Brener Shneur HNSMH3U : Selected wks of Agnon, Hazaz, Alterman, Shlonski and Goldberg Rachel HNSMH4V : Selected wks of Appelfeld, Oz, Kahana-Carmon, Yehoshua and Meged HNSMH5W : Selected poems of Amichay, Zach, Guri and Gilboa HNSMH6X : Selected wks of Michael, Orpaz, Shahar, Pagis, Ratosh, Shalev, Tirzah Atar and Bat-Miriam (Oral, 45 minutes; wri en, 3 hours) The development of the Hebrew language as the main field of study (HLS) CSLS00K : A comparative study of Classical Hebrew, Modern Hebrew and Aramaic ONTHEBR : A survey of the development of Hebrew ARAM00T : A study of Imperial Aramaic, Palestinian Jewish Aramaic and Babylonian Talmudic Aramaic BYBNABT : Selected Biblical and post-biblical texts LSNHAZQ : Lashon Hazal TEMIDHJ : Selected Hebrew texts from the Medieval and Haskalah periods (Oral, 45 minutes; wri en, 3 hours) 113

114 Musicology (Degree code: 05185) A student must hold a recognised BA degree with either Histy of Music Music in Wld Cultures Today as a maj subject, any equivalent music maj as approved by the Chair of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. If the degree was obtained me than five years ago, the student may be required by the Chair of the Department to complete one me papers from the undergraduate Histy of Music Music in Wld Cultures Today curriculum befe being admi ed to the degree. The curriculum comprises three three-hour wri en papers in addition to a substantial research article. HMPHIL9 : The philosophies and research methodologies of music HIMPHEM : Playing with histy: the early music movement and its impact on recent perfming trends SAMUSES : Southern African encounters in music plus MUSART9 : A research article of approximately printed pages in one-and-a-half spacing ( wds). The topic must be chosen in consultation with the Chair of the Department and should preferably reflect current musicological themes, and especially those relating to South Africa. The article (MUSART9) must be passed with at least 65% in der f a student to be admi ed to the MA (Musicology) degree. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have already completed HIM332F as part of their BA degree must choose a substitute paper from their second maj subject f their undergraduate degree one of the following papers offered f Art Histy Honours in the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. HONAPHV : HONACTF : HONAMIQ : HONAMR3 : The practice of art histy Contempary art histy Memy and identity Revising modernism Philosophy (Degree code: 04383) Unless otherwise decided by Senate, a student must have successfully completed a Bachel s Degree with a maj in Philosophy, an equivalent course(s) from another university, with an average of at least 60%. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises the following four papers: PHPH00R : A though study of a period in the histy of Philosophy PHTE00Y : A though study of an approved philosophical text TCP000P : Trends in contempary Philosophy PHPR00S : A though study of an approved philosophical problem All students are required to submit a compulsy research essay, to equip them with elementary concepts and methods of research, including ethics, so that they are in a position to conduct independent research from the Master s level. Politics (Degree code: 04359) Unless otherwise decided by Senate, a student must have passed: (1) A degree with Politics III; (2) a course(s) at another university which is/are equivalent to (1) above The curriculum comprises any combination of five of the following papers. One of the papers may be substituted with an Honours paper in a related subject in which the student has sufficient background knowledge, with the approval of the Heads of Departments concerned. POLRESN, HNPCS26, HNPCS38, APP4801 and HNPCS5A are wri en papers of three hours each. It is advisable that POLRESN be taken befe concurrently with PAPARDF, if PAPARDF is chosen. Registration f PAPARDF is subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department. POLRESN : The political sciences: approaches and methods HNPCS26 : They, philosophy and ideology HNPCS38 : Political dynamics APP4801 : Comparative politics: Africa and beyond HNPCS5A : South African politics PAPARDF : Honours research article f African Politics, Politics. An independent research project. The topic must be chosen in consultation with the Department and is subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department. ASP4803 : Conflict, peace and security studies TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum retain credit f the paper(s) passed and must choose the outstanding paper(s) from the abovementioned papers; provided that students who passed one option ( me than one option) in one me of the five papers of the old curriculum may not register f the cresponding paper(s) [ options in such paper(s)] of the new curriculum. Students who have passed HNPCS15 will retain credit f it and may not register f POLRESN. Students who have passed HNPCS6B will retain credit f it and may not register f PAPARDF. Students who have passed HNPCS49 will retain credit f it and may not register f APP4801. Students who have passed GEVNVB and/ STUSTOS will retain credit f it and may not register f PSC4803. Ptuguese No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in Ptuguese). Psychology (Degree code: 04332) (1) To be admi ed: (a) a student must have a degree and: (i) have obtained an average of at least 60% f Psychology III; and 114

115 (ii) have passed Psychology III less than six years ago; and (b) the syllabi f the student s undergraduate courses must have included sections on Research Methodology and Psychopathology. (2) Students who passed Psychology III me than six years ago and/ obtained less than 60% may be admi ed if they obtained a further degree postgraduate diploma/certificate if they are in possession of a four-year Bachel s degree. (3) Students who do not comply with the requirements of (1)(a) must, in der to qualify f admission, repeat Psychology III f non-degree purposes and obtain an average of at least 60%. Students who did not obtain an average of 60% me may repeat individual papers/modules in der to comply with this requirement. (4) Students who do not comply with the requirements of 1(b) must, in der to qualify f admission, first pass the modules RSC201H (Research in the Social Sciences) and PYC304C (Psychological Research), as well as PYC302A (Abnmal Behaviour and Mental Health). The curriculum comprises six of the following papers. PSY471S is compulsy. A student may not register f any of the papers unless PSY471S is also taken has already been passed. PSY471S : Research methodology (open-book examination) plus 5 of the following papers: PSY481U : Psychopathology PSY482V : Social psychology PSY473U : Personology PSY484X : Developmental psychology PSY485Y : Physiological psychology PSY4885 : Cognitive psychology PSY4988 : Psychological assessment PSY474V : Ecosystemic psychology PSY4999 : Therapeutic psychology PSY475W : The psychology of wk PSY461Q : Community and health psychology PSY4794 : Spt psychology BPSYCH EQUIVALENCE PROGRAMME To obtain BPsych equivalence recognition (leading to registration as a counsell with the Professional Board f Psychology in the respective practise fields below), the following honours registrations are required: Trauma Counselling PSY461Q : Community and health psychology PSY471S : Research methodology PSY481U : Psychopathology PSY4988 : Psychological assessment PSY4999 : Therapeutic psychology plus a sixth course selected from any of the remaining options contained in the full curriculum above. Psychometry and Career Counselling PSY471S : Research methodology PSY481U : Psychopathology PSY4988 : Psychological assessment PSY4999 : Therapeutic psychology plus two additional courses selected from any of the remaining options contained in the full curriculum above. Pastal Counselling PSY471S : Research methodology PSY481U : Psychopathology PSY4988 : Psychological assessment PSY4999 : Therapeutic psychology PTH423D : Advanced pastal care and counselling (with permission of the Chair of Psychology) plus one additional course selected from any of the remaining options contained in the full curriculum above. Applicants will be subjected to a selection process. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Pipeline students will be allowed to complete their degree until 2009, a er which they will have to convert to an honours degree in Psychology. Religious Studies (Degree code: 05002) To be admi ed to the degree, the student must: (a) hold a Bachel s degree an equivalent qualification; and (b) have passed a third-level course in Religious Studies. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. The curriculum comprises the following five papers: (i) (ii) HRS411Q : Interhisty of religions HRS412R : Theies of religion HRS415U : Research methodology in religion HRS416V : Religion in private and public life One additional Honour s module from another discipline (to be approved by the department) will complete the Honour s in Religious Studies (f instance GENRELS: Women and religion, CSP412H: Christian mysticism, THE429H: Comparative religious ethics sexual ethics medical ethics). Although the ability to read classical texts in the iginal languages is not compulsy f the Honours course, students are encouraged, in consultation with the Chair of the Department, to acquire proficiency of this kind with a view to envisaged studies f a master s degree where it may be required, depending on the field of research. Students who obtained their Bachel s degree at another university may be required to complete such supplementary studies as may be deemed necessary f the structure of the Honours course at this University. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have passed the papers in List A (old curriculum) receive credit f the equivalents listed in List B (new curriculum) and may not register f those equivalent papers: List A SCR4019 SCR402A SCR414E SCR415F List B HRS412R HRS415U HRS411Q HRS416V HRS411Q HRS416V Romance Languages (French, Italian, Ptuguese, Spanish) No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures. Russian No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in Russian). 115

116 Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) (Degree code: 04871) A BA degree with Classical Hebrew III is required f admission. The curriculum comprises four wri en three-hour papers and two al examinations of 45 minutes each. A student may not register f CHORALN unless HARAM0H is also offered has already been passed; and a student may not register f any of CHTE00C, CHTX00B CHORALN unless SEMPH0X is also offered has already been passed. As soon as possible a er registration, the student must negotiate with the Hebrew Studies and Judaica Section of the Department of Old Testament and Ancient Near Eastern Studies regarding the selection of the texts to be studied. The papers are as follows: SEMPH0X : Comparative Semitic philology ANIS00U : The student must choose two of the following topics: (a) Histy of Ancient Israel (b) Culture of Ancient Israel (c) Religion of Ancient Israel (d) Literature of Ancient Israel HARAM0H : The histy of another Semitic language and the histy, religion and culture of the people who spoke it CHTE00C : Selected texts in Classical Hebrew CHTX00B : Selected texts in Classical Hebrew other than those dealt with in CHTE00C (al) CHORALN : Selected texts of the other Semitic language which is taken as a subsidiary subject (al) Sociology (Degree code: 04340) The minimum admission requirement f this qualification is a Bachel s degree ( equivalent) with an average of at least 60% and Sociology as a maj. The curriculum comprises five papers. The papers are as follows: SOSTH1X : Sociological They I SOSNAVN : Honours paper in social research. It covers the logic of social research, various data collection techniques, and a range of methods of data analysis. A er completing this paper, students can master a number of specific research skills. The paper comprises five assignments and a research proposal. SOSTH2Y : Sociological They II ISOS009 : Industrial sociology PSYGRDE : Social psychology (including group dynamics). Spanish No registrations are allowed f this degree. Students already registered f this degree may complete their degree in the new Honours in Modern European Languages and Literatures (with specialisation in Spanish). TESOL Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (Degree code: 05835) The minimum admission requirement f this qualification is a Bachel s degree ( equivalent) with 60% in a language Linguistics maj, and 60% in at least English II its equivalent. The curriculum comprises 10 modules, as follows: All the following ce modules: MAPP01S : Issues in applied linguistics MAPP02T : Individual facts in language learning MSLFNDL : Foundations in sociolinguistics MAPP04V : Language learning and teaching MAPP05W : Language assessment MAPP06X : Text and discourse analysis MTES01U : English as a language of learning MTES02V : English grammar and TESOL MTES03W : English literature in TESOL MTES04X : English f specific purposes DURATION OF STUDY Students are advised to spread their studies f this degree over at least TWO years. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS New students must register from 2007 f the BA Honours with specialisation in TESOL, but students who have already completed modules in Part 1 may continue to register f modules under the integrated MA qualification code until A er that they must register under the code f the BA Honours. They of Literature (Degree code: 05045) The curriculum comprises four papers plus 1 interdisciplinary paper: CRITTHW : Critical they THEPOEC : They of poetry NARRATF : Narratology THEDRA6 : They of drama C h a p t e r 4 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts in Health Studies (Degree code: 04790) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG2 to PG8 regarding duration of study, reregistration, etc. 116

117 Option A PA129 Admission requirements PA125 Admission requirements A student must hold a health related degree equivalent qualification acknowledged by SAQA. Students must provide proof of registration with a professional body such as SANC the Health Professions Council of South Africa. Students must have an average of at least 60% in the final year of the entry qualification at NQF level 7, less than six years pri to the application. PA126 The curriculum extends over at least one year. PA127 GENERAL (GEN) Duration of study A The curriculum comprises five modules of which one is compulsy. All the modules f this option are year modules. MNURS1E : Principles and methods of health research and any 4 of the following modules: MNUB2AH : Concepts and application of health services management MNUB2BJ : Advanced aspects of health sciences education MNURB5D : They development and utilisation in health care and health sciences MNURB3B : Leadership development in health care MNURB4C : Transcultural health care MNURB7F : General practice and applied ethics PA128 Pass and pass with distinction To pass, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in each module. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75% in the five modules combined. Option B WITH SPECIALISATION IN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: Medical and Surgical Nursing Science: critical care general Midwifery and Neonatal Nursing Science Trauma and Emergency Care Students who have not completed Nursing Dynamics (NUD2119), must do the module f non-degree purposes simultaneously with the degree. (South African students must register f Nursing Dynamics (NUD2119) in der to register the qualification with the South African Nursing Council). A student must: (a) hold a Bachel s degree in Nursing an equivalent qualification approved by the Academic Chairperson of the Department of Health Studies, (b) have passed the four-year Comprehensive Diploma in Nursing (Programme leading to registration as a nurse (general, psychiatric and community) and midwife.) Students who intend to register f this option (any of the three fields) should note that: (1) at least one year s experience in the field of study is required to allow a student to register f this programme; (2) only a limited number of students can be accommodated in the Honours BA in Health Studies, Option B programmes. Candidates will be selected by a moniting commitee, which, in the case of programmes offered in collabation with other institutions of higher education, will include members from these institutions; (3) candicates must be actively practicing in the relevant field of study f the duration of their study in der to gain the necessary exposure to clinical practica. Wri en proof in this regard must be submi ed with registration and re-registration; (4) students who complete the Honours BA in Health Studies, Option B (in any field) cannot be automatically guaranteed compliance with all the requirements f registration with a relevant professional registering body in their respective countries. PA130 The curriculum consists of five modules (all fields): GENERAL INFORMATION (ALL FIELDS) B Students who intend to register f this option should note the following: (a) Students in the Republic of South African must ensure that the clinical facility in which they wk and perfm their practica is accredited and approved by the South African Nursing Council. If such a facility is only partly accredited, it is the student s responsibility to obtain outstanding required practica components from another accredited clinical facility. Students must obtain a wri en agreement from the person in charge of the facility where they will be doing their practica component of the course to confirm that the facility meets the requirement of the SANC. Students are advised to communicate with the Department of Health Studies in this regard. (b) A situational analysis of the clinical facility must be fwarded to the Academic Chairperson of the Department of Health Studies soon a er registration. This situational analysis must contain the name(s) of either a Doct a professional nurse qualified in the field of specialisation, who will be responsible f the supervision of the student during the practica. (c) Students who wish to apply f exemption from a part of the theetical and/ practical component of the programme must contact the Academic Chairperson of the Department of Health Studies, pri to registration. (d) Practical session: A compulsy one week practical session must be a ended by all students who follow a programme in a clinical field of Option B of the degree to comply with requirements f registration by the South African Nursing Council. Details of this session will be supplied in tutial le ers. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING SCIENCE: CRITICAL CARE GENERAL (MSN) MNURS1E : Principles and methods of health research MNUCCFX : Foundations of critical and high care nursing MNUCCM9 : Nursing care of critically ill patients with medical alterations MNUCCSF : Nursing care of critically ill patients with surgical alterations MNUCCPC : Critical care practica 117

118 MIDWIFERY AND NEONATAL NURSING SCIENCE (MNN) This Honours BA in Health Studies with specialisation in Midwifery and Neonatal Nursing Science is offered in collabation with the University of Johannesburg and the University of Limpopo. MNURS1E : Principles and methods of health research MNUAMAB : Adaptation in the pre-natal period MNUAMHJ : Adaptation of human reproduction and the intrapartum period MNUAMNQ : Adaptation in the post-partum period and neonatal practica (This module comprises a 50% theetical examination and a 50% practica ptfolio). MNUAMPS : The practice of the midwife and obstetrical practica (This module comprises a 50% theetical examination and a 50% practica ptfolio). TRAUMA AND EMERGENCY CARE (TEC) MNURS1E : Principles and methods of health research MNUTEFU : Fundamental aspects of trauma and emergency nursing science MNUTEP9 : Physical trauma MNUTEM5 : Medical emergencies MNUTEN6 : Clinical practice of trauma and emergency nursing (The courses in BTLS, APLS and ACLS must be completed during this module.) ADDITIONAL COURSE REQUIRED FOR PRACTICA Students who have registered f the Honours BA in Health Studies, Option B (Trauma and Emergency Care) will have to complete and pass the following internationally recognised courses as part of the practica 1 (MNUTEN6) requirement pri to the conferment of the degree: BTLS : Basic trauma life suppt APLS : Advanced peadiatric life suppt ACLS : Advanced cardiac life suppt These courses are completed at own expense and in own time. Feign students should contact the Academic Chairperson of the Department of Health Studies, in writing, should assistance be required in this regard. PA7 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: Criminology See Calendar Part 6 Development Studies (Degree code: 05215) Psychology (Degree code: 04413) Sociology (Degree code: 04421) PA8 and requirements The approved papers, curricula and requirements are the same as those f the degree of Honours Bachel of Arts (see Rule PA6). C h a p t e r 6 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts (Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS) (Degree code: 03298) PA117 Admission requirements No person shall be considered f registration unless he/she has a qualification on NQF Level 6 that includes modules with a year mark average of at least 60% in one me of Psychology, Sociology, Industrial and Organisational Psychology, Education an equivalent in any Human Sciences field. PA131 Pass and pass with distinction PA118 The minimum duration of study is two years. Duration of study To pass, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in each paper. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75% in the five papers combined. PA119 General structure of the degree C h a p t e r 5 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Arts in Social Science These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG2 to PG8 regarding duration of study, reregistration, etc. The curriculum comprises the following compulsy modules: SB7002U : Social behavioural aspects of HIV/AIDS (Credits = 24) (F) SB7003V : HIV/AIDS programme management (Credits = 24) (C) SB70073 : Behaviour change communication and HIV/AIDS (Credits = 24) (C) PYC206B : HIV/AIDS care and counselling (Credits = 12) (C) SOSNAVN : Honours paper in social research. It covers the logic of social research, various data collection techniques, and a range of methods of data analysis. A er completing this paper, students can master a number of specific research skills. The paper comprises five assignments and a research proposal. plus one of the following: SB7004W : Health well-being and HIV/AIDS (Credits = 12) (E) SB7005X : Social responses to HIV/AIDS (Credits = 12) (E) SB70084 : Spirituality, social behaviour and HIV/AIDS (Credits = 12) (E) C = Ce modules 118

119 F = Fundamental modules E = Elective modules PA The curriculum consists of five compulsy modules plus any one elective module. 2. Students are required to complete SB7002U, SB7003V and PYC206B in the first year of their studies. 3. Registered students must provide proof of being actively involved with an existing ganisation social movement in the field of HIV and AIDS. Students are expected through various assessment activities to rept back on their experiences wking in the field of HIV and AIDS. A limited number of students can be admi ed to the degree. Students must apply f the degree at the Unit f Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS and Health (USBAH), Department of Sociology. The last date f applications is 30 September. Approval le ers will be issued during October and November. No new registrations will be allowed f the old curriculum from Students already registered have until the end of 2009 to complete the degree. It is highly recommended that students who have not completed any computer literacy course during their undergraduate studies, enrol f CEM101A f non-degree purposes in der to enhance the study skills f this qualification. It is highly recommended that students who have not completed any English proficiency course during their undergraduate studies, to contact the Povey Centre to identify possible sht learning courses in English. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS All students doing the previous curriculum of the BA (Hons) Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS will have time till 2009 to finish their degree. C h a p t e r 7 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Administration These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG2 to PG8 in connection with duration of study, re-registration, etc. PA132 Admission requirements (1) Students must: (a) hold the BAdmin degree and have passed the final course in the subject in which they wish to proceed; (b) be in possession of another degree and have passed at least six BAdmin courses, including at least the final course in the subject in which they wish to proceed, Economics I ( ECS1016 and ECS1028), a course on second-year level* in one of the following subjects: Development Studies, Public Administration and Municipal Government and Administration, and one of the following courses: Accounting I ( ACN101M and ACN102N), Business Management I (Business Economics I befe 1996) ( M101D and M102E), Industrial and Organisational Psychology I ( IOP101M and IOP102N) Statistics I ( STS1113 and STS1124). (2) Students with B-degrees older than 10 years may also apply f admission to Honours and such requests could be handled in two possible ways: (a) students must repeat the maj subject in which they wish to do their Honours (b) students must apply to the Chair of a Department by submi ing a CV, providing evidence including references that they have been employed in the selected subject direction during the past 10 years ( longer), thus having kept abreast with developments in the field. These CVs will then have to be evaluated by the Chair of Department f approval f registration. PA133 Subjects The degree may be conferred in Development Studies (Degree code: 05169) in this College. PA134 Pass with distinction Candidates shall be awarded the degree with distinction if they obtain an average of at least 75% f the required papers f the degree. PA135 and other requirements The prescribed papers, examination requirements and, where applicable, prerequisites and combination of papers f Development Studies are indicated below. Development Studies (Degree code: 05169) To be admi ed, students must hold a Bachel s degree and have passed the final-level modules with an average of at least 60%. The curriculum comprises five papers. DVADEBT is compulsy. Students must choose four papers from DVAGOVJ, DVASECF, DVASUS4, GENDEVY and PSY471S. A student who wishes to continue with a master s degree in Development Studies, must choose the research methodology paper (PSY471S), which is offered by the Department of Psychology. The papers are as follows: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVAGOVJ : Governance and development DVASECF : Human security and development DVASUS4 : Sustainable development: policy, practice and environment GENDEVY : Gender and development PSY471S : Research methodology TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students retain credits f all papers completed under the old syllabus. As from 2008 DVADEBT is compulsy f all students. Students who completed OADMETG may not register f PSY471S. Students who completed OASUSTC may not register f DVASUS4. 119

120 C h a p t e r 8 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Science These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG2 to PG8 regarding the number of modules f which a student must register, duration of study, re-registration, etc. PA152 Admission To be admi ed, students must hold a Bachel s degree an equivalent qualification and satisfy Senate as to their proficiency in the subject concerned. PA153 Definitions (1) Study units in the subjects listed in PA156 below are known as MODULES except in the case of Geography and Psychology which are offered in the fm of PAPERS. (2) If Module A is a PREREQUISITE f Module B, students shall have obtained credit f Module A befe they enrol f Module B. (3) If Module A is a CO-REQUISITE f Module B, and students wish to enrol f Module B but have not yet obtained credit f Module A, they must register f Modules A and B concurrently. PA154 and examination (1) The curricula f the subjects mentioned above appear under Rule PSc8. (2) All the papers/modules are not necessarily offered each year and the Chair of the Department must be consulted befehand. (3) The theetical examination in each module with a theetical component consists of one two-hour, three-hour four-hour paper. (4) In the College of Science, Engineering and Technology, and subject to the approval of the heads of the departments concerned, students may include not me than two Honours papers four fourth-level modules from another subject(s) in their Honours curricula if the departmental heads are of the opinion that the students have sufficient background knowledge to be able to offer such papers/modules and it is in the best interest of the students. Further particulars regarding the admission requirements and curricula appear in the departmental brochures on postgraduate studies which are available free of charge on request from the Registrar. PA155 Pass, retaining of credit and pass with distinction (1) To pass a paper a module, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the minimum number of prescribed papers modules on fourth-level. PA156 List of modules and papers The complete list of approved modules and papers, with the exception of those f Computer Science and Infmation Systems, and any special requirements are indicated below. The approved modules f Computer Science and Infmation Systems appear in the departmental brochure on postgraduate studies. The codes, comprising seven characters, which appear in the first column in brackets a er the names of papers, must be indicated on the registration fm. Note that the seventh character has been omi ed in the other columns of the tables below and in cross-references to facilitate the reading of these tables. Psychology (Degree code: 04553) (1) To be admi ed: (a) a student must: (i) have obtained an average of at least 60% f Psychology III; and (ii) have passed Psychology III less than six years ago; and (b) the syllabi f the student s undergraduate courses must have included sections on Research Methodology and Psychopathology. (2) Students who passed Psychology III me than six years ago and/ obtained less than 60% may be admi ed if they obtained a further degree a postgraduate diploma/certificate, if they are in possession of a four-year Bachel s degree. (3) Students who do not comply with the requirements of (1)(a) must, in der to qualify f admission, repeat Psychology III f non-degree purposes and obtain an average of at least 60%. Students who did not obtain an average of 60% me may repeat individual papers/ modules in der to comply with this requirement. (4) Students who do not comply with the requirements of 1(b) must in der to qualify f admission first pass the modules RSC201H (Research in the Social Sciences) and PYC304C (Psychological Research), as well as PYC302A (Abnmal behaviour and mental health). The curriculum comprises six of the following papers. PSY471S is compulsy. A student may not register f any of the other papers unless PSY471S is also offered has already been passed. PSY471S : Research Methodology (open-book examination and compulsy) PSY481U : Psychopathology PSY482V : Social Psychology PSY473U : Personology PSY484X : Developmental Psychology PSY485Y : Physiological Psychology PSY4885 : Cognitive Psychology PSY4988 : Psychological Assessment PSY474V : Ecosystemic Psychology PSY4999 : Therapeutic Psychology PSY475W : The Psychology of Wk PSY461Q : Community and Health Psychology PSY4794 : Spt Psychology 120

121 C h a p t e r 9 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education (Degree code: 05312) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. The Hons BEd degree is not a professional teaching qualification. PE3 Admission requirements A student must hold: (1) an approved Bachel s degree which complies with the requirement of courses in approved school subjects as set out in Rules PE113(1) and (2) and PE114 and one of the following diplomas: (a) the Postgraduate Certificate in Education an equivalent qualification (b) the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Preprimary) an equivalent qualification; OR A certificated graduate who does not possess one of the diplomas/certificates indicated here, may be admi ed to the course of studies if he she: has passed Education III; has passed the qualifying examination f Admission requirements to the studies f the Hons BEd degree which comprises the following modules: EDLHODM : The educat as leader, manager and administrat EDMHODR : The educat as mediat of learning EDPHOD8 : The educat in a pastal role EDDHODJ : The educat as learning programme developer EDRHODG : The educat as researcher, scholar and lifelong learner EDAHOD5 : The educat as assess possesses a three-year teacher s diploma and in the opinion of the Board of the College has additional appropriate qualification(s) additional appropriate experience. The modules mentioned above are the same as those prescribed f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training). Credit is retained f each module passed. (2) a four-year composite degree in education which complies with the requirement of courses in approved school subjects as set out in Rules PE113(1) and (2) and PE114. OR (3) One of the following qualifications: (a) a recognised four-year teacher s diploma/certificate (b) a recognised three-year teacher s diploma/certificate and an additional recognised one-year teaching qualification. Admission requirements to the studies f the Hons BEd degree by virtue of the qualifications mentioned under (3)(a) and (b) above will be subject to the approval of the Nms and Standards f Teacher Education of the Department of National Education. PE4 and examination (specialisation code: NEW) The curriculum comprises five modules selected from the following in accdance with (2) below: GROUP A HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) GROUP B HBEDSSC : School and society (A student who has passed OSO421U and OSO431W need not register f HBEDSSC) HBEDPCK : People-centred schools The three modules from Group A are compulsy. The remaining two modules may be chosen from Group B, in the case where a student would like to specialise in any one of the following specialisation areas, two modules in a selected area on condition that: (a) (b) both modules be in one area of specialisation; and the student meet the admission requirements f a specialisation area. The two modules may be selected from one of the following specialisation areas: 1. Adult basic education and training 2. Early childhood development 3. Educational management 4. Environmental education 5. Inclusive education 6. Mathematics education 7. Natural science education 8. School guidance and counselling Students who intend registering f the MEd degree in a specialisation area at a later stage are advised to take at least two modules (should it be offered) in the subject in which they wish to register f the MEd degree (see Rule PE23). If Module A is a CO-REQUISITE f Module B, and students wish to register f Module B but have not as yet obtained credit f Module A, they must register f Modules A and B concurrently. General Rule PG6 will apply. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG6(2)(b), students may register f one me modules per year, provided that in their first year of study they must register f the compulsy modules, HBEDTRD: They and research in education and HBEDTL6: Teaching and learning. Students are strongly advised not to register f me than two modules in the first year of study. The examination in each module comprises one three-hour paper. To pass a module, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the five modules combined. A student who has passed papers/modules f an uncompleted Hons 121

122 BEd degree at another university in the Republic at an institution recognised by Senate f this purpose may, by virtue of papers/modules thus completed, be exempted from cresponding modules, provided that exemption will not be granted from me than half the minimum number of modules prescribed. C h a p t e r 10 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in School Guidance and Counselling (Degree code: 05363) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE5 Admission requirements As f the Hons BEd degree (see Rule PE3); provided that a student has passed Psychology III Counsulting Psychology III Industrial and Organisational Psychology III; (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) PE6 Only a limited number of students will be admi ed annually to the studies f the degree. Students who are provisionally selected must appear befe a selection commi ee in Pretia. Practical training, which is compulsy, is offered in Pretia. It takes place over 5 weeks, from Monday till Saturday and, in addition, longer sessions of up to ten days each will be conducted during March, May, August and September. Education III is not recognised by the Professional Board f Psychology f purposes of registration as a psychometrist and consequently a student who was admi ed to the studies f the degree of Hons BEd (Specialisation in School Guidance and Counselling) by virtue of, inter alia, Education III, may not, on completion of this degree, register f the degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Guidance and Counselling. Students must apply f selection befe 31 July of the year preceding the year in which they wish to register. and examination (specialisation code: NEW) HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDOPW : Orientate psycho-educationally to perfm specialised tasks of the counsell HBEDAAG : Assess and apply psychometry and statistics PE7 Endsement Specialisation in School Guidance and Counselling (03174) (1) Subject to the provisions of (i) and (ii) under PE5, students may be admi ed to the specialisation course and obtain the endsement if they: (a) are in possession of an approved Hons BEd degree; (b) are selected; and (c) pass the modules HBEDOPW and HBEDAAG within a period of two years. (2) General Rules PG2(2) and PG6 will apply. (3) To pass a module, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. 2 Students must apply f selection befe 31 July of the year preceding the year in which they wish to register. C h a p t e r 11 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Educational Management (Degree code: 05320) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE8 Rule PE3 will apply. PE9 Admission requirements and examination (specialisation code: NEW) HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDMSV : Managing the school as an ganisation HBEDOBG : Organisational behaviour in education and education law PE10 Endsement Specialisation in Educational Management (03190) (1) Students may be admi ed to the specialisation course and obtain the endsement if they: 122

123 (a) are in possession of an approved Hons BEd degree; and (b) pass the modules HBEDMSV and HBEDOBG within a period of two years. (2) General Rules PG2(2) and PG6 will apply. (3) To pass a module, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. C h a p t e r 12 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Early Childhood Development (Degree code: 05347) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE13 Admission requirements A student must: (1) (a) hold an approved Bachel s degree which complies with the requirement of courses in approved school subjects as set out in Rules PE113(1) and (2) and PE114 and one of the following diplomas (see (vi) below): (i) The Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Preprimary) (previously the Higher Education Diploma (Postgraduate Preprimary)) an equivalent qualification; (ii) a four-year Education Diploma (Juni primary); (b) hold a four-year composite degree in education with preprimary education which complies with the requirement of courses in approved school subjects as set out in Rules PE113(1) and (2) and PE114; and (2) have at least three years teaching experience in a preprimary school registered at an education authity and/ health authity. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Only a limited number of students can be accepted each year. Students must have the opptunity in their wk situation to do the practical wk. A student must a end practical training f five days in Pretia during the year of specialisation, i.e. the year in which modules ECD451 to ECD454 are offered. Students must apply befe 15 November of their first year of study f selection on the prescribed fm which is obtainable from the Registrar. At the final selection, preference will be given to students who have already passed modules OTF411Q ( OFO411K), OSI411X, ODI411E and ONA411Y. A student who is not in possession of one of the diplomas mentioned under (1)(a) above, but who holds another suitable qualification and/ has relevant experience may, with the approval of the Board of the College, be admi ed. PE14 and examination (specialisation code: NEW) HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDBLV : Becoming, learning and assessment of the young child in the Early Childhood Development Phase HBEDETE : Education and teaching of the young child in the Early Childhood Development Phase PE15 Endsement specialisation in Early Childhood Development (05304) (1) Subject to the provisions of (i), (ii) and (iii) under Rule PE14, students may be admi ed to the specialisation course and obtain the endsement if they: (a) are in possession of an approved Hons BEd degree and comply with the requirements of Rule PE14; (b) are selected; and (c) pass the modules HBEDBLV and HBEDETE within a period of two years. (2) General Rules PG2(2) and PG6 will apply. (3) To pass a module, a candidate must obtain at least 50% in it. Students must apply f selection befe 15 November of the year preceding the year in which they wish to register. C h a p t e r 13 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Inclusive Education (Degree code: 05355) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE16 Admission requirements Rule PE3 will apply. 123

124 PE17 and examination (specialisation code: NEW) HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDIE6 : Introduction to inclusive education HBEDABH : Addressing barriers to learning PE18 Endsement specialisation in Inclusive Education (0376X) (1) Students may be admi ed to the specialisation course and obtain the endsement if they: (a) are in possession of an approved Hons BEd degree; (b) pass the modules HBEDIE6 and HBEDABH within a period of two years. (2) General Rules PG2(2) and PG6 will apply. (3) To pass a module, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. C h a p t e r 14 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Adult Basic Education and Training (Degree code: 05371) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE19 Rule PE3 will apply. PE20 Admission requirements and examination (specialisation code: NEW) HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDAT5 : Adult teaching and learning HBEDMAB : Managing ABET in context f development PE21 Endsement specialisation in Adult Basic Education and Training (0538X) (1) Subject to the provisions of Rules PE3 and PE20, students may be admi ed to the specialisation course and obtain the endsement if they: (a) are in possession of an approved Hons BEd degree and comply with the requirements of Rule PE21; (b) pass the modules HBEDAT5 and HBEDMAB within a period of two years. (2) General Rules PG2(2) and PG6 will apply. (3) To pass a module, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. (4) Students with ABET teaching qualifications qualify to teach only in the adult education field. C h a p t e r 15 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Environmental Education (Degree code: 9501X) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE131 Rule PE3 will apply. PE132 Admission requirements and Examination (specialisation code: NEW) The curriculum comprises the following 5 courses: HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDMEF : The mediation of environmental learning HBEDWSL : Whole school development through environmental education 124

125 C h a p t e r 16 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Mathematics Education (Degree code: 95001) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. Students pri accredited learning at tertiary level in relevant domains of Mathematics and Mathematics Education which constitute credit-bearing units, shall be recognised. PE133 Admission requirements To be admi ed to the Degree of Honours BEd with specialisation in Mathematics Education a student must hold: (1) a three-year Bachel s degree with at least eight (8) modules in Mathematics (equitable to the eight in Unisa s BEd (Seni and Further Education and Training) degree) in the mathematical sciences AND a professional teaching qualification, the equivalent thereof; OR (2) a combined four-year teaching degree, f example a BEd (Seni and Further Education and Training) BAEd with a Mathematics maj, i.e. at least eight (8) modules in Mathematics (equitable to the eight in Unisa s BEd (Seni and Further Education and Training) degree) in the mathematical sciences; OR (3) any Bachel s degree, a professional teaching qualification AND a Further Diploma in Education (Mathematics Education) Advanced Certificate in Education (Mathematics Education) which qualifies a candidate to teach Mathematics at a Secondary School, provided that it has at least eight (8) modules in Mathematics (equitable to the eight in Unisa s BEd (Seni and Further Education and Training) degree) in the mathematical sciences. The eight modules of Mathematics specified constitute the minimum entry requirement. However, the preference will be to enrol students with a maj in Mathematics, that is Mathematics III. HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDAMU : Analyse modelling in school mathematics HBEDAIQ : Analyse the impact of the curriculum on effective mathematical practices PE138 The curriculum must be completed as follows: Completion of the curriculum (1) the courses must be taken in chronological der; (2) a student may not register f me than five courses per year; (3) befe a student has passed at least FOUR courses, he/she may not register f less than two courses per year. PE139 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction (1) The examination in the courses (one four-hour paper per course) will be conducted during January/February and no supplementary aegrotat examination will be granted. (2) Each course must be passed separately with at least 50%. (3) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% f the five courses combined. C h a p t e r 17 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Education with specialisation in Natural Science Education (Degree code: 95028) PE137 Duration of study These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. Except with the special permission of the Executive Dean of the College of Human Sciences, the degree of Hons BEd with specialisation in Mathematics Education cannot be completed in under ONE year. PE135 Admission requirements PE134 (specialisation code: NEW) Rule PE3 will apply but, a degree diploma should include a maj in one of the life physical sciences at a second year level. The curriculum comprises the following 5 courses: 125

126 PE136 and Examination (specialisation code: NEW) The curriculum comprises the following 5 courses: HBEDTRD : They and research in education (A student who has passed OTF411Q and ONA411Y need not register f HBEDTRD) HBEDTL6 : Teaching and learning (A student who has passed ODI411E and OSI411X need not register f HBEDTL6) HBEDECS : South African education in context (A student who has passed OVO421E and OHO421X need not register f HBEDECS) HBEDCIU : Current issues in Science Education HBEDCDP : design and evaluation f Science Education (2) The examination in each course comprises one three-hour paper. (3) To pass a course a candidate should obtain at least 50% in it. (4) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the five courses combined. C h a p t e r 18 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Theology These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG2 to PG8 regarding duration of study, reregistration, etc. PTh3 Admission requirements A student must hold: (a) a BTh degree ( equivalent theological qualification), with a maj in the relevant discipline; (b) a BTh degree ( equivalent theological qualification) without a maj in one discipline. In this case the student may either be allowed into the Comprehensive Hons BTh programme into a specialised Hons BTh programme (in one discipline) a er being assessed by the Unisa RPL office and a er completing any undergraduate bridging modules that may be required by the department concerned; (c) a Bachel s degree, accompanied by a certificate/diploma in theology and/ extensive ministry experience. Applicants in categies (b) and (c) above are required to draw up a ptfolio of evidence that contains a detailed presentation of their pri qualifications and ministry experience. This ptfolio may include testimonials from employers, colleagues other authitative sources regarding the applicant s knowledge, skills and competencies that may be relevant to possible admission to the programme. The department then appoints an assessment panel to evaluate the applicant s ptfolio. They may call in the applicant f an interview require other fms of admission assessment. In the light of the panel s recommendations, the department stipulates the admission requirements that the applicant must fulfil. These may include the successful completion of specified undergraduate modules in the discipline. PTh4 Subjects The degree may be conferred in any one of the following disciplines/subjects: Biblical Studies Old Testament Christian Spirituality Practical Theology Church Histy Religious Studies Missiology Systematic Theology New Testament Theological Ethics The degree is also offered as a Comprehensive Hons BTh programme. PTh5 and other requirements The approved papers and the curricula are indicated below. At the discretion of the Chair of the Department concerned, examinations may be taken ally. A student has to obtain a minimum mark of 50% in each of the five papers in der to obtain the degree. A student will be allowed to do all five papers in the same year only if he/she is a full-time student; and only a er permission has been granted by the Chair of the Department concerned, on the basis of the student s academic recd. A student may take all five papers in the same discipline but may enrol f a maximum of two papers from other disciplines, with the approval of all the Heads of the Departments concerned. These papers may be in theology from other Schools Colleges. At least three of the five papers, therefe, must be selected from the theological discipline in which the qualification is to be awarded. Heads of Departments may set non-theological subjects as a requirement in accdance with the student s particular field of study. With the approval of the Chair of the Department, a student may comply with this requirement concurrently with the Honours course. Christian Spirituality (Degree code: 05290) To be admi ed, a student must hold: (a) a BTh degree ( equivalent theological qualification); (b) a diploma licentiate in Theology ( equivalent) from a recognised theological college seminary, with an acceptable combination of courses; (c) a Bachel s degree from a recognised university accompanied by a diploma certificate in Theology and/ adequate ministry experience. Due to the specialised focus of this qualification, all applicants are required to draw up a ptfolio that contains evidence of their pri qualifications and experience relevant to their proposed study of Christian Spirituality. This ptfolio may include testimonials from employers, colleagues other authitative sources regarding the applicant s knowledge, skills and competencies. A er evaluating the applicant s ptfolio, the Admissions Commi ee of the College may call in the applicant f an interview require other fms of admission assessment. The Admissions Commi ee will then stipulate the admission requirements (if any) which the applicant must fulfill. These requirements may include the successful completion of specific undergraduate modules. The curriculum comprises four papers and a research article: CSP410F : Methodological issues in the study of Christian Spirituality CSP411G : Histy of Christian Spirituality CSP412H : Christian mysticism THE425R : Ethical issues in contempary society (focus on Ethics and Spirituality) 126

127 CSP413J : Research article: With guidance from a supervis, the student must complete a research article of approximately 40 pages ( wds) which integrates the insights gained in the four modules and which is focused on a specific aspect of Christian Spirituality. A student has to obtain a minimum mark of 50% in each of the four papers and the research article in der to obtain the degree. He/she will be allowed to do all the papers and the research article in the same year only if he/she is a full-time student; and only a er permission has been granted by the Chair of the relevant department on the basis of the student s academic recd. Church Histy (Degree code: 0474X) The curriculum comprises five papers. The following four papers offered by the discipline of Church Histy are compulsy. The fi h paper may be taken from any other discipline with permission from the Chair of the department concerned. KEG401E : Methodology and histiography KEG402F : An article of approximately wds on a topic chosen in consultation with the Chair of the Department from one of the five maj periods in Church Histy (see (1) below) KEG403G : A detailed study of a theme a theologian (see (1) and (2) below) KEG405J : A detailed study of a primary text (see (1) and (2) below) (1) The five maj periods in the study of Church Histy are those of (a) the early church, (b) the medieval church, (c) the refmation era, (d) the modern church, and (e) the histy of the South African church. The topics f papers KEG402, 403 and 405 must be selected from these periods. F each of these papers a different period must be chosen. (2) The topics f the detailed study in papers KEG403 and 405 must be chosen from a list of available topics which will appear in the first tutial le er of each year. Missiology (Degree code: 05010) The curriculum comprises five papers. A student must do at least three of the following papers to obtain the degree. The other two papers may be done from any other discipline (theology otherwise), but only with the permission of the Chairs of the departments concerned. GENREL5 (Women, religion and spirituality) is highly recommended in this regard. MSG420C : Theologies of mission MSG421D : Intercultural communication of the gospel MSG422E : Mission praxis MSG423F : The challenge of liberation theologies to mission MSG424G : A theology of interreligious encounter in Africa The curriculum comprises the following five papers: New Testament (Degree code: 04731) HNT4015 : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible HNT4026 : New Testament introduction* HNT4038 : New Testament background HNT4049 : Exegesis of the New Testament There is no language requirement f this paper. However, knowledge of Greek is strongly recommended. HNT405A : New Testament Theology This paper comprises an article of approximately 25 pages (typed in 1½ spacing) and a bibliography. The article must prove that the student has mastered the required aspects of New Testament theology. The topic and the scheme of the article must be approved by the lecturer responsible. As far as fm and style are concerned, the article and the bibliography must confm with the guidelines as laid down by the Department. A final copy of the article must be submi ed f examination not later than 31 January of the following year. The curriculum comprises the following five papers: Old Testament (Degree code: 04723) HOT401B : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible HOT402C : Old Testament Introduction Science* HOT403D : Old Testament Histiography* HOT404E : Exegesis of the Old Testament There is no language requirement f this paper. However, knowledge of Classical Hebrew is strongly recommended. HOT405F : Old Testament Theology* The curriculum comprises five papers. Practical Theology (Degree code: 04782) PTH420A : Methodology of practical theology PTH421B : Preaching and wship PTH422C : Religious education PTH423D : Advanced pastal care and counselling PTH424E : Ministry TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS A student who has passed a paper(s) under the old curriculum retains credit f the paper(s) passed and must choose the outstanding paper(s) from those listed above; provided that a student who has passed a paper(s) indicated under List A below may not register f the paper opposite to it in List B: * This paper comprises an article and a three-hour examination paper. The article, the topic of which must be approved by the lecturer concerned, must be approximately twenty typed pages (double spacing) in length, completed under the supervision of the lecturer concerned and submi ed befe 31 October in its final fm f examination. In the calculation of the final mark, the weight of the article shall be 40% and that of the examination paper 60%. A subminimum of 40% must be obtained in both the article and the examination paper. The paper must be passed as a whole in the same academic year: Credit cannot, therefe, be retained f the article the examination paper separately. 127

128 List A PTH4108 PTH4119 PTH4005 PTH412A PTH4028 PTH414C PTH404A PTH413B PTH4039 PTH415D PTH405B PTH416E PTH408E PTH417F PTH409F PTH4016 The curriculum comprises the following five papers: (i) (ii) List B PTH420A PTH420A PTH421B PTH421B PTH422C PTH423D PTH424E PTH424E Religious Studies (Degree code: 05029) HRS411Q : Interhisty of religions HRS412R : Theies of religion HRS415U : Research methodology in religion HRS416V : Religion in private and public life One additional Honour s module from another discipline (to be approved by the department) will complete the Honour s in Religious Studies). GENREL5 (Women, religion and spirituality) is highly recommended in this regard. Although the ability to read classical texts in the iginal languages is not compulsy f the Honours course, students are encouraged, in consultation with the Chair of the Department, to acquire proficiency of this kind with a view to envisaged studies f a master s degree where it may be required, depending on the field of research. Students who obtained their Bachel s degree at another university may be required to complete such supplementary studies as may be deemed necessary f the structure of the Honours course at this University. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have passed the papers in List A (old curriculum), receive credit f the equivalents listed in List B (new curriculum) and may not register f those equivalent papers: List A SCR4019 SCR402A SCR414E SCR415F List B The curriculum comprises five papers. HRS412R HRS415U HRS411Q HRS416V HRS411Q HRS416V Systematic Theology (Degree code: 04766) STH411T : Methodology STH413V : Histy of Theology STH414W : Study of a doctrine in depth A choice of any one of the following doctrines to be studied in detail: The doctrine of God, the doctrine of Creation, Soteriology, Ecclesiology, Eschatology. STH415X : Modern trends in theology STH416Y : An article An article on any topic in Systematic Theology chosen in consultation with the Chair of the Department. Unless the Chair of the Department rules differently, students may only register f the article if they are able to complete the Honours degree in the academic year concerned. The article must be wri en in the course of the year in close cooperation with a lecturer and submi ed f examination purposes befe 31 December. It should be seen as an exercise in method and independent research. The article must comprise about 40 A4 pages (typed in double spacing). Where the research is based mainly on literary sources, it should cover about pages of reading. Theological Ethics (Degree code: 04774) Specialisation area: Theological Ethics (GEN) The curriculum comprises five papers. THE425R : Ethical issues in contempary society A choice of one of the following topics: Christian social ethics Ethical perspectives on ecology Feminist/womanist ethics Ethics and spirituality THE426S : Ethics of political and economic life THE427T : Ethics methodology The development of Christian ethics THE428U : An article An article on any topic in Theological Ethics should be chosen in consultation with the lecturer concerned. The article must be wri en in the course of the year and a final copy must be submi ed f examinations by 15 January of the following year. THE429V : Comparative religious ethics Sexual ethics Medical ethics TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS (a) (b) (c) (d) The Development of Christian Ethics (THE423P) and Ethics Methodology (THE421M) are incpated into THE427T Students who have passed either THE421 THE423 pri to 2007 may not register f the new module THE427T. Comparative Religious Ethics (THE422N), and Sexual Ethics Medical Ethics (THE424Q) are incpated into THE429U. Students who have passed either THE422 THE424 pri to 2007 may not register f the new module THE429U. Specialisation area: Christian Leadership in Context (CLC) 1. Students who hold a Bachel s degree in Theology Biblical Studies (eg. a BTh degree equivalent such as a BA in Theology), may be admi ed. 2. Students who hold a 360 credit Diploma in Theology at NQF levels 6 ( equivalent), will need to complete a number of Unisa BTh modules. The choice and number of these modules will be determined by an assessment panel consisting of the lecturers responsible f this degree. 3. Students who hold a non-theological degree, eg. a BA BCom, will need to complete a number of Unisa BTh modules. The choice and number of these modules will be determined by the assessment panel, consisting of the lecturers responsible f this degree. The curriculum comprises five papers: Compulsy papers: BTHCCL6 : Expling the nature and context of Christian Leadership (Co-requisite: BTHCDL9) BTHCDL9 : Facilitating Christian discipleship and leadership development (Co-requisite: BTHCCL6) PTH420A : Methodology of Practical Theology 128

129 HOT404E : Exegesis of the Old Testament Christian leadership THE425R : Ethical issues in contempary society plus any 1 of the following: ORGREN5 : The management of ganisational change and renewal (Department of Business Management) DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues (Department of Development Studies) DVAGOVJ : Governance and development (Department of Development Studies) DVASECF : Human security and development (Department of Development Studies) DVASUS4 : Sustainable development: policy, practice and environment (Department of Development Studies) GENDEVY : Gender and development (Department of Development Studies) SCK407G : Social wk management: the social wk ganisation integrated they and practice (Department of Social Wk) SCK408H : Social wk management: the social wker as employee and manager (Department of Social Wk) PTH424E : Ministry (Department of Practical Theology) Comprehensive Hons BTh (Degree code: 05398) To be admi ed, a student must hold: (a) a BTh degree ( equivalent theological qualification). Due to the comprehensive focus of this programme, the admissions commi ee of the College may require an applicant to do particular undergraduate modules as a bridging course befe being allowed into the programme. (b) a Bachel s degree, accompanied by a certificate/diploma in theology and/ extensive ministry experience. Applicants in categy (b) above are required to draw up a ptfolio of evidence that contains a detailed presentation of their pri qualifications and ministry experience. This ptfolio may include testimonials from employers, colleagues other authitative sources regarding the applicant s knowledge, skills and competencies that may be relevant to possible admission to the programme. The admissions commi ee of the College appoints an assessment panel to evaluate the applicant s ptfolio. They may call in the applicant f an interview require other fms of admission assessment. In the light of the panel s recommendations, the admissions commi ee may require an applicant to do particular undergraduate modules befe being allowed into the Comprehensive Hons BTh programme. Students have to pass 5 papers (24 credits each) to obtain this 120 credit degree. In der to develop an inclusive and comprehensive understanding of theology f ministry, they are required to do one paper from any five of the following disciplines: CHURCH HISTORY KEG401E : Methodology and histiography KEG403G : A detailed study of a theme theologian KEG405J : A detailed study of a primary text SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY (FAITH STUDIES) STH411T : Methodology STH413V : Histy of theology STH414W : Study of a doctrine in depth STH415X : Modern trends in theology MISSIOLOGY MSG420C : Theologies of mission MSG421D : Intercultural communication of the gospel MSG422E : Mission praxis MSG423F : The challenge of liberation theologies to mission MSG424G : A theology of interreligious encounter in Africa NEW TESTAMENT HNT4015 : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible* HNT4026 : Introduction science HNT4038 : New Testament background HNT4049 : Exegesis of the New Testament HNT405A : New Testament Theology OLD TESTAMENT HOT401B : Problems of understanding pertaining to the Bible* HOT402C : Old Testament Introduction Science HOT403D : Old Testament Histiography HOT404E : Exegesis of the Old Testament HOT405F : Old Testament Theology PRACTICAL THEOLOGY PTH420A : Methodology of practical theology PTH421B : Preaching and wship PTH422C : Religious education PTH423D : Advanced pastal care and counselling PTH424E : Ministry THEOLOGICAL ETHICS THE425R : Ethical issues in contempary society THE426S : Ethics of political and economic life THE427T : Ethics methodology The development of Christian ethics THE428U : An article An article on any topic in Theological Ethics should be chosen in consultation with the lecturer concerned. The article must be wri en in the course of the year and a final copy must be submi ed f examinations by 15 January of the following year. THE429V : Comparative religious ethics Sexual ethics Medical ethics A student has to obtain a mark of 50% in each of the five papers in der to obtain the degree. He/she will be allowed to do all five papers in the same year only if he/she is a full-time student; and only a er special permission has been granted by the College s admissions commi ee on the basis of the student s academic recd. C h a p t e r 19 Rules f the Degree of Honours Bachel of Diaconiology These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. This degree may be taken only by students of the Huguenot College, Wellington. * Since HOT401B and HNT4015 are identical in content, a student may not enrol f both of these modules. 129

130 PTh6 Admission requirements PTh10 Pass-mark and distinction A student must hold the BDiac degree the University Diploma in Christian Service an equivalent qualification approved by the College and the University. PTh7 (1) The curriculum comprises a theetical and a practical part. The degree may be taken in one of two directions, viz: (a) Mission (Degree code: 0488X) (b) Youth Wk (Degree code: 04987) Students may register f the Youth Wk direction only if they hold the degree of BDiac (Youth Wk direction), the University Diploma in Christian Service the BDiac degree, completed under the rules in fce befe Students may register f the Mission direction only if they hold the BDiac degree (Mission direction), the University Diploma in Christian Service have completed one of the following degrees befe during the 1996 academic year: BDiac (Social Wk direction) BDiac (Youth Wk direction) (2) Theetical part (a) Mission: HKSEN1U : Introduction to Missiology (Paper 1) HKSEN2V : Theology of religions (Paper 2) HKSEN3W : Independent church movements in Africa, and third wld theologies (Paper 3) HKSEN4X : Communication of the Gospel, with special reference to cross cultural communication in Africa, and Church and Mission (Paper 4) HKSAR5U : Scientific article on an approved topic, based on literature and/ empirical research (Paper 5) (b) Youth Wk: HKRJW1U : The communication of the Gospel (Paper 1) HKRJW2V : Selections from Dogmatics and Ethics with a view to youth wk (Paper 2) HKRJW3W : Pastal care within the family context (Paper 3) HKRJW4X : Pastal care of the youth (Paper 4) HKRJW5Y : Youth wk in group context (Paper 5) (3) Practical part (a) Mission direction The practical part comprises a programme of at least 500 hours in cooperation with an approved ganisation ganisations. Arrangements regarding the practical wk are made by the College. (b) Youth Wk direction The practical part comprises: (i) practical wk f one month in a congregation early in the year; (ii) practical wk f one day per week, if possible in the same congregation. PTh8 Examination and completion of curriculum (1) The examination comprises five wri en three-hour papers. The examination in the wri en papers is held in June and in November. (2) Except if otherwise provided by Senate and subject to the provisions of Rule PTh9, papers may be wri en separately concurrently. Credit is retained f papers passed. (3) General Rules PG6(1) and (2)(a) will also apply. (1) To pass a paper, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in it. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75%. (3) Students must complete the practical wk to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department befe the degree can be conferred upon them. C h a p t e r 20 Rules f the Degree of Master of Infmation Science (Degree code: 0782X DIS646W) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PA144 Subjects The degree can be obtained with specialisation in Archival Science (DISACHT). PA9 Admission requirements A student must hold an Honours Bachel s degree in Infmation Science and/ Library Science, the admission requirements of which were in accdance with Rule PA3. Admission will be dependent on the academic recd of the candidate. PA10 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. C h a p t e r 21 Rules f the Degree of Master of Musicology (Degree code: DIS647X) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PTh9 Duration of study See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. A er five years, enrolment will only be considered on the motivated recommendation of the Rect of the College. 130

131 PA11 Admission requirements A candidate must hold an Honours BMus degree equivalent degree as approved by the Chair of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Arts and Musicology. If the degree was obtained me than five years ago, the candidate may be required by the Chair of the Department to complete one me papers from the Hons BMus curriculum befe being admi ed to this degree. A candidate who has not previously completed a substantial research article f the Honours degree (and passed it with a minimum of 65%), and has not passed a paper in research methodology at postgraduate level, may be required to complete both such an article (and pass it with at least 65%) and the paper Philosophies and research methodologies in music (HMPHIL9) f non-degree purposes at the discretion of the Chair of the Department befe being admi ed to the MMus degree. Candidates will not be allowed to continue with the degree if the research proposal has not been accepted within the first year of registration f the degree. Only three (3) a empts at submi ing the research proposal will be granted within the first year of registration. Candidates are strongly encouraged to submit a publishable article derived from the dissertation when submi ing the dissertation, at least befe graduation. The supervis will assist the candidate in preparing the article f publication. Preparation of the article should be seen as an integral part of the total research process. PA12 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved musicological subject. PA14 Pass-mark and pass with distinction The dissertation must be passed with a minimum of 50%. The degree is awarded with distinction if a minimum of 75% is obtained. C h a p t e r 22 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Health Studies (Degree code: DIS702M) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PA21 Admission requirements A student must hold a health-related degree an equivalent qualification. A candidate who has not passed advanced research methodology on a postgraduate level, must complete the module The principles and methods of health research (MNURS1E) f non-degree purposes. An applicant f the Degree f the Master of Arts in Health Studies must provide evidence of an aggregate percentage of 60% f the Honours degree to be accepted in this programme. A student who hold an additional qualification in Medical and Surgical Nursing Science: Critical Care General, Midwifery and Neonatal Nursing Science, Trauma and Emergency Care, Paediatric Nursing, Theatre Technique any other additional clinical qualification is, with the permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Health Studies, eligible to register f the MA Health Studies Option A provided that they complete the module The principles and methods f health research (MNURS1E) f non-degree purposes. Students must have made progress with the development of their proposal to an acceptable level within the first year of study to be allowed to continue with the degree. Submission of an acceptable research proposal at the time of registration is required. Selection of students f the MA in Health Studies will occur in October (f the December March registration period) and April (f the July registration period). PA22 The curriculum extends over at least one year. PA23 Duration of study The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS702M) on an approved topic in the field of nursing health care. PA24 Examination of the dissertation The dissertation may be submi ed f examination within the first academic year of registration. At least one article based on the selected area of research, which will be suitable f publication in a journal, must be submi ed together with the dissertation. PA25 Pass and pass with distinction To pass, the candidate must obtain 50%. To pass with distinction, the candidate must obtain 75%. C h a p t e r 23 Rules f the Degree of Master of Public Health (Degree code: 0779X) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. This degree is offered in collabation with the University of KwaZulu-Natal. 131

132 PA40 Admission requirements A student must: (a) hold the Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health ( a recognised equivalent) (b) be a health wker with an honours degree ( equivalent) in a relevant field of study. (F selection accding to this admission criterium, candidates will be expected to have achieved a weighted average mark of 60% in that degree.) (c) hold an appropriate four-year bachel s degree. (F selection accding to this admission criterium, candidates will be expected to have achieved a weighted average mark of at least 65% in that degree.) (d) be an applicant who has pri experience which has provided him her with a level of competence which is deemed by the Senate to be adequate f the purpose of study in the MPH degree. Applicants shall be subjected to selection and may be required to comply with further conditions f admission, such as that their professional experience should be in a field relevant to public health. Consideration will be given to academic merit, pri wk experience, future career plans, employer suppt, commitment to public health and the need to address representivity. Applicants who cannot prove competency in basic computer and Internet skills will be required to complete a module Introduction to Public Health. This module carries no credits. The selection of applicants occurs at the end of November of each year. Applications should be submi ed to the University befe 15 November of each year. No late registrations can be accepted. Candidates selected f the MPH should take at least 3 papers in the first year of study. If candidates do not pass at least two papers in each year of study, they may not continue with the degree. Recognition of credits gained pri to registration f the degree: With approval of the college, a candidate may be exempted from and given credit f (a) modules with a total credit value not exceeding 64, which fm part of the course wk requirements f the Master of Public Health degree and which have previously been passed by the candidate whilst registered f non-degree purposes f another qualification (b) modules fming part of the course wk requirements of the Master of Public Health degree, passed by the candidate whilst registered f the degree in one of the institutions participating in the esati MPH programme in the years 2001, 2002, Prospective students are requested to contact the Department of Health Studies f infmation. PA41 Duration of study The degree must be completed within a minimum of one year and a maximum of five years of study. PA42 Old curriculum A: General MPH (GEN) From 2008 no new students will be allowed to register f the old curriculum. Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the old curriculum. CORE MODULES MPHHMDN : Health measurement (descriptive) (16 credits) MPHHMAK : Health measurement (analytic) (16 credits) MNURS1E : Principles and methods of health research (16 credits) ELECTIVE MODULES A list of elective modules already approved by the Senate of Unisa and/ University of KwaZulu-Natal and available in distance education fmat, will be provided to prospective students at the beginning of each academic year. The total credit value of the course wk is 128 credits. The credit value of the ce modules is 48, while the total credit value f elective modules to complete the programme should not be less than 80 credits. MPHHS1V : Health systems management I (8 credits) MPHHS2W : Health systems management II (8 credits) MPHH5YP : Health systems (8 credits) MPHHPOA : Health policy planning and legislation (8 credits) MPHHPRD : Health promotion (8 credits) MPHEID4 : Epidemiology of infectious diseases (8 credits) MTCHIVY : Mother and child transmission of HIV/AIDS (8 credits) MPHMNHE : Maternal and newbn health (16 credits) INTPOPJ : Introduction to population studies (8 credits) RESEARCH PROJECT MPHPRO9 : The research project can be completed during any time of the student s studies provided that he/she has passed a theetical module on research at an Honours degree level (eg. MNURS1E). The research project has a credit value of 64 credits. B: Medical Infmatics (PHI) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS 2008 will be the third year that students could register f B. Students registered f this option were advised to first complete existing Unisa modules in either Infmation systems Computer Sciences (60 credits) befe registering f the specialised Medical Infmatics modules (MPHMCEJ and MPHISF) to the value of 48 credits. Pipeline students will not be influenced in any way with the new structure of the MPH, because the current students have all been registered f the existing Unisa modules. COMPULSORY MODULES MPHHMDN : Health measurement (descriptive) (16 credits) MPHHMAK : Health measurement (analytic) (16 credits) MNURS1E : Principles and methods of health research (16 credits) MPHMCEJ : Introduction to medical recds (16 credits) Cequisite: MPHMISF) MPHMISF : Introduction to medical infmation systems (16 credits) Co-requisite: MPHMCEJ) Choose one of the following academic streams: Infmations Systems Computer Science INFORMATION SYSTEMS INF1059 : Introduction to business infmation systems (8 credits) INF1511 : Introduction to visual programming (Infmation Systems 1511) (8 credits) COS2269 : Computer netwks (8 credits) INF303D : Principles of data databases (8 credits) INF307H : Database design and implementation (8 credits) 132

133 COMPUTER SCIENCES COS113W : Computer systems: Fundamental concepts (8 credits) COS111U : Introduction to programming 1 (8 credits) COS112V : Introduction to new programming 2 (8 credits) COS2269 : Computer netwks 1 (8 credits) INF303D : Principles of databases (8 credits) ELECTIVE MODULES A list of electives already approved by the Senate of Unisa and/ the University of KwaZulu-Natal and which are available in distance education fmat, will be provided to prospective students at the beginning of each academic year. MPHHS1V : Health systems management I (8 credits) MPHHS2W : Health systems management II (8 credits) MPHH5YP : Health systems (8 credits) MPHHPOA : Health policy planning and legislation (8 credits) MPHHPRD : Health promotion (8 credits) MPHEID4 : Epidemiology of infectious diseases (8 credits) MTCHIVY : Mother and child transmission of HIV/AIDS (8 credits) INTPOPJ : Introduction to population studies (8 credits) MPHMNHE : Maternal and newbn health (16 credits) MPHMAIJ : Medical artificial intelligence (16 credits) RESEARCH PROJECT MPHPRO9 : The research project can be completed during any time of the student s studies provided that he/she has passed a theetical module on research at an Honours degree level (eg. MNURS1E). The research project has a credit value of 64 credits. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Pipeline students who have completed the modules equivalent to the new integrated five modules, (MPHHMDN; MPHHMAK; MNURSIE, MPHEID4, INTPOPJ, MTCHIVY and MPHHPOA) will immediately be credited f the theetical component of the degree and be allowed to move into the new curriculum. They will then have to complete a research dissertation to the value of 120 credits to have met the outcomes and qualify to be awarded the MPH degree. Pipeline students who have completed three ce modules in the current curriculum (MPHHMDN; MPHHMAK; MNURS1E), will be allowed to complete the relevant integrated two modules of the new curriculum and the dissertation to the value of 120 credits to have met the outcomes and qualify to be awarded the MPH degree. Pipeline students who have completed less than 48 credits of the current programme, will be assessed individually and advised to move into the new curriculum. Credits f the relevant modules will be retained as far as possible but in exceptional cases it may be necessary to ffeit some credits. It is envisaged that no me than 8 credits will be ffeited. Pipeline students, who have completed the full theetical component (13 modules) of the current degree with the research project outstanding, will be allowed to complete the research project with the value of 64 credits to have met the outcomes and qualify to be awarded the PMH degree. These students will be allowed to complete the degree under the current rules not later than 2010 a er which the curriculum in its current fmat will be discontinued. Students who have not completed the research project under this ruling will have to obtain credits f the theetical part of the new rules through the RPL route and then complete a research dissertation of 120 credits to have met the outcomes and qualify to be awarded the MPH degree. New curriculum The degree Masters of Public Health will be discontinued. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the qualification. A: General MPH (ALG) The students f this programme will undergo a selection process and should comply with the following criteria. Students registering f this degree should: have wd processing and spreadsheet skills have access to Internet facilities submit a full transcript of their previous qualifications submit a curriculum vitae have completed a health-related postgraduate diploma, honours degree equivalent qualification pegged at NQF Level 7 with a total average of 60% Applicants must apply and submit the necessary documentation not later than 15 November of each year. THEORETICAL MODULES (120 credits) MPHDHM9 : Descriptive Health measurement (24 credits) MPHAHMV : Analytic health measurement (24 credits) MNURSIE : Principles and they of health research (24 credits) MPHEPDK : Epidemiology of infectious diseases, including HIV and Aids (24 credits) (offered from 2009) MPHIPSH : Introduction to population studies and reproductive health (24 credits) (offered from 2009) DISSERTATION (120 credits) The dissertation of limited scope (DIS4986) can be completed during any time of the student s studies provided that he/she has passed the theetical modules on research methods (e.g. MNUSR1E). B: Medical Infmatics (MIN) The students f this programme will undergo a selection process and should comply with the following criteria Students registering f this option should: Provide proof of pri experience training in the field of specialisation Have access to Internet facilities Submit a full transcript of their previous qualifications Submit a curriculum vitae Have completed a health-related postgraduate diploma, honours degree equivalent qualification pegged at NQF Level 7 with a total average of 60% Applicants must apply and submit the necessary documentation not later than 15 November of each year. INFORMATION SYSTEMS FIRST LEVEL FOUNDATION MODULES (must be taken during the first year of registration) INF1059 : Introduction to business infmation systems (12 credits) INF1511 : Introduction to visual programming (Infmation Systems 1511) (12 credits) SECOND AND THIRD LEVEL FOUNDATION MODULES COS2269 : Computer netwks (12 credits) INF303D : Principles of data bases (12 credits) INF307H : Database design and implementation (12 credits) 133

134 CORE MODULES MPHAHMV : Analytic health measurement (24 credits) MPHMCEJ : Introduction to medical recd (24 credits) (Cequisite: MPHMISF) MPHMISF : Introduction to medical infmation systems (24 credits) (Co-requisite: MPHMCEJ) DISSERTATION (120 credits) The dissertation of limited scope (DIS4953) can be completed during anytime of the student s studies provided that he/she has passed a theetical module on research methods (e.g. MNUSR1E). COMPUTER SCIENCES FIRST LEVEL FOUNDATION MODULES (must be taken during the first year of study COS113W : Computer systems: Fundamental concepts (12 credits) COS111U : Introduction to programming (12 credits) COS112V : Introduction to new programming (12 credits) SECOND AND THIRD LEVEL FOUNDATION MODULES COS2269 : Computer netwks (12 credits) INF303D : Principles of data bases (12 credits) CORE MODULES MPHAHMV : Analytical health measurement (24 credits) MPHMCEJ : Introduction to medical recd (24 credits) (Cequisite: MPHMISF) MPHMISF : Introduction to medical infmation systems (24 credits) (Co-requisite: MPHMCEJ) DISSERTATION (120 credits) The dissertation of limited scope (DIS494Y) can be completed during any time of the student s studies provided that he/she has passed the theetical modules on research methods (e.g. MINUSR1E). (a) (b) PA43 Pass and pass with distinction In der to pass, a candidate must obtain at least 50% in each of the modules as well as the research project. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75%. C h a p t e r 24 Rules f the Degree of Master in Visual Arts (Degree code: DIS786C) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. Purpose: to enable graduates to become specialists in the field of Visual Arts a multidisciplinary arts-related field by gaining in-depth, abstract knowledge in a complex area of study. PA44 Admission requirements (1) Students must: (a) hold a four-year BVA/BA(FA) degree an equivalent qualification; and (b) submit a representative body of their practical wk befe their admission can be considered. (2) Prospective students are advised to pursue independent practical wk f at least one year a er completion of the BVA degree befe registering f the MVA degree. PA45 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Furtherme, it is a requirement that the candidate creates a body of iginal wks of art that stand in a reciprocal relationship to the research project as a whole. These wks of art must be fully documented in a catalogue and must also be exhibited. The dissertation which may not exceed pages of text, must be submi ed befe the exhibition of the wks of art. F the degree to be awarded, the exhibition must comply with departmental requirements regarding artistic merit, professional standards, time scheduling and the venue where it is held. PA46 The degree cannot be completed in under two years. PA47 Duration of study Contact with supervis A student must meet his/her supervis at least twice per year in Pretia, at a venue as determined by the Chair of the Department, to discuss his/her studies. This degree does not lead to a Doct s degree. C h a p t e r 25 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Clinical Psychology (Degree code: DIS680Y) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PA48 Admission requirements A student must hold an Honours Bachel s degree in Psychology a completed BPsych qualification. Only a limited number of students can be admi ed to the studies f the degree. Prospective students must appear befe a selection commi ee in Pretia. 134

135 PA49 The curriculum extends over two years. PA50 Duration of study The curriculum covers theetical and practical as well as research training. The three sections carry equal weight. A student who is in possession of a master s a Doct s degree in Psychology may, with the approval of Senate, do an al examination submit a comprehensive rept in the place of the dissertation of limited scope. Students register f TP1KLNG in the first year of study and f TP2KLNL and DIS680Y in the second year of study. 1. THEORY (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Psychodiagnosis, testing and differential diagnoses. Clinical aspects of intelligence and personality testing and behavioural observation. An introduction to the ecosystemic approach in psychology Therapy. Therapeutic communication accding to different theetical models in individual, family and group situations. Ethics Community psychology 2. PRACTICAL (a) (b) (c) Application of psychological assessment techniques under supervision Weekly training in psychotherapy with direct supervision Training in rept writing 3. RESEARCH (a) (b) (c) A dissertation of limited scope (DIS680Y) is planned and executed in collabation with a supervis. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG15(7), the dissertation may be submi ed at any stage of the course but a student will not complete the degree until the dissertation has been accepted. A scientific article must be submi ed with the dissertation. PA51 Pass-mark and pass with distinction (1) To pass, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in each of the three sections. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain at least 75% in each of the practical and theetical sections, as well as an average of at least 75% in the three sections combined. (2) The theetical section and the practical section must be passed in the same academic year. Credit is not retained if only one section is passed. IMPORTANT: INTERNSHIPS F purposes of registration with the Professional Board f Psychology, a student is required to do an internship of one year at an accredited institution in addition to the successful completion of the degree. Except with the permission of the Chairperson of the Department, the internship may not be done befe the student has complied with all the requirements f the completion of the degree. C h a p t e r 26 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Social Science (Mental Health) (Degree code: 0698X DIS698D) This degree is being phased out and no new registrations will be allowed from Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the degree. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PA52 Admission requirements To be admi ed, a student must hold a four-year BSW degree an Honours BA(SS) degree in Social Wk an Advanced Diploma in Social Wk ( an equivalent qualification) which grants admission to the studies f a master s degree at the university that conferred the qualification, and be registered as a social wker at the South African Council f Social Wk. Only a limited number of students may register f this degree annually. A student who is selected provisionally must appear befe a selection commi ee in Pretia. Selection takes place during September/October of the preceding year. PA53 Duration of study The curriculum extends over a period of two academic years; provided that with the approval of the Chair of the Department it may extend over three years. PA54 The curriculum comprises a theetical and practical part and a dissertation of limited scope. The theetical and practical part carries a weight of 50% and the dissertation of limited scope a weight of 50%. A student who is in possession of a master s a Doct s degree in Social Wk may, with the approval of Senate, do an al examination submit a comprehensive rept in the place of the dissertation of limited scope. 1. THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL PART The curriculum f the theetical and practical part comprises five papers which are spread over two years, with the approval of the Chair of the Department, over three years. Papers MMHNAVK, MMHTSIX, MMHGSIM, MMHTWG8 and MMHGWGT are exclusively theetical, while papers MMHKEVJ, MMHEEGE, MMHMETN and MMHPROP include both practical wk and they. A student must choose either A B. PAPERS A (Social wk with individuals, couples and families) MMHNAVK : Research methodology MMHTSIX : They of social interaction MMHGSIM : Advanced they of social interaction 135

136 MMHKEVJ : MMHEEGE : Social wk with children and adults Social wk with couples and families (b) obtain at least 50% in the practical wk undertaken during the year in the paper concerned (if applicable). B (Social wk with communities) MMHNAVK : MMHTWG8 : MMHGWGT: MMHMETN : MMHPROP : METHOD OF PRESENTATION Theetical part Research methodology They of wk with communities Advanced they of wk with communities Community wk methods Project guidance The theetical part is dealt with by means of: Assignments Seminars. Seminars are conducted one day per week at Unisa in Pretia. Labaty programmes. Four labaty programmes of five days each, spread over the two ( three) years, are conducted at Unisa in Pretia. Practical part The practical wk in the various papers will be done, inter alia, during the labaty programmes and the weekly seminars at Unisa. As from the first year of study, students must undertake further practical wk at an institution approved by the Chair of the Department of Social Wk. PA57 Pass and pass with distinction To pass a paper a half-paper, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in the theetical examination conducted during October/November. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the six papers and the dissertation of limited scope combined. C h a p t e r 27 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. Supervision regarding the practical wk will be undertaken by lecturers from the Department of Social Wk. PA58 Admission requirements A endance at the seminars and labaty programmes is compulsy. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG10(1), a student must hold the degree of Honours Bachel of Arts. 2. DISSERTATION OF LIMITED SCOPE A dissertation of limited scope (DIS698D) is planned and executed in collabation with a supervis. PA Completion of curriculum A and B are both spread over two years A A student must register f MMHNAVK, MMHTSIX and MMHKEVJ during the first year of study; and f MMHGSIM and MMHEEGE during the second year of study. B A student must register f MMHNAVK, MMHTWG8 and MMHMETN during the first year of study; and f MMHGWGT and MMHPROP during the second year of study. PA56 Examination The theetical examinations are conducted during October/November of the relevant year of study. A theetical examination is done in each paper and consists of an al a wri en examination conducted by the Department of Social Wk. To be admi ed to the theetical examination in a paper, a student must: (a) obtain 100 examination admission credits in the assignments and seminar wk; and PA59 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the same subjects as the degree of Honours Bachel of Arts (see Rule PA6), with the exception of Gender Studies. The degree may also be conferred in the following subjects: African Politics (Degree code: DIS735W) Afrikaans (Degree code: DIS614N) Ancient Histy (Degree code: DIS627T) Ancient Near Eastern Studies (Degree code: DIS466U) Anthropology (Degree code: DIS637V) Arabic (Degree code: DIS6766) Archaeology (Degree code: DIS785B) Art Histy (Degree code: DIS7588) Biblical Archaeology (Degree code: DIS7623) Biblical Studies (Degree code: 06777) Classical Studies (Degree code: DISCLS3) Classics Communication (Degree code: DIS624Q) Development Studies (Degree code: DIS736X) Economics (Degree code: DIS617R) English (Degree code: DIS618S) French (Degree code: 0619X DIS619T) German (Degree code: DIS616Q) Greek (ancient) (Degree code: DIS621M) Histy (Degree code: DIS620L) Infmation Science (Degree code: DIS761Y) International Politics (Degree code: DIS687A) Islamic Studies (Degree code: DIS7656) Italian (Degree code: 0622X DIS622N) Judaica (Degree code: DIS697C) Latin (Degree code: DIS628U) Linguistics (Degree code: DIS629V) Mathematics (Degree code: 06386) Mathematics Education (Degree code: 07536)

137 Modern Hebrew (Degree code: DIS696B) Musicology (Degree code: DIS7565) Philosophy (Degree code: DIS639X) Politics (Degree code: 0636X DIS636U) Ptuguese (Degree code: DIS480S) Psychology (Degree code: DIS6345) Public Administration See Calendar Part 4 Public Health (Degree code: DIS533N) Religious Studies (Degree code: 07218) Romance Languages (Degree code: 0796X DIS796E) Russian (Degree code: DIS632Q) Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) (Degree code: DIS706R) Sociology (Degree code: DIS635T) Spanish (Degree code: DIS701L) Statistics See Calendar Part 7 They of Literature (Degree code: DIS7463) PA60 and other requirements Unless otherwise indicated below, the curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Any special requirements are also indicated below. African Languages (Degree code: 06157) Admission is restricted to students who obtained an average of at least 60% in the five papers f the Honours examination. Befe applying f admission, students should have given due consideration to a provisional dissertation topic. Students are requested to contact the Chair of the Department if their African language is not one of those listed below. The listed study unit codes merely serve an administrative purpose. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic within the field of African linguistics African literature. Study units DIS729Y : Nthern Sotho DIS728X : Southern Sotho DIS731S : Tsonga DIS730R : Tswana DIS732T : Venda/Shona DIS727W : Xhosa DIS726V : Zulu Afrikaans (Degree code: 06149) The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Interested students must contact the Chair of the Department to discuss the topic and the supervis befe registration will be approved. Ancient Histy (Degree code: 07269) No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the MA in Classical Studies f me infmation. Ancient Near Eastern Studies (Degree code: 09660) To be admi ed, a student must: hold an Honours Bachels degree an equivalent qualification, and have passed Ancient Near Eastern Culture a related subject on the Honours level. The curriculum comprises of a dissertation on an approved topic related to the broad discipline of Ancient Near Eastern Studies. The title of the dissertation should receive the approval of the Chair of the Department. The dissertation should comprise about pages, typewri en and double-spaced. It should provide proof of the student s own insight, a critical approach to sources and a though acquaintance with and a critical use of the available modern literature on the subject. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION To pass the degree a student should obtain a mark of at least 50 percent f the dissertation. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate should obtain a mark of at least 75% f the dissertation. Arabic (Degree code: 06769) A student must either: (a) hold an Honours Bachel s degree equivalent qualification, and (b) have passed the Honours BA course with at least a 60% average in Arabic. (c) have appropriate infmal pri learning opptunities in which case the candidate s eligibility will be considered via either submission of wri en wk a placement test, subject to the approval of the Chair of Department. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. MINIMUM DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION In der to pass, a student must obtain at least 50% f the dissertation. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75%. Art Histy (Degree code: 07579) Subject to the provisions of General Rules G6 and PG10(1), admission rests with the Chair of the Department and is restricted to students who are in possession of an Honours BA degree in Art Histy, the equivalent thereof, and obtained an average of at least 65% f the Honours degree. 137

138 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Biblical Archaeology (Degree code: 07986) Applicants with an Honours degree in Biblical Archaeology ( an equivalent subject) may obtain admission to the MA degree in Biblical Archaeology. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. A dissertation of approximately 180 pages (120 credits) must be completed under the supervision of an appointed supervis. RECOMMENDATION A er completion of this degree a candidate can be admi ed to a Doctal programme (DLi et Phil) in Biblical Archaeology. Biblical Studies (Degree code: 06777) From 2007 no new registrations are allowed f the structured MA. Students already registered have until the end of 2009 to complete the degree. Students in possession of an Honours degree in Biblical Studies equivalent will be allowed to apply f the MA in Biblical Studies. There are no compulsy language requirements f students enrolling f the MA in Biblical Studies. Relevant ancient languages (such as Greek and Hebrew) are, however, strongly recommended, especially if students were to continue with doctal studies. Depending on the field of research, a supervis may expect a student to acquire the necessary competency in a language ( languages), to enrol fmally f one me of these ancient languages. Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department, the curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic; provided that a study programme may be prescribed which students must complete to the satisfaction of the College befe the dissertation may be submi ed f examination. Those students who have already enrolled f the structured MA degree in Biblical Studies (degree code: 06777) are given time until the end of 2009 to complete the degree. Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) (Degree code: 97748) To be admi ed, a student must: have passed Classical Studies a related subject at Honours level with an average of at least 60% submit a preliminary research proposal on the topic of the projected dissertation TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have registered f the current structured MA with specialisation in Ancient Languages and Cultures (code: 07846) f the MA in Ancient Histy (code: 07269) have 2009 to complete the degree. The curriculum consists of a dissertation (DISCLS3) on an approved topic. The dissertation should provide proof of the student s own insight, a critical approach to sources and a though acquaintance with the available literature on the subject. Students will be guided in the compilation of the final version of the research proposal and will become acquainted with research methodologies befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. The promoter will assist the students in preparing the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter may be envisaged. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION To be awarded the degree a student should obtain a mark of at least 50% f the dissertation. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate should obtain a mark of at least 75% f the dissertation. Classics No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the MA in Classical Studies f me infmation. Communication (Degree code: 06246) Subject to the provisions of General Rules G6 and PG10(1), admission rests with the Chair of the Department and is restricted to students who are in possession of an Honours BA degree in Communication, the equivalent thereof, and obtained an average of at least 60% f the Honours examination. A questionnaire which can be obtained from the department ( ) has to be completed and submi ed with the application. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Development Studies (Degree code: 07366) To be considered f admission, a student must hold an Honours degree and have passed the Honours papers with an average of at least 60%. Students who did not pass a research methodology paper in their Honours degree with 60% me, must in addition pass the paper on research methodology, PSY471S, offered by the Department of Psychology, with 60% me. Applicants must hold either: (a) an Honours degree in Development Studies/Administration/ Management its equivalent; (b) any other Honours degree a four-year Bachel s degree 138

139 A student in this categy must pass the following Honours papers in Development Studies with an average of 60% f non-degree purposes: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVASECF : Human security and development Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Students are strongly advised to submit to the department a manuscript of a scientific article aimed at an approved journal and based on the completed research when submi ing the examination copies. English (Degree code: 06181) No new registrations will be accepted f B as from Students currently registered f B will be allowed to complete the degree. To be admi ed, the applicant must have a ained at least 60% in the Honours examination. In addition, an applicant f curriculum (b) below must satisfactily complete a placement exercise (which will consist of the Department s providing a recent critical article in the applicant s field of interest f the applicant to summarize and respond to). The curriculum comprises either: (a) (b) a dissertation on an approved topic three papers followed by a dissertation of limited scope (DIS518P) on an area of study offered in the Department of English. Students should apply to the Department f a list of current areas. The contents of the papers and the topic of the dissertation are determined in consultation with the Chair of the Department. Study units MAEFOU8 : Master s foundation course MAECW1N : Specialist options 1 MAECW2P : Specialist options 2 The nmal duration of curriculum (b) shall be two years. Except with the special permission of the Chair of Department, students must have passed the three papers befe submi ing the dissertation of limited scope f examination. At the discretion of the Chair of the Department, a student may be requested to submit f examination purposes a detailed ptfolio of all wk done during the year f paper 1 (MAEFOU8) in lieu of a wri en examination. The examinations f papers 2 and 3 may be wri en either in July January/February. Each of the three papers (with a combined weight of 50%) and the dissertation of limited scope (weight: 50%) must be passed separately. To pass with distinction, a student must obtain an average of at least 75% f the three papers and the dissertation of limited scope. French (Degree code: 0619X) Students who complete the Honours in French with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. German (Degree code: 06165) Students who complete the Honours in German with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. Greek (Degree code: 06211) No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the MA in Classical Studies f me infmation. Histy (Degree code: 06203) Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department and with due regard to the General Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts, admission is restricted to students who have obtained an average of at least 65% in five papers f the Honours examination. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. (Students will be guided towards compiling their final research proposal and will be given training in research skills befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation.) 139

140 Industrial and Organisational Psychology (Degree code: 07528) Option 1 Only a limited number of students can be accepted annually f this option. To be considered f selection students should obtain an average of above 60% f the honours in Industrial and Organisational Psychology. Applicants can be called upon to appear befe a selection commi ee in Pretia. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG10(1), preference shall be given to students wking full-time in an Industrial and Organisational Psychology environment who can make alternative arrangements, to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department, with a view to complying with the practical requirements. DURATION OF STUDY The curriculum extends over two academic years. The curriculum comprises three parts, namely: a theetical part, a practical part and a dissertation of limited scope with a publishable article based on the research. 1. THEORETICAL PART A capita selecta of recent theies, methods and research from various fields of Industrial and Organisational Psychology, including the areas of occupational practice as fmulated by the Professional Board and selected in consultation with the Chair of the Department. An al and wri en examination on the theetical part is conducted at the end of the first year of study during November. 2. PRACTICAL PART During the first year of the programme, students must a end five oneweek wkshops in Pretia. 3. DISSERTATION AND ARTICLE The dissertation shall be of limited scope and relevant from an industrial psychological point of view. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG15(7), the dissertation may be submi ed at any time. The title of the dissertation must be submi ed f approval befe 1 August of the first year of study. In addition, students are required to submit a publishable article based on the research with the dissertation. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION The theetical part and the dissertation must be passed separately. To pass, a student must obtain at least 50% in each of these two parts; and to be awarded the degree with distinction, an average of at least 75% must be obtained. The degree shall not be awarded befe the practical part has also been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. IMPORTANT: INTERNSHIPS In der to be registered with the Professional Board f Psychology as an industrial psychologist, an internship of at least twelve months at an approved institution must be completed in addition to the Master s degree. The internship may commence a er the theetical examination has been passed and the practical part has been completed. Students may apply to do the internship under the supervision of the Department of Industrial and Organisational Psychology. Students will also have to pass the National Board examination. OR Option 2 The curriculum f this option comprises a dissertation on an approved topic as well as a publishable article based on the research. Contact the Department f further infmation on master s and doctal studies. Infmation Science (Degree code: 07897) Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department and with due regard to the General Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts, admission is restricted to candidates who have obtained an average of at least 60% in four papers of the Honours examination. Students who do not comply with the above, may be granted permission to register on the recommendation of the Chair of Department. Additional requirements f admission to the degree may be applied under the circumstances. The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS761Y) on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. Islamic Studies (Degree code: 09652) A student must either: (a) hold an Honours Bachel s degree equivalent qualification, and (b) have passed the Honours BA course with at least a 60% average in one of the following subjects: Arabic, Islamic Studies, Religious Studies; (c) have appropriate infmal pri learning opptunities in which case the candidate s eligibility will be considered via either submission of wri en wk a placement test, subject to the approval of the Chair of Department. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. MINIMUM DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION In der to pass, a student must obtain at least 50% f the dissertation. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75%. Italian (Degree code: 0622X) Students who complete the Honours in Italian with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. 140

141 The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. Judaica (Degree code: 06971) To be admi ed a student is required to have passed an Honours degree in Judaica equivalent qualification acceptable to the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. There is no language requirement, but the Department reserves the right to specify such requirements, should the topic of the thesis so demand. Topics f research must be determined in consultation with the Department. Latin (Degree code: 06289) No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Please refer to the MA in Classical Studies f me infmation. Linguistics (Degree code: 06297; Specialisation code: GEN) Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department admission is restricted to students who have at least a 60% aggregate in a BA Honours in Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, Sociolinguistics, Translation Studies, a language, in a four-year Speech and Language Pathology degree ( equivalent). Where deemed necessary, Speech and Language Pathology language graduates may be required to complete certain modules befe, concurrently with, registration. Befe applying f admission, students should have given due consideration to a provisional dissertation topic. The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS629V) on an approved topic, but students initially also complete a set of assignments that help them toward compiling a research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. Specialisation: Translation Studies (Specialisation code: TLS; DISTLSS) Mathematics (Degree code: 06386) The curriculum comprises either two papers set on approved topics and a dissertation of limited scope on an approved topic, a dissertation only. If two papers and a dissertation of limited scope are offered, the weight of the papers shall be 40% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 60%. To be admi ed, a student must: (a) (b) Mathematics Education (Degree code: 07536) hold an Hons BA degree in Mathematics Education Mathematics an equivalent qualification; and in addition, the possession of one of the following qualifications is desirable but not compulsy: an approved postgraduate diploma in Education, an Hons BEd degree, a four-year composite degree in Education with Mathematics as a maj subject. The curriculum comprises two papers four modules on approved topics (weight: 40%) and a dissertation of limited scope on an approved topic (weight: 60%). Each paper module and the dissertation of limited scope must be passed separately. Additional papers/modules may, with the approval of Senate, be prescribed f students who do not comply with the additional requirement under (b) above whose background knowledge reveals deficiencies. Such papers/modules, which are taken f non-degree purposes, must be passed befe the dissertation of limited scope may be submi ed f examination. Modern Hebrew (Degree code: 06963) To be admi ed a student is required to have passed an Honours degree in Modern Hebrew equivalent qualification acceptable to the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Topics f research must be determined in consultation with the Department. Musicology (Degree code: 07560) A candidate must hold an Honours BA degree in Musicology equivalent degree as approved by the Chair of the Department of Art Histy, Visual Art and Musicology. If the degree was obtained me than five years ago, the candidate may be required by the Chair of the Department to complete one me papers from the Hons BA curriculum f Musicology befe being admi ed to this degree. A candidate who has not previously completed a substantial research article f the Honours degree (and passed it with a minimum of 65%), and has not passed a paper in research methodology at postgraduate level, may be required to complete both such an article (and pass it with at least 65%) and the paper Philosophies and research methodologies in music (HMPHIL9) f non-degree purposes at the discretion of the Chair of the Department befe being admi ed to the MA degree in Musicology. Candidates will not be allowed to continue with the degree if the research proposal has not been accepted within the first year of registration f the degree. Only three (3) a empts at submi ing the research proposal will be granted within the first year of registration. Candidates are strongly encouraged to submit a publishable article derived from the dissertation when submi ing the dissertation, at least befe graduation. The supervis will assist the candidate in preparing the article f publication. Preparation of the article should be seen as an integral part of the total research process. 141

142 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved musicological subject. PASS-MARK AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION The dissertation must be passed with a minimum of 50%. The degree is awarded with distinction if a minimum of 75% is obtained. Philosophy (Degree code: 06394) Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department and with due regard to the General Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts, admission is restricted to students who have obtained an average of at least 60% in four papers of the Honours examination. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. (Students will be guided towards compiling their final research proposal and will be given training in research skills befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation.) PASS The dissertation will be examined by a panel of examiners who are experts in their field of research. In der to pass and obtain the degree, the candidate must obtain a final mark of 50% in the dissertation. Ptuguese (Degree code: 07803) Students who complete the Honours in Ptuguese with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. (a) (b) Psychology (Degree code: 06343) Admission is restricted to students who are in possession of an Honours BA degree in Psychology a completed BPsych qualification the equivalent thereof. Admission is subject to the provisions of General Rules G6 and PG10(1) and rests with the Chair of the Department. Three alternative options are available: Option 2: Specialisation in Research Consultation This option is intended f students who wish to become consultants specialising in Psychological Research. A maximum period of 12 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. A full dissertation on an approved topic is required and may be submi ed f examination only a er the practical wk has been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. The degree is awarded in Psychology with a specialisation in Research Consultation. Option 3: Specialisation in HIV/Aids Research This option is intended f students who wish to specialise in HIV/ Aids research. A maximum period of 12 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. A full dissertation on an approved HIV/Aids-related topic is required and may be submi ed f examination only a er the practical wk has been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. The degree is awarded in Psychology with a specialisation in HIV/Aids Research. Dissertation requirements (all three options) When a student submits his/her dissertation f examination, he/she must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must, where applicable, be wri en under the guidance of the student s supervis and, if applicable, the joint supervis. The copies of the article will be sent to the examiners as additional infmation. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. This requirement will only apply to students who registered f the master s degree f the first time as from the 1999 academic year. Study units DIS634S : Option 1 DIS434L : They f Option 2 (Research Consultation) DIS7645 : They f Option 3 (HIV/Aids Research) Religious Studies (Degree code: 07218) A student must either: (a) hold an Honours Bachel s degree equivalent qualification, and (b) have passed the Honours BA course with at least a 60% average in Religious Studies. If the Chair of the Department deems it necessary with a view to the proposed field of study, students must, befe enrolment, be able to prove their proficiency in the relevant language languages. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic; provided that a study programme may be prescribed which a student must complete to the satisfaction of the College befe the dissertation may be submi ed f examination. To pass with distinction, a student must obtain at least 75%. Option 1: Dissertation only The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic, based on the student s own research. 142

143 Romance Languages with specialisation in a combination of two such languages (French, Italian, Ptuguese, Spanish) (Degree code: 0796X) Students who complete the Honours in Romance languages, French, Italian, Ptuguese, Spanish with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. Dissertation on an approved topic combining two Romance languages (French Italian Ptuguese Spanish). Students will be given systematic training in research skills and guided towards compiling their final research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. Option A (Research Master s degree) The curriculum consists of a dissertation (DIS4964) on an approved topic. The admission requirements are as follows: BA degree ( equivalent) with a maj in at least one Romance language (French Italian Spanish Ptuguese). TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Credits f all the modules currently offered in Option A of the Structured MA (Honours) will be retained. PASS AND PASS WITH DISTINCTION (a) (b) To pass, a student shall obtain at least 50% in each paper/module. To pass with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75%. Russian (Degree code: 06327) Students who complete the Honours in Russian with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) (Degree code: 07064) An Honours degree in Semitic Languages an equivalent qualification acceptable to the Department. The curriculum comprises: (a) (b) A wri en and an al paper on selected texts from one me Semitic languages as agreed upon by the student and the Department; and a dissertation on an approved topic consisting of not me than 80 A4 pages. Students shall pass the two papers befe they may commence writing the dissertation. The papers may be wri en separately concurrently. The wri en paper, the al examination and the dissertation carry the same weight. To pass, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in each of the three sections. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the three sections combined. Sociology (Degree code: 06351) The minimum admission requirement is an Honours degree in Sociology with an average of at least 60% The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. A student must, together with the examination copies of the dissertation, submit a copy of a scientific article in the fm of a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. Articles must be wri en under the guidance of the student s supervis and, if applicable, joint supervis. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. The requirement regarding the scientific article applies only to students who register f the degree f the first time as from the 2005 academic year. Spanish (Degree code: 07013) Students who complete the Honours in Spanish with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to the Masters. Students with an average of less than 60% may be considered f admission only with the special permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their supervis befe graduation. The supervis will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the supervis could also be envisaged. 143

144 144 They of literature (Degree code: 07463) An Honours degree in They of Literature an Honours degree in a subject related to They of Literature and subject to the permission of the Chair of the Department. The curriculum consists of a dissertation on an approved topic. C h a p t e r 28 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in Social Science These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PA61 Admission requirements To be admi ed, a student must hold the degree of Honours Bachel of Arts in Social Science in the subject concerned; provided that a student who holds a four-year BSW degree an Advanced Diploma in Social Wk ( an equivalent qualification), which grants admission to the studies f a master s degree at the university that conferred the qualification, may be admi ed to the studies f the MA(SS) degree in Social Wk. PA62 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: Criminology See Part 6 of the Calendar Development Studies (Degree code: DIS7599) Psychology (Degree code: 06432) Social Wk (Degree code: DIS642S) Sociology (Degree code: DIS644U) PA63 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. In the case of Psychology and Development Studies a second option is available (see Rule PA60). Development Studies (Degree code: 07587) To be considered f admission, a student must hold an Honours degree and have passed the Honours papers with an average of at least 60%. Students who did not pass a research methodology paper in their Honours degree with 60% me, must in addition pass the paper on research methodology, PSY471S, offered by the Department of Psychology, with 60% me. Applicants must hold either: (a) an Honours degree in Development Studies/Administration/ Management its equivalent; (b) any other Honours degree a four-year Bachel s degree A student in this categy must pass the following Honours papers in Development Studies with an average of 60% f non-degree purposes: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVASECF : Human security and development Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Students are strongly advised to submit to the department a manuscript of a scientific article aimed at an approved journal and based on the completed research when submi ing the examination copies. (a) (b) Psychology (Degree code: 06432) Admission is restricted to students who are in possession of an Honours BA degree in Psychology a completed BPsych qualification the equivalent thereof. Admission is subject to the provisions of General Rules G6 and PG10(1) and rests with the Chair of the Department. Three alternative options are available: Option 1: Dissertation only The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic, based on the student s own research. Option 2: Specialisation in Research Consultation This option is intended f students who wish to become consultants specialising in Psychological Research. A maximum period of 12 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. A full dissertation on an approved topic is required and may be submi ed f examination only a er the practical wk has been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. The degree is awarded in Psychology with a specialisation in Research Consultation. Option 3: Specialisation in HIV/AIDS Research This option is intended f students who wish to specialise in HIV/ Aids research. A maximum period of 12 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. A full dissertation on an approved HIV/Aids-related topic is required and may be submi ed f examination only a er the practical wk has been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. The degree is awarded in Psychology with a specialisation in HIV/Aids Research. Dissertation requirements (all three options) When a student submits his/her dissertation f examination, he/she must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must, where applicable, be wri en under the guidance of the student s supervis and, if applicable, the joint supervis. The copies

145 of the article will be sent to the examiners as additional infmation. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. This requirement will only apply to students who registered f the master s degree f the first time as from the 1999 academic year, and is not applicable to the MA degree in Clinical Psychology. Study units DIS643T : Option 1 DIS443M : Option 2 (Research Consultation) DISHIVG : Option 3 (HIV/Aids Research) Sociology (Degree code: 06440) A student must, together with the examination copies of the dissertation, submit a copy of a scientific article in the fm of a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. Articles must be wri en under the guidance of the student s supervis and, if applicable, joint supervis. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. The requirement regarding the scientific article applies only to students who register f the degree f the first time as from the 2005 academic year. C h a p t e r 29 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in International Communication (Degree code: DIS501E) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. This qualification has been discontinued. Students who have registered f this qualification (research dissertation only) can complete their studies befe the end of 2010, wherea er it will be converted to the generic MA in Communication offered by the Department. C h a p t e r 30 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Ancient Languages and Cultures (Degree code: DIS5843) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. No new registrations are allowed f this degree. Interested students are referred to the MA in Classical Studies. Students who complete this degree in 2009 are advised to contact the Department f infmation and advice. C h a p t e r 31 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Sociolinguistics (Degree code: DIS7748) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. (a) (b) PA74 Admission requirements An Honours Bachel s degree in Sociolinguistics with an average of at least 60%. Students who hold an Honours Bachel s degree in a language Linguistics and who passed the Honours examination with an average of at least 60% may, at the discretion of the interdepartmental codinat, be admi ed. PA76 This comprises a dissertation (DIS7748) on an approved topic in the field. Students are given training in research skills through assignments that guide them towards compiling their final research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. 145

146 PA77 Completion of curriculum Except with the permission of the Chair of Department, students may not register f a second year unless they complete a satisfacty research proposal in their first year of registration. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS From 2007 students previously registered under the code DIS7679 (the full dissertation part of the integrated degree) transfer to DIS7748 (full dissertation, not part of the integrated degree). C h a p t e r 32 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Applied Linguistics (Degree code: DIS7839) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. (a) (b) PA80 Admission requirements An Honours Bachel s degree in Applied Linguistics with an average of at least 60%. Students with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. Students who hold an Honours Bachel s degree in a language Linguistics (without a specialisation in Applied Linguistics) and who passed with an average of at least 60% must complete modules 1-6 of the BA Hons with specialisation in Applied Linguistics befe they can be admi ed. Students in this categy with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. PA82 The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS7839) on an approved topic in the field. Students are given training in research skills through assignments that guide them towards compiling their final research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. PA83 Completion of curriculum Except with the permission of the Chair of Department, students may not register f a second year unless they complete a satisfacty research proposal in their first year of registration. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS From 2007 students previously registered under the code DIS7668 (the full dissertation part of the integrated degree) transfer to DIS7839 (full dissertation, not part of the integrated degree). C h a p t e r 33 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. No new registrations will be allowed f the old curriculum from Students already registered have until the end of 2011 to complete the degree. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (a) PA86 Old curriculum (Degree code: DIS768A) Admission requirements Structured degree The minimum admission requirement f this qualification is a Bachel s degree ( equivalent) with 60% in a language Linguistics maj and in at least English II its equivalent. Students who hold an Honours Bachel s degree in TESOL and who passed with an average of at least 60% will be exempted from Part I of the curriculum. Students in this categy with an average of less than 60% may be exempted from all part of Part I at the discretion of the Course Codinat. Students who hold an Honours Bachel s degree in Applied Linguistics and who passed with an average of at least 60% must complete the four modules MTES01U, MTES02V, MTES03W and MTES04X. Students in this categy with an average of less than 60% will only be admi ed with the special permission of the Course Codinat. Students who completed English II equivalent and hold an Honours Bachel s degree in a language Linguistics and who passed with an average of at least 60% must complete the following six ce modules from Part I in der to qualify f admission to Part II: MAPP01S, MAPP02T, MAPP05W; and at least three of MTES01U, MTES02V, MTES03W and MTES04X. Students in this categy with an average of less than 60% must also complete the above six modules if their registration is approved by the Course Codinat. Students who complete Part I of the degree with an average of at least 60% qualify f admission to Part II. Students with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed to Part II in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. Dissertation An Honours Bachel s degree in TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of other Languages) with an average of at least 60%. Students with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. 146

147 (b) (a) (b) Students who completed at least English II its equivalent and who hold an Honours Bachel s degree in a language Linguistics and who passed with an average of at least 60% must complete modules 1-6 of the BA Hons with specialisation in TESOL befe they can be admi ed. Students in this categy with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. PA87 Duration of study The degree cannot be completed in under three years. Students who are admi ed to Part II of the curriculum by virtue of an Honours Bachel s degree in TESOL may complete the degree in two years, unless the permission of the Course Codinat is obtained in exceptional cases to complete the degree in one year. Students are advised to spread their studies f each of Parts I and II over two years. PA88 The curriculum comprises TWO parts: Part I (Honours degree) comprises 10 ce modules Part II (MA degree) comprises a dissertation on an approved topic in the field. By the beginning of Part II, students must have commi ed themselves to a provisional research topic. PART I All of the following modules: MAPP01S : Issues in applied linguistics MAPP02T : Individual facts in language learning MSLFNDL : Foundations in sociolinguistics MAPP04V : Language learning and teaching MAPP05W : Language assessment MAPP06X : Text and discourse analysis MTES01U : English as a language of learning MTES02V : English grammar and TESOL MTES03W : English literature in TESOL MTES04X : English f specific purposes PART II Dissertation (DIS768A) on an approved topic in the field. Students will be given systematic training in research skills and guided towards compiling their final research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students currently registered f the dissertation of limited scope (DIS581W) must complete it. (a) (b) PA90 Pass and pass with distinction To pass, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in each module as well as f the dissertation. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate must obtain an average of at least 75% f the degree as a whole, Part I and Part II having equal weight. PA91 Intermediate qualification Students who have passed Part I of the MA degree with specialisation in TESOL will, on request, be awarded the Hons BA degree (05835) in TESOL. New curriculum (Degree code: DIS784A) a) An Honours Bachel s degree in TESOL (Teaching English to Speakers of other Languages) with an average of at least 60%. Students with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. b) Students who completed at least English II its equivalent and who hold an Honours Bachel s degree in a language Linguistics and who passed with an average of at least 60% must complete modules 1-6 of the BA Hons with specialisation in TESOL befe they can be admi ed. Students in this categy with an average of less than 60% may only be admi ed in exceptional cases, with the permission of the Chair of the Department. This comprises a dissertation (DIS784A) on an approved topic in the field. Students are given systematic training in research skills through assignments that guide them towards compiling their final research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the dissertation. COMPLETION OF Except with the permission of the Chair of Department, students may not register f a second year unless they complete a satisfacty research proposal in their first year of registration. TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS From 2007 students previously registered under the code DIS768A (the full dissertation part of the integrated degree) transfer to DIS784A (full dissertation, not part of the integrated degree). PA89 Completion of curriculum Except with the special permission of the Chair of the Department, students may not register f Part II unless eight of the modules have already been passed with an average mark of at least 60% and the remaining two modules are taken concurrently. A student must pass all the modules f Part I befe he/she may submit his/her dissertation f examination. Except with the special permission of the Chair of the Department, students may not register f a second year in Part II unless they complete a satisfacty research proposal in their first year of Part II registration. 147

148 C h a p t e r 34 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Organisational Communication Research and Practice These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. This qualification has been discontinued. Students who have registered f this qualification (research dissertation only) can complete their studies befe the end of 2010, wherea er it will be converted to the generic MA in Communication offered by the Department. C h a p t e r 35 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts (Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/Aids) (Degree code: 07315) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. No new registrations will be allowed f the old curriculum from Students already registered have until the end of 2011 to complete the degree. PA121 Admission requirements An honours bachel s degree in Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS an NQF Level 7 qualification that includes modules in one me of Psychology, Sociology, Industrial and Organisational Psychology, Health and Education, with an overall average of at least 60% an equivalent in any human science field. A limited number of students can be admi ed to the degree. Students must apply f the degree at the Unit f Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS and Health (USBAH), Department of Sociology. Last date f applications is 30 September. Approval le ers will be issued during October and November. PA122 Duration of study The minimum duration of study is two to three years PA123 CORE MODULES General structure of degree The curriculum comprises the following compulsy modules: The new course code DISSB8K (old SB80044) will be active from SB8001X : Advanced social behaviour research in HIV/AIDS (24 credits) SB8002Y : Advanced HIV/AIDS policy and programme design (24 credits) SB80P19 : Advanced research so ware (24 credits) SB80033 : The histy and ethics of HIV/AIDS (24 credits) DISSB8K* : Dissertation (84 credits) Total credits: 180 credits PA Student must complete all modules to qualify. 2. Students can complete the qualification in 2-3 years. SB8001X, SB8002Y, SB80033 and SB80P19 must be taken in the first year of the registration. 3. A proposal (SB8001X) f the dissertation of limited scope on the selected field of HIV/AIDS policy and programme development must be submi ed pri to commencing with the dissertation of limited scope (DISSB8K) f approval by the relevant academic structures in the University. 4. The dissertation (DISSB8K) must be in line with the general requirements of the University f Masters dissertations as explained in Appendix A. 5. Subject to the provision of General Rule PG15 (7) the dissertation (DISSB8K) may be submi ed at any stage but a student will not complete the degree until the dissertation has been accepted. 6. See General Rules PG11-PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. A limited number of students can be admi ed to the degree. Students must apply f the degree at the Unit f Social Behaviour Studies in HIV/AIDS and Health (USBAH), Department of Sociology. The last date f applications is 30 September. Approval le ers will be issued during October and November. C h a p t e r 36 Rules f the Degree of Master of Arts in ICT Policy and Regulation (Degree code: DISICT4) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. 148

149 This qualification has been discontinued. Students who have registered f this qualification (research dissertation only) can complete their studies befe the end of 2010 wherea er it will be converted to the generic MA in Communication offered by the Department. C h a p t e r 37 Rules f the Degree of Master of Administration These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. A student is strongly advised to submit to the department a manuscript of a scientific article aimed at an approved journal and based on the completed research when submi ing the examination copies. C h a p t e r 38 Rules f the Degree of Master of Science These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PA141 Admission requirements PA136 Admission requirements Subject to the requirements of General Rule PG10(1), a student must hold the Honours BAdmin degree. PA137 Subjects The degree may be conferred in Development Studies (Degree code: 07382) in this College. PA138 The curriculum f Development Studies and Public Administration appears below: Development Studies (Degree code: 07382) To be considered f admission, a student must hold an Honours degree and have passed the Honours papers with an average of at least 60%. Students who did not pass a research methodology paper in their Honours degree with 60% me, must in addition pass the paper on research methodology, PSY471S, offered by the Department of Psychology, with 60% me. Applicants must hold either: (a) an Honours degree in Development Studies/Administration/ Management its equivalent; (b) any other Honours degree a four-year Bachel s degree A student in this categy must pass the following Honours papers in Development Studies with an average of 60% f non-degree purposes: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVASECF : Human security and development Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS7383) on an approved topic. Subject to the provisions of General Rules G6 and PG10(1), admission rests with the Chair of the Department and is restricted to students who are in possession of an Honours BSc degree in Psychology a completed BPsych qualification the equivalent thereof. PA142 Subjects The degree may be conferred in Psychology (Degree code: 06564) in this College. PA143 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. In the case of Psychology a second option is available. (a) (b) Psychology (Degree code: 06564) Admission is restricted to students who are in possession of an Honours BA degree in Psychology a completed BPsych qualification the equivalent thereof. Admission is subject to the provisions of General Rules G6 and PG10(1) and rests with the Chair of the Department. Three alternative options are available: Option 1: Dissertation only The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic, based on the student s own research. Option 2: Specialisation in Research Consultation This option is intended f students who wish to become consultants specialising in Psychological Research. A maximum period of 12 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. A full dissertation on an approved topic is required and may be submi ed f examination only a er the practical wk has been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. The degree is awarded in Psychology with a specialisation in Research Consultation. 149

150 Option 3: Specialisation in HIV/AIDS Research This option is intended f students who wish to specialise in HIV/ Aids research. A maximum period of 12 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. A full dissertation on an approved HIV/Aids-related topic is required and may be submi ed f examination only a er the practical wk has been completed to the satisfaction of the Chair of the Department. The degree is awarded in Psychology with a specialisation in HIV/Aids Research. Dissertation requirements (all three options) When a student submits his/her dissertation f examination, he/she must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must, where applicable, be wri en under the guidance of the student s supervis and, if applicable, the joint supervis. The copies of the article will be sent to the examiners as additional infmation. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. This requirement will only apply to students who registered f the master s degree f the first time as from the 1999 academic year. Study units DIS656Y : Option 1 DIS456S : Option 2 (Research Consultation) DISAID5 : Option 3 (HIV/Aids Research) C h a p t e r 39 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, duration of study, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE22 Admission requirements Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG10, a student must, in der to be admi ed to the studies f the degree, hold the Hons BEd degree obtained with an average of at least 60%. Students in possession of the PGDTE will only be considered f admission to the studies f the MEd degree with specialisation in Adult Education. In the case of a Structured Master s degree students are not allowed to interrupt their studies and should therefe immediately enrol f the dissertation of limited scope a er completion of the coursewk modules. PE23 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: OPTION 1 Dissertation only This option is highly recommended. Comparative Education (Degree code: DIS700K) Didactics (Degree code: DIS699E) Education Management (Degree code: DIS743W) Environmental Education (Degree code: DIS789F) Histy of Education (Degree code: DIS6653) Inclusive Education (Degree code: 0734X DIS6664) Mathematics Education (Degree code: DIS7908) Natural Science Education (Degree code: DIS788E) Philosophy of Education (Degree code: DIS664Y) Psychology of Education (Degree code: DIS663X) Socio-education (Degree code: DIS751W) OPTION 2 (Coursewk plus dissertation of limited scope) Education Management (Degree code: DIS753Y/DIS798G) Guidance and Counselling (Degree code: DIS742V) Adult Education (Degree code: DIS972C) Studies (Degree code: DIS971B) Socio-education (Degree code: DIS980C) Inclusive Education (Degree code: 0734X DIS981D) PE24 The Masters Degree in Education can be obtained in two ways: Option I A research masters degree (highly recommended) Option II A structured Masters degree comprising a number of modules in which examinations are wri en, and a dissertation of limited scope. Consult Part 2 of the Calendar f infmation on the syllabi of the different papers available f the structured Masters degrees. C h a p t e r 40 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Education Management (Degree code: 07439) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. Two options are available as indicated below. PE140 Option 1 (DIS743W) Admission requirements Rule PE22 shall apply. Students should provide evidence that they are employed on a management level (at least a Head of Department in school) have six years of teaching experience. PE141 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Reregistration is subject to satisfactily progress of the dissertation. A maximum of four years is allowed f completing the dissertation. 150

151 Option 2 (Old curriculum DIS753Y) 1 Only students currently registered f this programme are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation of limited scope. The curriculum consist of course wk and a dissertation of limited scope. Option 2 (New curriculum DIS798G) The curriculum consist of course wk and a dissertation of limited scope. 2 Only a limited number of students can be accepted annually f Option 2. Application f the programme in Education Management (Option 2) closes on 15 October of each year a er which selection will take place f enrolment f the following academic year. Students, who have not succeeded in passing the four coursewk papers in two years, will not be able to continue with the programme. A maximum of four years is allowed f completing the required papers and the dissertation of limited scope. PE142 Admission requirements A student must have a BEd (Hons) degree (South African context) with an average of 60% ( an equivalent qualification). Rule PE22 shall apply. Students must provide proof that they are employed on a management level (at least a Head of Department in school) already have six years of experience. PE143 Duration of study Option 2 f both curricula of the programme cannot be completed in less than TWO YEARS. The new curriculum of the programme can be completed in a minimum of two years and a maximum of four years. PE144 The programme has an old and new curriculum All students registered f the old curriculum have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation of limited scope. (Specialisation code: N08) The curriculum consists of the following four papers and a dissertation of limited scope: MEDEM6V : Research methodology and theetical foundations in education management MEDEM7W : Education management in the South African context MEDEM8X : School management: structures and processes MEDEM9Y : School management: human resources PE145 Completion of the curriculum 1 Succession of papers: Students should enrol f papers as specified under PE144. Those students who wish to stagger their studies should at least enrol f the first two papers in the first year of study: MEDEM6V (Research methodology and theetical foundations in education management) and MEDEM7W (Education management in the South African context). 2 Students who have not succeeded in passing the four coursewk papers in two years, will not be able to continue with the programme. 3 A maximum of four years are allowed f completing the required papers and the dissertation of limited scope. 4 A student who fails any paper twice will not be allowed to reregister f the programme. PE146 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction (1) The examination in the papers (one three-hour examination paper f each paper in the course wk section of the programme) will be conducted during January/February and no supplementary examination will be granted. (2) Each paper as well as the dissertation of limited scope must be passed separately with at least 50%. (3) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the papers combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (4) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the four papers combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 41 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Guidance and Counselling (Degree code: DIS742V) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE25 Admission requirements To be admi ed to the studies f the degree, a student must: (1) hold the degree of Honours Bachel of Education (obtained with an average of at least 60%) and have passed the modules HBEDAAG and HBEDOPW; and (2) have passed Psychology III Counselling Psychology III Industrial and Organisational Psychology III. Students who have been provisionally selected must appear befe a selection commi ee in Pretia f final selection. 151

152 PE26 Duration of study The curriculum extends over a period of two academic years. PE27 The curriculum comprises a theetical part, a practical part and a dissertation of limited scope. A student who is in possession of a master s a Doct s degree in Psychology of Education a related subject, f which a dissertation thesis was required, may, with the approval of Senate, submit a comprehensive rept in the place of the dissertation of limited scope. 1. THEORETICAL PART (MEDVOTD) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) Child development and developmental problems. Relationships and relationship problems in the child s relationship with parents, friends, teachers and other adults. Behavioural problems in children. Psychic problems in children, such as emotional, cognitive and conative problems as manifested by, f example, anxiety, learning problems and indolence. Psychosomatic symptoms and neural disders also receive a ention. Learning problems in children. The connection between learning efficiency and intelligence, aptitude, personality and relationship problems. The influence on the child of family problems such as marital problems. Group dynamics. Choice of profession and problems connected with the choice of profession. 2. PRACTICAL PART (MEDVOP9) (a) (b) (c) (d) Diagnosing and testing, aptitude, intelligence, interest, scholastic and personality tests. Conducting an interview. Therapy to the child and, where necessary, also educational-psychological assistance to the parents. At least 75 individually supervised sessions. 3. DISSERTATION OF LIMITED SCOPE PE28 Completion of curriculum (1) The examination f the theetical part is conducted during the October/November examinations and may be either wri en al. (2) The tuition f the practicum takes place in discussion groups and the examination on the practical wk is conducted at a special group discussion. (3) Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG15(7), the dissertation of limited scope may be submi ed at any stage but a student will not complete the degree until the dissertation of limited scope has been accepted. PE29 Pass-mark and pass with distinction To pass, a candidate shall obtain at least 50% in each of the three parts. The dissertation of limited scope carries a weight of 50% and the theetical part and the practical part a weight of 25% each. To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the three parts combined. IMPORTANT: INTERNSHIPS In der to be registered with the Professional Board f Psychology as an educational psychologist, a student must, in addition to the degree of MEd with specialisation in Guidance and Counselling, complete an internship at an approved institution. C h a p t e r 42 Rules of the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Adult Education (Degree code: DIS972C) Students can enrol f option II only (coursewk plus dissertation of limited scope.) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE30 Admission requirements An approved Hons BEd degree (obtained with an average of at least 60%) Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Education (PDTE) equivalent accding to the NQF, indicating some research competence. Students will be given RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence undergo any other recognised means of assessment that shows that they meet the outcomes and assessment criteria specified. PE31 The degree cannot be completed in under two years. PE32 Duration of study The curriculum comprises 5 modules and a dissertation of limited scope. The modules are as follows: one fundamental module: MEDRES9 : Research methodology plus three ce modules: MEDFOLF : Ptfolio MEDAE1R : Adult learning facilitation MEDAE2S : Adult development and the wld of wk plus one elective module from the following: MEDEP1W : Cognition and learning MEDCR2V : practice MEDCR1U : they MEDSO1C : Family, school and community life in a contempary society MEDSN2B : Learning suppt in an inclusive education se ing MEDSO2D : Peace education and conflict resolution MEDEP2X : Personality development and behavioural problems MEDSN1A : Quality education f all: theetical perspectives PE33 Completion of curriculum Students are advised to enrol f this qualification in the following manner: 152

153 First year of study: MEDRES9 and the two specialisation modules (ce modules) Second year of study: MEDFOLF and the elected module Third year of study: Dissertation Students may enrol f the dissertation of limited scope if MEDRES9, MEDFOLF and the two specialisation modules have been completed successfully. The extent of the wk in the five structured modules is such that students will find it very difficult to complete all the requirements in one year. PE34 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 43 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Comparative Education (Degree code: DIS700K) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE35 Option 1 (DIS700K) Admission requirements Rule PE22 shall apply. An Hons BEd degree ( equivalent qualification) with evidence of research competence is required. Previous exposure to the field of Comparative and International Education ( related learning) is expected. Prospective students will be granted RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence ( undergo a recognised means of assessment) that shows that they meet the entrance criteria f the MEd degree with specialisation in Comparative and International Education. PE36 The degree cannot be completed in under two years. Duration of study PE37 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (Degree code: DIS997M) Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Comparative and International Education Only students currently registered f the degree (Degree code: DIS997M) are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE39 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 44 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Studies (Degree code: DIS971B) Students who are interested in this field may enrol f: Option I (highly recommended) is a dissertation only on an approved topic in Didactics (degree code: DIS699E). OR Option II Coursewk plus dissertation of limited scope. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE40 Admission requirements An approved Hons BEd degree (obtained with an average of at least 60%) equivalent qualification. Students will be given RPL on the basis of approved evidence (qualifications, ptfolios, etc.) that they can meet the required exit level outcomes and specified assessment criteria. 153

154 PE41 The degree cannot be completed in under two years. PE42 Duration of study The curriculum comprises 5 modules and a dissertation of limited scope. THE MODULES ARE AS FOLLOWS: one fundamental module: MEDRES9 : Research methodology plus three ce modules: MEDCR1U : they MEDCR2V : practice MEDFOLF : Ptfolio plus one elective module from the following: MEDAE2S : Adult development and the wld of wk MEDAE1R : Adult learning facilitation MEDEP1W : Cognition and learning MEDSO1C : Family, school and community life in contempary society MEDSN2B : Learning suppt in an inclusive education se ing MEDSO2D : Peace education and conflict resolution MEDEP2X : Personality development and behavioural problems MEDSN1A : Quality education f all: theetical perspectives PE43 Completion of curriculum Students are advised to enrol f this qualification in the following manner: First year of study: MEDRES9 and the two specialisation modules (ce modules) Second year of study: MEDFOLF and the elected module Third year of study: Dissertation Students may enrol f the dissertation of limited scope if MEDRES9, MEDFOLF and the two specialisation modules have been completed successfully. The extent of the wk in the five structured modules is such that students will find it very difficult to complete all the requirements in one year. PE44 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 45 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Early Childhood Development (Degree code: DIS973D) Only students currently registered f the programme are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE49 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 46 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Psychology of Education (Degree code: 06637) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE50 Option 1 (DIS663X) Admission requirements A student must, in der to be admi ed to the studies f the degree, hold the Hons BEd degree (obtained with an average of at least 60%) equivalent qualification. Students will be given RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence undergo any other recognised means of assessment that shows that they meet the outcomes and assessment criteria. Students should take note of the fact that completion of this specialisation course will not enable them to register as educational psychologists. In der to register as educational psychologists, students have to complete the MEd with specialisation in Guidance and Counselling. 154

155 PE51 Duration of study PE57 The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. PE52 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (DIS974E) The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (DIS975F) Only students currently registered f the programme (Degree code: DIS975F) are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. Only students currently registered f the programme are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE59 Pass and pass with distinction PE54 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 47 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Histy of Education (Degree code: 06653) (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 48 The Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Open and Distance Learning (Degree code: 9742X DIS976G) Only students currently registered f the programme are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE64 Pass and pass with distinction PE55 Option 1 (DIS6653) Admission requirements An approved Hons BEd degree equivalent qualification accding to the NQF, indicating a measure of reaearch competence (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. Students pri learning at tertiary level in relevant domains of Education, and other relevant domains subject areas which constitute creditbearing units, shall be recognised. Students will be given RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence of such prerequistes undergo any other recognised means of assessment that shows that they meet the outcomes and assessment criteria specified. PE56 Duration of study The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. 155

156 C h a p t e r 49 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Philosophy of Education (Degree code: 06645) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. Option 1 (DIS664Y) C h a p t e r 50 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Socioeducation (Degree code: DIS980C) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. Option 1 (DIS751W) PE65 Admission requirements PE70 Admission requirements An Hons BEd degree equivalent qualification Students will be given RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence undergo any other recognised means of assessment that shows that they meet the outcomes and assessment criteria specified. PE66 Duration of study The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. PE67 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (DIS979K) Only students currently registered f the programme (Degree code: DIS979K) are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE69 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. An approved Hons BEd degree (obatined with an average of at least 60%) equivalent qualification accding to the NQF, indicating some research competence. Students will be given RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence undergo any other recognised means of assessment that shows that they meet the outcomes and assessment criteria specified. PE71 The degree cannot be completed in under two years. PE72 Duration of study The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. PE72 Option 2 (DIS980C) The curriculum comprises 5 modules and a dissertation of limited scope. THE MODULES ARE AS FOLLOWS: one fundamental module: MEDRES9 : Research methodology plus three ce modules: MEDFOLF : Ptfolio MEDSO1C : Family, school and community life in a contempary society MEDSO2D : Peace education and conflict resolution plus one elective module from the following: MEDAE2S : Adult development and the wld of wk MEDAE1R : Adult learning facilitation MEDEP1W : Cognition and learning MEDCR2V : practice MEDCR1U : they MEDSN2B : Learning suppt in an inclusive education se ing MEDEP2X : Personality development and behavioural problems MEDSN1A : Quality education f all: theetical perspectives 156

157 PE73 Completion of curriculum Students are advised to enrol f this qualification in the following manner: First year of study: MEDRES9 and the two specialisation modules (ce modules) Second year of study: MEDFOLF and the elected module Third year of study: Dissertation Students may enrol f the dissertation of limited scope if MEDRES9, MEDFOLF and the two specialisation modules have been completed successfully. The extent of the wk in the five structured modules is such that students will find it very difficult to complete all the requirements in one year. PE74 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 51 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Inclusive Education (Degree code: 0734X DIS981D) Students who are interested in this field may enrol f: Option I Dissertation only. This option is highly recommended. OR Option II Coursewk plus dissertation of limited scope. Option 1 (highly recommended) is a dissertation only on an approved topic in Socio-education (degree code: 0734X DIS6664) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE75 Option 1 (DIS6664) Admission requirements An approved specialised Hons BEd degree (obtained with an average of at least 60%) in Inclusive Education equivalent qualification with evidence of research competence is required. Students will be given RPL if they can produce a ptfolio of evidence undergo any other recognised means of assessment that shows that they meet the outcomes and assessment criteria specified. PE76 The degree cannot be completed in under two years. PE77 Duration of study The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. PE77 Option 2 (DIS981D) The curriculum comprises 5 modules and a dissertation of limited scope. THE MODULES ARE AS FOLLOWS: one fundamental module: MEDRES9 : Research methodology plus three ce modules: MEDFOLF : Ptfolio MEDSN1A : Quality education f all: theetical perspectives MEDSN2B : Learning suppt in an inclusive education se ing plus one elective module from the following: MEDAE2S : Adult development and the wld of wk MEDAE1R : Adult learning facilitation MEDEP1W : Cognition and learning MEDCR2V : practice MEDCR1U : they MEDSO1C : Family, school and community life in a contempary society MEDSO2D : Peace education and conflict resolution MEDEP2X : Personality development and behavioural problems PE78 Completion of curriculum Students are advised to enrol f this qualification in the following manner: First year of study: MEDRES9 and the two specialisation modules (ce modules) Second year of study: MEDFOLF and the elected module Third year of study: Dissertation Students may enrol f the dissertation of limited scope if MEDRES9, MEDFOLF and the two specialisation modules have been completed successfully. The extent of the wk in the five structured modules is such that students will find it very difficult to complete all the requirements in one year. PE79 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. 157

158 C h a p t e r 52 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Natural Science Education (Degree code: DIS528R) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE80 Option 1 (DIS788E) Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Degree of Master in Education with specialisation in Natural Science Education a candidate should possess: (1) a Hons BEd in Natural Science Education (obtained with an average of at least 60%) with five courses of Natural Science Education of 24 credits each; OR (2) a general Hons BEd degree (obtained with an average of at least 60%), but will only be allowed into the Degree of Master in Education with specialisation in Natural Science Education a er completing an al examination based on a reading list supplied by the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication. PE81 Duration of study Except with special permission of the Direct of the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication, the degree of MEd with specialisation in Natural Science Education cannot be completed in under TWO years. PE82 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (DIS528R) Only students currently registered f the programme are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE84 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction (1) The examination in each course comprises one three-hour paper. (2) To pass a course a candidate should obtain at least 50% in it. (3) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the five courses combined and 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 53 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Environmental Education (Degree code: 97810) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE85 Option 1 (DIS789F) Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Environmental Education a student must hold an Hons BEd in Environmental Education (obtained with an average of at least 60%) with five courses of Environmental Education of 24 credits each. PE86 Duration of study Except with special permission of the Direct of the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication, the degree of MEd with specialisation in Environmental Education cannot be completed in less than TWO years. PE87 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (DIS528R) Only students currently registered f the programme (Degree code: 07293) are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE69 Pass and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five modules combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% f the five modules combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. 158

159 C h a p t e r 54 Rules f the Degree of Master of Education with specialisation in Mathematics Education (Degree code: 97829) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding re-registration, requirements f dissertation, etc. PE90 Option 1 (DIS7908) Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Degree of Master in Education with specialisation in Mathematics Education a student must hold either: (1) (i) a three-year Bachel s degree with at least eight (8) modules in Mathematics (comparable to the eight in Unisa s BEd (Seni and Further Education and Training) degree) in the mathematical sciences; and (ii) a professional teaching qualification, the equivalent thereof; and (iii) a Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) (obtained with an average of at least 60%) with 120 credits at SAQA level 7. If it is not the Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) obtained from Unisa, the student has to do three courses from the Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) from Unisa, i.e. HBEDTRD (They and Research in Education), HBEDAMU (Cognition and modellings in Mathematics Education) and HBEDAIQ (The school mathematics curriculum and effective classroom practices) as a prerequisite f registration in the MEd (Mathematics Education). OR (2) (i) a combined four-year teaching degree, f example a BSecEd BAEd with a Mathematics maj, i.e. at least eight (8) modules in Mathematics (equitable to the eight in Unisa s BEd (Seni and Futher Education and Training) degree) in the mathematical sciences; and (ii) a Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) (obtained with an average of at least 60%) with 120 credits at SAQA level 7. If it is not the Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) obtained from Unisa, the student has to do three courses from the Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) from Unisa, i.e. HBEDTRD (They and Research in Education), HBEDAMU (Cognition and modellings in Mathematics Education) and HBEDAIQ (The school mathematics curriculum and effective classroom practices) as a prerequisite f registration in the MEd (Mathematics Education). OR (3) (i) any Bachol s degree, a professional teaching qualification and a Further Diploma in Education (Mathematics Education) Advanced Certificate in Education (Mathematics Education) which qualifies a candidate to teach Mathematics at a Secondary School, provided that it has at least eight (8) modules in Mathematics (equitable to the eight in Unisa s BEd (Seni and Further Education and Training) degree) in the mathematical sciences; and (ii) a Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) (obtained with an average of at least 60%) with 120 credits at SAQA level 7. If it is not the Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) obtained from Unisa, the student has to do three courses from the Hons BEd (Mathematics Education) from Unisa, i.e. HBEDTRD (They and Research in Education), HBEDAMU (Cognition and modellings in Mathematics Education) and HBEDAIQ (The school mathematics curriculum and effective classroom practices) as a prerequisite f registration in the MEd (Mathematics Education). The eight modules in Mathematics specified constitute the minimum entry requirement. However, the preference will be to enrol students with a maj in Mathematics, that is Mathematics III. Accreditation f uncompleted Master s degree course wk modules/ courses passed at other institutions will be considered. Persons without the necessary 600 credits at NQF level 7 but with at least 480 credits and who have extensive experience as Mathematics educationists will be considered. PE91 Duration of study Except with special permission from the Direct of the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication, the degree of MEd with specialisation in Mathematics Education cannot be completed in under TWO years. PE92 The curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Option 2 (DIS528R) Only students currently registered f the programme (Dgeree code: 07412) are allowed to continue with the dissertation of limited scope. Students have until the end of 2011 to complete the dissertation. PE94 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction (1) In the calculation of the final mark f the degree, the weight of the five courses combined shall be 50% and that of the dissertation of limited scope 50%. (2) To be awarded the degree with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an aggregate of at least 75% in the five courses combined as well as at least 75% f the dissertation of limited scope. C h a p t e r 55 Rules f the Degree of Master of Theology These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG11 to PG18 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f dissertation, etc. 159

160 PTh11 Admission requirements A student must hold: (1) an Honours BTh degree in the subject envisaged; (2) a similar qualification which, in respect of the subject concerned, is regarded as the equivalent of an Honours BTh degree; (3) a Bachel s degree and in another manner have a ained a standard of proficiency in the subject concerned which, in the opinion of Senate, is adequate f this purpose. A student who is admi ed in accdance with (3) may register only f option (b) of the curriculum under PTh14. PTh12 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: Christian Spirituality (Degree code: 07706) Church Histy (Degree code: 06904) Missiology (Degree code: 07234) Missiology with specialisation in Urban Ministry (Degree code: DIS7725) New Testament (Degree code: 06890) Old Testament (Degree code: 06882) Practical Theology (Degree code: 06947) Practical Theology with specialisation in Pastal Therapy (Degree code: DIS451M) Religious Studies (Degree code: 07242) Systematic Theology (Degree code: 06920) Theological Ethics (Degree code: 06939) In the subject Practical Theology, specialisation is also possible in Pastal Therapy. In the subject Missiology, specialisation is also possible in Urban Ministry. PTh13 Language requirement (1) There are no compulsy language requirements f students enrolling f the MTh in Biblical Studies, New Testament Old Testament. Relevant ancient languages (such as Greek, Hebrew Classical Hebrew) are, however, strongly recommended, especially if students were to continue with doctal studies. Depending on the field of research, a supervis may expect a student to acquire the necessary competency in a language ( languages), to enrol fmally f one me of these ancient languages. (2) Students who wish to obtain the degree in Religious Studies, must be able to prove their proficiency in the relevant language(s) if the Chair of the department concerned deems it necessary with a view to the proposed field of study. PTh14 Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department, the curriculum comprises either: (a) a dissertation on an approved topic; provided that a study programme may be prescribed which students must complete to the satisfaction of the College befe the dissertation may be submi ed f examination; (b) three papers and a dissertation of limited scope on an approved topic. The contents of the papers are determined in consultation with the Chair of the department concerned and are subject to the approval of the Board of the College. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG11(2), the papers may be offered separately concurrently. The examination may be either wri en al, alternatively a candidate may submit at least two articles of approximately wds each per paper, on topics approved by the lecturer concerned, f examination purposes. If the examination is to be al, the College arranges the time and place thereof. If it is to be a wri en examination, students must infm the Registrar accdingly befe 30 June, stating the examination centre. Wri en examinations are conducted during January/February. Each of the three papers (with a combined weight of 50%) and the dissertation of limited scope (weight: 50%) must be passed separately with at least 50%. The pass-mark f the dissertation is also 50%. To pass a paper comprising two me articles, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 50% f the articles combined. To pass with distinction, a student offering three papers and a dissertation of limited scope must obtain an average of at least 75%. Christian Spirituality (Degree code: 07706) From 2007 no new registrations are allowed f the structured MTh. Students already registered have until the end of 2008 to complete the degree. A student must hold: (1) an Honours BTh degree; (2) an Honours BA degree with specialisation in Theology, Religious Studies Biblical Studies; (3) an equivalent qualification. A student who applies f admission to option (a) of the curriculum under PTh16 must provide evidence of an acceptable level of pri learning in the field of Christian Spirituality, to the satisfaction of the supervis. A student who applies f admission to option (b) of the curriculum must provide evidence of a basic level of pri learning in the field of Christian Spirituality, to the satisfaction of the supervis. The curriculum comprises either: (a) (b) Papers a dissertation on an approved topic (DIS7714); three papers (weight: 50%) and a dissertation of limited scope (DIS7703) (weight: 50%) on an approved topic. MTHCS14 : Methodological issues MTHCS25 : Histy of Christian Spirituality MTHCS36 : comprises an analysis of one area of specialisation in Christian Spirituality. The contents of the papers are determined in consultation with the Chair of the department concerned and are subject to the approval of the Board of the College. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG11(2), the papers may be offered separately concurrently. The examination may be either wri en al, alternatively a candidate may submit at least two articles of approximately wds each per paper, on topics approved by the lecturer concerned, f examination purposes. If the examination is to be al, the College arranges the time and place thereof. If it is to be a wri en examination, students must infm the Registrar accdingly befe 30 June, stating the examination centre. Wri en examinations are conducted during January/February. Each of the three papers (with a combined weight of 50%) and the dissertation of limited scope (weight: 50%) must be passed separately with at least 50%. The pass-mark f the dissertation is also 50%. To pass a paper comprising two me articles, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 50% f the articles combined. To pass with distinction, a student offering three papers and a dissertation of limited scope must obtain an average of at least 75%. 160

161 Students who wk in the field of Christian Spirituality may wish to pursue a line of investigation that takes into account an inter-religious approach. In such cases, cooperation with the Department of Religious Studies will be requested. Old Testament (Degree code: 06882) Church Histy (Degree code: 06904) From 2007 no new registrations are allowed f the structured MTh. Students already registered have until the end of 2008 to complete the degree. This curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS6904) on an approved topic. The topic is arranged with the Discipline and can cover anything within the wide scope of church histy. Missiology (Degree code: 07234) Part I: A structured MTh degree by course wk (three papers) and a dissertation of limited scope (±70 pages). This curriculum comprises three papers (weight: 50%) and a dissertation of limited scope (weight: 50% on an approved topic). MTHMS15 : Introduction and methodology MTHMS26 : Theology of Mission MTHMS38 : To be determined between supervis and student DIS523L : Dissertation of limited scope Specialised MTh programmes: Structured MTh in Women, Gender and Religion. This course is offered in cooperation with other departements of the school, and allows you to exple the gender dimensions of Christian mission in South Africa. Structured MTh in Urban Ministry (Degree code: DIS7725), which is offered in cooperation with the institute of Urban Ministries. MTHUM1J : Theological method and urban studies MTHUM2K : Congregational, cultural and community studies MTHUM3L : Towards a transfmed spirituality and ministry f the city DIS522K : Dissertation of a limited scope Part II: An MTh degree by a full-length research dissertation (DIS723S) ( pages). This curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic. Specialised MTh programme: Research MTh in Urban Ministry (specialisation code: URB) offered in collabation with the Institute f Urban Ministry. New Testament (Degree code: 06890) This curriculum comprises a research dissertation (DIS689C) on an approved topic. The topic should be approved by the supervis and the Head of the Department and may deal with any theme in the field of New Testament research. This curriculum comprises a research dissertation (DIS688B) on an approved topic. The topic should be approved by the supervis and the Head of the Department and may deal with any theme in the field of Old Testament research. Practical Theology (Degree code: 06947) The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS6949) on an approved topic. The topic is arranged with the discipline and can cover anything within the wide scope of Practical Theology. Specialisation area Pastal Therapy (Degree code: 07307) (1) The curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS451M) on an approved topic. The topic is arranged with the discipline and can cover anything within the scope of Pastal Therapy. (2) During the first year of study students will be exposed to learning activities in preparation f the research. There is no fmal coursewk in the Master s programme but students will participate in the experiential learning activities. Systematic Theology (Degree code: 06920) From 2007 no new registrations are allowed f the structured MTh. Students already registered have until the end of 2008 to complete the degree. This curriculum comprises a dissertation (DIS6926) on an approved topic. The topic is arranged with the discipline and can cover anything within the wide scope of Systematic Theology (Faith Studies) Theological Ethics (Degree code: 06939) From 2007 no new registrations are allowed f the structured MTh. Students already registered have until the end of 2008 to complete the degree. Specialisation area Theological Ethics (GEN) A student must hold: (1) an Honours BTh degree in the subject envisaged; (2) a similar qualification which, in respect of the subject concerned, is regarded as the equivalent of an Honours BTh degree; (3) a Bachel s degree and in another manner have a ained a standard of proficiency in the subject concerned which, in the opinion of Senate, is adequate f this purpose. A student who is admi ed in accdance with (3) may register only f option (b) of the curriculum under PTh

162 Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department, the curriculum comprises a dissertation on an approved topic (DIS6938); provided that a study programme may be prescribed which students must complete to the satisfaction of the College befe the dissertation may be submi ed f examination. Specialisation area Christian Leadership in Context (CLC) (Degree code: DIS493X) ONE of the following: (1) an Honours BTh degree in Christian Leadership in Context ( equivalent) (2) Students holding an Honours BTh degree in Theological, Religious Biblical Studies need to apply to the assessment panel f permission to register f this degree. The following will be taken into account in the decision of the panel: the student s experience as a Christian leader the student s academic background (reading and/ fmal studies) in Christian leadership the ability of the student to conduct qualitative and quantitative research Following the assessment panel s consideration of these criteria, students may be: immediately admi ed, required to complete one me of the BTh Honours Papers, particularly those in Christian Leadership in Context, pri to their registration f the MTh, be provisionally admi ed to the MTh, but required to successfully complete a reading programme befe their registration is confirmed. (The means of assessment will be either a wri en al examination the completion of a long essay.) (3) Students who hold a non-theological Honours degree, eg. a n Honours BA Honours BCom degree ( equivalents), need to apply to the assessment panel f permission to register f this degree. This panel will assess their previous qualifications and decide which BTh modules and/ Honours BTh papers will need to be completed pri to their registration to the MTh degree in Christian Leadership. A dissertation on an approved topic; provided that a reading programme may be prescribed which students must complete to the satisfaction of their supervis and the Chair of Department/Direct of School befe the dissertation is submi ed f examination. The pass mark f the dissertation is 50%. DIS493X : Christian leadership in context (Department of Systematic Theology and Theological Ethics) DIS7805 : Christian leadership in context (Department of Old Testament and Ancient Near Eastern Studies) DIS7816 : Christian leadership in context (Department of Practical Theology) C h a p t e r 56 Rules f the Degree of Master of Diaconiology These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. The MDiac degree, direction Play Therapy, will be phased out over the next five years. No new registrations will be accepted from This degree may be taken only by students of the Huguenot College, Wellington. PTh17 Admission requirements A student must hold: (1) an Honours BDiac degree in the direction envisaged; (2) a similar qualification which, in respect of the direction concerned, is regarded as the equivalent of an Honours BDiac degree; (3) the Advanced University Diploma in Christian Service, the University Diploma in Christian Service (Social Wk); (4) a Bachel s degree and in another manner has a ained a standard of proficiency in the direction concerned which, in the opinion of Senate, is adequate f this purpose. A student who is admi ed in accdance with (4) may register only f option (b) of the curriculum under PTh19. When applying f admission, students are required to submit a title and a research proposal f the projected dissertation dissertation of limited scope, to be approved by the Academic Council of Huguenot College and the School of Humanities, Social Sciences and Theology (Unisa). PTh18 Directions The degree may be conferred in the following directions: Play Therapy (Degree code: 07730) Social Wk (Degree code: 0717X) Youth Wk (Degree code: 07196) PTh19 With the exception of the direction Play Therapy and subject to the approval of Huguenot College and the Heads of the departments concerned, the curriculum comprises either: (a) a dissertation on an approved topic; (b) three papers (weight: 50%) and a dissertation of limited scope (weight: 50%) on an approved topic. The contents of the papers are determined in consultation with the Heads of Departments concerned. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG11(2), the papers may be offered separately concurrently. The examination may be either wri en al, alternatively a candidate may submit at least two articles of approximately wds each per paper, on topics approved by the lecturer concerned, f examination purposes. Each of the three papers and the dissertation of limited scope must be passed separately with at least 50%. The pass-mark f the dissertation is also 50%. To pass a paper comprising two me articles, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 50% f the articles combined. Play Therapy The curriculum comprises five modules and a dissertation of limited scope. The modules are as follows: 162

163 MDIPT1U : Introduction to and methodology in play therapy (Module 1) MDIPT2V : Play therapy techniques (Module 2) MDIPT3W : Principles of child development in play therapy (Module 3) MDIPT4X : Interdisciplinary approaches within social services professions (Module 4) MDIPT5Y : Private practice management and social research within social services professions (Module 5) PTh20 Duration of study The degree may be conferred if candidates have been registered f at least one academic year f the degree concerned at this University. of the papers are determined in consultation with the Heads of Departments concerned. Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG11(2), the papers may be offered separately concurrently. The examination may be either wri en al, alternatively a candidate may submit at least two articles of approximately wds each per paper, on topics approved by the lecturer concerned, f examination purposes. Each of the three papers and the dissertation of limited scope must be passed separately with at least 50%. The pass-mark f the dissertation is also 50%. To pass a paper comprising two me articles, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 50% f the articles combined. PTh21 The degree may be conferred with distinction. Distinction PTh39 Duration of study The degree may be conferred if candidates have been registered f at least one academic year f the degree concerned at this University. C h a p t e r 57 Rules f the Degree of Master of Social Wk (Degree code: 9787X) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. This degree may be taken only by students of the Huguenot College, Wellington. PTh37 Admission requirements A student must hold: (1) the four-year BSW degree; (2) a similar qualification which, in respect of the direction concerned, is regarded as the equivalent of an Honours BDiac degree; (3) the Advanced University Diploma in Christian Service, the University Diploma in Christian Service (Social Wk); (4) a Bachel s degree and in another manner has a ained a standard of proficiency in the direction concerned which, in the opinion of Senate, is adequate f this purpose. A student who is admi ed in accdance with (4) may register only f option (b) of the curriculum under PTh19. When applying f admission, students are required to submit a title and a research proposal f the projected dissertation dissertation of limited scope, to be approved by the Academic Council of Huguenot College and the School of Humanities, Social Sciences and Theology (Unisa). PTh38 Subject to the approval of Huguenot College and the Heads of the departments concerned, the curriculum comprises either: (a) (b) a dissertation (DISMSWP) on an approved topic; three papers (weight: 50%) and a dissertation of limited scope (DISMSLC) (weight: 50%) on an approved topic. The contents PTh40 The degree may be conferred with distinction. Distinction C h a p t e r 58 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Musicology (Degree code: DIS8455) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG20 to PG23 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f thesis, etc. As from 2009 no new registrations will be allowed f the degree Doct of Musicology. Students already registered have until 2012 to complete the degree. Students who wish to pursue doctal studies in Musicology should register f the degree of Doct of Literature and Philosophy (Musicology). PA97 To be admi ed, a candidate must hold: (a) the MMus degree of the University (b) another recognised MMus degree Admission requirements A candidate whose Master s degree was achieved through course wk, who has not undertaken a substantial research project at Master s level, may be required to complete both the paper Philosophies and research methodologies in music (HMPHIL9) and a research article (and pass it with at least 65%) f non-degree purposes at the discretion of the Chair of the Department befe being admi ed to the DMus degree. In addition, such a candidate may be required to submit to the Department a statement of purpose of wds. In this statement the candidate should describe specific research interests (not yet accomplished) as well as research done in the past, and briefly indicate how he/she is prepared plans to prepare him/herself to do that research (f example, training in languages certain kinds of archival wk). 163

164 Candidates will not be allowed to continue with the degree if the research proposal has not been accepted within the first year of registration f the degree. Only three (3) a empts at submi ing the research proposal will be granted within the first year of registration. Candidates are strongly encouraged to submit at least one publishable article derived from the thesis when submi ing the thesis, at least befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in preparing the article f publication, if necessary. Preparation of the article should be seen as an integral part of the total research process. PA98 (1) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. (2) Should a substantial part of the musicological literature relating to the topic of the thesis be in German, French Italian, students must satisfy Senate that they have a reading knowledge of that particular language. C h a p t e r 59 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Literature and Philosophy These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG19 to PG23 regarding duration of study, reregistration, requirements f thesis, etc. PA99 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the same subjects as the degree of Master of Arts (see Rule PA59). In the case of Health Studies, the DLi et Phil degree follows on a health related master s degree equivalent. The DLi et Phil degree also follows on the MInf as well as the MMus degrees. The degree may also be conferred in the following subjects: Biblical Archaeology (degree code: DIS475V) Consulting Psychology (degree code: DIS504H) Musicology (degree code: DIS956C) Philosophy (degree code: DIS8386) PA100 Unless otherwise indicated below, the curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Any special requirements are also indicated below. African Languages (Degree code: 08141) A student must hold a master s degree an equivalent. Befe applying f admission, students should have given due consideration to a provisional thesis topic. Students are requested to contact the Chair of Department if their African language is not one of those listed below. The listed study unit codes merely serve an administrative purpose. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic within the field of African linguistics African literature. Study units DIS9174 : Nthern Sotho DIS9163 : Southern Sotho DIS9196 : Tsonga DIS9185 : Tswana DIS920V : Venda/Shona DIS915Y : Xhosa DIS914X : Zulu Afrikaans (Degree code: DIS813T) The curriculum comprises of a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the thesis is strongly recommended. Contact the Chair of the Department befe registration. Ancient Histy This degree has been replaced by the DLi et Phil in Classical Studies. Ancient Languages and Cultures This degree has been replaced by the DLi et Phil in Classical Studies. Ancient Near Eastern Studies (Degree code: DIS467V) To be admi ed, a student must hold a Master s degree an equivalent qualification, and have passed Ancient Near Eastern Studies a similar subject on a Masters level. submit a proposal f a topic (3 4 pages) to the Ancient Near Eastern Studies section in der f them to assess the feasibility of the theme and the availability of sources f that particular study field. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic, related to the broad discipline of Ancient Near Eastern Studies. The title of the thesis should receive the approval of the Chair of the Department. The dissertation should comprise about ( me) pages, typewri en and double-spaced. It should provide proof of the student s own iginal research, a critical approach to sources, a though acquaintance with and a critical use of the available modern literature on the subject. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. Arabic (Degree code: DIS875C) A student must either hold a Master s degree an equivalent qualification, 164

165 have appropriate infmal pri learning opptunities in which case the candidate s eligibility will be considered via either submission of wri en wk a placement test, subject to the approval of the Chair of Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than one year. Art Histy (Degree code: DIS958E) To be admi ed a student must hold a Masters degree in Art Histy a related degree approved by the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis dealing with an approved art histy visual art topic. The submission of a publisable article derived from the thesis is strongly recommended. The article may be co-authed with the supervis co-supervis. Biblical Archaeology (Degree code DIS475V) Applicants with a Masters degree in Biblical Archaeology ( an equivalent subject) may obtain admission to the DLi et Phil degree in Biblical Archaeology. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. A dissertation of approximately pages (360 credits) must be completed under the supervision of an appointed supervis. Biblical Studies (Degree code: DIS876D) (1) There are no compulsy language requirements f students enrolling f the DLi et Phil in Biblical Studies. Relevant ancient languages (such as Greek and Hebrew) are, however strongly recommended. Depending on the field of research, a promoter may expect a student to acquire the necessary competency in a language ( languages), to enrol fmally f one me of these ancient languages. (2) Befe a thesis may be submi ed f examination, students must complete to the satisfaction of the College a prescribed study programme; provided that the College may exempt students from the prescribed study programme, depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. Classics This degree has been replaced by the DLi et Phil in Classical Studies. Communication (Degree code: DIS823V) Subject to the provisions of General Rule PG19(1), admission rests with the Chair of the Department and is restricted to students who are in possession of an MA degree in Communication, the equivalent thereof, and obtained a pass-mark of at least 60%. A questionnaire which can be ontained from the Department ( ) has to be completed and submi ed with the registration fm. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Classical Studies (Ancient Histy, Classical Culture, Greek, Latin) (Degree code: DISCLAF) ADMISSION To be admi ed, a student must: have passed Classical Studies a related subject at Master s level submit a fmal research proposal on the topic of the projected thesis have passed at least one course/two modules in either Latin Greek (ancient) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have registered f the DLi et Phil in Latin, Greek, Classics Ancient Histy Ancient Languages and Cultures befe 2007 will be allowed to complete the degree. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic, based on the acceptance of the fmal proposal. The thesis should provide proof of iginal research, a critical approach to sources and a though acquaintance with the modern literature on the subject. Students will be guided in the compilation of the final version of the research proposal. Submission of a publishable article derived from the thesis is recommended. The promoter will assist the students in preparing the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter may be envisaged. DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. Development Studies (Degree code: DIS9243) To be considered f admission, a student must either: (a) hold a research Master s degree in Development Studies/ Administration/Management and have passed the research Master s dissertation with at least 60% (b) hold a research Master s degree in another subject and have passed the research Master s dissertation with at least 60%. and pass the following Honours papers in Development Studies with an average of 60% f non-degree purposes: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVASECF : Human security and development 165

166 Students who hold a coursewk Masters (under either categy (a) (b) above) and who have obtained an average of at least 60% can be considered at the discretion of the CoD. The coursewk Masters should include a research component (dissertation of limited scope) with a weight of at least 50% of the degree. Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Students are strongly advised to submit to the department a manuscript of a scientific article aimed at an approved journal and based on the completed research when submi ing the examination copies. English (Degree code: DIS817X) A master s degree The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. French (Degree code: DIS818Y) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is strongly recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter could also be envisaged. German (Degree code: 0815X DIS815V) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is strongly recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter could also be envisaged. This degree has been replaced by the DLi et Phil in Classical Studies. Greek Health Studies (Degree code: DIS890B) A student must hold a Master s degree equivalent in a health-related field. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic dealing with any health related aspect. When students submit the thesis f examination, they must together with the examination copies thereof, submit at least one scientific article (based on the research) f publication in a journal. The requirement regarding the scientific article apply only to students who registered f the Docts degree f the first time as from Histy (Degree code: DIS8193) A prospective student must hold a Master s degree in Histy an equivalent qualification. Each application will be considered on its own merit. We advise prospective students to contact the Department of Histy befe registration. The curriculum comprises of a thesis on an approved and viable research topic. It is required of the candidate to submit a fmal research proposal to the Histy Department. In conjunction with the candidate, a promoter and () co-promoter will be appointed to guide and assist the candidate. The thesis can be wri en in English Afrikaans and it should be based on a combination of primary and secondary sources. The final product should demonstrate proof of iginal and authentic research, it should make a fresh contribution to histical knowledge and broaden our understanding of the past. Publishing an article based on the thesis, a chapter in the thesis in accredited journal is strongly recommended. PASS The thesis will be examined by a panel of examiners who are experts in their field of research. In der to pass and obtain the degree, the candidate must obtain a final mark of 50% in the thesis. Infmation Science (Degree code: DIS9379) A student must hold either a MA (Infmation Science), MInf degree. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article in an accredited journal derived from the thesis is strongly recommended. The article should be submi ed in its final version to the promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in preparation of the article f publication. Coauthship with the promoter could be envisaged. Islamic Studies (Degree code: DIS986J) A student must either (a) hold a master s degree equivalent qualification, and (b) have passed the master s degree equivalent qualification with at least 60% in one of the following subjects: Arabic, Islamic Studies, Religious Studies; (c) have appropriate infmal pri learning opptunities, in which case the candidate s eligibility will be considered via either submission of wri en wk a placement test, subject to the approval of the Chair of Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. 166

167 MINIMUM DURATION OF STUDY The degree cannot be completed in less than two years. Italian (Degree code: DIS821T) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is strongly recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter could also be envisaged. Judaica (Degree code: DIS892D) To be admi ed a student is required to have passed a Master s degree in Judaica equivalent qualification acceptable to the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. There is no language requirement, but the Department reserves the right to specify such a requirement, should the topic of the thesis so demand. Topics f research must be determined in consultation with the Department. This degree has been replaced by the DLi et Phil in Classical Studies. Latin Linguistics (Degree code: 08273; Specialisation code: GEN) Subject to the approval of the Chair of the Department, admission is restricted to students who have an MA by full dissertation ( by coursewk and at least a 50% dissertation component) in the following: Linguistics, Applied Linguistics, Sociolinguistics, Translation Studies and Speech and Language Pathology. Where deemed necessary, language and Speech and Language Pathology graduates may be required to complete certain modules befe, concurrently with, registration. Befe applying f admission, students should have given due consideration to a provisional thesis topic. The curriculum comprises a thesis (DIS8273) on a approved topic, but students initially also complete a set of assignments that help them toward compiling a research proposal befe embarking on the writing of the thesis. Specialisation: Translation Studies (Specialisation code: TLS; DISDTSP) To be admi ed, a student must: Mathematics Education (Degree code: 08370) (a) (b) hold an MA degree in Mathematics Education Mathematics an equivalent qualification; and in addition, the possession of one of the following qualifications is desirable but not compulsy: an approved postgraduate diploma in Education, an Hons BEd degree, a four-year composite degree in Education with Mathematics as a maj subject. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Certain papers/modules may, with the approval of Senate, be prescribed f students who do not comply with the additional requirement under (b) above whose background knowledge reveal deficiencies. Such papers/modules, which are taken f non-degree purposes, must be passed befe the thesis may be submi ed f examination. Modern Hebrew (Degree code: DIS891C) To be admi ed a student is required to have passed a Master s degree in Modern Hebrew equivalent qualification acceptable to the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Topics f research must be determined in consultation with the Department. Musicology (Degree code: DIS956C) To be admi ed, a candidate must hold: (a) (b) (c) the MMus degree of the University the MA degree in Musicology of the University another recognised research Masters degree in Musicology. A candidate whose Master s degree was achieved through course wk, who has not undertaken a substantial research project at Master s level, may be required to complete both the paper Philosophies and research methodologies in music (HMPHIL9) and a research article (and pass it with at least 65%) f non-degree purposes at the discretion of the Chair of the Department befe being admi ed to the DMus degree. In addition, such a candidate may be required to submit to the Department a statement of purpose of wds. In this statement the candidate should describe specific research interests (not yet accomplished) as well as research done in the past, and briefly indicate how he/she is prepared plans to prepare him/herself to do that research (f example, training in languages certain kinds of archival wk). Candidates will not be allowed to continue with the degree if the research proposal has not been accepted within the first year of registration f the degree. Only three (3) a empts at submi ing the research proposal will be granted within the first year of registration. Candidates are strongly encouraged to submit at least one publishable article derived from the thesis when submi ing the thesis, at least befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in preparing the article f publication, if necessary. Preparation of the article should be seen as an integral part of the total research process. CUURICULUM (1) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. (2) Should a substantial part of the musicological literature relating to the topic of the thesis be in German, French Italian, students 167

168 must satisfy Senate that they have a reading knowledge of that particular language. Philosophy (Degree code: 08389) A prospective student must hold a Master s degree in Philosophy an equivalent qualification. Each application will be considered on its own merit. We advise prospective students to contact the Department of Philosophy befe registration. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved and viable research topic. It is required of the candidate to submit a fmal research proposal to the Philosophy Department. In conjunction with the candidate, a promoter and () co-promoter will be appointed to guide and assist the candidate. The thesis should be based on a combination of primary and secondary sources. The final product should demonstrate proof of iginal and authentic research. Publishing an article based on the thesis, a chapter in the thesis in an accredited journal is strongly recommended. PASS The thesis will be examined by a panel of examiners who are experts in their field of research. In der to pass and obtain the degree, the candidate must obtain a final mark of 50% in the thesis. Ptuguese (Degree code: 0880X DIS8809) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is strongly recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter could also be envisaged. Psychology (Degree code: DIS833X) If the focus of the thesis is in the field of Consulting Psychology (Degree code: DIS504H) a minimum of 6 weeks and a maximum of 8 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. Only registered Psychologists (Clinical, Educational Industrial) with consulting experience will be considered f selection f the Doct s degree in Consulting Psychology. Befe the thesis may be submi ed f examination, students must complete to the satisfaction of the Chairperson of the Department a prescribed study programme; provided that the Chairperson of the Department may exempt students from the study programme, depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. When students submit the thesis f examination, they must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must, where applicable, be wri en under the guidance of the student s promoter and, if applicable, the joint promoter. The copies of the article will be sent to the examiners as additional infmation. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. Religious Studies (Degree code: DIS9094) To be admi ed a student is required to have passed a Master s degree in Religious Studies related disciplines acceptable to the department. Befe the thesis may be submi ed f examination, students must complete to the satisfaction of the College a prescribed study programme; provided that the College may exempt students from the prescribed study programme, depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. If the Chair of the Department deems it necessary with a view to the proposed field of study, students must, befe registration, be able to prove their proficiency in the relevant language languages. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Russian (Degree code: DIS831V) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is strongly recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter could also be envisaged. Semitic Languages (Classical Hebrew) (Degree code: DIS906X) Students must satisfy the Department regarding their knowledge of those Semitic languages which have a bearing on the envisaged study project. The topic of research is to be confirmed in consultation with the Department. Sociology (Degree code: DIS834Y) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. A student must, together with the examination copies of the thesis, submit a copy of either an acceptable scientific article in the fm of a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must be wri en under the guidance of the student s promoter and, if applicable, joint promoter. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. The requirement regarding the scientific article applies only to students who registered f the degree f the first time in the 2005 academic year. 168

169 Spanish (Degree code: DIS9083) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the dissertation is strongly recommended. Students writing the article are requested to submit it in its final version to their promoter befe graduation. The promoter will assist the student in the preparation of the article f publication. Co-authship with the promoter could also be envisaged. They of Literature (Degree code: DIS9334) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Submission of a publishable article derived from the thesis is strongly recommended. Contact the Chair of the Department befe registration. C h a p t e r 60 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Philosophy These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG19 to PG23 regarding admission, duration of study, re-registration, requirements f thesis, etc. PA101 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: Consulting Psychology (DPhil) (Degree code: DIS506K) Consulting Psychology (PhD) (Degree code: 0927X DIS509N) Criminology See Part 6 of the Calendar Development Studies (Degree code: 0958X DIS959F) Psychology (DPhil) (Degree code: DIS841X) Psychology (PhD) (Degree code: DIS8546) Social Wk (Degree code: DIS840W) Sociology (Degree code: DIS842Y) PA102 The curriculum is the same as that f the degree of Doct of Literature and Philosophy (see Rule PA100). Development Studies (Degree code: 0958X DIS959F) To be considered f admission, a student must either: (a) hold a research Master s degree in Development Studies/ Administration/Management and have passed the research Master s dissertation with at least 60% (b) hold a research Master s degree in another subject and have passed the research Master s dissertation with at least 60%. and pass the following Honours papers in Development Studies with an average of 60% f non-degree purposes: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVASECF : Human security and development Students who hold a coursewk Masters (under either categy (a) (b) above) and who have obtained an average of at least 60% can be considered at the discretion of the CoD. The coursewk Masters should include a research component (dissertation of limited scope) with a weight of at least 50% of the degree. Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Students are strongly advised to submit to the department a manuscript of a scientific article aimed at an approved journal and based on the completed research when submi ing the examination copies. Psychology (DPhil) (Degree code: DIS841X) If the focus of the thesis is in the field of Consulting Psychology (Degree code: DIS506K), a minimum of 6 weeks and a maximum of 8 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. Only registered Psychologists (Clinical, Educational Industrial) with consulting experience will be considered f selection f the Doct s degree in Consulting Psychology. Befe the thesis may be submi ed f examination, students must complete to the satisfaction of the Chairperson of the Department a prescribed study programme; provided that the Chairperson of the Department may exempt students from the study programme, depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. When students submit the thesis f examination, they must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must, where applicable, be wri en under the guidance of the student s promoter and, if applicable, the joint promot. The copies of the article will be sent to the examiners as additional infmation. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. Psychology (PhD) (Degree code: DIS8546) If the focus of the thesis is in the field of Consulting Psychology (Degree code: 0927X DIS509N) a minimum of 6 weeks and a maximum of 8 weeks a endance f practical wk is required. Only registered Psychologists (Clinical, Educational Industrial) with consulting experience will be considered f selection f the Doct s degree in Consulting Psychology. Befe the thesis may be submi ed f examination, students must complete to the satisfaction of the Chairperson of the Department a prescribed study programme; provided that the Chairperson of the Department may exempt students from the study programme, 169

170 depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. When students submit the thesis f examination, they must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must, where applicable, be wri en under the guidance of the student s promoter and, if applicable, the joint promot. The copies of the article will be sent to the examiners as additional infmation. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. 170 Sociology (Degree code: DIS842Y) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. A student must, together with the examination copies of the thesis, submit a copy of either an acceptable scientific article in the fm of a manuscript a reprint of an article which is based on the research. The article must be wri en under the guidance of the student s promoter and, if applicable, joint promoter. Students are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. The requirement regarding the scientific article applies only to students who register f the degree f the first time as from the 2005 academic year. C h a p t e r 61 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Administration These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG19 to PG23 regarding admission, duration of study, re-registration, requirements f thesis, etc. A student who holds the MAdmin degree from this University, obtained in terms of the rules in fce in 1980, a similar degree from another university must register f the DPA degree. PA139 Subjects The degree may be conferred in Development Studies (Degree code: 09261) in this College. PA140 The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Development Studies (Degree code: DIS9265) To be considered f admission, a student must either: (a) (b) hold a research Master s degree in Development Studies/ Administration/Management and have passed the research Master s dissertation with at least 60% hold a research Master s degree in another subject and have passed the research Master s dissertation with at least 60%. and pass the following Honours papers in Development Studies with an average of 60% f non-degree purposes: DVADEBT : Contempary development debates and issues DVASECF : Human security and development Students who hold a coursewk Masters (under either categy (a) (b) above) and who have obtained an average of at least 60% can be considered at the discretion of the CoD. The coursewk Masters should include a research component (dissertation of limited scope) with a weight of at least 50% of the degree. Admission rests with the Chair of the Department. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. A student is strongly advised to submit to the department a manuscript of a scientific article aimed at an approved journal and based on the completed research when submi ing the examination copies. C h a p t e r 62 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Education These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG19 to PG23 regarding admission, re-registration, duration of study, requirements f thesis, etc. PE95 Subjects The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: Comparative Education (Degree code: 0894X DIS894F) Studies (Degree code: DIS8513) Didactics (Degree code: DIS893E) Education Management (Degree code: 0930X DIS930X) Psychology of Education (Degree code: DIS8615) Philosophy of Education (Degree code: DIS8626) Histy of Education (Degree code: 0863X DIS8638) Inclusive Education (Degree code: 0961X DIS8649) Socio-education (Degree code: DIS9516) PE147 Admission requirements Students must have a Master of Education degree which includes a dissertation. PE96 The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic in the field of education. When students submit the thesis f examination, they must, together with the examination copies thereof, submit a copy of a scientific article which is based on the research in the fm of a manuscript.

171 The article must be wri en under the guidance of the student s promoter and, if applicable, the joint promoter. Students and promoters are advised to submit the article to an approved subject journal f publication. The requirement regarding the scientific article applies only to students who register f the DEd degree f the first time as from the 2002 academic year. C h a p t e r 63 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Theology These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. See General Rules PG20 to PG23 regarding re-registration, duration of study, requirements f thesis, etc. PTh22 Admission requirements A student must hold the degree of Master of Theology an equivalent qualification. The degree of Bachel of Divinity does not grant admission to the studies f the degree of Doct of Theology, except with the special permission of Senate. (b) The doctal examination(s) must be passed befe the thesis may be submi ed f examination. (3) The degree will be conferred in the subject in which the thesis is presented. PTh25 Language requirement (1) There are no compulsy language requirements f students enrolling f the DTh in Old Testament, New Testament Biblical Studies. Relevant ancient languages (such as Classical Hebrew Greek) are, however, strongly recommended. Depending on the field of research, a promoter may expect a student to acquire the necessary competency in a language ( languages), to enrol fmally f one me of these ancient languages. (2) Students who enrol f the DTh in Church Histy Religious Studies must be able to prove their proficiency in the relevant language(s) if the Chair of the department concerned deems it necessary with a view to the proposed field of study. PTh27 Christian Spirituality (Degree code: 09709) To register f the DTh degree in Christian Spirituality, a student must hold: (1) the degree of Master of Theology; (2) the degree of Master of Arts with specialisation in Theology, Religious Studies Biblical Studies; (3) an equivalent degree. PTh23 Subjects In addition, the student must provide evidence of an advanced level of pri learning in the field of Christian Spirituality, to the satisfaction of the promoter. The degree may be conferred in the following subjects: Christian Spirituality (Degree code: DIS970A) Church Histy (Degree code: DIS885E) Missiology (Degree code: DIS911U) Missiology with specialisation in Urban Ministry (Degree code: DIS476W) New Testament (Degree code: DIS884D) Old Testament (Degree code: DIS883C) Practical Theology (Degree code: DIS889J) Practical Theology with specialisation in Pastal Theology (Degree code: DIS946A) Religious Studies (Degree code: DIS912V) Systematic Theology (Degree code: DIS887G) Theological Ethics (Degree code: DIS888H) PTh24 (1) F students who hold an appropriate MTh degree an equivalent qualification The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Befe students may submit the thesis f examination, they must complete to the satisfaction of the College a prescribed study programme in the chosen subject and/ another theological and/ non-theological subject(s); provided that the College may exempt students from the study programme depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. (2) F students who in exceptional cases are admi ed by Senate to doctal studies by virtue of a BD degree an equivalent qualification (see Rule PTh 22 above) (a) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic and a doctal examination in the subject in which the thesis is presented; provided that the College may also prescribe a doctal examination(s) in another theological and/ nontheological subject(s) depending on the student s previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Students who wk in the field of Christian Spirituality may wish to pursue a line of investigation that takes into account an inter-religious approach. In such cases, cooperation with the Department of Religious Studies will be requested. Church Histy (Degree code: 08850) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic (DIS885E). The thesis must be based on intensive research and make an iginal contribution to the discipline of Church Histy. Missiology (Degree code: 09113) The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic (DIS9113). The thesis must be based on intensive research and make an iginal contribution to the discipline of Missiology. A specialised DTh research programme in Urban Ministry (DISURBQ) is offered in collabation with the Institute f Urban Ministry. 171

172 Practical Theology (Degree code: 08893) PTh31 Duration of study The degree shall not be conferred upon candidates unless they have been registered at least twice f the DDiac degree at this University. The curriculum comprises a thesis (DIS889J) on an approved topic. The thesis must be based on intensive research and make an iginal contribution to the discipline of Practical Theology. Specialisation Area Pastal Therapy (Degree Code: 09466) The curriculum comprises a thesis (DIS946A) on an approved topic. The thesis must be based on intensive research and make an iginal contribution to the discipline of Pastal Therapy. C h a p t e r 64 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Diaconiology These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. The DDiac degree, direction Play Therapy, will phase out over the next few years. No new registrations will be accepted f this degree from This degree may be taken only by students of the Huguenot College, Wellington. PTh28 Admission requirements A student must hold the MDiac degree in the direction envisaged a similar qualification which, in respect of the direction concerned, is regarded as the equivalent of the MDiac degree. PTh29 Directions The degree may be conferred in the following directions: Mission (Degree code: 09040) Youth Wk (Degree code: 09059) Play Therapy (Degree code: 9773X) Social Wk (Degree code: 09032) PTh30 C h a p t e r 65 Rules f the Degree of Doct of Social Wk (Degree code: DISDSWR) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. This degree may be taken only by students of the Huguenot College, Wellington. PTh41 Admission requirements A student must hold the MDiac MDiac (SW) degree a similar qualification which, is regarded as the equivalent of the MDiac degree. PTh42 The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Befe students may submit the thesis f examination, they must complete to the satisfaction of the College a prescribed study programme in the chosen field of study; provided that the College may exempt students from the study programme depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. A student must together with the examination copies of the thesis submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript of the reprint of the article which is based on the completed research. The article must be wri en under the guidance of the supervis promoter and, if applicable, joint supervis promoter. The student must submit the article to an accredited approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. PTh43 Duration of study The degree shall not be conferred upon candidates unless they have been registered at least twice f the DDiac (SW) degree at this University. The curriculum comprises a thesis on an approved topic. Befe students may submit the thesis f examination, they must complete to the satisfaction of the College a prescribed study programme in the chosen field of study; provided that the College may exempt students from the study programme depending on their previous studies and the topic f the projected thesis. A student must together with the examination copies of the thesis submit the same number of copies of a scientific article in the fm of either a manuscript of the reprint of the article which is based on the completed research. The article must be wri en under the guidance of the supervis promoter and, if applicable, joint supervis promoter. The student must submit the article to an accredited approved subject journal f publication if such publication has not already taken place. 172

173 C h a p t e r 66 Rules f the Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy (Diploma code: 0524X) Please note that this qualification was terminated in No new registrations will be allowed. Students who registered f this qualification befe 2008 will be allowed to complete their studies accding to the transitional arrangements provided f in Rule PA107. Prospective students are advised to register f the BA Honours in Communication with specialisation in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy. These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PA107 Transitional arrangements Students registered f the Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy can complete their Diploma by taking modules from the BA Honours in Communication with specialisation in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy. The current modules with their equivalent modules from the honours programme are: Current NDTEL modules that have not been completed NDTEL1V NDTEL2W NDTEL3X NDTEL4Y Equivalent module from the BA Honours in Communication with specialisation in Telecommunication and Infmation Policy f which the student needs to register HCMTIPG HCMICT3 HCMITR6 HCMRMTN PA110 Re-registration, deferment of studies and concurrent registration f an undergraduate course f non-degree purposes (1) (a) A student must enrol and pay the prescribed fees f the Diploma every year. (b) In der to qualify f re-registration, a student must cumulatively pass at least one paper per year (in other wds, a er the first year of study, a student must have passed at least one paper; a er the second year of study, at least two papers, etc.) A student who at the end of ONE of his/her years of study has not passed the required number of papers, will be allowed to register again on the distinct understanding that the outstanding paper is also passed during the subsequent year of registration (in other wds, if at the end of the first year of study students have not passed a paper, they must pass at least two papers at the end of their second year of study). NO further concession will be granted. (2) A student who wishes to defer his/her studies f any academic year must submit a substantiated application befehand. (3) Students who are registered f the Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy may, only with the special permission of Senate, also register in the same academic year f not me than two undergraduate modules f nondegree purposes (NDP); provided that the NDP module(s) has a bearing on the studies f the Diploma, students submit a wri en justification which is acceptable to the University. PA111 Examination, credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction (1) F each paper, students must submit an assignment that must be passed with 50% to obtain examination entrance. The assignment count 30% towards the final examination mark. (2) F each paper a wri en examination takes place in January/ February. The wri en examination counts 70% towards the final examination mark. No supplementary aegrotat examination will be granted. (3) A candidate receives credit f each paper which he/she passes. (4) To be awarded the Diploma with distinction, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 75% in the four papers combined. PA108 Duration of study The Postgraduate Diploma in Telecommunications and Infmation Policy cannot be completed in under two years. PA109 The curriculum comprises the following four papers which must be taken in chronological der: NDTEL1V : International communication: technology and policy NDTEL2W : Telecommunications: development and policy NDTEL3X : Telecommunications: regulation and management NDTEL4Y : Telecommunications: society and culture C h a p t e r 67 Rules f the Diploma in Translation (Diploma code: 03131) No new registrations will be accepted f this qualification as from Students who have not yet completed their Diploma in Translation, is referred to the BA Honours degree in Linguistics with specialisation in Translation Studies. 173

174 C h a p t e r 68 Rules f the Postgraduate Diploma in ICT Policy and Regulation (Diploma code: 97799) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. This qualification has been discontinued and no new registrations will be accepted. Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the qualification. PA149 Students must hold any Bachels Degree. PA Admission requirements Duration of study Qualification can be completed within a minimum period of 1 year and a maximum period of 3 years. PA151 UTR501N : Macro environment and implications (University of Ft Hare) UTR502P : Principles of telecommunications (University of Botswana) UTR503Q : ICT industry and markets (University of Zambia) UTR504R : Provider resource allocations, assignment, registration and enfcement now called Spectrum Management (University of Western Cape) UTR505S : Financial Analysis of telecommunications (University of Dar es Salaam) UTR506T : *Approaches to Regulations (University of South Africa) UTR507U : Universal Access and Quality of Service Regulation now called Universality and Quality of Service regulation (University of the Witwatersrand) UTR508V : Service Pricing UTR509W : *Policy, law and institutions (University of South Africa) UTR510P : ICT applications (University of Zambia) This qualification is offered in collabation with the listed universities. Modules 6 and 9 are to be offered directly by Unisa. Students registering through Unisa will also access modules 1-5 and 7-8 and 10 via Unisa, although these modules will be taught online via listed institutions. PA152 Completion of curriculum and examination Candidates must register f the papers in the following sequence: Macro Environment and implications Principles of telecommunications ICT Industry and markets Financial analysis of telecommunications Approaches to regulation Spectrum Management Universality and quality of service regulation Service Pricing Policy law and institutions ICT applications C h a p t e r 69 Rules f the Postgraduate Diploma in Tertiary Education DTE (Postgraduate) (Diploma code: 03115) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. This is not a general teaching diploma. It entails advanced study in higher and adult education and may provide admission to Master s degree study in the field of adult education. PE108 (Specialisation code: N07) Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the DTE (Postgraduate), a student must hold at least a Bachel s degree equivalent NQF level 6 qualification. If students did not obtain their Bachel s degree equivalent qualification at this University, an iginal transcript of their complete academic recd, issued by the REGISTRAR of the university concerned, must accompany their FIRST application f registration. PE109 Duration of study (1) The DTE (Postgraduate) cannot be completed in under ONE YEAR. (2) Students who are registered f the DTE (Postgraduate) may only with the special permission of Senate also register, in the same academic year, f not me than two undergraduate modules f non-degree purposes (NDP), provided that the NDP module(s) has a bearing on the studies f the DTE (Postgraduate) the students submit a wri en justification which is acceptable to the University. PE110 The curriculum consists of the following five compulsy modules: TFRAEDH : Theetical framewks and research in adult education (Old curriculum: TFADEDG and READEDU) INTMAEU : Instructional techniques and multimedia in adult education (Old curriculum: INSTECN and TECHADP) CUDAAEE : development and assessment in adult education (Old curriculum: CURDESE and EVASADE)

175 LMSSAES : Leadership, management and suppt systems in adult education (Old curriculum: LERFACU and LEDMAN3) TLDAEDL : Teaching, learning and development in adult education (Old curriculum: LERNADQ and TELDADJ) PE111 Completion of the curriculum (a) Students may register f one me modules per year. Students are strongly advised not to register f me than two modules in their first year of study. (b) (i) A student must enrol and pay the prescribed fees f the Diploma every year. (ii) A student must have passed at least two 24 credit modules four 12 credit modules a er three years of study in der to qualify f re-registration f the fourth year of study. (c) Except with the special permission of the Senate, a student must complete the Diploma within four years. PE112 Examination, recognition of modules passed and pass with distinction (a) (b) (c) (d) A three-hour examination per 24 credit module takes place in January/February. A candidate receives credit f each module passed. A candidate shall be awarded the Diploma with distinction if he/she obtains an average of at least 75% in the five modules combined. No supplementary examination will be granted. C h a p t e r 70 Rules f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) and Advanced Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) (Postgraduate Certificate in Education: Certificate code: 02631) (Advanced Certificate in Education: Certificate code: 0264X) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar which is issued to registered students. No new registrations will be accepted f the Advanced Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development). Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the qualification. (i) (ii) 1 General infmation These qualifications comprise two specialisation directions, namely, Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development. Please avail yourself pri to registration of the practical teaching requirements. PE153 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) a student must: (1) hold an approved composite degree in Education; (2) hold a degree which includes the following courses: (a) at least two modules in two of the following languages: Afrikaans, English, Arabic, isindebele, Sepedi, Sesotho, siswati, Xitsonga, Setswana, Tshivenda, isixhosa, isizulu, Gujerati, Hindi, Tamil, Telugu and Urdu. One of the languages may be a practical, special proficiency course, and (b) the second-level modules in one of the approved subjects appearing in the list under E71. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) In the case of feign students the requirement of a second language does not apply. With the special permission of Senate, a student who holds a degree but lacks not me than two first courses one second course in a subsidiary subject to comply with the requirements of an approved degree, may take such outstanding course(s) concurrently with the Certificate. The Certificate will not be issued until all the prescribed requirements have been satisfied. Appointments to teaching posts and the recognition of qualifications are prerogatives of the relevant education departments and can therefe not be guaranteed by the University. Depending on the qualifications which a student holds, the document(s), as indicated in (a) (b) (c) below, must accompany his/her FIRST application f registration if the qualification(s), where applicable, was not obtained at this University: (a) iginal evidence that he/she has his/her Matriculation, Seni School Leaving Certificate; and (b) an iginal transcript of his/her complete academic recd f his/her bachel s degree (where applicable), issued by the REGISTRAR of the university concerned; (c) f the Advanced Certificate in Education: iginal proof that he/she has completed the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (previously the Higher Education Diploma (Postgraduate)) and an iginal transcript of his/her academic recd. PE154 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) as well as the Advanced Certificate in Education (Foundation Phase and Early Childhood Development) cannot be completed in under ONE YEAR. Students are advised to spread their curriculum over two years. (2) ON FIRST REGISTRATION AND ON RE-ENROLMENT at the University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. 175

176 PE155 Students must select ONE of the following areas of specialisation: PE157 Completion of the curriculum with specialisation in the Foundation Phase (FDP Grades R to 3) The curriculum comprises the following 10 compulsy modules which must be taken in the sequence which appears in the list below: PGC4019 : Psychology of education and socio-pedagogics PGC402A : Philosophy and histy of education PGC403B : Inclusive education PGC404C : Health, safety and nutrition PGC405D : Management and assessment PCF4065 : Reception year and foundation phase didactics PCF4076 : Reading, writing and spelling: first and second language PCF4088 : Teaching mathematics, science and technology PCF4099 : Visual arts and music and movement in the foundation phase PCF410X : Teaching practice (Foundation phase) (10 weeks) with specialisation in Early Childhood Development (ECD Birth to Grade R) The curriculum comprises the following 10 compulsy modules which must be taken in the sequence which appears in the list below: PGC4019 : Psychology of education and socio-pedagogics PGC402A : Philosophy and histy of education PGC403B : Inclusive education PGC404C : Health, safety and nutrition PGC405D : Management and assessment PCP406H : Early childhood teaching and science PRS2038 : The reception year PCP408K : Music and movement activities PCP409L : Visual arts and children s literature PCP410D : Teaching practice (Specialisation Preprimary) (10 weeks) PE156 Language endsement A further requirement of the Department of Education in South Africa is that students have to undergo a language endsement test f the two official languages chosen. This endsement comprises a wri en and al section. The wri en section is derived from the language taken f degree purposes, while the al section has to be completed during the third- and fourth-year practical teaching periods. (1) Although this qualification maybe completed in one year, students are advised to spread the modules over 2 ( me) years as follows: (a) during the first year: the following modules (PGC401, PGC402, PGC403, PGC404, PGC405) (b) during the second year therea er (f the ECD specialisation) the following modules (PCP406, PRS203, PCP408, PCP409, PCP410). Please note that students may not complete the Teaching Practice module (PCP410) until they have passed, are concurrently registered f all the previous modules as, this Teaching Practice module requires the student to demonstrate teaching competencies related to all the previous modules. This also applies to students who cancel modules during the course of the year. (c) during the second year therea er (f the Foundation Phase specialisation): the following modules (PCF406, PCF407, PCF408, PCF409, PCF410). Please note that students may not complete the Teaching Practice module (PCF410) until they have passed, are concurrently registered f all the previous modules as, this Teaching Practice module requires the student to demonstrate teaching competencies related to all the previous modules. This also applies to students who cancel modules during the course of the year. (2) Except with the special permission of Senate, the Certificate will not be issued befe: (a) an evaluation rept has been submi ed as proof of at least ten weeks satisfacty full time teaching experience under the supervision of a qualified preschool teacher (f the ECD specialisation) under the supervision of a qualified Foundation phase teacher (f the Foundation phase specialisation); and (b) the satisfacty completion and submission of the prescribed wkbooks (see (i) below). (i) (ii) (iii) When registering f the Teaching Practice module a student receives various wkbooks which must be completed satisfactily. Except with the special permission of Senate, a student is not granted exemption from the wkbook requirement. Please note that a student may only register f PCP410 PCF410 concurrently with a er the previous modules have been passed. PE158 Pass with distinction A candidate shall be awarded the qualification with distinction if he/she obtains an average of 75% f all ten modules of the certificate. Students are automatically registered f this language endsement and need not pay any registration fees. Feign students do not have to complete the tests if they do not intend teaching in South Africa. However, it is up to students to find out from the education department where they inlend teaching what their requirements are concerning language tests f the teaching of a language in that specific country. Students who have undergone and acquired the necessary language endsement at a previous educational institution do not have to undergo these tests, however the onus rests upon the student to send the necessary documentation to the Department of Student Admissions and Registrations f verification. DEAF STUDENTS Deaf students only have to complete the language test in Sign Language. Students without a hearing impediment registered f Sign Language, must also complete a language test in another language as well as one in Sign language. 176

177 C h a p t e r 71 Rules f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) and Advanced Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) (Postgraduate Certificate in Education: Certificate code: 02623) (Advanced Certificate in Education: Certificate code: 02666) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. No new registrations will be accepted f the Advanced Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase). Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the qualification. (i) (ii) 1 General Infmation A student who has successfully completed this qualification will be able to teach from Grade 4 to 9. Please avail yourself pri to registration of the practical teaching requirements. PE148 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase), a student must: (1) hold a recognised degree which includes: (a) at least TWO modules in TWO of the following languages: Afrikaans, English, isindebele, Sepedi, Sesotho, Setswana, siswati, Tshivenda, Xitsonga, isixhosa, isizulu, Arabic, Gujarati, Hindi, Tamil, Telegu and Urdu. Note that only two beginner s modules in one of the languages may be taken; and (b) a third course in one a second course in each of two of the approved school subjects appearing in the list below; (2) be in possession of an approved National diploma with recognised school subjects. APPROVED SUBJECTS See E71. Note that all subjects listed under SUBJECT/LEARNING AREA DIDACTICS are not necessarily offered by Unisa. Certified copies of the student s education diploma AND seni school leaving certificate must accompany the FIRST application f registration. An iginal statement giving details of the teacher s diploma(s) completed, issued by the Education Department, College University concerned, must be submi ed to reach the Registrar befe the appropriate closing date f the handing in of documents. PE149 Duration of study and number of study units per year (1) The PGCE (Intermediate and Seni Phase) as well as the ACE (Intermediate and Seni Phase) cannot be completed in under ONE YEAR. Students are advised to spread their curriculum over two years. (2) ON FIRST REGISTRATION and on RE-ENROLMENT at the University the number of study units f which a student may register is determined by Number of study units per year in Section D3 in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE150 The curriculum comprises the following modules. (a) Educational Themes Educational Themes are a co-requisite f Professional Studies as well as f additional modules they can be completed concurrently. (b) ETC101U : Educational Themes A: Child development and the learning child ETC102V : Educational Themes B: Theetical framewks in education, education law and professional ethics ETC103W : Educational Themes C: General teaching methods and classroom management and the education system and school management ETC104X : Educational Themes D: Guidance, counselling, life skills development and religious education Professional Studies Educational Themes are a co-requisite f Professional Studies they can be completed concurrently. (c) PFC101Q : Professional Studies Theme A: Social sciences and environmental education PFC102R : Professional Studies Theme B: Teaching mathematics and natural sciences PFC103S : Professional Studies Theme C: Technology education, economic literacy and entrepreneurship PFC104T : Teaching Practice (10 weeks) Additional modules Additional modules are a co-requisite f Professional Studies module PFC104T they can be completed concurrently. Two of the following modules must be selected: PST131J : Language teaching Students who failed LTC101 must register f PST131. PST210G : Arts and culture Students who failed Art Education (CAE101), Class Music (CCM101) Speech and Drama (CSD101) the combined module Arts and Culture (CCA101) must register f the combined module Arts and Culture (PST210) as they will be given the opptunity within the combined module to repeat it. PST312M : Physical education and spts coaching Students who failed CPE101 CSC101 the combined module Physical Education and Spts Coaching (CPS101) must register f the combined module PST312 as they will be given the opptunity within the combined module to repeat it. CEM101A : End-user Computing (Infmation Systems) HEC101V : Health education ETH305V : Multicultural education Students who failed MEC101 must register f ETH

178 (d) ETH302S : Inclusive education A Students who failed SNC101 must register f ETH302. Language requirement As part of this qualification students are compelled to have TWO official languages. (Postgraduate students who do not fulfil the necessary requirements are allowed to register f the language modules f nondegree purposes NDP). Students may do the following modules: LPENGTS : English LPAFRT8 : Afrikaans 1 Only ONE module is required f Afrikaans and ONE module f English. AFL1503 (Beginners module) African languages (isixhosa, AFL1504 (Beginners module) } isizulu, Sesotho, Sesotho sa Leboa, Setswana, Tshivenda, Xitsonga) AFL1501 (First-level module) African languages (isixhosa, AFL1502 (First-level module) } isizulu, Sesotho, Sesotho sa Leboa, Setswana, Tshivenda, Xitsonga) 2 AFL1504 will be offered in S2 in 2009, but in both semesters from You are also referred to Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a maj subject. A further requirement of the Department of Education in South Africa is that students have to undergo a language endsement test f both these languages. This endsement comprises a wri en and an al section. The wri en section is derived from the language taken f degree purposes, while the al section has to be completed during the practical teaching period. Students are automatically registered f this language endsement and need not pay any registration fees. Feign students do not have to complete the tests if they do not intend teaching in South Africa. However, it is up to students to find out from the education department where they intend teaching what their requirements are concerning language tests f teaching in that specific country. Students who have undergone and acquired the necessary language endsement at a previous educational institution do not have to undergo these tests, however the onus rests on the student to send the necessary documentation to the University f verification. Deaf students only have to complete the language test in sign language. Students without a hearing impediment registered f sign language, must also complete a language test in another official language as well as one in sign language. (e) Teaching practice Teaching practice is a compulsy 10 week period. It is the responsibility of the student to arrange with a principal f this period. The completion of wkbooks and submission of the principal s rept are compulsy and serve as the final examination mark. In the event of a student failing the teaching practice, the student is compelled to re-register f the module. PE151 Transitional arrangements Students who have passed study units towards the HED (Primary) without completing it and now register f the PGCE (Primary) will receive credit f the modules passed as indicated below: Modules passed f the HED (Primary) ETH101 and ETH102 Modules f which credit is received f the PGCE (Intermediate and Seni Phase) ETC101 ETH201 and ETH304 ETH202 and ETH303 ETH203 and PST301 PST103 and PST105 PST201 and PST202 PST303 Teaching practice (PST304) Teaching practice 1 (5 weeks) Teaching practice 2 (5 weeks) ETC102 ETC103 ETC104 PFC101 PFC102 PFC103 PFC104 Additional modules PST111 & PST121/LTC101 PST131 PST205/CAE101/CCA101 PST210 PST208/CSD101/CCA101 PST210 PST206/CCM101/CCA101 PST210 PST207/CPE101/CPS101 PST312 PST209/CSC101/CPS101 PST312 PST401 (Computer literacy and keyboard skills and Health education) } CEM101 and HEC101 PE152 Pass and pass with distinction A candidate shall be awarded the qualification with distinction if he/she obtains an average of 75% f all ten modules of the certificate. C h a p t e r 72 Rules f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) (Certificate code: 03980) These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. All modules in this programme are year modules. 1 General infmation Please avail youself pri to registration of the practical teaching requirements. PE113 Admission requirements (1) To be registered as a candidate f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training), a student must hold an approved Bachel s degree relevant equivalent qualification. The first degree equivalent qualification should include approved school subjects in the following combinations: One second-level and one first-level appropriate school subject from the list of Appropriate subjects/ field of study f teacher education programmes see PE114. (2) F the principal teaching subjects (see PE115 Subject didactics and Learning area didactics), students must have passed at least a second level course in an appropriate subject (f Subject didactics) and at least a first level course in another appropriate subject (f Learning area didactics). 178

179 (i) (ii) (iii) 1 With the special permission of Senate, a student who holds a degree but lacks not me than two first courses one second course in a school subject(s) may take such outstanding course(s) concurrently with the Certificate. Note that the Subject Didactics of such an outstanding subject may not be taken concurrently with the degree course in the subject. The Certificate will not be issued until all the prescribed requirements have been satisfied. If students obtained their Bachel s degree at another university, an iginal transcript of their complete academic recd, issued by the REGISTRAR of the university concerned, must accompany their FIRST application f registration. A certified copy of the student s Matriculation, Seni School Leaving Certificate must also accompany his/her FIRST application f registration. (3) A student who intends to seek employment with a recognised Department of Education in the Republic of South Africa must have satisfied the provisions of (1) and (2) above and, inter alia, have passed the following at matriculation level: (a) two of the official languages with 40% (minimum) in at least one of them as First Language Higher Grade. (An immigrant who has not satisfied all these requirements, will be required to do so during his her period of training f the qualification); and (b) have obtained at least 40% on Higher Grade in another subject (the two languages excluded). (i) (ii) 2 Students who obtained a Matriculation, Seni School Leaving Certificate pri to the introduction of the differentiated system will, f a transitional period, satisfy the provisions of (3)(a) and (b) above if they have passed two languages chosen in accdance with 3(a), at least one of which on the higher grade. The differentiated system was implemented by the Education Departments of Natal, Transvaal and Indian Education in 1975, by the Department of Coloured, Rehoboth and Nama Relations in 1977 and by the other examining bodies in Appointments to teaching posts and the recognition of qualifications are prerogatives of the relevant Education Departments and can therefe not be guaranteed by the University. FDETE2B : Technology education I FDEME3L : Computer integration in the classroom if above requirement has been met. B. SUBJECT DIDACTICS: 1 module Choose 1 module from the following list: SDACT0M : Accounting SDBEC0S : Business Studies SDCAT0P : Computer applications technology SDHEC0M : Consumer studies SDEC00N : Economics SDGEOGM : Geography SDHISTV : Histy SDHOS0R : Hospitality studies SDCOS04 : Infmation technology SDLANGT : Languages (Home, First additional, second additional language) SDENG3J : English SDBIOLJ : Life sciences (Biology) SDSGC0D : Life ientation SDMAT04 : Mathematics SDMATLK : Mathematical literacy SDPSC08 : Physical science SDRELSD : Religion studies SDTECSY : Technology subjects (Civil, electrical and mechanical) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS: SUBJECT DIDACTICS SDART08 : Art subjects SDTOURA : Tourism SDMUS04 : Music SDTECDH : Engineering, Graphics and Design The above Subject Didactics are being phased out. No new enrolments will be accepted. Only students enrolled f the PGCE (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) in 2006 earlier will be allowed to enrol f these subject didactics to finalise their studies. This opptunity wil expire a er 2009 and no students will be allowed to enrol f these subject didactics from 2010 onwards. PE114 School subjects Only the subjects marked with an asterisk (*) are offered at Unisa and can be found in Part 2 of the Calendar under the relevant subject name. Students must limit their choice of appropriate school subjects to subjects/fields of study associated with the eight learning aeas of the General Education and Training Band and subjects/fields of study associated with subjects in the Further Education and Training Band (refer to Rule PE115). PE115 The course module codes must be indicated on the registration fm. The curriculum comprises the following 13 study units. All study units are offered as modules. A. EDUCATIONAL THEMES: 7 modules These 7 modules are compulsy. EDLHODM : The educat as leader, manager and administrat EDMHODR : The educat as mediat of learning EDPHOD8 : The educat in a pastal role EDDHODJ : The educat as learning programme developer EDRHODG : The educat as researcher, scholar and lifelong learner EDAHOD5 : The educat as assess Design, Dramatic Arts, Visual Arts (SDART08) Art/Art Education Art and Handiwk Arts and Cra s Art Practical Painting*/Graphic Art (Drawing*) Sculpture* Industrial Design Communication Design Jewelry Puppetry Industrial Art Speech and Drama Dramatic Art Handicra s Basic Techniques Handwk Engineering Graphics and Design (SCTECDH) Engineering Science Technika Machine Design Technical Drawing* Mechanical Drawing and Design Music (SDMUS04) Music 179

180 180 Tourism (SDTOURA) Travel and Tourism (Tourism Management*) Tourism Development Lecturers at FET Colleges may choose TWO Subject Didactics (one f Subject Didactics and one f Learning Area Didactics). Students who completed Mathematics and Natural/Physical Science as their maj subjects in their degree may choose Subject Didactics: Mathematics and Subject Didactics: Physical Science. C. LEARNING AREA DIDACTICS: 1 module Choose 1 module from the following list: LADACUH : Arts and culture LADEMSJ : Economic and management sciences LADLANA : Languages LADLORD : Life ientation LADMMM6 : Mathematics LADNSCC : Natural sciences LADHSSA : Social sciences FDETE5E : Technology education II D. LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY: 2 modules Language proficiency consists of one theetical and one practical module. Students have to register f their practical module during the same year as they register f Teaching Practice 1. THEORETICAL MODULES Theetical modules are offered in the languages of instruction at secondary schools. Students must select one theetical module. Available modules are the following: LPAFRT8 : Afrikaans LPENGTS : English Students should select the language in which they will teach as their theetical module. Feign students may choose English modules, LPENGTS f they and LPENGPN f the practical. Students who have passed at third-year level (Degree/National Diploma) in one of the languages of instruction at secondary schools may apply f exemption from the theetical module. PRACTICAL MODULE (Free of charge) LPENGPN : Second language endsement Students may choose any official South African language of their choice as long as it is different from the theetical language module they chose above. Students do not pay f this module and it carries no weight but they have to enrol f it to make sure they meet all the requirements f the qualification. It comprises an al examination during the teaching practice periods. Students who wish to do the practical in a language other than the South African official languages must contact the Department of Teacher Education befe their first registration. Students who successfully completed a first-level module (degree/ National Diploma) in any of the South African languages may apply f exemption from the practical language endsement requirement. E. TEACHING PRACTICE (wk-integrated learning): 2 modules PTEAC1X : Teaching Practice I (5 weeks) PTEAC2Y Teaching Practice II (5 weeks) Teaching Practice I and II consist of two compulsy periods of teaching practice (each period f a specific Subject Didactics Learning Area Didactics) of five weeks each. Students must register f Teaching Practice I in the same year that they register the Subject Didactics and f Teaching Practice II in the same year that they register f the Learning Area Didactics. Students who are exempted from a Subject Didactics Learning Area Didactics will still have to do 10 weeks practical teaching. The student s language proficiency will be evaluated during the teaching practice periods. The al language test is conducted by the Headmaster of the school the Vice-principal a seni teacher. F this purpose the examiners will conduct a conversation of ten to fi een minutes with the candidate in the language of his/her choice, chosen from those listed above. Students studying outside South Africa must apply to the Department of Teacher Education befe registering, since there is a compulsy teaching practice component in this programme that must be conducted accding to specific criteria. Students studying outside South Africa will only be allowed to register a er successful consultations with the Department of Teacher Education. Send your application to: The Codinat: Teaching Practice Department of Teacher Education PO Box 392 UNISA 0003 The following is a list of academic subjects and/ fields of study that relate to the different Subject Didactics: Only the subjects with an asterisk (*) are offerd at Unisa and can be found in Part 2 of the Calendar under the relevant subject name. Accounting (SDACT0M) Accounting* Business Studies (SDBEC0S) Business Management* Business Economics Business Administration Industrial Psychology Marketing Computer Applications Technology (SDCAT0P) Infmation Systems* Infmatics Computer Typing Consumer Studies (SDHEC0M) Clothing Needlewk and Dressmaking Home Management Health Education Food Science Nutrition/Food and Nutrition Cookery Economics (SDEC00N) Economics* Entrepreneurship Economic Education English (SDENG3J) English* Geography (SDGEOGM) Geography* Environmental and Geographical Science Environmental Science Environmental Studies Histy (SDHISTV) Histy* Hospitality Studies (SDHOS0R) Hospitality Studies

181 Hotelkeeping and Catering Hotel and Tourism Management Infmation Technology (SDCOS04) Computer Science* Infmation Systems* Infmatics Languages (home language, first additional, second additional language) (SDLANGT) All official languages* (excluding English) plus Arabic*, French*, German*, Hebrew*, Latin* Life Sciences (SDBIOLJ) Botany* and Zoology* (one at least at second level) Microbiology* Biology* Biological Science Life Orientation (SDSGC0D) Psychology III* Applied Psychology Guidance and Counselling Spt Psychology Pastal Care (plus Psychology I) Theology (plus Psychology I) Infmation Science* (plus Psychology I) Applied Infmation Science* (plus Psychology I) Criminology Mathematical Literacy (SDMATLK) Mathematics* Mathematics (SDMAT04) Mathematics* Physical Science (SDPSC08) Chemistry* and Physics* (one at least at second level) Religion Studies (SDRELSD) Religion Studies Biblical Studies* Hindu Studies Islamic Studies Jewish Studies (Judaica*) Comparative Religion Science of Religion Technology subjects (Civil, Electrical and Mechanical) (SDTECSY) Technika Civil Building and Construction Strength Material and Structures Technika Electrical Digital Electronics Industrial Electronics Technika Mechanical Mechanotechnics Power Machines The following is a list of academic subjects and/ fields of study that relate to the different Learning Area Didactics: Arts and Culture (LADACUH) Art Subjects (drawing*, Painting*, Sculpture*) Speech and Drama Subjects Music Subjects Handicra Design Subjects Handwk Subjects Economic and Management Sciences (LADEMSJ) Accounting* Business Economics* Business Management* Business Administration* Economics Subjects* Mercantile Law* Commerce Subjects* Entrepreneurship Languages, Literacy and Communication (LADLANA) All official languages plus Arabic*, French*, German*, Hebrew*, Latin* Life Orientation (LADLORD) Psychology Subjects* Guidance and Counselling School Guidance* School Library Science* Infmation Science* Applied Infmation Science* Spt Education Human Movement Studies Religion Subjects* Hospitality Studies Home Economics Consumer Studies Mathematics (LADMMM6) Mathematics* Natural Sciences (LADNSCC) Biology* Physiology* Botany* Zoology* Natural Sciences Physical Sciences Chemistry* Physics* Agricultural Subjects Physical Geography (Geography*) Environmental Studies Social Sciences (LADHSSA) Histy* Human Geography (Geography*) Citizenship Technology Education II (FDETESE) Science Subjects* Technology Subjects/Technika Subjects Mathematical Subjects* Technical Drawing Computer Science* Infmation Technology Infmation Systems* Infmatica TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who have passed study units under the old curriculum receive credit f the cresponding study units of the current curriculum as indicated below: Study unit(s) passed under the old curriculum ETAHODU ETBHODY ETCHOD6 ETDHODB ETFHODK ETGHODP ETEHODF Study unit f which credit is received under the current curriculum EDLHODM EDMHODR EDPHOD8 EDDHODJ EDRHODG EDAHOD5 TCE101C The new curriculum is implemented with immediate effect. Students who failed a module from the old curriculum will have to enrol f the equivalent module under the new curriculum. 181

182 Students will also no longer receive credit f the following modules: OVOHOD9; CAMHODT SILHODE; DIDHOD8 ORPHODN; OBOHODR HOUHODE; FAMHODG; MULHOD9 BIBHODH; ENVHODQ FILHODP; TFEHOD5; HEDHODC MEDHODD; ROOHODM; RGLHODT PE116 Exemption Students who submit evidence of at least ten weeks satisfacty teaching experience in the last three years in the seni phase (grades 7 9) and Further Education and Training (grades 10 12), can be considered f exemption from Teaching Practice I and II. A condensed ptfolio that includes amongst others: a le er from the principal and the subject teachers indicating your ability to teach and the time spent at the school all relevant infmation pertaining to your teaching experience and your level of perfmance evidence that you have been teaching f at least 10 weeks full time in the past three years in the relevant learning area and subject If the ptfolio is accepted you can be exempted from Teaching Practice I and possibly II. Exemption from the theetical modules Subject Didactics and Learning Area Didactics are not given on grounds of the practical teaching experience. Lecturers at FET Colleges can complete their whole ten weeks of teaching practice at such a College and may be exempted on the same basis as above. Send your ptfolio to: The Codinat: Practical Teaching Department of Teacher Education PO Box 392 UNISA 0003 PE117 Completion of the curriculum The study units may be taken in any sequence. Students are, however, strongly advised NOT to register f me than five modules ( the equivalent thereof) in their first year of study. Students are also advised to take EDDHODJ and EDAHOD5 in their first year of study. PE118 Credit f examinations passed A candidate receives credit f each study unit passed. PE119 Pass with distinction A candidate obtains the Certificate with distinction when he/she obtains an average of at least 75% in modules one to nine (excluding Language Proficiency (2 modules) and Teaching Practice (2 modules)). C h a p t e r 73 Rules f the Advanced Certificate in Education These rules should be read in conjunction with the general rules and the general infmation in Part 1 of the Calendar. PE120 Admission requirements To be registered as a candidate f the Advanced Certificate in Education, a student must: (a) hold a seni certificate AND at least a recognised three-year professional teaching qualification (which is evaluated as at least M+3, i.e. REQV13); and (b) in the case of the areas of specialisation mentioned below, comply with the additional requirement(s) as indicated in brackets: (i) Educational Leadership (Have had at least three years applicable teaching experience) (ii) English (Have passed English f the Seni Certificate examination) The following documents must accompany a student s FIRST application f registration: (i) A certified copy of the student s seni certificate and iginal proof, issued by the education department, teacher s training college university concerned, that he/she holds a three-year professional teaching qualification. (ii) If additional admission requirements are prescribed, students must submit iginal official proof that they comply with such requirements. If proof of teaching experience is required, an iginal certificate of service, issued by the principal the education department, must be submi ed. PE121 Areas of specialisation The Advanced Certificate in Education can be obtained in the following areas of specialisation: Accounting Education (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Computer-integrated Education Life Sciences (Biology) Education (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Educational Leadership English Environmental Education (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Hospitality Studies (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Life Orientation Mathematics Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Mathematics Education (Intermediate and Seni Phase) Multicultural Education (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Natural Science (Intermediate and Seni Phase) Inclusive Education (Barriers to learning: Impairments) (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) Inclusive Education (Barriers to learning: Learning difficulties) Technology Education (General Education and Training Band) Tourism Education (This area of specialisation has been temparily suspended until further notice.) 182

183 PE122 Duration of study Except with the special permission of Senate, the Certificate must be completed within five years. It is recommended that the specialisation area in Computerintegrated Education is spread over two years. PE123 Unless indicated to the contrary below, the curriculum comprises five compulsy modules. The curricula are as follows: Accounting Education (Certificate code: N06) No new registrations will be accepted f the Advanced Certificate in Education: Accounting Education. Students registered f this qualification pri to 2009 will be allowed until the end of the 2010 academic year to complete it. GENERAL INFORMATION ACN101M, ACN102N and M101D are taken per semester. This Certificate cannot be completed in under TWO years. It is advisable that students do this certificate over at least two years. Students must complete at least 5 days of compulsy teaching practice in ACEAE36 (Accounting education in practice) under the supervision of a qualified teacher at a secondary school approved by the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication and complete and hand in a wkbook which will fm part of the ptfolio required f this module. Details about the practical wk will be made available to students upon registration soon therea er. The curriculum comprises the following 7 modules. ACN101M : Accounting concepts, principles and procedures (Module 1) ACN102N : Financial repting, planning and control (Module 2) ACEAE48 : Accounting education (Module 3) ACECE2C : Computer literacy f teachers (Module 4) M101D : Business management 1A (Module 5) LADEMSJ : Learning area didactics: Economic and management sciences (Module 6) ACEAE36 : Accounting education in practice (Module 7) ACN101M and ACN102N (Accounting modules) and M101D (Business Management modules) are offered by the College of Economic and Management Sciences. The other modules are offered by the College of Human Sciences. ACN101M, ACN102N and M101D are semester modules. The modules must be taken chronological. If some previously taken modules must be repeated, other modules in line can be taken. During the final year of study students must complete at least five days of teaching practice in Accounting and in the Learning Area Economic and Management Sciences under the supervision of a qualified accounting seni teacher at a secondary school approved by the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication and complete and hand in a wkbook f each subject (Accounting and Learning Area Economic and Management Sciences) as part of the ptfolio f ACEAE36 (Accounting education in practice). If a student has not yet passed any modules, he/she may register f ACN101M and ACN102N (semester modules), but take note that student may not write examinations in both these modules on first level at the same examination unless one of the modules is being repeated, ACN101M, ACN102N and ACEAE48, ACN101M, ACN102N, ACEAE48 and ACECE2C f the first year. M101D, LADEMSJ and ACEAE36 (in this der) f the second year may only be taken if any of the modules ACN101M, ACN102N, ACEAE48 and ACECE2C which must still be passed are taken concurrently. Computer-integrated Education (Certificate code: 97586) CEM101A is offered by the School of Computing and covers the syllabus of the International Computer Driving Licence (ICDL). Refer to Part 2 of the Calendar f a description of the syllabus. It is an absolute necessity f all modules that studens have full access to computer facilities and the Internet. This is particularly true f CEM101A, ACECE4E and ACECE5F because of the practical use of so ware packages and the Internet in these modules. The curriculum comprises the following 6 modules. ACECE1B : Introduction to computers in education (Module 1) ACECE2C : Computer literacy f teachers (Module 2) CEM101A : End-user computing (Module 3) ACECE3D : Integrating computers in education (Module 4) ACECE4E : Online learning (Module 5) ACECE5F : Practical educational computing (Module 6) Educational Leadership (Old ) (Certificate code: 03824) No new registrations will be accepted f this curriculum. FDEEL18 : School excellence (Module 1) FDEEL29 : School management (Module 2) FDEEL3A : Human resources management I (Module 3) FDEEL4B : Human resources management II (Module 4) FDEEL5C : Legal issues in Educational Leadership (Module 5) Educational Leadership (New ) (Certificate code: 03824) FDEEL29 : School management (Module 1) FDEEL3A : Human resources management I (Module 2) FDEEL4B : Human resources management II (Module 3) FDEEL5C : Legal issues in Educational Leadership (Module 4) ACECE2C : Computer literacy f teachers (Module 5) English (Certificate code: 03832) This qualification prepares students to teach English in the Seni Phase and Further Education and Training. The curriculum comprises the following five modules: LPENGTS : English Language Proficiency f Teachers ACEEN26 : Teaching English: General principles (Module 2) ACEEN38 : Expling and teaching fiction (Module 3) ACEEN49 : English language studies (Module 4) ACEEN5A : Poetry, theatre and society (Module 5) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Module passed FDEEN2D FDEEN3E FDEEN4F Modules which may not be taken ACEEN26 ACEEN38 ACEEN49 183

184 FDEEN5G FDEEN6H ACEEN15 ACEEN5A LPENGTS The old six-module curriculum was phased out. All registrations f the academic year 2008 onwards will be f the new curriculum. Exemptions f modules passed pri to 2005 will be granted from the equivalent modules of the new curriculum and students will be allowed to complete the qualification with five modules. Environmental Education (Certificate code: 03840) No new registrations will be accepted f this programme. Current students have until the end of the 2010 to complete the programme. The curriculum comprises three compulsy modules and four elective modules. Please note that a endance of a 4-day practical wkshop will, at the lecturer s discretion, be required f module ACEEE8Q. ACEEE7P : Histy, context and foundations of environmental education ACEEE8Q : Contempary trends, curriculum they and learning in environmental education ACEEE9R : Environmental education research, quality assurance and assessment Choose any 4 electives from the following: PLS2116 : Theetical and applied ethics (Department of Philosophy) CMH1503 : Health and the environment (Department of Health Studies) GGH101Q : Know your wld: introduction to geography (Department of Geography) GGH102R : Wld issues: a geographical perspective (Department of Geography) GGH204W : People and the natural environment: use and impact (Department of Geography) Students who have passed any of the above elective modules f another qualification will need to choose the required additional elective modules from the following: EDT1601 : Child development (Department of Teacher Education) ETH102L : The learning child (Department of Teacher Education) EDB101X : Outcomes-based education (Department of Teacher Education) LADHSSA : Teaching human and social sciences (Department of Teacher Education) Hospitality Studies (Certificate code: 03328) This programme was discontinued in Current students have until the end of the 2009 academic year to complete the programme. Students must hold a Secondary Education Diploma in Home Economics an equivalent M+3 qualification with basic courses in Food and Nutrition. DURATION OF STUDY Minimum duration of study is one year. This curriculum comprises the following modules: M101D : Business management 1A FOO3036 : Beverage studies FOO3048 : Food preparation f the hospitality industry FOO3059 : Food preparation f the hospitality industry practical HPM201B : Organisation and management HPM202C : Meal management HPS304C : Hospitality project HPS3019 : Introduction to house keeping HPS302A : Front office operations HPS303B : Accommodation operations HPS305D : Operations data systems HO60M1P : General methodology f teaching hospitality studies HO60M2Q : Specific methodology f teaching hospitality studies HO60MPB : Hospitality studies methodology practical Inclusive Education It is recommended that the specialisation area in Inclusive Education is spread over two years. The interim minimum duration of study f the specialisation in Inclusive Education is two years. Students should register f the first three modules in their first year and f the remaining two modules in their second year. FDESN1R : Introduction to inclusive education (Module 1) FDESE28 : Assessment and learner suppt (Module 2) FDESN3T : Barriers to learning: Impairments (Module 3) With specialisation in Inclusive Education (Barriers to learning: Impairments) (Certificate code: 03891) No new registrations will be accepted f the modules FDESN4U and FDESN5V. Students who are registered f these modules pri to 2009 will be allowed until the end of the 2010 academic year to complete them. FDESN4U : Learner suppt (intellectual physical deafness blindness behavioural) (Module 4) FDESN5V : Teaching practice I (intellectual physical deafness blindness behavioural) (Module 5) OR With specialisation in Inclusive Education (Barriers to learning: Learning difficulties) (Certificate code: 03972) FDELD4G : Learner suppt f learners experiencing learning difficulties (Module 4) FDELD5H : Teaching practice I learners experiencing learning difficulties (Module 5) Life Orientation (Certificate code: 03859) FDEGD1T : Child development (Module 1) FDEGD2U : Learning and learning problems (Module 2) FDEGD3V : Career guidance (Module 3) FDEGD4W : Child development II (Module 4) FDEGD5X : Methodology of life ientation (Module 5) This programme has been temparily suspended. Life Sciences Education ACELSCC : Teaching cells, tissues and molecular studies ACELSOQ : Teaching ganism structure and processes ACELSDD : Teaching diversity and continuity ACELSEE : Teaching enironmental studies in the life sciences ACELSPR : Classroom practice in the life sciences 184

185 Mathematics Education Seni Phase and Further Education and Training (Certificate code: 03867) No new registrations will be accepted f this certificate from Current students have until the end of 2010 to complete the programme. The curriculum comprises the following 8 modules. MAT110M : Precalculus A FDEME0T : Algebra education MAT111N : Precalculus B STS1055 : Basic statistics FDEME9S : Statistics education MAT112P : Calculus A MSE2183 : Geometry education SDMAT04 : Mathematics education TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Students who passed FDEME1J may not take MAT110M and FDEME0T. Students who passed FDEME8R may not take STS1055 and FDEME9S. Intermediate and Seni Phases (Certificate code: 93017; Specialisation Code: NEW) TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Modules passed under the old curriculum ACEMA13, ACEMA58 ACEMA24, ACEMA7A ACEMA35, ACEMA46 ACEMA69, ACEMA0P ACEMA8B, ACEMA9C Modules f which the student may not register ACEME1C ACEME2D ACEME3E ACEME4F ACEME5G ACEME1C : Learning and teaching of Intermediate and Seni mathematics (Module 1) ACEME2D : Algebra f Intermediate and Seni teachers (Module 2) ACEME3E : Spatial development f Intermediate and Seni teachers (Module 3) ACEME4F : Mathematical practices f Intermediate and Seni teachers (Module 4) ACEME5G : Basic statistical and financial education (Module 5) This programme has been discontinued. Multicultural Education (Certificate code: 03875) Natural Science Education (Intermediate and Seni Phases) (Certificate code: 93025) ACENS1E : Teaching Natural Sciences I (Module 1) ACENS2F : Teaching Natural Sciences II (Module 2) ACENS3G : Facilitation and management of practical wk (Module 3) ACENS4H : Teaching science, environment and society (Module 4) ACECE2C : Computer literacy f teachers (Module 5) Technology Education (General Education and Training Band) (Certificate code: 03964) FDETE2B : Technology Education I (Module 1) FDETE5E : Technology Education II (Module 2) FDETE1A : Technology A (Module 3) FDETE4D : Technology B (Module 4) ACECE2C : Computer literacy f teachers (Module 5) During the year that students are registered f FDETE5E they must present at least 5 lessons in the Technology Learning Area under the supervision of a qualified teacher at a school approved by the School of Arts, Education, Languages and Communication, and complete and hand in a wkbook and a project assignment. Tourism Education (Certificate code: 0328X N06) No new registrations will be accepted f the Advanced Certificate in Education: Tourism Education. Students registered f this qualification pri to 2009 will be allowed until the end of the 2010 academic year to complete it. ACETETR : Teaching tourism as an interrelated system ACETEC8 : Teaching communication and customer care ACETEA5 : Teaching tourism a actions and trends ACETERP : Teaching responsible and sustainable tourism ACETEPM : Classroom practice and careers in tourism TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Modules passed under the old curriculum ACETT14 and ACETT6A ACETT36 and ACETT59 ACETT25 and ACETT48 ACETT7B and ACETT8C ACETT9D and ACETT03 PE124 Course f which credit is received under the new curriculum ACETETR ACETEC8 ACETEA5 ACETERP ACETEPM Completion of curriculum With the exception of the areas of specialisation mentioned below, the curriculum must be completed as follows: (a) if a student has not yet passed any modules, he/she may register f module 1, modules 1 and 2 modules 1, 2 and 3; (b) module 4, 5 6 may be taken only if any of modules 1, 2 and 3 which must still be passed is/are taken concurrently. Computer-integrated Education (a) and (b) above shall apply. In addition, module 6 may be taken only if module 3 has already been passed is taken concurrently. Inclusive Education (Barriers to learning: Learning Difficulties) (a) and (b) above shall apply, except f FDESN3T which must be passed befe a student may register f FDELD5H. 185

186 Inclusive Education (Barriers to learning: Impairments) (a) and (b) above shall apply, except f FDESN3T which must be passed befe a student may register f FDESN5V. Mathematics Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) (a) If a student has not yet passed any modules, he/she may register f module 1, modules 1 and 2 modules 1, 2 and 3; (b) modules 4, 5 6 may be taken only if any of modules 1, 2 and 3 which must still be passed is/are taken concurrently; (a) (b) Technology Education (General Education and Training Band) If a student has not yet passed any of the modules, he/she may register f module 1, modules 1 and 3 modules 1, 3 and 5; modules 2 and 4 may be taken only if modules 1, 3 and 5 have already been passed are taken concurrently. PE125 Credit f examinations passed and pass with distinction (1) A candidate receives credit f each module which he/she passes. (2) (a) All the modules may be passed with distinction. A candidate shall pass a module with distinction if he/she obtains at least 75% in the module concerned. (b) A candidate shall be awarded the Certificate with distinction if he/she obtains an average of at least 75% in the prescribed number of modules. C h a p t e r 74 Advice and Infmation C1 Language tests (not applicable to the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) ) The aim of the language tests is to establish the student s proficiency in the chosen languages as a medium of instruction. Each language test comprises two parts: (a) In the wri en section (two hours), composition as well as language proficiency is tested. (b) In the al section (10 15 minutes), the student s ability to use the spoken language as a medium of instruction is tested. A language test may be passed on the higher the lower grade. To pass a language test on the lower grade, a candidate shall obtain an average of at least 50% in the wri en and al sections, with a subminimum of 40% in each of the two sections; and f the higher grade an average of at least 65% with a subminimum of 50%. At least one of the languages must be passed on the higher grade. C2 Teaching tests (not applicable to the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) ) The tests are conducted at a secondary school of the student s choice under a South African Education Department. Further infmation will be provided on first registration. The practical teaching and the al language tests are conducted by the Headmaster of the school and the Vice-principal the seni teacher f the subject concerned. Separate marks are awarded f the al language tests and the practical teaching tests. F the practical teaching tests, a student must give a lesson in each of his/her two principal teaching subjects. At least one of the practical teaching tests must be given through the medium of English Afrikaans. The test will also serve as the al language test in English Afrikaans, i.e. the language in which the lesson is given. Both the practical teaching tests may be conducted in English Afrikaans. These two lessons will then serve as the student s two practical teaching tests and as the al language test in the language in which the lessons are conducted. F the second al language test, the examiner must by means of a conversation (10 to 15 minutes) test the student s proficiency in that language. Presently the University conducts practical teaching and language tests only in English, Afrikaans and some of the African languages. Students who wish to do a test in one of the other languages mentioned in Rule PE128(2) [Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Preprimary) and Advanced Certificate in Education (Preprimary)] must contact the University befe their first registration. C3 Qualifying examination f admission to studies f the Honours BEd degree (1) This examination is compulsy only f those students who hold an approved Bachel s degree and a recognised teacher s diploma/certificate BUT: (a) whose diploma/certificate is not equivalent to one of the following diplomas/certificates: (i) the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (ii) the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Preprimary), (iii) a four-year Higher Education Diploma, f admission to which a school-leaving certificate was required; AND (b) who have not passed Education III. (2) The examination comprises six study units, viz: EDLHODM : The educat as leader, manager and administrat EDMHODR : The educat as mediat of learning EDPHOD8 : The educat in a pastal role EDDHODJ : The educat as learning programme developer EDRHODG : The educat as researcher, scholar and lifelong learner EDAHOD5 : The educat as assess The study units are the same as those prescribed f the Postgraduate Certificate in Education (Seni Phase and Further Education and Training) and students retain credit f each study unit passed. (3) Full particulars on the Hons BEd degree appear in Rules PE3 PE

187 SECTION 4: RULES FOR VOCATIONALLY ORIENTED QUALIFICATIONS C h a p t e r 1 NATIONAL INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMMES 1.1 National Certificate: Archival Studies (Course code: NCARS) Students will only be able to register f this qualification in the first cycle. This qualification is not being phased out. 1 Admission requirements A Seni Certificate. If you are not in possession of a Seni Certificate but have five years relevant experience, contact the Recognition of Pri Learning (RPL) Office f possible admission. 2 Outcomes A er achieving the qualification, learners will be able to, amongst others: Apply basic concepts and principles of archives and recds management Retrieve and replace material (such as: confirm users eligibility to access recds; locate and retrieve required recds; issue recds) Administer recds systems (i.e. understand the methods of recds creation; process new recds; maintain retention and disposal schedules) Understand and use a filing system (grasp the method of numbering applied to a filing system, etc.) St documents (as an aspect of archival arrangement) Use infmation technology in a recds archival environment (such as: maintain data in a computer system; input data and text into a computer system; locate and retrieve data from a computer system). 3 Career opptunities Archives, libraries, recd offices. Wking as an archivist, manuscript librarian, infmation officer recds manager. 4 SUBJECT CODE 3. Archival Techniques I ART131V 4. Archival Infmatics I ARI161Z 5. End-user computing I (They) (See note 1) and EUC131T End-user computing I (Practical) EUCPRAC (Compulsy) 6. Choose ONE of the following: Social psychology Practising wkplace English NOTES PYC3019 ENN1504 Both modules must be completed to obtain credit f this course. Modules can be completed concurrently in different years. Access to a personal computer is compulsy f the Practical. See Calendar Part 2 f detailed instruction on the Practical. 5 Academic enquiries Mr T Rodrigues National Diploma: Archival Studies (Course Code: NDARS) This qualification will be phased out from Only students who obtained a National Higher Certificate: Archival Studies will be allowed to register in 2009 and they have to pass all modules by the end of No new registrations will be allowed a er Students will only be able to register f this qualification in the first cycle. 1 Admission requirements National Higher Certificate: Archival Studies 2 Outcomes A er achieving the qualification, learners will be able to: Appraise recds Arrange and describe recds Compile finding aids such as catalogues, indexes, accessions lists Draw up recds retention and disposition schedules Supervise specific tasks Respond to advanced reference enquiries Solve problems on behalf of customers Apply Infmation Technology (IT) solutions in an archives and recds management environment. 3 Career opptunities In an archive, library recds centre, wking as an archivist, manuscript librarian, infmation officer recds manager. SUBJECT CODE 1. Archival Studies I ARS121Q 2. Archival They and Methodology I ATM171Y 187

188 4 SUBJECT CODE 1. Archival Studies III ARS321Q 2. Archival They and Methodology III ATM371Y 3. Archival Infmatics III ARI361Z 4. Archival Techniques III ART331V 5. Management II MNG241Y NOTES: A compulsy practical session of three weeks at an approved archive recds service is required. 5 Academic enquiries Mr T Rodrigues Post-Diploma Certificate: Archival Studies Candidates with any existing degree national diploma interested in a qualification in Archival Studies can register f the programme: Programme in Archival Studies. On completion of this sht learning programme, students may proceed with the BA (Hons) in Archival Science. F further details contact the Department of Infmation Science at the following numbers: Tel: ; ; ; National Diploma: Library and Infmation Studies (Course code: NDLIS) This qualification is phasing out and no new students will be allowed to register f it from From 2007 students will only be able to register f this qualification in the first cycle. First-level modules will be discontinued from Students registered f the first year will be given until the end of 2007 to complete all firstlevel modules. The second-level will phase out from Students registered f the second year will be given until the end of 2008 to complete all secondyear modules. The third level will phase out from Students registered f the third year will be given until the end of 2010 to complete all third-year modules. 1 Admission requirements 1. Seni Certificate Juni Certificate plus five years relevant experience. 2. Students should wk in the field of library and infmation practice, alternatively, make the necessary arrangements with a library to undertake their practical wk. The onus is on the student to ensure that he/she is able to complete all the practical requirements of the course. 2 Outcomes The qualified person will be able to: handle the routine functions and practices in the library/ infmation service provide basic user guidance and ientation f a variety of user groups in the library/infmation service catalogue monographs on the first, second and third level of AACR2R, catalogue in computerised fmat accding to MARC 21, conduct authity wk on a bibliographic database, assign DDC21 classification numbers and assign subject headings retrieve infmation in printed and electronic fmat provide a reference service by means of printed and electronic reference wks such as dictionaries, encyclopaedias, directies, bibliographies, indexes use the Internet as an infmation and communication tool in the library environment. 3 Career opptunities The following careers within the scope of library and infmation practice can be pursued, depending on the subject combination(s): Community librarianship/public librarianship School librarianship Cataloguing and subject analysis (Classification and subject headings) Indexing and abstracting Infmation retrieval Elementary reference wk Basic Internet technology in the library environment 4 FIRST YEAR (phased out) Students who still have to pass End-user computing (EUC131T and EUCPRAC) may still enrol f these subjects, because they are service subjects and are not part of the phased-out subjects. SECOND YEAR (phased out) SUBJECT CODE THIRD YEAR 14. Infmation Retrieval III (See note 2) IRE391B 15. Library and Infmation Professional Practice IPP301L III (See note 3 and 4) 16. Library and Infmation Practice III LIP351U 17. User Studies III USS301L NOTES 1. Infmation Retrieval I (IREIIIT), Library and Infmation Technology I (TLT101W), AIS101D and End-user computing (EUC131T) (EUCPRAC) are co-requisites f LIBRARY AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY II (LIT211V). 2. End-user computing and Library and Infmation Technology II (LIT211V) are co-requisites f INFORMATION RETRIEVAL III (IRE391B). The examination papers f Infmation Retrieval III (IRE391B) comprise of two components, one theetical component and one practical component. The theetical paper is wri en during an examination session. The practical part is comprised of practical projects submi ed during the year. A sub minimum of 40% must be obtained f each paper. An average of 50% must be obtained to pass the subject. 3. EXPERIENTIAL TRAINING This course requires experiential training (practical wk) under supervision of a ment. The ment will be an experienced, suitably qualified person who acts as adviser. Students must identify their own ments in an appropriate environment. 188

189 4. LIP271X, IRE281Q, LIT211V and USS201L are prerequisites f IPP301L. 5. INS102V is a co-requisite f USS201L. 5 Transitional arrangements Students who completed the National Diploma: Library and Infmation Studies and would like to continue with their studies, can register f non-degree purposes f the following modules: AIS401N, AIS402P, AIS404R and AIS405S. The successful completion of these modules f NDP will be accepted as equivalent f the prerequisites f the Honours BInf as indicated in Calendar Part 5, PA3(d). 3.1 National Diploma: Public Relations Management (Course code: DPUBR) From 2007 students will only be able to register f this qualification in the first cycle. 1 Admission requirements The minimum admission requirement f study at Unisa are: A matriculation certificate issued by the Matriculation Board; A national Seni Certificate; A certificate endsed by the South African Certification Board as equivalent to the minimum admission requirements f technikons; Any other certificate which is deemed equivalent and which has been approved by the Senate of The University. Students who are not wking in the public relations profession must undertake to arrange their practical experience in a public relations communications environment. If a student is not in possession of a Seni Certificate but has five years relevant experience in the Public Relations Communications field, he/she may contact the Recognition of Pri Learning (RPL) office f possible admission Outcomes A qualifying person will be able to function effectively as a public relations practitioner in private, government and business environments. 3 Career opptunities The qualification would enable a student to wk as a public relations practitioner in cpate and marketing industries as well as government institutions. 4 AFL1504 will be offered in S2 in 2009, but in both semesters from You are also referred to Calendar Part 2, African Languages as a moj subject. FIRST YEAR SUBJECT CODE 1. Communication Science f Public Relations I COP Public Relations I PRO131V SUBJECT CODE 3. Media Studies f Public Relations I MDS181Z 4. Business management I (Module 1) BSM1M1P Business management I (Module 2) BSM1M2P 5. End-user Computing End-user Computing (Practical) (See Note 8) EUC131T EUCPRAC 6. Social Psychology PYC Language X. Choose ONE of the following (See Notes 1, 2 and 3): Practising wkplace English Communication in Afrikaans Sepedi: Public Relations Setswana: Public Relations X IsiXhosa: Public Relations X IsiZulu: Public Relations X Tshivenda: Public Relations SECOND YEAR 8. Communication Science f Public Relations II ENN1504 AFD111T NSP131X TSR151X XPR121X ZPR141X VER161X COP Public Relations II PRO251X 10. Media Studies f Public Relations II MDS291R 11. Marketing I MAR111Y 12. Commercial law 1A CLA101S 13. Language Y. Choose ONE of the following not taken under 7 (See Notes 1, 2 and 3): Practising wkplace English Communication in Afrikaans Sepedi: Public Relations Setswana: Public Relations Y IsiXhosa: Public Relations Y IsiZulu: Public Relations Y Tshivenda: Public Relations 14. ONE of the following: Accounting I (See Note 4) Industrial Relations I African Languages f beginners ENN1504 AFD111T NSP131Y TSR151Y XPR121Y ZPR141Y VER161Y FAC1M1X FAC1M2X INR131Y AFL1503 AFL1504 THIRD YEAR 15. Communication Science f Public Relations COP3701 III 16. Public Relations III PRO371Q 17. Public Relations Practice (See note 5) PREPRAC NOTES 1. Two different languages must be taken. Choose ONE from the Language X group and ONE from Language Y group. F example you may NOT take English: Public Relations X and English: Public Relations Y since these are one and the same language. 2. African Languages f Public Relations (Sepedi: Public Relations X/Y, Setswana: Public Relations X/Y, IsiXhosa: Public Relations X/ Y, IsiZulu: Public Relations X/Y and Tshivenda: Public Relations X/Y), are open only f students who have passed the relevant language as a first language in Grade 12 (matric). 3. Home language speakers of Sesotho and Xitsonga may enrol f the following subjects respectively, only on condition that they register f ENGLISH: PUBLIC RELATIONS Y as second language: Communication in Sesotho XA CSS151XA Communication in Xitsonga XA SNA111XA 4. Students who register and succesfully complete Financial Accounting I (FAC121X) will obtain credit f Accounting I. 5. In der to qualify f the award of the National Diploma: Public Relations Management, supervised public relations practice of at least six months duration in industry is compulsy. Students should have completed PRO371Q befe undertaking the 189

190 experiential learning. Alternatively, students should register concurrently f PRO371Q and the experiential learning component, Public Relations Practice (PREPRAC). However, if a first second year student gets an Experiential Learning opptunity he/she should contact Ms C Swart on It is the responsibility of the student to make the required arrangements regarding his/her public relations practice. The supervis must be identified by the student. The supervis will be accredited by Unisa based on suitable qualifications and relevant experience. Please complete the declaration at the end of this calendar and a ach it to your registration fm. A manual on Public Relations Practice is available to students upon registration f PREPAC. Students who want to equip themselves with interview skills may contact Ms Lizzie Mbuli, Academic Development Centre, on Students who completed the National Diploma in Public Relations Management, and who obtained an average of 60% f all third level modules, may apply to be admi ed to the BA (Honours) programme in Communication Science a er satisfying Departmental requirements (which will include the completion of a number of undergraduate modules offered in the Department of Communication Science f non-degree purposes). Please contact the Department of Communication Science f details about these requirements. 7. Both modules must be completed to obtain credit f this course. Modules can be completed concurrently in different years. Access to a personal computer is compulsy f the Practical. See Calendar Part 2 f detailed instruction on the Practical. 5 Academic enquiries Ms L Naidoo National Diploma: Language Practice (Course code: NDLAN) No new registrations will be accepted f this qualification as from This programme has been discontinued. Existing students have until 2010 to complete the qualification. Please contact the Department of Linguistics at f advice on your registration. 1 Admission requirements A Seni Certificate (Grade 12) any equivalent qualification. Computer skills will be an advantage. 2 Outcomes A er completing this qualification, the learners will be able to apply strategies to effectively edit and translate a range of texts that are typical in an ganisational context in South Africa. writing, lexicography, terminology, broadcasting, language training, negotiation, research, and language consultant. 4 Transitional arrangements The study units in the curriculum in 5 are no longer offered. Students have to register f the following study units to complete the curriculum. CODE CREDIT EQUIVALENT LTP131X 24 Any TWO of: PIN101R (S1) AFK102R AFK103S AFK105U EED101F ENN103F ENN1504 ENN106J LTP241Y 24 Any TWO of: PIN201U EED201J TXT8216 TXT8228 AFK203V LTP301Z 30 Any THREE of: LIN304A (S1) LIN307D (S2) PIN301X (S1) GLD101L 24 LIN101W LIN2058 GLD201L 24 LIN2035 LIN2046 GLD301L 24 LIN308E LIN309F ICR211T 12 LIN103Y All LIN and AFL modules are offered in both S1 and S2 unless otherwise indicated. All language modules (AFK, TXT, EED and ENN) are year courses. Students need to complete all the electives f the NDLP, their equivalents, as required. A module will not be credited twice within the diploma. 5 SUBJECT CODE FIRST YEAR 1. General Language Dynamics I GLD101L 2. Language and Translation Practice I LTP131X 3(a) End-user computing I (They) EUC131T 3(b) End-user computing I (See note 2) EUCPRAC 4. Intercultural Studies I ICR211T 3 Career possibilities The program is designed to be relevant in practically any wk situation in which the language practitioner finds him/herself. F example: translation, proof reading, editing, copy writing, creative 190

191 5. Third Language SUBJECT CODE One of the following: French (See note 3) Italian (See note 3) Ptuguese (See note 3) Spanish (See note 3) OR The Personnel Function PEF131V SECOND YEAR 1. General Language Dynamics II GLD201L 2. Applied First Language II One of the following (See note 4): Afrikaans Eerste Taal II English First Language II 3. Applied Second Language II One of the following (See note 5): Afrikaans Tweede Taal II English Second Language II 4. Language and Translation Practice II (See note 1) 5. Computer Usage II (They) Computer Usage II (Practical) APL201A APL201E APL221A APL221E LTP241Y CUS2M1V CUS2M2V 6. Practising wkplace English ENN Third Language One of the following (See note 6): Afrikaans Third Language I II English Third Language I II French (See note 3) Italian (See note 3) Ptuguese (See note 3) Spanish (See note 3) OR Consumer Behaviour THIRD YEAR AFR121X ENG121X CBH171Z 1. General Language Dynamics III GLD301L 2. Applied First Language III the issuing of such a certificate. Candidate registered f the National Diploma: Language Practice do not automatically f the issuing of a National Certificate. 2. The course uses Computer Based Training material; access to a Personal Computer is compulsy. Both modules must be completed to obtain credit f this course. Modules can be completed concurrently in different years. Access to a personal computer is compulsy f the Practical. See Calendar Part 2 f detailed instruction on the Practical. 3. You will have to register f these subjects at Unisa. These subjects are offered from beginners level up to third year level. Please contact f infmation regarding these language subjects. 4. The Applied First Language II must be the same language that you took in your first year. 5. The Applied Second Language II must be the same language that you took in your first year. 6. You may continue with the Third Language that you took in your first year you may register f another Third Language on first year level. The same applies to the Third Language in the third year. You may continue with the language you took in the first and second years you may register f another practical language on first year level. 7. The Applied First Language III must be the same language that you took in your first and second years. 8. The Applied Second Language III must be the same language that you took in your first and second years. 9. Video: They and Practice is not available. Learners may register f Videology I and obtain credit f Videology: They and Practice I. Learners who register f Videology must have access to a television set, a camrecder and a VHS video recder and must possess one 60 minute VHS video casse e. Please complete the relevant declaration at the end of this Calendar and submit it as requested. 10. Every student will have to submit a ptfolio as part of their experiential learning requirements. One of the following (See note 7): Afrikaans Eerste Taal III English First Language III Discourse strategies in African languages 3. Applied Second Language III One of the following (See note 8): Afrikaans Tweede Taal III English Second Language III 4. Language and Translation Practice III (See note 10) 5. Third Language One of the following (See note 6): English Third Language I II III French (See note 3) Italian (See note 3) Ptuguese (See note 3) Spanish (See note 3) OR Business Administration I NOTES: APL301A APL301E ZUU3014 APL321A APL321E LTP301Z ENG131X BSA111P 1. The National Certificate: Language Practice may be awarded to candidates who have passed the first year subjects of the National Diploma : Language Practice. A fee is payable f 191

192 5. Addendums 5.1 National Diploma: Public Relations Management DECLARATION I... (full names) Student number (If available):... Official wk address: HEREBY DECLARE THAT I TAKE NOTE: 1. THAT IT IS COMPULSORY TO DO SIX MONTHS PUBLIC RELATIONS PRACTICE UNDER SUPERVISION IN INDUSTRY IN ORDER TO QUALIFY FOR THE NATIONAL DIPLOMA: PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGEMENT; AND 2. THAT IT IS MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE THE REQUIRED ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING PUBLIC RELATIONS PRACTICE. 5.2 Baccalaureus Technologiae: Public Relations Management DECLARATION I... (full names) Student number (If available):... Official wk address: HEREBY DECLARE THAT I: 1) MUST COMPLETE A MINI-DISSERTATION AS PART OF THE SUBJECT COMMUNICATION SCIENCE IV. THE MINI DISSERTATION IS PAPER II OF THE FINAL EXAMINATION. MUST HAVE ACCESS TO A COMPUTER WITH DTP, CD-ROM, INTERNET AND IN ORDER TO DO MEDIA STUDIES III SIGNATURE DATE (Note: UNISA DOES NOT OFFER ANY OF THE ABOVE FACILITIES. PLEASE FILL OUT AND SEND TO: THE LECTURER: VIDEOLOGY I, ROOM 342 C BLOCK, UNISA, PRIVATE BAG X6, FLORIDA, 1710) SIGNATURE DATE COMPUTER USAGE I COMPUTER SKILLS I END-USER COMPUTING I INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION I INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE PRINCIPLES OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS 5.3 Access to computer DECLARATION I hereby declare and guarantee that I:... (full names) Student number (If available):... a) have an IBM compatible computer (with the necessary hardware and so ware), b) have access to one, and c) have a printer, access to a printer SIGNATURE DATE PLEASE NOTE: THERE ARE NO COMPUTER FACILITIES AVAILABLE AT THE UNIVERSITY 192

193 6.1 National Diploma: Child And Youth Development (Course code: NDCAY) From 2006 no new registrations were allowed f this qualification. Students already registered f the qualification, have until the end of 2010 to complete it. From 2008 only Y1 registrations will be allowed f this qualification. The National Diploma offers two options: OPTION 1: OPTION 2: Child and Youth Care Youth Wk 1 Career possibilities Child and Youth Care Wkers and Youth Wkers can be employed by NGOs, CBOs, churches, local authities and other government sects. OPTION 1: Child and Youth Care Professional practitioners promote the optimal development of children, youth (0 18 years old) and their families in a variety of se ings, such as early care and education, community-based child and youth development programmes, parent education and family suppt, school-based programmes, community mental health, group homes, residential centres, rehabilitation programmes, paediatric health care and juvenile justice programmes. Child and youth care practitioners wk with children and youth at risk. Children at risk include children on the streets, phans, children infected/affected by HIV/AIDS, children in trouble with the law, young people in life skills programmes, etc. The focus is on addressing the challenging developmental issues in the lives of children and young people in a therapeutic way. OPTION 2: Youth Wk Youth wkers provide services to young people (14-30 years old). They are employed to handle the following programmes in institutions ganisations: life skills, reproductive health and social skills, peace education and conflict resolution skills, leadership and capacitybuilding, gender and youth development, training and suppt f unemployed youth and out-of-school/out-of-wk youth; recreational programmes, etc. 2 Option 1 : Child and youth care All subjects are offered in English. (Specialisation code: CYC) SUBJECT CODES FIRST YEAR 1. Child and Youth Care I and Child and Youth Care I Practical (See CYC101C* CYC1PRA* note 2.1) 2. Applied Development f Child and Youth Care & Youth Wk I and Applied Development f CYC / YW I ACY101C* ACY1PRA* Practical (See note 2.2) 3. English f academic purposes ENN103F 4. Community Development Facilitation I CDF101C* 5. ONE of the following: Introduction to sociology: societal structures and processes Social Psychology Basic psychology End-user computing I (They) (See note 2.8) and End-user computing I SECOND YEAR 6. Child and Youth Care II and Child and Youth Care II Practical (See note 2.3) 7. Applied Development f Child and Youth Care & Youth Wk II and Applied Development f CYC / YW II Practical (See note 2.4) 8 & 9. TWO of the following not taken in first year: Social Psychology Introduction to sociology: societal structures and processes Basic psychology End-user computing I (They) (See note 2.8) and End-user computing I (Practical) THIRD YEAR 10. Child and Youth Care III and Child and Youth Care III Practical (See note 2.5) Development f CYC/YW III and Applied Development f CYC / YW III Practical (See note 2.6) 12. & 13. TWO of the following fields of specialisation: Youth Justice/Probation I CYC/YW in Residential and Secure Care I CYC/YW Administration and Management I SPECIAL NOTES SUBJECT CODES SOC101V PYC3019 PYC101Y EUC131T EUCPRAC CYC201C** CYC2PRA** ACY201C** ACY2PRA** PYC3019** SOC101V** PYC101Y** EUC131T EUCPRAC CYC301C*** CYC3PRA*** ACY301C*** ACY3PRA*** YJP101C*** CYR101C*** CYA101C*** * These subjects are only available f first registrations in Students will write examinations in October/November 2008 and have a supplementary opptunity in January/February ** These subjects are only available f first registrations in 2008 and The last examination opptunity will be the supplementary examinations in January/February *** These subjects are only available fe first registrations in 2008, 2009 and The last examination opptunity will be the supplementary examinations in January/February Option 2 : Youth wk (Specialisation code: YW2) Due to the similarities of the Commonwealth Diploma in Youth Development (offered by the Institute f Continuing Education) and Option 2 (Youth Wk) of the National Diploma in Child and Youth Development (Department of Social Wk), new learners are advised to register f the Commonwealth Diploma in Youth Development (DYD). The DYD programme is a two-year programme. Please contact Ms Atsile Lekgetha at befe you register. FIRST YEAR DYD modules 1. Commonwealth values in Youth development SUBJECT CODES DYD111Q 193

194 194 SUBJECT CODES 2. Young people and society DYD112R 3. Principles and practices of youth DYD113S development wk 4. Wking with people in their communities DYD114T 5. Gender and development DYD115U 6. Learning processes DYD116V 7. Management skills DYD117W 8. Youth and health DYD118X Modules by the Department of Social Wk 9. Applied Development f Child and Youth Care & Youth Wk I and Applied Development f CYC/YW I Practical (see note 2.2) SECOND YEAR DYD modules ACY101C* ACY1PRA* 10. Project planning, moniting and evaluation DYD211T 11. Policy, planning and implementation DYD212U 12. Conflict-resolution strategies and skills DYD213V 13. Promoting enterprise and economic DYD214W development 14. Sustainable development and environmental issues DYD215X 15. TWO of the following modules: Introduction to development studies Development problems and institutions Psychosocial suppt f phaned, valuable and vulnerable children development Modules by the Department of Social Wk 16. Applied Development f Child and Youth Care and Youth Wk II *** and Applied Development f CYC/YW II Practical (see note 2.4) THIRD YEAR 17. Youth Wk III and Youth Wk III (Practical (see note 2.7) 18. Applied Development f CYC/YW III They and Applied Development f CYC/YW III Practical (see note 2.6) 19. and 20. TWO of the following fields of specialisation: Youth Justice and Probation I CYC/YW in Residential and Secure Care I CYC/YW Administration and Management I SPECIAL NOTES DVA101Q DVA102R DYD2184 ACY201C** ACY2PRA** YTW301C*** YTW3PRA*** ACY301C*** ACY3PRA*** YJP101C*** CYR101C*** CYA101C*** * These subjects are only available f first registrations in Students will write examinations in October/November 2008 and have a supplementary opptunity in January/February ** These subjects are only available f first registrations in 2008 and The last examination opptunity will be the supplementary examinations in January/February *** These subjects are only available f first registrations in 2008, 2009 and The last examination opptunity will be the supplementary examinations in January/February NOTES 1. Due to an ethical code that guide Child & Youth Care/Youth Wk Practice any person with a criminal recd servicing a sentence should submit the detail about their criminal recd and/ sentence to the Credit Evaluation Commi ee BEFORE registering f ANY subject. 2. COMPULSORY LABORATORIES, PORTFOLIOS AND EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING The labaties are conducted in certain areas only. The responsibility lies with the students to arrange accommodation and make timely travel arrangements to a end the labaty. The student will therefe be liable f his/her own expenses f travel and accommodation expenses. 2.1 Child and Youth Care I Practical (CYC1PRA) Registration f practicals only available at first registration cycle. Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. Students need to a end two (2) compulsy labaties of four (4) days each as well as complete a number of practical assignments. Labaties will be decentralised as determined by the student numbers. Students need to arrange their own accommodation and traveling at their expense. 2.2 Applied Development f Child and Youth Care/Youth Wk I Practical (ACY1PRA) Registration f practicals only available at first registration cycle. Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. There is no labaty f Applied Development practical (ACY1PRA), but students need to complete a practical ptfolio based on observations made in a child and youth care/youth wk ganisation. Students need to complete the practical ptfolio in a suitable ganisation. 2.3 Child and Youth Care II Practical (CYC2PRA) Registration f practicals only available at first registration cycle. Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. Students need to a end one (1) compulsy labaty of five (5) days as well as complete a number of practical assignments. Labaties will be decentralised as determined by the student numbers. Students need to arrange their own accommodation and traveling at their expense. 2.4 Applied Development f Child and Youth Care/Youth Wk II Practical (ACY2PRA) Registration f practicals only available at first registration cycle. Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. In the second year students need to a end one (1) compulsy labaty of five (5) days as well as complete a number of practical assignments. Labaties will be decentralised as determined by the student numbers. Students need to arrange their own accommodation and traveling at their expense. 2.5 Child and Youth Care III Practical (CYC3PRA) Registration f practicals only available at first registration cycle. Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. Students need to a end one (1) compulsy labaty of five (5) days as well as complete a number of practical assignments. Labaties will be decentralised as determined by the student numbers. Students need to arrange their own accommodation and traveling at their expense. Students, who are planning to continue with Child and Youth Care IV next year, are advised to take note of the following pre-requisite f CYC4PRA: A 30 hour basic counselling course is a pre-requisite f Child and Youth Care IV. Organisations that offer these courses are Lifeline,

195 Johannesburg Parent and Child Counselling Centre, Family Life Centres, etc. Current CYC3PRA learners are therefe advised to complete a basic counselling course during this year early next year. 2.6 Applied Development f Child and Youth Care/Youth Wk III Practical (ACY3PRA) Registration f practicals only available at first registration cycle. Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. Students need to a end one (1) compulsy labaty of five (5) days as well as complete a number of practical assignments. Labaties will be decentralised as determined by the student numbers. Students need to arrange their own accommodation and traveling at their expense. 2.7 Youth Wk I, II, III, (Practical) (YTW3PRA) Learners can register f practicals together with a er the they component. Both components (practicals and they) need to be passed befe learners can register f the next level. The practical components of these subjects comprise of compulsy ptfolios that have to be completed. Students will be advised on se ings to do their practicals, but it is their responsibility to arrange it. 2.8 The course uses Computer Based Training material; access to a Personal Computer is compulsy. 3. APPLICATION FOR CREDITS/ARTICULATION POSSIBILITIES Certified copies of certificates, and/ academic recds and a Vitae need to be submi ed when applying f credits. Each application will be treated on its merit. 3.1 Candidates who do not meet the nmal admission requirements (seni certificate), but have acquired the Basic Qualification in Child Care (BQCC) Higher Qualification in Child Care ( HQCC) at NACCW, who are older than 23 years with at least three years experience in this field, can apply f provisional admission f option 1 (Child and Youth Care). 3.2 Candidates who have completed the non-fmal certificate programme in Integrated Youth Wk in Communities, who do not have a seni certificate and/ who are older than 23 years can also apply f provisional admission f options Students who have completed ( partially completed) the National Higher Certificate: Residential Child Care can apply f credits towards the National Diploma: Child and Youth Development. 3.4 Students who have completed the two-year UNISA Certificate in Child and Youth Care can apply f recognition of pri learning and will be allowed to register f the third year of the National Diploma: Child and Youth Development. Students who have completed partially completed a relevant qualification, with appropriate experience, may apply f credits. 4. Students who registered f the Diploma in Youth Development (DYD) in 2005 earlier and who wish to register f the National Diploma: Child and Youth Development (Option 2: Youth Wk), have to obtain a le er of approval from the Department of Social Wk (Prof D de Kock at ) befe registering. 4 Academic enquiries Prof D de Kock Mr LP Molepo Ms AM Lekgetha (Generic Enquiries) (Enquiries regarding labaties) (Enquiries regarding Youth Wk) 6.2 Baccalaureus Technologiae: Child And Youth Development (Course code: BTCAY) From 2007 no new registrations will be accepted f this qualification. Students already registered f the qualification have until the end of 2010 to complete it. From 2008 only Y1 registrations will be allowed f this qualification. Students are advised to complete this degree over a three year period (minimum period). We recommend the following study plan: Year 1 : One maj subject and the 2 elective subjects Year 2 : Second maj subject and the subject Research Methodology Year 3 : Research Dissertation 1 Admission requirements National Diploma: Child and Youth Development (an average of at least 60% in the third year is a requirement) Or another appropriate equivalent qualification (see note 2) 2 1. Child and Youth Care IV and Child and Youth Care IV Practical (See note 3) OR Youth Wk IV and Youth Wk IV Practical 2. Applied Development f CYC & YW IV and Applied Development CYC/YW IV Practical (See note 3) 3.1 Research Methodology (CYC & YW) (See note 2) SUBJECT CODES CYC401C* CYC4PRA* YTW401C* YTW4PRA* ACY401C* ACY4PRA* REM101Q* 3.2 Research Dissertation (CYC & YW) (See note 2) REM4DIS** 4. TWO of the following electives: Youth Justice/Probation II CYC/YW in Residential & Secure Care II CYC/YW Administration and Management II SPECIAL NOTES YJP201C** CYR201C** CYA201C** * These subjects are only available f first registrations in 2008 and The last examination opptunity will be the supplementary examinations in January/February ** These subjects are only available f first registrations in 2008, 2009 and The last examination opptunity will be the supplementary examinations in January/February NOTES 1. APPLICATION FOR CREDITS/ARTICULATION POSSIBILITIES: Students who have completed an M+3 M+4 qualification in a relevant field, e.g. social wk psychology, as well as appropriate experience can apply f credits. Each application is evaluated in the subgroup. A le er of acknowledgement will be issued befe the student can register. Contact Mr Molepo at Research Methodology is compulsy f both options (Child and Youth Care/Youth Wk). This subject has a theetical component and a mini-dissertation. Students must complete the theetical component (REM101Q) befe they register f the mini dissertation (REM4DIS). The mini-dissertation comprises 195

196 of a page (maximum) dissertation in the field of Child and Youth Development. 3. The labaties f CYC4PRA and ACY4PRA will be conducted in Flida Pretia only. There will be two labaties (4 days f CYC4PRA and 5 days f ACY4PRA). Students need to arrange their accommodation and travelling at their own expense. 3 Academic enquiries Prof D de Kock Mr LP Molepo Ms AM Lekgetha (Enquiries regarding B.Tech admission) (Enquiries regarding labaties) (Enquiries regarding Youth Wk) 7.1 Magister Technologiae: Education The MTech: Education management is no longer offered. Should you have a BTech and wish to apply f an MEd in Education management, you will have to complete the following Hons BEd modules (f non-degree purposes): HBEDTRD : They and research in education HBEDPCK : People-centred schools HBEDMSV : Managing the school as an ganisation Please note that you have to pass these modules with an average of 60% above to be considered f admission to the MEd in Education Management. 196

197 197

198 198

199 199

200 200